oo > he =e —_ ——- x os ~ — a) ie 5, ee a ~s — oo » en, ee s — - a. _ a oo he me Ls zs Se ' ie er; ee oe ; CS he ss i 1 aiary t . oye: ty ~ ARES ee. roe Menon ties “ee ten ates . hie rie eS. -, beg = — D ms eh ae | “4 me ae E 4 = 2 ae pega 3 fm see: PE ane Ben , sr E : Roe aE Sty si Si mo Lah pels te area aT 37 oe irc read ngs 5 2 ey Sok “pspeiogs 52 rats 7 C 3 dae + Seg + 2 3 raed: ( 5 Sapp et ore as er 3 = ee Sit ee Pee 450 : : ey 5 te aro see 3 3 = te Sa Seats > Pg) sae F ” : hare SE as pene, iraq eode bor, o : rn ge oe ree. ee acer eat ; figne Feed a Ee Epes AE AS, a See aah a ticast eet ors yd Leth teie " ; , OE iieg gait Pte ~ 2 Fayre pa Pree ee nr net pe 3 ; 3 = abe eT ale Pualoag Saree pes See ee ee See ae . iy ee Paes et Capuepty:: My, We: 4 Se ao ee set per Steen DTA Pye eho j ee a. Fe Oa gi Stine asthe an ee Te nes OA tL ee Ore Te ba ait oe tote Doug et Mn Sons ae Sister sso oi hen estat c EME oT cee st hn Gh Pas ES Tf eee a aS Poet AS ei a Fate, Gp Fs mabey Sok Fin eat tar org ak , As: Ss ae Afi a: Abst we eases Te ete ue es Bite incon BUEN Satoh ‘: a regia Maton 35; ete Ee ren hg FHS Sentra Tee pie! ie ea ale Oe as Q : Earle = ig Sie Eee eee Pe, GstS Fs P men bo cat TN, Pat 2 = oe ee eets es aoe SE Re A ACR eee Opis eee arent PIER etree gs Brat: : eat, Sb sn ow Biagine at O Pvegint fas ST ifn eee dec ots dest Sierra lian te ieingerioae Ea gd ey On ips ee Se ye pee ae Tg hy ee ep ed oes ae $ : ER Pee, ess Ae hn ae PE Beets eA rats area Ce or eae aay gra a eS PS gf OTT LEE ce et Se LS dover Pr cate alee Stef Mita pe Pee BS Se a ea PS hea age ee te SE wo ts Ree nial Gets Peet tict ed een lee rains RPK oe eee i a . ss ee mys ee Pea ee Smee eee D wse Sar pe a 7 Ein aa Se Pe a Te eres . < G parte at Pe Pram i eh, ws we taste tee ee tS ee hor Te nee Na ot ae yen Se ee fees ans Fares Sg OGPe peg Pe So gl gh IN ae Ral Pe PP ea gy Wo rel gap ac coe epee ihe ane aes Frese Ft eR a aa as a s ie fad ire a) cmrmemel ly cee are ee et Ne a a eA ret na eis, ee At Teter 4, ° . be : ag eae ae tn Gl he ta yp ee as Oe ng : . ty Eo ae Os ale tte hehe os ae a a ads a we 2 im ae J Lob POPP re Se ree nee Pies eth Me nee a yn ey Te ae + ; ig += Pn a a 2 pr cath ot Sate; a rela Le CP PREIS SE SE a esa "Se uae oe 4 be Re 2 Range ae wy ye ee lat a e402 tun 2 ee ge SP sw sem é % os RT Mp Belt oS gee SP a ear e I : Piers ate Pon rare = ee ne Dreier I Al ae 9 ei 7 itF Fate a ya Fe Paar Pte I i —s 3 age oe ke ee a own atin ned” P pt a ee Ce Sig ee uitad Fa PP rests PRA ne he a> Ft gy ce ee a ed. , 50%. 1 ™e Ste a tag SOG cin Ae Pal Pater Ae f ss Gnarae emer ae Cea Sieh ~s = 1 — . Ge re eS oe ; = ach acha deaterteses pees ta? Se SO pene ees yak Sigh legs Gita reer et Ae eC bogee 7 See wy “32 gy at stra OE Sele en! qe Neale s c tipke WORE yet ; OD. wet ok A 26 Sea get x Japp beer A BNE ani ~ 2 Sree oe xe *: < mrsomez _ = va eS a ey PI ee aS * BAS yt 5 oS. we 5 * a 3 = Wid toe é - . SS : - = om : 1) eps ee ae ee eae _— same ee 5 < —_ = anne eae — —--— _ — = - 3 ~~ - = “ = - = - Natural History Museum Library Tn Py & . rt : - 2 ey SY Ze {clvVs . J" / [. , eee Lit AT , wr i ay << § % < 4 a od ps a at if 4 Oo >, ~ eft ae es + MUs.. Soo Mt SiNaHAM, it Qaicar pet ao + TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY LONDON FOR THE YEAR 1895. LONDON : PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY SIMMONS AND BOTTEN, LIMITED, 44, SHOE LANE, LONDON, E.C. SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET, | CAVENDISH SQUARE, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,, PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK. 1895. ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. FOUNDED, 1833. INCORPORATED BY ROYAL CHARTER, 1885. OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the Session 1895-96, President. Proressor RAPHAEL MELDOLA, F.R.S., F.C.S. Vice- Presidents, THe Rt. Hon. Lorp WALSINGHAM, LL.D., F.R.S. HENRY JOHN ELWES, J.P., F.LS., F.Z.S. Proressor EDWARD B. POULTON, M.A., F.RB.S. O@reasurer. ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S. Secretaries. HERBERT GOSS, F.L:S. THe Rey. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.LS. Wibrariat. GEORGE C. CHAMPION, F.Z.S. Gouri. GEORGE T. BETHUNE-BAKER, F.LS. WALTER F. H. BLANDFORD, M.A., F.Z.S. GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S. Dr. FREDERICK A. DIXEY, M.A., M.D. HENRY JOHN ELWES, F.LS., F.Z.S. THE Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S. CHARLES JOSEPH GAHAN, M.A., F.E.S. HERBERT GOSS, F.LS., F.G.S. ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S. Pror. RAPHAEL MELDOLA, FE.R.S., F.C.S. Pror. EDWARD 3B. POULTON, M.A., F.R.S. Dr. DAVID SHARP, M.A., M.B., F.R.S. Lorp WALSINGHAM, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S. Resident Inbrarian. W. R. HALL. cme) | THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. | 18383—1895. | The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows at the following reduced prices :— PUBLIC. FELLOWS. First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1849) ...........- Price £413 0 xo .10: 0 Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861)........ ; 0 0 5.15 0 Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869).........-+6 I 0:6 410 0 ‘Lhe Transactions for the year 1868 ........ dose 1 tip Bi, 3 = het ae Set 4 1ij2 2 ; a: 18700 5 stare Ps 1 SO Par 255 0 es m DB74 be akbscake 4 1 6-2 | ae as ISD + decssteten . 1.2 38 e - 13/S ueecewsirvad 116 0 is ‘5 1g7as ene 1 12 0 | 5 ss LOTS Sacacie'on vey ee i, 3 0 0 “6 ¥ 1S76N tee 112 0 | a % MOTT setae aeee 1-4 0 . . Pye eee a 100 015 0 i a 1G/9 tee ncsrete 1 2-8 016 6 ‘ ARON Eh ea 019 0 014 3 is rs 181° 280, 28) 116 0 17 0 os - i he 3 Aaa Me 110 0 i ee 3 % a bos eee ee eee i 7-2 ‘0 6 ie 3 SSS desk cute : 1 8 OU a. i--@ Fy “a 18S * LB cess Le 019 6 S a TSG onsguade rn ; 1 ee 019 6 - op NEB: “eodcosth: 4 1 4 6 019 0 5s ‘bees TBOS Decry eetzes 115 0 L 635 7 ae LBRO) Scare atlae , 116 6 BO ge! ‘a - 1980 ee, 119 0 110 0 3 i WON ib se tos ae : 1-16, 7 re A TOU rane scone : 9 8 ey ge i os Ut Re ees je pe 019 3 ae ali Wid hii, ioe, 110 6 1 911 “s te ee aay i 1.0: 7 9) Any single volume from 1862 ‘to 1877 half-price to Fellows. First Series, vol..v., is out of print. First Series, vols. ii—iv., and Second Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately. The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :— Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malayand? ........0ce.000 £212 0 £1.19-'6 Baly’s ‘ Phytophaga Malayana, Pt.1., Aposta- SECOYO” osonsiinktey eee ae ui Wig « 012 0 Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial Hymenoptera’: \ictivesdcosasscoseveteusaepeateye ay 0 4 6 03 4 Saunders’ ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenoptera,’ At Ti. icc cemicrbaescee eke ene een eee 0 6 0 0 4 6 Newport's ‘ Athalia centifolie ' (Prize Essay) Ochs ae its: The JoURNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is bound up with the TRANSACTIONS. Fellows who have paid their Subscription for the current year, are entitled to receive the Transactions for the year without further payment, and they wili be forwarded free, by post, to any address, SO SS a a ra al ee Logica 9F C2OuN-T EEN T'S. 5 PAGE Explanation of the Plates... eae ose sae 1a a we WLLL Errata a Ne ae fe ee a aa oe noo erie List of Fellows ... : So ak eee sit awe wie ais ibe Additions to the lab aes ec om a soe seo ry. eat MEMOIRS. I. A list of the Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. Part III. By Colonel CHARLES SwinuHok, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S. oes 1 II. Notes on the Fungus growing and eating habit of Sera ee - mex opacus, Mayr. By FrEepERic W. UrRicu, F.E.S. a III. Ie V. VI. Er, VALE: On the Longicorn Coleoptera of the iia India Islands. By CuarrEs J. GAHAN, M.A., F.E.S. Pim yic) The Life-history of Pont icoma canescens lipepehodiiey: By Professor Louis C. Mra, F.R.S., and NoRMAN WALKER. With a _ Bibliographical and Critical eoueree By Baron Osten SacKkENn, Ph.D., Hon. F.E.S. ... 141 Questions bearing on Specific mores By te Tae GALTON, D.C. i IDiScihahes-n- 155 Contributions to ine imowledge of Agron Phiytophagous Coleoptera. PartI. By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S. 159 On some new species of Butterflies from opel aa Bxtha Tropical South Africa. By Rotanp TrimEN, F.R.S., KeLcS., etc. ..- 181 Notes on andian Ante By Ghoeen et Noe OnENEe Fe. E. S, 195 IX. On the Heteromerous Coleoptera collected in Australia and xe EE, xT. Tasmania by James J. WALKER, R.N., F.L.S., during the voyage of H.M.S. “Penguin,” with descriptions of new genera and species. Part IT. By GEORGE C. CHAMPION, EIS on takin voit or i 213 Descriptions of new Hemoeera ‘har sian Ee een Francis Hampson, B.A., F.E.S. ae 277 Contributions to the iowledee of African _Phytophagons Coleoptera. Part II. By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S.. An attempt to correlate the results arrived at in recon Papers on the Classification of aie c? JAMES WILLIAM Tutt, F.H.S. 3 243 XIII. A Monograph of British nee eoniae: Pave VI. By the ee Tuomas A. MarsHatt, M.A., F.E.S. 363 ( viii ) PAGR XIV. Further Notes on the Secretion of Potassium Hydroxide by Dicranura vinula (imago), and similar Phenomena in other Lepidoptera. By Oswatp H. Larrer, M.A., F.E.S. . 399 XV. Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism of Rhowslodehal in Natal. By Crecin W. BARKER. Communicated by GEORGE FRANCIS Hampson, B.A., F.E.S. .. 418 XVI. On a Probable Explanation of an Unease Obasebatsane sigla tive to the Saag du haga Py Witiiam Lucas Distant, a F.E.S. XVII. A Preliminary List ae #6 Huttoiiiies of Hole: Roar dbaved on Observations and Captures made during the Winter and Spring Months of 1892 and 1893. ge JAMES J. WALKER, R.N., F.L.8. 433 XVIII. Contribution owas the isatory of a new fest of avr of pees eee from Brazil. By Dr. Fritz MULuerR, , Hon. F.E.S.. 479 XIX, Hemanee on the Lomaleeten ed diftoronsae belies ‘tea frst stages of Pericoma, Hal., and those of the new ag species. By Baron C. R. Osten SackEN, Ph.D., F.E.S..,. on 483 XX. Supplementary Notes ‘0 on Bri Fritz Miller’ 8 paper on a new form of larve of Psychodide (Diptera), from Brazil. ey the Rev. ALFRED E. Haron, M.A., F.E. ie ad a0 489 XXI. New Species of North American Tortr icide. By the Right Hon, Lorp Watsineuam, M.A., LL.D., F.BS., etc. wee 495 XXII. Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism in detctabet Adtionn, Buttenfies, By Dr. ArtHur G. ButuerR, F.L.S., etc. se bg os dew SLO Proceedings for 1895... sie ie shin ne os wits ae i President’s Address... 4 ant aif ae iH ‘ie eas’ XIVili Index ie i. Ag ae eee rm dh “5 ‘a oo AT EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Plate I. See pages 1—75 Plate VII. See pages 363—398 o) ete if 79—140 js oe lle ee ee 399—412 i) eae LY # 141—153 sip’ Ns eee as 479—482 b> ae 44 181—194, ir elle mn 495—518 orm 'f ue 213—276 ERRATA. TRANSACTIONS. Page 92, line 17, for Perrond, read Perroud. Page 246, line 20, for anthina, read ianthina. PROCEEDINGS. Page xxiv., line 1, for Prof. Riley, read Mr. Trimen. a a | Hist of Fellotus O] WEE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Date of HONORARY FELLOWS. Election. 1894 Foret, Professor Auguste, M.D., The University, Zitrich. 1884 Mier, Dr. Fritz, Blumenau, Santa Catarina, Brazil. 1884 OsTEN SACKEN, Baron C. R., Wredeplatz, Heidelberg. 1884 PacKkarD, Dr. Alpheus S., Providence, Rhode Island, U.S.A. 1872 Saussure, Henri I’. de, Tertasse, 2, Geneva. 1895 ScuppER, Samuel Hubbard, Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A. 1871 Sertys-Lonecuampes, Baron M. E. de, Liége. 1885 SNELLEN, Pieter Carl T., Rotterdam. - 1895 Tuomson, Dr. C. G., The University, Lund, Sweden. 1893 WartenwyL, Hofrath Dr. Carl Brunner Von, Trautsohngusse, 6 Vienna. Y) FELLOWS. Marked * is an Original Member... Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions. Date of Election. 1877 Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, 68, St. Ermin’s Mansions, Caxton- street, Westminster, S.W. 1877 Apams, Herbert J., Roseneath, London-road, Enfield, N. 1885 ApkKIN, Robert, Welifield, Lingards-road, Lewisham, 8.E. 1856 ARMITAGE, Edward, R.A., 3, Hall-road, St. John’s Wood, N.W. 1886 Atmore, E. A., 48, High-street, King’s Lynn, Norfolk. 1892 Batty, William Edward, Lynwood House, Paul Churchtown, near _ Penzance, Cornwall. 1894 Baxer, Walter F., Trent House, Gainsborough. x 1886 1890 1886 1895 1887 1884 1865 LIST OF FELLOWS. BankEs, Eustace R., M.A., The Rectory, Corfe Castle, Wareham, Dorset. BaRcLay, Francis H., F.G.S8., Knott's. Green, Leyton, Essex. BarGaGLi, Nobile ee 3 Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palarzo Tempi No. 1, Florence, Italy. BarkER, Cosil W. Rownham, Malvern, Natal, South Africa. BarkER, H. W., 147, Biedon: road, Peckham, 8.E. Buneper, G@harles Goldie, Inland Renbaae, Department, Somerset House, W.C. ; and 39, Linden-grove, Nunhead, S.E. BARTON, Stephen, 114, St. Michael's Hill, Bristol. 1894 + Bareson, William, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of St. John’s College, St. John’s College, Cambridge. 1851 + Beaumont, Alfred, The Red Cottage, Pond-road, Blackheath, 1893 1882 1885 1895 1892 1886 1880 1879 1895 1891 S.E. Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Peleg Gardens, Regent's Park, N.W. Bere, Prof. Dr. Carlos, Director del Museo Nacional, Buenos Asis (Rep. Argent.), South America. BETHUNE-BaAkER, George T., F.L.S., 19, Clarendon-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. Bevan, Lieutenant H. G. R., R.N., ‘ Admiralty for Address.” BrppELu, Walter Cuthbert, 32, The Grove, Bolton Gardens, 8.W. Bippie, F. W., M.A., Lanherne, Albemarle-road, Beckenham, Kent. BIGNELL, George Carter, 69, Union-street, Stonehouse, Plymouth. Bituiurs, T. R., 20, Swiss Villas, Coplestone-road, Peckham, S.E. Bincuam, Lt.-Col., Bombay Staff Corps, 4, Waverley-place, St. John’s Wood, N.W. Buaber, W. H., F.L.8., 34, Cromwell-road, West Brighton. 1894 + BLACKBURNE-MAzeE, W. P., Shaw House, Newbury, Berkshire. 1889 1890 1885 1886 1876 1875 1876 1891 1892 1888 BiLaNnpD¥ForD, Walter F. H., M.A., F.Z.S., 48, Wimpole-street, W. BuatcH, W. G., Knowle, near Birmingham. BiatHuwayt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, F.L.S., Hagle House, Batheaston, Bath. BLOOMFIELD, The Rev. Edwin Newson, M.A., Guestling Rectory, Hastings. Borre, Alfred Preudhomme de, Villa la Fauvette, Petit Saconnex, Bo Borrer, Wm., junr., F.G.8., Pakyns Manor House, Hurstpierpoint, Sussex. BoscuEr, Edward, Bellevue House, Twickenham. Bootu, George A., Fern Hill, Grange-over-Sands, Carnforth, Lancashire. BovuskELt, Frank, 11, Sandown-road, Stoney Gate, Leicester. Bower, B. A., Langley, Eltham-road, Lee, 5.E. LIST OF FELLOWS. Xl 1894 + Bowzes, KE. Augustus, M.A., Myddelton House, Waltham Cross, Hertfordshire. 1852 + Born, Thos., Woodvale Lodye, South Norwood Hill, S.E. 1893 1894 1877 1870 1894 1890 1893 1879 1878 1887 1886 1892 1890 1883 1889 BrapBant, Edouard, Chateau de Morenchies, par Cambrai (Nord), France. BREYER, Professor H. G., M.D., Gymnasium, Pretoria, Transvaal, Africa. Briaas, Charles Adolphus, 55, Lincoln’s Inn Fields, W.C. ; and Surrey House, Leatherhead, Surrey. Briaes, Thomas Henry, M.A., Surrey House, Leatherhead, Surrey. Briacut, Percy M., Roccabruna, Bournemouth. BRIsTOwE, B. A., Durlstone, Champion Hill, 8.E. BromiLow, Frank, Selborne, Poole-road, Bournemouth. BRONGNIART, Le Chevalier Charles, Assistant d’Entomologie au Musée @histoire naturelle de Paris, Memb. Ent. Soc. France, and Memb. Geol. Soc. France, Foreign Corr. Geol. Soc. Lond., &e., 9, ue Linné, Paris. Brown, Capt. Thomas, Drury, Auckland, New Zealand. Brown, Henry Rowland, M.A., 3, Pump-court, Temple, H.C. Brown, John, 5, King’s Parade, Cambridge. Browne, Capt. Clement Alfred Righy, R.E., c/o Grindlay & Co., Calcutta. BryYANT, George, Somerset Lodge, Old Shirley, near Southampton. Buckton, George Bowdler, F.R.S., F.L.8., Weycombe, Haslemere, Surrey. | Burns, Henry, The Free Public Library, Fulham, 8.W. 1868 | ButLerR, Arthur Gardiner, Ph.D., F.L.8., F.Z.S., British Museum, 1883 1886 1886 1885 1860 1880 1889 1890 1886 1894 South Kensington, 8.W.; and The Lilies, Penge-road, Beckenham, Kent. Bot eR, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Sc.,39, A shley-road, Crouch Hill,N, \ CaLvERT, Wm. Bartlett, Liceo de Quillota, Quillota, Chili, South America. CAMERON, Peter, Union Road, New Mills, Derbyshire. CAMPBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Hose Hill, Hoddes- don, Herts. CaNDEZE, Dr. E., Glain, Liége. CaNnsDALE, W. D., Sunny Bank, South Norwood, S.E. Cant, A., c/o Fredk. Du Cane Godman, Esq., F.R.S., 10, Chandos- street, Cavendish-square, W. Capper, Samuel James, F.L.S. (President of the Lancashire and Cheshire Entomological Society), Huyton Park, near Liverpool. Capron, Edward, M.D., Shere, Guildford, Surrey. Caracciono, H., H.M. Customs, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British West Indies. xl 1886 1892 1895 1868 1890 1895 LIST OF FELLOWS. CARMICHAEL, Sir Thomas David Gibson, Bart., M.A., M.P., F.L.S., Castlecraig, Dolphinton, N.B. CARPENTER, The Honble. Mrs. Beatrice, Kiplin, Northallerton, Yorkshire, CARPENTER, G. H., B.Sc., Musewm of Science and Art, Dublin. CARRINGTON, Charles, Carylls, Fay Gate, Horsham, Carter, George Wm., M.A., F.1.8., Cliff End House, Scarboro’. CaRTER, Sir Gilbert, K.C.M.G., Government House, Lagos, West Africa. 1889 + Cave, Charles, 13, Lowndes-square, S.W. 1871 1891 1890 Cuampion, George C., F.Z.S., Lisrarian, Heatherside, Horsell, Woking, Surrey ; and 10, Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W. CHAPMAN, Thomas Algernon, M.D., Fir Bank, Hereford. CHATTERTON, Frederick J.8., 78, Clissold-road, Stoke Newington, N. 1891 + Cuirry, Arthur J., M.A., 27, Hereford-square, 8.W. 1889 Curisty, W. M., M.A., Watergate, Emsworth, Sussex. 1886 + CLARK, John Adolphus, The Broadway, London Fields, N.E. 1867 1886 1891 1891 1874 1873 1892 1886 1867 1895 1888 1890 1880 1888 1895 1883 1873 1887 1886 CLARKE, Alex. Henry, 109, Warwick-road, Earl's Court, 8.W. CLARKE, Charles Baron, M.A., F.R.S., President L.S., F.GS., 13, Kew Gardens-road, Kew, 8.W. CLARKE, Henry Shortridge, 2, Osborne-terrace, Douglas, Isleof Man. CocKERELL, Theodore D. A., F.Z.8., Lus Cruces, New Mexico, O.S.A. CockLe, Major George, M.A., B.Mus., Oxon., 9, Bolton-gardens, S.W. Coe, William, 7, Knighton Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essen. Cowan, Thomas William, F.L.S., F.G.8., F.R.M.S., 31, Belsize Park Gardens, Hampstead, N.W., and Penleaze, Fowey, Cornwall. CowELL, Peter (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public Library), William Brown-street, Liverpool. Cox, Herbert Ed., c/o F. S. Eve, Esq., 125, Harley-street, W. CRABTREE, Benjamin Hill, The Oaklands, Levenshulme, Manchester. CrEGOE, J. P., P.O. Box 1420, Johannesburg, South Africa. CreWE, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire. +Crisp, Frank, LL.B., B.A., Treasurer L.S., F.G.S., Treasurer R.M.S., 5, Lansdowne-road, Notting Hill, W. Croker, A. J.,°90, Albert-road, Walthamstow. Crompton, Sidney, Salamanca, Santa Cruz, Teneriffe, Canary Islands. Crow Ley, Philip, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Waddon House, Croydon. DALE, C. W., Glanville’s Wootton, Sherborne, Dorset. Dattry, The Rev. Thomas W., M.A., F.L.S., Madeley Vicarage, Newcastle, Staffordshire. Dannatt, Walter, F.Z.S., Ivy Dene, Westcombe Park, Blackheath, S.E. } : — LIST OF FELLOWS. xi 1892 +Dennis, George Christopher, 39, Blossom-street, York. 1885 1886 1875 1887 1895 1891 1885 1873 1886 1845 1874 1884 1867 1894 Dent, Hastings Charles, C.E., F.L.S., 20, Thurloe-sguare, S.W. Dickson, The Rev. Prof. William Purdie, D.D., LL.D., Professor of Divinity in the University of Glasgow, Glasgow. Distant, Wm. Lucas, Box 352, Pretoria, Transvaal, South Africa. Dixry, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.D., Fellow and Bursar of Wadham College, Wadham College, Oxford. Dorson, H. T., Ivy House, Acacia Grove, New Malden, Surrey. DoNISTHORPE, Horace St. John K., 73, West Cromwell-road, S.W. Donovan, Surg.-Captain Charles, M.D., 1st Burma Rifles, Fort Dufferin, Mandalay, Burma. Dorta, Marquis Giacomo, Strada Nuova, Genoa. mo? The Right Honourable Lord, Cox’s Hotel, Jermyn-strect, S.W. Doueias, John Wm., Dartmouth Lodge, 153, Lewisham -road,. Lewisham, 8.E. DowsettT, Arthur, Castle Hill House, Reading. Druce, Hamilton H. C. J., F.Z.S., 43, Circus-road, St. John’s Wood, N.W. eee Herbert, F.L.S., F.Z.S., 43, Circus-road, St. John’s Wood, DupGeEoN, G. C., Fagoo Tea Estate, Sailihat P.O., vid Julpigurs, India. 1849 DUNNING, Joseph Wm., M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., 4, Talbot-square, 1885 1890 1865 1886 1884 1886 1886 1878 1886 1890 1892 1801 1886 1881 Paddington, W. DuRRANT, John Hartley, The Cottage, Merton Hall, Thetford, Norfolk. Eastwoop, John Edmund, Exton Lodge, Witley, Godalming. Eaton, The Rev. Aifred Edwin, M.A., care of R.S. Eaton, Esq., 4, Belfield-terrace, Weymouth, Dorset. Epwarpbs, James, Colesborne, Andoversford, R.S.O., Gloucestershire. EDWARDS, Stanley, F.L.8., F.Z.S., Kidbrook-lodge, Blackheath, S.E. ELISHA, George, 122, Shepherdess-walk, City-road, N. ELuis, John W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 18, Rodney-street, Liverpool. Ewes, Henry John, J.P., F.LS., F.Z.S., Vice-PResipEnt, Colesborne, Andoversford, R.S.O., Gloucestershire. Hook, Frederick, F.L.S., 21, Manor-gardens, Holloway, N. Farn, Albert Brydges, Mount Nod, G'reenhithe, Kent; and Medical Department, Local Government Board, Whitehall, S.W. Farren, Wilham, Fern House, Union-road, Cambridge. Fenn, Charles, Eversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee, S.E. FENWICK, Nicholas Percival, Holmwood, South Bank, Surbiton Hill, Kingston-on-Thames. FEREDAY, R. W., Christchurch, Canterbury, New Zealand. xiv 1889 1878 1874 1886 1865 LIST OF FELLOWS. FERNALD, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A. Finzi, John A., Hanover Lodge, 77, St. Helen’s-gardens, N. Kensington, W. Fitcu, Edward A., F.L.8., Brick House, Maldon, Essex. Fitcu, Frederick, Hadligh House, Hi ‘ohbal y New Park, N. FLETCHER, J. E., 2, Bedwardine-road, St. Johns, Worcester. 1883 + FLETCHER, William Holland B., M.A., Fairlawn, Worthing, 1892 1885 1880 1883 1888 1891 1855 1889 1884 1887 1887 1892 1890 1893 1865 1890 1886 1855 1874 1886 Sussew. FLEUTIAUX, Edmond, 1, Rue Malus, Place Monge, Paris. Fokker, A. J. F., Ziertkezce, Zeeland, Netherlands. Fow.er, The Rev. Canon, M.A., F.L.S., Secrerary, The School House, Lincoln. FREEMAN, Francis Ford, A bbotsfield, Tavistock, South Devon. FREMLIN, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Mereworth, Maidstone, Kent. FrRoHAWK, F. W., 39, Dornton-road, Balham, 8.W. Fry, Alexander, F.L.8., Thornhill House, Dulwich Wood Park, Norwood, S.E. FRYER, Charles John, 410, Wandsworth-road, S.W. FuLuER, The Rev. Alfred, M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham-hill, Sydenham, S.E. GAHAN, Charles Joseph, M.A., British Museum (Natural History), South Kensington, S.W.; and 16, Ashchurch-grove, Shepherd's Bush, W. GALTON, Francis, M.A., D.C.L., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., 42, Rutland Gate, S.W. GarpDE, Philip de la, R.N., H.M.S. “Goldfinch,” Australian Station. | GARDNER, John, 6, Friars-gate, Hartlepool. Gipps, Arthur Ernest, F.L.8., Avenue House, St. Albans, Hert- fordshire. +GopMAN, Frederick Du Cane, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., South Lodge, Lower Beeding, Horsham, Sussex; 7, Carlos-place, Grosvenor- square ; and 10, Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W. GOLDTHWAITE, Oliver, 38, Duke of Edinburgh-road, Carshalton, Surrey. +GoopricH, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Audrey, Lymington, Hants. GorHaM, Rev. Henry Stephen, F.ZS., The Chestnuts, Shirley Warren; Southampton. Goss, Herbert, F.LS. F.G.8S., Szcretary, The Avenue, Surbiton-hill, Kingston-on-Thames; and 11, Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W. GREEN, A. P., Colombo, Ceylon. ° Ee ee Sie ‘ 2 — . < ey ee ee ey ee a a LIST OF FELLOWS. XV. 1891 GREEN, E. Ernest, c/o Mrs. Blunt, Mote Hall, Bearsted, Maidstone, Kent. 1894 GREEN, Joseph F., West Lodge, Blackheath, 8.E. 1865 GREENE, The Rev Joseph, M.A., Rostrevor, Clifton, Bristol. 1893+ GREENWOOD, Henry Powis, F.L.8., Hornham Cliff, near Salisbury. 1888 Gruirritus, G. C., 43, Caledoniun-place, Clifton, Bristol. 1894 GrimsHaw, Percy H., Natural History Department, Edinburgh Museum of Science and Art, Hdinburgh. 1893 Hatrorp, Frederick Michael, 6, Pembridge-place, W. 1890 + Haut, A. E., Norbury, Pitsmoor, Sheffield. 1885 Hau, Thomas William, “ Stanhope,” The Crescent, Croydon. 1891 Hampson, G. F., B.A., 36, Tedworth-square, Chelsea, S.W. 1891 Hanpury, Frederick J., F.L.S., 69, Clapton Common, Clapton, N.E 1877 Harvine, George, The Grove, Fishponds, Bristol. 1889 Harrison, John, 7, Gawber-road, Barnsley, Yorkshire. 1892 Herapty, Charles Burnard, Stoneygate-road, Leicester. 1892 Heatu, Edward Alfred, M.D., F.L.S., 114, Ebury-street, Pimlico, S.W. 1889 HeENN, Arnold Umfreville, Box 1282, Post Office, Sydney, N.S. W. 1881 Henry, George, 38, Wellington-square, Hastings. 1888 Hiaas, Martin Stanger, F.C.8., Clarence House, Russell-street, Gloucester. 1891 Huu, Henry A., 4, Rosslyn-gardens, Hampstead, N.W. 1876 + HituMAN, Thomas Stanton, Hastgate-street, Lewes, Sussex. 1890 HopaKinson, J. B., Roseberry House, Powys-road, Ashton-on- Ribble. 1888 Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A., 32, dlilton-place, Halifaz. 1887 Ho.uanp, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue, Pittsburg, denn. U.S.A. 1876+ Horniman, Fredk. John, M.P., F.LS., F.Z.8., &¢., Surrey Mount, Forest Hill, S.E. 1892 Hoye, Samuel, Audley House, Sale, Cheshire. 1865 t Hupp, A. E., “ Clinton,” Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol. 1888 Hupson, George Vernon, Zhe Post Office, Wellington, New Zealand. 1880+ IncuBaLp, Peter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Grosvenor-terrace, Hornsea, — Holderness. 1893 Irpy, Lieutenant-Colonel Leonard Howard Loyd, F.L.S., F.Z.8., 14, Cornwall-terrace, Regent’s Park, N.W. 1891 IsaBEeLL, The Rev. John, 65, Waddon Old-road, Croydon. 1886 Jacosy, Martin, 7, Hemstall-road, West Hampstead, N.W. XV1 LIST OF FELLOWS. 1892 Jarrrey, Francis, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 8, Queen's Ride, Barnes, S.W. 1869 Janson, Oliver E., Perth-road, Stroud Green, N.; and 44, Great Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C. 1886 JENNER, James Herbert Augustus, 4, Hast-street, Lewes. 1886 JouHN, Evan, Llantrissant, Pontypridd, Glamorganshire. 1889 Jounson, The Rev. W.F., M.A., Winder-terrace, Armagh, Ireland. 1888 Jones, Albert H., Shrublands, Eltham, Kent. 1894 Jones, Frederic Whitworth, Cleef, Vryburg, British Bechuana- land, Africa. 1894 + JorDAN, Dr. K., The Museum, Tring, Hertfordshire. 1884 Kane, W. F. de Vismes, M.A., M.R.1.A., Sloperton Lodge, Kings- town, Ireland. 1884 Kapret, A. W., F.LS., 5, Burlington-gardens, Chiswick, W. 1876+ Kay, John Dunning, Leeds. 1884 Keays, F. Lovell, F.L.S., 26, Charles-street, St. James’s, 8.W. 1894 KeErEBLE, Henry, 10, Coleman-street, E.C. 1890 KeEnrick, G. H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston, Bir- mingham. 1890 KimpBer, Miss M., Cope Hall, Enborne, Newbury, Berks. 1889 Kine, J. J. F. X., 207, Sauchiehall-street, Glasgow. 1861 Kuirey, William F., F.L.S., 5, Burlington-gardens, Chiswick, W. 1893 KirRKALDY, George Willis, St. Abbs, Worple-road, Wimbledon, S.W. 1889 KLAPALEK, Professor Franz, Trebon, Wittingau, Bohemia. 1887 + KLEIN, Sydney T., F.L.S., F.R.A.S. (Hon. Treasurer, Middlesex Natural History and Science Society), The Red House, Stanmore, Middlesex. 1876 Kraatz, Dr. G., 28, Link-strasse, Berlin. 1895 Krantz, Paul, Bow 413, Pretoriu, Transvaal, South Africa. 1868 Lana, Colonel A. M., R.E., 31, Shooter's Hill-road, Blackheath, S.E. . 1895 Larrer, Oswald H., M.A., Charterhouse, Godalming, Surrey. 1887 + LeEcu, John Henry, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.R.G.S., &c., Southover - Grange, Lewes, Sussex. 1883 Lemann, Fredk. Charles, Blackfriars House, Plymouth. 1892 Leswir, J. H., 58, Foxbourne-road, Upper Tooting, 8.W. 1876 Lewis, George, F.L.S., Sé. Regulus, Archer’s-road, Southampton. 1892 Liaurroot, R. M., Bree-st., Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope. 1886 Liverr, H. W., M.D., Wells, Somerset. 1865 + LLEWELYN, Sir J. Talbot Dillwyn, Bart., M.A., M.P., F.LS., Penllergare, Swansea. . 1881 +t Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., The Dome, Bognor, Sussea. 1885 + Luoyp, Robert Wylie, St. Cuthberts, Thurleigh-road, Nightingale- lane, Clapham Common, 8.W. LIST OF FELLOWS. aval 1894 Lowe, The Rev. Frank E., M.A., St. Stephen’s Vicarage, Guernsey. 1850 Lowe, W. H., M.D., Woodcote Lodge, Inner Park-road, Wimbledon Park, S.W. 1893 Lower, Oswald B., Bleak House, Park Side, Adelaide, South Australia. 1850 + Lusgocx, The Right Honble. Sir John, Bart., M.P., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., ete., High Elms, Farnborough, Kent. 1880 Lupron, Henry, Lyndhurst, North Grange-road, Headingley, Leeds. 1887 M‘DouGALuL, James Thomas, Dunolly, Morden-road, Blackheath, S.E. 1895 McGrecor, Thomas M., 30, North Methven Street, Perth, N.B. 1851 + M‘Inrosu, J. 1888 Mackinnon, P. W., Lynndale, Mussoorie, N.W.P., India. 1892 Macxonocuirz, The Rev. J. A., B.A. (Chaplain to the Earl of Home), Douglas Castle, Lanarkshire; and The Lirsel, Coldstream. 1858 McLacuuian, Robert, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., TREASURER, West- view, 23, Clarendon-road, Lewisham, S.E. 1887 Mawnvers, Surgeon-Captain Neville, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., Colombo, Ceylon. 1891 Mancer, William T., 100, Manor-road, Brockley, 8.E. 1892 MANSBRIDGE, William, 21, Rosenau-crescent, Battersea Park, S.W. 1894 + MarsuHa.., Alick, Auchinraith, Bexley, Kent. 1895 Marsuatu, G. A. K., The Master’s Office, Salisbury, Mashonaland, South Africa. 1865 Marsnauut, The Rev. Thos. Ansell, M.A., Botusfleming Rectory, Hatt, Cornwall. 1856 + MarsHat., William, Auchinraith, Bexley, Kent. 1874+ Mason, Philip Brookes, M.R.C.8., F.L.8., Trent House, Burton- on- Trent. 1895 Massry, Herbert, Fairfield, Fog Lane, Didsbury, Manchester. 1865 Maruew, Gervase F., R.N., F.LS., F.Z.S., F.R.G.8., Lee House, Dovercourt, Harwich. 1887 Matruews, Coryndon, Plympton St. Mary, South Devon. 1860 May, John William, K.N.L., Blenheim House, Parson’s Green- lane, Fulham, S.W. 1872 + Me.tpoua, Professor Raphael, F.R.S., F.C.S., PRESIDENT, 6, Bruns- wick-square, W.C. 1885 Mertvitt, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., Brook House, Prestwich, Lancashire. 1887 MERRIFIELD, Frederic, 24, Vernon-terrace, Brighton. 1888 Meryer-Darcis, G., clo Sogin & Meyer, Wohlen, Switzerland. 1880 Meyrick, Edward, B.A., F.Z.S., Elmswood, Marlborough, Wilt- shire. b XVill LIST OF FELLOWS. 1894 Mratu, Professor Louis Compton, F.R.S.,Crag Foot, Ben Bhydding, Leeds. 1883 Mies, W. H., The New Club, Calcutta. 1879 Monrerro, Senhor Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 72, Rua de Alecreon, Lisbon. : 1853 Moors, Frederic, D.Sc., A.L.S., F.Z.8., Claremont House, Avenue- road, Croydor-road, Penge, 8.E. 1886 Morean, A.C. F., F.L.S., 24, Leinster-square, W. 1889 + Morice, The Rev. F. D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College, Oxford, Brunswick, Mount Hermon, Woking. 1895 + Mor.ey, Claude, 66, London-road, Ipswich. 1893 Morton, Kenneth a: Glenview Citas, Carluke, N. B. 1889 Mostey, S. L., Beane Park, Huddersfield. 1869 + MULLER, Albert, F.R.G.S. 1872 + Murray, Lieut.-Colonel H., 43, Cromwell Houses, Cromwell- road, S.W. 1886 Murtcu, J. P., 359, Hornsey-road, N. 1889 Nevinson, Basil George, M.A., F.Z.S., 3, Tedworth-square, Chelsea, S.W. 1887 Newman, The Rev. W. J. H., M.A., The Vicarage, Steeple Barton, Ozon. 1890 NEwsTEAD, R., The Museum, Chester. 1882 NIcEVILLE, Lionel de, F.L.S., C.M.ZS., Indian Museum ; and 13, Kyd-street, Calcutta. 1895 NicHouson, Charles, 202, Evering-road, Clapton, N.E. 1886 NicHouson, William E., School Hill, Lewes, Sussex. 1893 NONFRIED, A. F., Rakonitz, Bohemia. 1886 Norris, Herbert E., 15, Warket-place, Cirencester. 1878 NortripGe, Thomas, Ashford, Kent. 1895 Noursz, Captain C.G., F.R.G.S., Indian Staff Corps, 5, St. Mary’s- square, Bury St. Edmunds. 1869 OxserTHtr, Charles, Rennes, France. 1877 OsBerRTHUR, René, Rennes, France. 1893 + OGLE, Bertram 8., Steeple Aston, Oxfordshire. q 1883 OLDFIELD, George W., M.A, F.LS. F.Z.S., Hawthornden, — London-road, Bromley, Kent. 1893 OLtver, John Baxter, 12, Avenue-road, St. John’s Wood, N.W. 1873 OLtiviEeR, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (Allier), France. 1886 Oxiirr, Arthur Sidney, Government Entomologist, Department of Agriculture, Macquarie-street, Sydney, N. S. Wales. LIST OF FELLOWS. X1X , 1878 OrMEROD, Miss Eleanor A., F.R.Met.S., Torrington House, Holy- well Hill, St. Albans, Herts. 1880 OrmEROD, Miss Georgiana, Torrington House, Holywell Hill, St. Albans, Herts. 1895 Pace, Herbert E., 14, Nettleton-road, New Cross, S.E. 1893 PauucKeE, Wilhelm, 33, Langstrasse, Baden-Baden, Germany. 1883 PrrRiInNGUEY, Louis, South African Museum, Cape Town, South Africa. 1879 PERKINS, Vincent Robt., Wotton-under-Hdge, Gloucestershire. 1887 Puruiies, Charles Edmund Stanley, Castle House, Shooter's Hili, Kent. 1891 Prerce, Frank Nelson, 7, The Elms, Dingle, Liverpool. 1885 Pox, J. R. H. Neerwort van de, Heerengracht 476, Amsterdam. 1870 + Porritr, Geo. T., F.L.8., Crosland Hall, Huddersfield. 1884 + Poutton, Professor Edward B., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S., VICE-PRESIDENT, Hope Professor of Zoology in the University of Oxford, Wykeham House, Banbury-road, Oxford. 1894 Pratt, John, The Cedars, New Barnet, Hertfordshire. 1851 Preston, The Rev. Thomas Arthur, M.A., F.L.S., Thurcaston Rectory, Leicester. 1878 Price, David, 48, West-street, Horsham, Sussex. 1893 Prout, Louis Beethoven, 12, Greenwood-road, Dalston, N.E. 1882 + RamspDEN, Hildebrand, M.A., F.L.S., 26, Upper Bedford-place, Russell-square, W.C. 1874 Reep, Edwyn C., C.M.Z.S., Banos de Cauquenes, Chili. 1893 Rep, Captain Savile G., late R.HE., The Hims, Yalding, Maidstone, Kent. 1891 Rerp, William, Pitcaple, Aberdeenshire. 1890 ReNDLEsHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, Rendlesham Hall, Wood- bridge, Suffolk. 1886 RuHopEs, John, 360, Blackburn-road, Accrington, Lancashire. 1891 RicnHarpson, Nelson M., B.A., Monte Video, near Weymouth, Dorset. 1894 Ruipine, William Steer, B.A., M.D., Buckerell Lodge, Buckerell, near Honiton, Devon. 1853 Riron, The Most Honourable the Marquis of, K.G., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., etc., 9, Chelsea Embankment, 8.W. 1889 Rosinson, Arthur, B.A., 1, Mitre Court Buildings, Temple, H.C. 1892 Roprnson, Sydney C., Goldsmith's Hall, H.C. 1869 + RoBINSON-DoUGLAS, Wi lliam Douglas, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.G.S., Orchardton, Castle Douglas, N.B. xx LIST OF FELLOWS. 1890 Rosson, John Emmerson, Hartlepool. 1886 Rosr, Arthur J., Brunnen Lodge, Upper Walthamstow-road, Walthamstow. 1868 Rorunery, George Alexander James, 8, Versailles-road, Anerley, S.E. 1894 Rotuscuiup, The Honble. Nathaniel Charles, F.Z.8., 148, Pieca- dilly, W.; and Tring Park, Tring, Herts. 1888 Rortuscuitp, The Honble. Walter, F.Z.8., 148, Piccadilly, W.; and Tring Park, Tring, Herts. 1890 RovurLenDGs, G. B., 50, Russell-squure, W.C. 1892 RussE.Lt, 8. G. C., 19, Lombard-street, E.C. 1894 Rye, Bertram George, 212, Upper Richmond-road, Putney, S.W. 1894 Ryxtanps, Thos. Glazebrook, F.LS., F.G.S., Highfields, Thelwall, Warrington. 1885 SaseEt, Ernest, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., Lynton House, South Side, Clap- ham Common, S.W. 1891 Sr. Joun, The Rev. John Seymour, B.A., 42, Castlewood-road, Stamford Hill, N. 1875 Sanit, Auguste, 13, Rue Guy de la Brosse, Paris. 1866 +Satvin, Osbert, M.A, F.RS. F.LS., 10, Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W. ; and Hawksfold, Fernhurst, Sussex. 1886 Satwey, Reginald E., Sungate, Hook-road, Kingston-on-Thames. 1865 t SaunpERS, Edward, F.L.S., St. Ann’s, Mount Hermon, Woking, Surrey. 1861 +t SaunpeRs, G. S., 20, Dents-road, Wandsworth Common, 8.W. 1886 SaunpDERS, Prof. Wm., Central Experimental Farm, Otiawa, Canada (President of the Entomological Society of Ontario). 1881 Scouuicx, A. J., Boldrewood, Ditton Hill, Surbiton, Kingston-on- Thames. 1864 Semper, George, care of Bernhard Beer, Esq., 10, Newgate- street, H.C. 1862 Suarp, David, M.A., M.B., C.M., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Zaw- — _thorndene, Hills-road, Cambridge; and University Museum of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, Cambridge. 1883 SHaw, A. Eland, M.R.C.8., Fakenham, Norfolk. 1883 + SHELLEY, Capt. George Ernest, F.G.S., F.Z.8., 10, Thurloe- square, S.W. 1887 Sicu, Alfred, Burlington-lane, Chiswick, W. 1887 Sipewicx, Arthur, M.A., Fellow of Corpus Christi College, Oxford, E 64, Woodstock-road, Oxford. 1869 1895 1885 LIST OF FELLOWS. XXi SmitH, Henley Grose, F.Z.S., 5, Bryanston-square, Hyde Park, W. SmitTu, W. W., Ashburton, Canterbury, New Zealand. SourH, Richard, 100, Ritherdon-road, Upper Tooting, S.W. * +Spence, William Blundell, Florence, Italy. 1889 1890 1862 1837 1889 1895 1882 1884 1894 1876 1893 1892 1886 1892 1893 STaNDEN, Richard S., F.L.S., Thorpe Hall, near Colchester. STEARNS, A. E., 99, Gloucester-terrace, Hyde Park, W. STEVENS, John §., 4, Pope’s-grove, Twickenham. STEvENS, Samuel, F.L.S., Loanda, Beulah Hill, Upper Norwood, S.E. STRATON, C. R., F.R.C.S., West Lodge, Wilton, Salisbury. STUDD, EH. F., M.A., B.C.L., Oxton, Exeter. Swanzy, Francis, Stanley House, Granville-road, Sevenoaks. SWINHOE, Colonel Charles, M.A., F.L.8., F.Z.S., Avenue House, Cowley-road, Oxford. SwINHOE, Ernest, Avenue House, Cowley-road, Oxford. Swinton, A. H., c/o General Callender, Clovernooke, Redbridge, Southampton. TAayLor, Charles B., Rae-street, Rae Town, Kingston, Jamaica. Taytor, The Rev. George W., F.R.S. (Canada), St. Alban’s Rectory, Nanaimo, British Columbia. THEOBALD, F. V., M.A., Lecturer in Economic Entomology and Zoology to the South Eastern Agricultural College, Wye Court, near Ashford, Kent. THORNLEY, The Rev. A., M.A., South Leverton Vicarage, Lincoln. TOWNSEND, Professor C. H. Tyler, Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A. 1859 + TRIMEN, Roland, F.R.S., F.L.S.,9, Osborne Mansions, Northumber- 1891 1895 1893 1894 1886. 1893 1866 1889 land-street, Marylebone-road, W. TUFFNELL, Carleton, Langley, Kenley, Surrey. TUNALEY, Henry, 30, Fairmont-road, Brixton Hill, 8.W. TURNER, Henry Jerome, 13, Drakefell-road, St. Catherine's Park, Hatcham, 8.E. TURNER, Thomas, Cullompton, Devon. Tutt, J. W., Rayleigh Villa, Westcombe Park, Blackheath, S.E. Uricu, Frederick William, Ratlway Extension Office, Arima, Trinidad, British West Indies. Pd VERRALL, George Henry, Sussex Lodge, Newmarket. Vivian, H. W., Glenafon, Taibach, South Wales; and Trinity College, Cambridge. XX11 LIST OF FELLOWS. 1895 ~WacHER, Sidney, F.R.C.S., Dane John, Canterbury. 1876 WAKEFIELD, Charles Marcus, F.L.S., Belmont, Uxbridge. 1886 Waker, Alfred O., F.L.8., Nant Glyn, Colwyn Bay, Denbigh- shire. 1870 Waker, The Rev. Francis Augustus, D.D., F.L.8., Dun Mallard, * Cricklewood, N.W. 1878 WaLkER, James J., R.N., F.L.S., 23, Ranelagh-road, Marine Town, Sheerness. 1863 ¢Wa.uace, Alfred Russel, D.C.L., Oxon., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Corfe View, Parkstone, Dorset. ° 1866 + WaLsinauaM, The Right Hon. ord, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., VICE-PRESIDENT, High Steward of the University of Cambridge, Merton Hall, Thetford, Norfolk ; and 66a, Eaton- square, S.W. | 1886 WarREN, Wm., M.A., 80, Frithville Gardens, Shepherd’s Bush, W. 1869 WatTERHOUSE, Charles O., Ingleside, Avenue Gardens, Acton, W. ; and British Museum, Cromwell-road, 8.W. 1891 } Watson, Capt. E. Y., F.Z.S., Indian Staff Corps, care of Messrs, King & Co., 45, Pall Mall, 8.W. 1893 Wess, John Cooper, 32, Henslowe-road, Dulwich, S.E. 1876+ WesTERN, E. Young, 36, Lancaster Gate, Hyde Park, W. 1886 WHEELER, Francis D., M.A., LL.D., Paragon House School, Norwich, 1865 Wuitz, The Rev. W. Farren, M.A., Stonehouse Vicarage, Gloucestershire. 1884 Wuitz, William, The Ruskin Museum, Meersbrook Park, Sheffield. ; 1882 Wiuiams, W. J., Zoological Society, 3, Hanover-square, W. 1894 Wutson, Edwin, Cherry Hinton-road, Cambridge. 1894 Wo.ury-Dop, F. H., Box 225, Calgary, Alberta, N.W.T. Canada. 1881 Woop, The Rev. Theodore, 23, Broderich-road, Upper Tooting, S.W. 1894 Wootr, Michael Yeatman, 1, Marlborough-place, St. John’s Wood, N.W. 1891 WrovueutTon, R. C., Conservator of Forests, Indian Forest Service, Bombay, India. 1888 YERBURY, Colonel John W., late R.A.. Army and Navy: Club, — Pall Mall, 8.W. 1892 YonpaLe, William Henry, F.R.M.S., 52, Main-street, Cockermouth, Cumberland. 1886 Youna, Morris, Free Museum, Paisley, N.B. See eS ae >. @- xxi) ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY During THE YEAR 1895. AiTKEN (EK. H.). The Larva and Pupa of Spalgis epius, Westwood. {[Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc., 1894. The Author. BarcaGui(P.) Notizie sopra aleuni Entomolecidi e sui loro abitatori. [Bull. Soc. Botan. Ital., 1895. ] Noterelle di Viaggio. [Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital., 1895. ] The Author. BEAUREGARD (H.). Les Insectes Vésicants. 8vo, Paris, 1890. Purchased. BuanprorpD (W. F. H.). Supplementary notes on nite pcalytide of Japan, __ with a list of species. [Trans. Ent Soc. Lond., 1894. ] A list of the Scolytidz collected in Ceylon by Mr. George Lewis, with descriptions of new species. [Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xv., 1895. ] See also Gopman (F. D.) and Sanvin (0.). Biologia Centrali- Americana. Borteca (V.). Explorazione del Giuba e dei suor affluenti compiuta dal Cap. V. Bottega, 1892—93. Risultati Zoologici. V. Ortotteri pel Dott. H. pz SAUSSURE. [Aun. Mus. Civ. St. Nat. Genova, 1895. ] The Author. Broneniart (C.). Recherches pour servir a l’histoire des Insectes Fossiles des temps primaires précédées d’une étude sur la nervation des ailes des insectes. 2 vols., texte et atlas. 4to, St. Htienne, 1893. The Author. Buckier (W.). Larve of British Butterflies and Moths. Vol. VLI., Noctue, pt. 3, ed. by G. T. Porritt. 8vo, London (Ray Society), 1895. Mr. Dunning. Bucktown (G. B.). Notes on a new Psyllid. _ [Indian Mus. Notes. Vol. III., 1895. | Natural History of Hristalis tenaz, or the Drone Fly. 8vo, London, 1895. The Author. ( xxiv ) OampBrinar (O. P.). See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (0.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. CamBriper NaturaL History. Vol. V. 8vo, London, 1895. Peripatus an .. Adam Sedgwick. Myriapods ... seat aH Gh, SUCLaat, Insects an .. David Sharp. Dr. D. Sharp. CamErRON (P.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Savin (0.). Biologia Contrali- Americana. | Canpize (E.). Les Hlatérides de Madagascar. [Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1895. | The Author. Cuampion (G. C.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (0.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. | CHAPMAN (T. A.). Notes on Butterfly Pups, with some remarks on the Phylogenesis of the Rhopalocera. [Ent. Record, 1895. |] The Author. CocKERELL i - A.). Notes on the Geographical Distribution of Scale nsects. [Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XVII., 1894. ] The Author. Drucw (Herbert). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (0.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. Durrant (J. H.). A contribution to the history of the species known as Lita ocellatella, Stainton. Description of the hitherto unknown Imago of Fumea? limulus, Rghfr., the type of a new genus of Depressariade. Notes on the occurrence of Steganoptycha pygmxana, Hb., at Merton (Norfolk) in 1894. [Ent. Monthly Mag., 1895. ] The Author. Ericuson (W.F.). Naturgeschichte der Insecten Deutschlands. Abthei- lung I. Coleoptera. Band V., Lief. 4. By G. Seidlitz. 1895. Purchased. Fisner (W. R.). Forest Protection. 8vo, London, 1895. [Schlich’s Manual of Forestry, Vol. LV. | Mr. W. F. H. Blandford. ForEeL (A.). Nouvelles Fourmis de l’Imerina Oriental (Moramanga, etc.). [Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1895. | Siidpalearctische Ameisen. [Mittheil. Schweiz. Ent. Gesell., 1894. ] Les Formicides de l’Hmpire des Indes et de Ceylan. [Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc., 1895.] Une nouvelle Fourmi Melligére. {|Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1895. | ' The Author. — Fowitrr(W.W.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (0.). Biologia Centrali- Americana. | C exxw _) Gatton (Francis). Memoirs on Regression and Stability. 8vo, London, 1877—1894. | Natural Inheritance. 8vo, London, 1889. The Author. GANGLBAUER (L.). Die Kafer von Mitteleuropa. Bd. II. 8vo, Wien, 1895. Purchased. GERMAIN (P.). Apuntes sobre los Insectos de Chile. Los Carabus Chilenos. [Anales Univ. Chile, 1895. ] The Author. GopMAN (F. D.) and Satvin (0.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. Araneidea by O. P. Cambridge. Chilopoda by R. I. Pocock. Insecta by W. F. H. Blandford, P. Cameron, G. C. Champion, H. Druce, W. W. Fowler, F. D. Godman, H. 8. Gorham, O. Salvin, D. Sharp, and F. M. vander Wulp. Parts CXX.— CXS I. | 1895: The Editors. GorHAM (H.8.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (0.). Biologia Centrali- Americana. | GrimsHAw (P. H.). On the occurrence in Ross-shire of Cephenomyia rufibarbis, anew British Bot-Fly parasitic on the Red Deer. A List of Perthshire Diptera collected in 1894. [Ann. Scott. N. H., 1895. | The Author. Hampson (G. F.). The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Moths, Vol. III. S8vo, London, 1895. The Butterflies of the Nilgiri District, South India. [Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc., 1888. | The Author. Hansoury (F. J.). The London Catalogue of British Plants. Pt. I. 9th ed. 8vo, London, 1895. The Author. Horn (G. H.). Coleoptera of Baja California. ———————-———_——— _ suppl. I. [Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., Ser. 2, Vols. IV. and V., 1894—5. ] The Author. Howarp (L. O.). On the Bothriothoracine Insects of the United States. [Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XVII., 1894. | Revision of the Aphelinine of North America, a subfamily of Hymenopterous Parasites of the family Chalcidide. {U. S. Dep. Agric., Div. Ent., Technical Ser. I., 1895. ] The Author. TzguiERDO(V.). Notas sobre los Lepidopteros de Chile. [Anal. Univ. Santiago, 1895. | The Author. JACOBY (M.). Descriptions of new species of Coleoptera of the Genera ; Gidionychis and Asphera. [P. Z. S., Lond., 1894. | The Author. JAKOWLEW (A.). Tenthredinide [Itinere Przewalskii in Asia Centrali]. [Hore Ent. Ross., XXI., 1887. ] Quelques nouvelles espéces des mouches a scie de l’empire Russe. [Hore Ent. Ross., XXII., 1888. ] Diagnoses Tenthredinidarum novarum ex Rossia Europa, Sibiria, Asia Media et Confinium. (Hore Ent. Ross., XXVI., 1892. ] The Author. (xan 9 JanzrT (C.). Etudes sur les Fourmis, 7* Note. [Mém. Soc. Z. France, 1894. ] ——- 8¢ —., [—__- ae ——=_ 1895, ] SALES SST [eoeeecltteeti —— 1895. | ee 10e [Mém. Soc. Acad. de l’Oise, 1895.] angele MM a ee TG 8vo, Limoges, 1895. Sur les nids de la Vespa crabro, L.: ordre d’apparition des alvéoles. Sur la Vespa crabo, L., Ponte ; conservation de la chaleur dans le nid. Observations sur les Frelons. [C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 1895. | The Author. JurmMyYN (Laetitia). The Butterfly Collector’s Vade Mecum: with a synop- tical table of British Butterflies. 12mo, Ipswich, 1827. Mr, Dunning. Kirsy (W. F.). Synonymic Catalogue of Neuroptera Odonata, or Dragon- flies. S8vo, London, 1890. Purchased. Lepiddpteros Chilenos. {[An. Univ. Chile, 1895. ] W. B. Calvert. LETHIERRY (L.), et SEVERIN (G.). Catalogue Général des Hemiptéres. Tome I]. Hetéroptéres. 8Svo, Bruxelles, 1894. The Authors. LowneE (R. T.). Anatomy, Physiology, etc., of Blow Fly. Part VI. 8vo, London, 1895. Purchased. Meyrick (H.). Handbook of British Lepidoptera. 8vo, London, 1895. The Author. MvuyrsrivceE (¥.). Descriptive Zoopraxography; or, The Science of Animal Locomotion made popular. 8vo, Chicago, 1893. The Author. Nic&viLueE (L. de). On new and little-known Butterflies from North-East Sumatra. [Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc., 1898. } A List of the Butterflies of Sikhim. [Gaz. Sikhim, 1894. | On new and little-known Butterflies from the Indo-Malayan Region. [Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1894. | The Author. Ormerrop (Eleanor A.). Report of Observations of Injurious Insects and Common Farm Pests during the year 1894 (18th Report). 8vo, London, 1895. The Authoress. Osten SackENn (Baron C. R.). Fristalis tenaw in Chinese and Japanese literature. Contributions to the study of the Liponewride, Loew. Correction to my paper: ‘‘Three Trochobole,’”’ &e. (Berl. Ent. Zeitschr. , 1894, p. 264.) _ (Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1895. | Additional notes in explanation of the Bugonia-Lore of the Ancients. 8vo, Heidelberg, 1895. The Author. a @ xxvit~-) _ Packarp (A. §S.). On a rational nomenclature of the Veins of Insects, especially those of Lepidoptera. [ Psyche, 1895. | Life-history of Heterocampa obliqua, Pack. A clew to the origin of the Geometrid Moths. es N. Y. Ent. Soc., 1895.] Ona new Classification of the Lepidoptera. | American Naturalist, 1895. | The Author. PrecKHAM (Geo. W.) and (Elizth.). Spiders of the Marptusa Group of the Family Attide. Spiders of the Homalattus Group of the Family Attide. [Oce. Papers N. H. Soc. Wisconsin, 1894—5. | The Authors. RoBERTSON (C.). Flowers and Insects—Rosacezx and Composite. [Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 1894. } The Author. Savin (O.). [See GopMAN (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. | SaussurRE (H. de). Revision de la tribu des Panesthiens et de celle des Epilampriens, insectes Orthoptéres de la famille des Blattides. [Rey. Suisse Zool., 1895. | The Author. —. See BottrGa(V.). Explorazione del Giuba. V. Orthoptera. —— et ZEHNTNER (Léo). Revision de Ja tribu des Perisphaeriens, insectes Orthoptéres de la famille des Blattides. |Rev. Suisse Zool., 1895. | The Authors. Scupper (S. H.). The Fossil Cockroaches of North America. (Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, 1894. ] Frail Children of the Air. Excursions into the world of Butterflies. 8vo, Boston and New York, 1895. The Author. Srepewick (Adam). [See CAMBRIDGE NATURAL HisToRY. } Seipuitz (G.). {See Ericuson (W. F.).] SEVERIN (G.). [See LeTH1ERRY (L.).] SHarp(D.). [See CAMBRIDGE NaTURAL HisTory. | [See also GopMan (F. D.) and Sanvin (0.). Biologia Centrali- ericana. | ; Srycuarr (F. G.). [See CaMBripce Naturat History.) Smith (John B.). Contribution towards a monograph of the insects of the Lepidopterous Family Noctuide of Boreal North America. A revision of the Deltoid Moths. (Bull. U.S. N. Mus., No. 48, 1898. ] The Author. TEPPER (J. G. O.). The Blattarix of Australia and Polynesia. Supple- mentary and additional descriptions and notes. Descriptions of rew or little-known species of Blattariz, Grylla- cride, and Stenopelmatidz, collected at Lake Callabonna, S. Australia. [Trans. Roy. Soc. South Austral., 1895.] The Author. ( exyi 5) THEOBALD (F. V.). The Hessian Fly in South Devon; and notes on some Early Fruit Pests. [ Brit. Maaialigt, 1894 | Notes upon Insect Pests in 1894, with special reference to Insects attacking the Walnut. 8vo, Warrington, 1896. Mollusca injurious to Farmers and Gardeners. [ Zoologist, . 895. | Notes on the Needle-nosed Hop Bugs. [Journ. 8. E. Agric. Coll., 1895. | The Author. Tomson (C. G.). Opuscula Entomologica, Fasc. 19,20. Purchased. THORELL (T.). Descriptive Catalogue of the Spiders of Burma, based upon the collection made by Eugene W. Oates and preserved in the British Museum. 8vo, London, 1895. The Author. TouRNEY (J. W.). Notes on Scale Insects in Arizona. [Arizona Agric. Exp. Station, Bull. No. 14, 1895. ] The Author. Unitxep STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (DIVISION OF ENTOMOLOGY) BULLETINS, 1894. 32. Reports of Observations ‘aida Experiments in the Practical Work of the Division. U.S. Dept. of Agric. [See also Howarp (L. O.).] WaRREN (W.). New Genera and Species of Geometride. New Genera and Species of Indian Geometride. [Nov. Zool., i., 1894, New Genera afd Species of Geometridz in the Tring Museum. [Nov. Zool., ii., 1895. | The Author. WaASMANN (H.). Kritisches Verzeichniss der Myrmekophilen und Termito- philen Arthropoden. 8vo, Berlin, 1894. Purchased. WaterHouse (C. O.). The Labium and Submentum in certain Mandi- bulate Insects. 8vo, London, 1895. The Author. Watson (HK. Y.). Notes on the Synonymy of some species of Indian Pierina. (Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc., 1893. ] The Author. Wutpr (F. M. van der). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (0O.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. | ZEHNTNER (Léo).* [See Saussure (H. de).] © xxix) Periodicals and Publications of Societies. AMERICA (NORTH). CANADA. Lonpon, Ontario. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. XXVIT., 1895. By Exchange. MontTREAL. Royal Society of Canada. Proceedings and Transactions. Vol. XII., 1895. The Society. Toronto. Entomological Society of Ontario. Report XXV., 1895. The Society. Fruit Growers’ Association of Ontario. Report for 1894. The Association, UNITED STATKS. Boston. Boston Society of Natural History. Proceedings. Vol. XXVI., pts. 2 & 3, 1894. By Exchange. CAMBRIDGE, Mass. Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, Annual Report, 1893—94. The Curator. Davenport, Iowa. Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings, 1895. The Academy. PHILADELPHIA. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceed- ings, 1895. By Exchange. Entomological News and Proceedings of the Entomological Section. Vol. VI. By Hauchange. American Entomological Society. Transactions, 1895. By Exchange. WASHINGTON. Insect Life, 1895. U.S. Dept. of Agric. Entomological Society. Proceedings, 1886—94. Purchased. AMERICA (SOUTH). ARGENTINE REPUBLIC. Buenos Aires. Academia Nacional de Ciencias, Cordova. Boletin, Tomo XIII. By Exchange. CHILI. Santiago. Société Scientifique du Chili. Actes, 1894. The Soctety. Co eee WEST INDIES. Jamaica. Institute of Jamaica. Journal. Vol. III. The Institute. TRINIDAD. Trinidad Field Naturalist’s Club. Journal. Vol. TII. The Club. ASIA. INDIA. BomBAY. Natural History Society. Journal. Vol. IX., Parts 2—4. By Exchange. AUSTRALASIA, ADELAIDE. Royal Society of South Australia. Transactions, Proceedings and Reports. Vol. XVIII. By Exchange. Sypnzy. The Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales, 1895. Agric. Dept. Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, 2nd Series, Vol. IX. By Exchange. EUROPE. AUSTRIA-HUNGARY. Brunn. Naturforschender Verein in Briinn. Verhandlurigen. Band XXXII. By Exchange. Vienna. K. k. zoologisch-botanische Verein (Gesellschaft) in Wien. Verhandlungen. Band XLV. By Exchange. Wiener entomologische Verein. Jahresbericht, 1893—94. By Purchase. Wiener entomologische Zeitung, 1895. By Purchase. BELGIUM. Brussgers. Société Entomologique de Belgique. Annales. XXXIX, Mémoires II. By Exchange. Académie Roy. des Sciences de Belgique. Bulletins. 3 Ser. Tomes 26—29. Annuaires. 1894—5. Mémoires des Membres. Tomes 50—52. — Cour. 4to. _ Tome 53. — —. 8vo. Tomes 47, 50—52. DENMARK. CoPENHAGEN. Entomologiske Meddelelser udgivne af Entomologisk Forening ved F. Meinert. Band VIII. 1895. Purchased. Oe / | . . { | | pe ene (eC) FRANCE. Carn. Société Linnéenne de Normandie. Bulletin, 1894. By Exchange. Société Francaise d’Entomologie. Revue. Tome XIV. 1895. Purchased. Paris. Société Entomologique de France. Annales, 18938. By Exchange. L’Abeille, 1895. By Purchase. TouLousE. Société d’Histoire Naturelle. Bulletin, 1894. By Exchange. GERMANY. Bergin. Entomologische Verein in Berlin. Berliner . entomologische Zeitschrift. 1895. By Exchange. Deutsche entomologische Gesellschaft. Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. 1895. By Exchange. Bericht tiber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen des Jahres 1893. Purchased. Drespen. ‘“‘Tris.” Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. Band VII., VIIl. By Exchange. FRANKForT. Senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft. Bericht. 890. By Hxchange. Hampura. Verein fiir naturwissenschaftliche Unterhaltung. Verhand- lungen, Band YIII. 1894. The Society. Stettin. Entomologische Verein. Entomologische Zeitung. Jahrg. LVI. By Exchange. WIESBADEN. Nassauischer Verein fiir Naturkunde Jahrbucher. Jahrg. XLVII. By Exchange. GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. Guascow. Natural History Society. Transactions, Vol. IV., pt. 1. Lonpon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 1895. By Purchase. City of London Entomological and Natural History Society. Transactions for 1894. The Society. Entomologist (The). 1895. R. South. Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine, 1899. The Editors. Entomologist’s Record and Journal of Variation. 1895. The Hditor. Linnean Society of London. ‘Transactions, Vol. VI., pt. 3. Journal, Nos. 159, 160, 161. By Exchange. Nature. 1895. The Publishers. Nature Notes. 1895. The Publishers. Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal. 1899. The Club. Royal Agricultural Society. Journal. 8rd Ser., Vol. VI. The Society. Royal Microscopical Society. _ Journal. 1895. The Society. Royal Society. Proceedings. Nos. 3839—352. The Society. —— —. Philosophical Transactions B. Vol. 185, pt. 1. The Society. South London Entomological and N. H. Society. Proceedings, 1894, The Society. Year Book of Scientific Societies. 1895. By Purchase. Zoological Record for 1894. By Purchase. Zoological Society. Proceedings, 1895. Transactions, Vol. XIII., pt. 10. By Exchange. Zoologist (The). 1895. The Publisher. a EE error (* xem HOLLAND. Tue Hacus. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie., Jahr. 1894—5. By Exchange. Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging. Geschiedkundig Overzicht 1845—1895 door F. M. Vander Wulp. The Society. ITALY. FLoRENCE. Societa Entomologica Italiana. Bullettino. 1895. By Exchange. GENOA. Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova. Annali. Ser. 2, Vols. XIV., XV. By Exchange. RUSSIA. e Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin. 1894. By Exchange. St. PeTeRsBuRG. Societas Entomologice Rossicw. Hore. Tome XXVIII. By EHachange. SWEDEN. StockHoLtm. Hntomologiska Férenigen i Stockholm. _Entomologisk Tidskrift. 1895. By Eachange. SWITZERLAND. Geneva. Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle. Mémoires. Tome XXXIT., pt. 1. The Society. SCHAFFHAUSEN. Schweizerische entomologische Gesellschaft. Mitthei- lungen. 1895. By Hachange. THE TRANSACTIONS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCTETY LON DON For tHe Year 1895. I. A list of the Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. Part III. By Colonel CHartes Swingog, M.A., Eis., Y:Zi8: [Continued from p. 223, Hnt. Trans., 1894. | [Read Dec. 5th, 1894. | Prats I, HETEROCERA (continued). Group II. Subgroup I. Family CALLIDULID AI, Genus Cizosrris, Boisd. 577. C. catamita, Geyer, Hiibn., Zutr., pl. iv., fig. 17 (1832). Common. : : Genus CaLtipuLa, Hiibn. 578. C. erycinoides, Walker, Char. Undeser. Lep. Het., p. 3 (1869). Common. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—-PaRTI. (APRIL.) 1 a Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the 579. C. attenuata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1, — p. 21 (1879). Common. any o P Genus Heeiea, Moore. acssjelaied as 580. H. atkinsont, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., p. 21, pl 2, fig. 3 (1879). Cherra Punji; one example. Family DREPANULIDZ. - Genus KucnEra, Hiibn. 581. H. substigmaria, Hiibn., Zutr., 3, 29, 260, figs. 519, 520 (1882). Common. 582. H. rectificata (Walker), xxiv., 1142 (1862). Shillong; two old examples in my collection so marked, but not received from Mr. Hamilton or from any of my native collectors. ae. Genus Macrocitrx, Butler. 583. M. orbiferata (Walker), xxiv., 1126 (1862). Recorded from the Khasia Hills by Hampson. Not received by me; I have it from the Shan States. Genus Dirricona, Moore. 584. D. triangularia (Moore), P. Z. S., 1867, p. 612. Cherra Punji; three examples. Genus Emoprsa, Moore. 985. H. sunuosa, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii, p- 256, pl. 8, fig. 18 (1887). ‘Cherra Punji; three exampies. Genus Treipenta, Moore. 586. 7. vestigiata (Butler), Ann. Nat. Hist. (5) vi., p. 222 (1880). Shillong and Cherra Punji; numerous examples. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 3 Genus Drepana, Schrank. as 587. D. pallida, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i. p. 84 (1879). : Shillong; several examples. 588. D. quinaria (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 618. Cherra Punji; two examples. 589. D. mecasa, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p-. 434 (1894). Cherra Punji; three examples. 090. D. leucosticta, Hampson, MS. ined. 6. Slate colour, forewings with the apices broadly smeared with white, a thick transverse white line outwardly edged with brown from the centre of the abdominal margin of hindwings to apex of forewings, cilia brown, underside whitish, both wings crossed by a broad slate-coloured discal band. Expanse of wings, 1 inch. Type in B. M. Cherra Punji; one example. Genus Anpara, Walker. 591. A. muscularia (Walker), xxxv., 1554 (1866). Cherra Punji; many examples. 592. A. erpina, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. 433 (1894). Cherra Punji; several examples. 593. A. lilacina (Moore), P. Z.S., 1888, p. 401. Shillong ; several examples. Genus CALLIpREPANA, Felder. 094, C. argenteola (Moore), Cat. Lep. EH. I. C., ii, p. 369 (1859). Common. 095. C. flava (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1, p. 84, vl. 2, fig. 7 (1879). Cherra Punji; four examples. Genus Triprepana, Nov. Corresponds with Hampson’s Section III.: forewings with vein 11 emitted from the middle of the ariole, 10 from end of it, mid- tibia with no spurs, hind tibia with a terminal pair, antennge of male bipectinate, of the female ciliate. 4 Colonel Charles Swinhce on the 596. 7. albonotata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., p-. 83 (1879). oem Shillong ; two examples. 597. I’. sadana (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 817. Shillong ; several examples. Paler and smaller than Sikkim examples, with the apex of forewings more falcate. 598. 7’. eanthoptera (Hampson), Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i., p. 841 (1892). Shillong and Cherra Punji; two pairs. 599. T. vira (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 817. Cherra Punji; four examples. Genus Puanacra, Walker. 600. P. nudohia, Swinh. (Pl. I., fig. 17), Ann. Mag. Nat. _ Hist. (6) xiv., p. 484 (1894). Cherra Punji ; one pair. Genus Drapetopes, Guen. 601. D. mitarva, Guen., Phal., 1., p. 424, pl. 18, fig. 6 (1857). Common. 602. D. fratercula, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii., p. o41, pl. 200, figs. 1, 1a (1887). Cherra Punji; several examples. Hampson has put these two together, but I can see nothing in common between them, except that they belong to the same genus. I have a fine series of both. The size is. different, the coloration and markings are different, and the shape of the forewings is different, the former having the apex of forewings acute, and the latter rounded. ; Genus Orzra, Walker. 608. O. extensa, Walker, v., 1166 (1855). Shillong ; three examples. 604. O. vatama, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 816. Cherra Punji; several examples. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hulls. 4) 605. O. one Swinh. (Pl. I, fig. 14), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., D. 434 (1894). Cherra Punji; one pair. Genus CamprocHitus, Hampson. 606. C. reteculatum (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., in p. 233, pl. 8, fie. 3 (1887). Common. Genus PHatacropsis, Nov. ?. Antenne slightly thickened and flattened, palpi straight, forewings long, costal margin curved at the base, inner margin outwardly curved, and as long as the costa, outer margin straight and crenulate, veins 4 and 5 from joint above lower end of cell, 6 from upper end, 7 and 8 joined together half way before outer margin, and thus forming the ariole; hindwing short, costa com- paratively long and outwardly curved, apex produced, outer margin short and nearly straight. 607. P.carnosa, sp.n. (FI. L., figs. 5, 5a.) 2. Ochreous flesh-colour, suffused with grey on the wings, palpi dark brown above, both wings crossed by many sinuous, very fine and indistinct brown lines, with black points here and there, - and the outermost line, which is some little space before the outer margiv, most distinct and black marked, a black cell spot on hind- wings ; underside pale flesh-coloured, forewings slightly suffused with greyish-brown, hindwings with a black cell spot, and another below it, both wings crossed by a prominent discal line of black points. Expanse of wings, 1; inch. ‘Cherra Punji; one example. Family LIMACODIDA. Genus ScoreLopss, Westw. 608. iS. venosa, Walker, v., 1105 (1855). Cherra Punji ; several examples of both sexes. 609. S. testacea, gee, Ent. Mo. Mag., xxi, p-. 156 (1884). Shillong and Cherra Punji; many examples of both sexes. Is of an almost uniform yellowish-testaceous colour, and seems to be perfectly distinct from venosa, which has the forewings and outer half of hindwings very dark blackish-brown. 6 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the Genus OxypLax, Hampson. 610. O. ochracea (Moore), Lep. Ceylon, i., p. 129, pl. 129, figs. 3, 3a (1882). One example in my collection marked Khasia Hills, received from Mr. Elwes, but not received from my own collectors. I have it also from the Shan States. Genus THosra, Walker. oll. T. cana (Walker), xxxu., 484 (1865). Shillong ; two examples. 612. T. uncfascia, Walker, v., 1068 (1855). Cherra Punji; two examples. Genus Natapa, Walker. 618. N. ocellata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., p- 74 (1879). Common. 614. N. velutina (Kollar), Kasch von Higel, iv., p- 473 (1848). Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus Mirxsa, Walker. 615. M. mornata, Walker, v., 1125 (1855), Cherra Punji; two examples. 616. M. bracteata, Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vi., p. 64 (1880). Shillong ; two examples. Genus Parasa, Moore. 617. P. argentilinea, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, 1, p. 889 (1892). Cherra Punji; one example. Genus AttHa, Walker. 618. A. rufotessellata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., p. 73, pl. 3, fig. 24 (1879). Cherra Punji; one example. I have this also from Koni in the Shan States. ; . i _ ae “I Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hells. Genus Nagosa, Walker. 619. N. wniformis, sp. n. Q. Of a uniform pale fawn-colour, without any markings whatever, either above or below, both wings with the long cilia rather darker than the general coloration of the wings. Hxpanse of wings, 1,3, inch. Cherra Punji; one example. Genus Bznippa, Walker. 620. B. laleana (Moore), Cat. Lep. H. I. C., i, p. 417, pl. 21, fig. 12 (1859). Shillong; two examples. Family LYMANTRITDAi. Genus Oreyia, Ochs. 621. O. wucula, Swinh. (PI. 1., fig. 15), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. 435 (1894). Cherra Punji;. three males. Genus Arosa, Walker. 622. A. plana (Walker), iv., 786 (1855). Cherra Punji; three males. 623. A. socrus (Geyr.), Gutr., iv., 12, figs. 387, 388. A. pyrrhochroma, Walker, xxxii., 329 (1865). Common. These two cannot be separated. I have received several hundreds from the Khasias, and have intermediates of all forms in my collection; what Hamp- son. calls the Bombay form, clara (his, p. 439), is an entirely different species. I have both sexes from Khandalla, Matheram, Poona, and Bombay. Some of the males are nearly black, and it is only about half the size of A. socrus. 624. A. atrella, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i., p. 439 (1892). Cherra Punji; two males. I have also received in the same consignment, taken at the same time and place, an insect which I believe to be the female of this species ; is is of a uniform brown colour, with white cilia, the forewings having brown patches in the cilia. 8 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the Genus Lau, Steph. 625. LZ. prolata, Swinh., Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon, i., p. 195 (1892). Shillong ; several examples of both sexes. 626. L. uniforms, Hampson, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., vil., p. 56, pl. 140, fig. 20, 9 (1891). Cherra Punji; one male. In the Illustrations, p. 56, Hampson gives reference to the plate 140, figs.4 and 20. 6 and 2: In Faun. Brit. Ind., p.442, he makes this species a synonym of I. testacea, Walker, and refers to his figure 2 (a mis- print, I presume). I have in my collection four females from the Nilgiris, kindly given me by Mr. Hampson, which I have compared with his type in the B. M. His male, fig. 4, he has renamed Hwproctis renonwnata (see his Moths, ab p- 471); his female, therefore, is the type of this species. JI cannot understand why -he should sink it under testacea, the females of which are quite different. Uniformis is a perfectly good and’ distinct species, and differs in shape, coloration, and markings in both sexes from L. testacea. 627. L. atestacea, Hampson, Fann. Brit. Ind. Moths, 1, p. 443 (1892). Shillong; several males, and one female. Genus Panrana, Walker. 628. P. albifascia (Walker), xxxii., 325 (1865). Shillong and Cherra Punji. 629. P. interjecta (Swinh.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 478, pl. 19, fig. 2. Cherra Punji; six examples. 630. P. bicolor (Walker), iv., 787 (1855). Common in all its forms; the females seem to be rare. I have only received about a dozen examples. Genus Ciruna, Walker. 631. C. locuples, Walker, v., 1173 (1855). Common, Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 9 632. O. cervina (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1., p. 45, pl. 3, fig. 1 (1879). Cherra Punji; one male. Genus DasycHira, Steph. 633. D. lineata (Walker), iv., 875 (1855). Cherra Punji; two males, one female. 634. D. horsfields (Saunders) , Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1851, p. 162. Shillong ; several examples of both sexes. 635. D. strigata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1., p. 98 (1879). Cherra Punji ; one male. 636. D. bhana, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1865, p.. 804. Cherra Punji; several examples of both sexes. 637. D. posifusca, sp.n. (PI.L., fig. 12.) 3. Sides of the palpi black, tips grey, shaft of the antenne grey with brown bands, pectinations pale brown, thorax and fore- wings grey, the latter with sinuous and recurved brown transverse lines dentated in different parts, 1st, from centre of hinder margin - to costal third, where it expands into a ring; 2nd, from hinder margin one-fourth from the angle, which runs up a little, then curves outwards and suddenly inwards before reaching the costa at one- third before apex ; 3rd, sub-marginal: abdomen and hindwings greyish-brown, without markings, marginal line brown, cilia white. Hxpanse of wings, 1,4 inch. Cherra Punji; one example. Genus OLene, Hiibn. 638. O. inelusa (Walker), vii, 1737 (1856). Shillong ; one female. 639. O. orvmba, Swinh., Ann. Mage. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. 435 (1894). Cherra Punji; one pair. Genus Psatis, Hiibn. 640. P. securis, Htibn., Zutr., u., p. 19, figs. 291, 292 (1823). Cherra Punji; several examples of both sexes. 10 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the — Genus Numenes, Walker. 641. N. siletti, Walker, i1., 663 (1855). Common, but all females. Pseudomesa quadriplagqiata, Walker, which is said to be the male of N. silettt, has not been received from my collectors. 642. N. yatrana, Moore, Cat. Lep. H. I. C., ii., p. 367 sate | (1859). Shillong and Cherra Punji; many examples of both SEXES. Genus Pipa, Walker. 643. P. apicalis, Walker, xxxu., 400 (1865). Common. 644. P. decolorata (Walker), Char. Undescr. Lep. Het., p. 96 (1869). Cherra Punji; one example. ‘The type specimen came from Benares, and was described by Walker as a Geometrid, see Cotes’ and Swinhoe’s Catalogue, No. 3121. Genus Dapiasa, Moore. 645. D. irrorata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1, p. 52, pl. 2, fig. 17 (1879), Cherra Punji; five males. | Pare Liymanrria, Hiibn. 646. L. rhodina, Walker, xxxu., 366 (1865). Recorded from the Khasias by Hampson ; not received by me. 647. D. concolor, Walker, iv., 876 (1855). Common. 648. L. marginata, Walker, iv., 877 (1855). Shillong; two examples. Hampson has sunk this species under Jeatria, Stoll. (bis vol. 1., p. 463) ; but the latter belongs to a different section of the genus. The female does somewhat resemble the female of marginata, and there are no males in the B. M. Coll.; hence the mistake. Beatriz comes from Java, and the males are very different from that sex of marginata, and more nearly resemble L. monacha, Linn., of Kurope. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 11 649. L. mathura, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 805. Cherra Punji; several females. Go0. L. lepcha (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., p-. 54 (1879). Cherra Punji; two males and one female. Genus Dura, Moore. 601. D. alba, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., p. 56 (1879). Shillong ; two examples. Genus Huproctis, Hiibn. 602. H. divisa, Walker, iv., 836 (1855). Cherra Punji; four males. 6038. H. bigutta, Walker, iv., 837 (1835). Shillong ; three females. 654. H. immaculata, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1884, p. 358. Cherra Punji; one female. 655. H. subfasciata (Walker), xxxii., 332 (1865). Common. 656. H. lunata, Walker, iv., 837 (1855). Common. 657. H. inconcisa (Walker), xxxii., 332 (1865). Cherra Punji; several examples. 658. H. pusilla (Moore), Lep. Ceylon, u., p. 86, pl. 112, | fig. 4 (1882). Shillong; two examples. I have never seen a female of this species, I have taken many males; in Karachi the males were very plentiful, but, although I often looked for them, I never found a female. 659. EH. unimacula (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1879, p. 3899. Common. I have received a great number of both sexes from Shillong as well as from Cherra Punji, but of H. digramma, with which Hampson couples this species, Ihave not received a single example from the Khasia Hills. | q ; ( 12 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the 660. H. flavinata (Walker), xxxu., 331 (1865). Common. 661. E. guttata (Walker), iv., 795 (1855). Common. 662. H. rensfera, sp. n. ¢. Pale ochreous-brown, of the same shade of colouras £. guitistriga, Walker, but rather paler ; palpi and head tinged with ochreous, abdomen with an ochreous tuft of hairs at the tip. Wings with the outer margins tinged with ochreous and with ochreous cilia ; forewings with black lunule at the end of the cell and two black spots close together on the outer margin a little above the middle; kindwings paler than forewings without | markings. Expanse of wings, 1,2, inch. Cherra Punji; one example. 663. E. nigripennis, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i., p. 481 (1892). Cherra Punji; one male. 664. H. plana, Walker, vii., 1731 (1856). Common. 665. H. plagiata, Walker, iv., 858 (1855). Cherra Punji; two examples. 666. H. semivitta, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1, p. 48, pl. 2, fig. 25 (1879). 3 Recorded from the Khasias, not received by me. 667. E. madana, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii, p. 348 (1859). 3 Shillong ; one pair. 668. H. wniformis (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., p. 49 (1879). Shillong ; several examples, all females. 669. H. magna (Swinh.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 479. Shillong ; two females. 670. EH. oreosaura (Swinh.), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. 435 (1894). Cherra Punji; one female. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 13 671. H. scintillans (Walker), vu., 1734 (1896). Cherra Panji; five examples. 672. H. bipunctapex (Hampson), Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., viil., p. 57, pl. 140, fig. 13 (1891). Shillong; one female. Genus Leucoma, Steph. 673. LD. cygna (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1879, p. 401. Shillong and Cherra Punji. Differs from L. comma, Hutton, which is a thickly clothed insect with a large and prominent black lunule at the end of the cell of fore- wings. Cygna is semi-hyaline with only a small black cell mark. Genus Repoa, Walker. 674. R. submarginata, Walker, iv., 826 (1855). Cherra Punji; several examples. 675. RK. nigricilia, Swinh., Trans. Hint. Soc. Lond., 1891, p-. 478. Shillong and Cherra Punji; three males and two females. 676. R. diaphana, Moore, Deser. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., p. 46 (1879). Common. Genus Caviria, Walker. 677. C. cygna, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1877, p. 601. Cherra Punji; one female. 678. C. sericea (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,i., p. 45 (1879). Cherra Punji; six males. 679. C. dica (Swinh.), ‘rans. Ent. Soc Lond., 1891, p. 478. Shillong and Cherra Punji; two females. Hampson has wrongly put this with the Javan species C. rinaria, Moore, to which it is no doubt allied, but from which it will be found quite distinct on comparison. 14 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the Genus Denpropuieps, Hampson. 680. D. semihyalina, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i. ag p- AQ1 (1892). Shillong; one male and two females. The latter are pure white with more rounded wings and fairly well clothed, antennz pectinated, colour ochreous-grey, abdomen white without bands, venation similar to that of the male except that vein la of the hindwings has no veinlets. Genus Cispta, Walker. 681. C. venosa, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1862, p- 264. Common. Family HYPSIDAL. | Genus PERripRoME, Walker. 682. P. orbicularis, Walker, u., 445 (1854). Common. Genus NrocusEra, Hiibn. 683. N. marmorea, Walker, vu., 1674 (1856). Cherra Punji; several examples of both sexes. 684. N. butlert, Swinh., Lep. Het. Mus. Oxon, i., p. 84 (1892). Common. Hampson puts the localities for this species Movlmein and Penang, but it 1s common in many parts of the Indian Region. I have received great numbers from Shillong and Cherra Punji, and have received it also from other parts of Assam, from Sibsaghar, the Karen Hills, Sylhet and the Andaman Islands, taken near Port Blair by the late Mr. Wimberley, It stands in most Indian collections as N. marmorea, the latter is, however, a rare insect and very different in coloration, being, when fresh, of a, dark bright bluish-slate colour with thin white vein marks, the hindwings with the abdominal portion white. Hampson omits N. bhawana, Moore, from his list, but this species also belongs to the Indian Region, being fairly common near: Rangoon, from whence Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hulis. 15 I have received several examples; this differs from N. marmoread, in having no white area on the hindwings, the sexes alike, as is the case in all the three species. Genus Puinona, Walker. 685. P. inops, Walker, ii., 457 (1854). Common. Genus Hypsa, Hibn. 686. H. monycha (Cram.), Pap. Exot., 1, pl. 131, ine C (1779). Common. 687. H. clavata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1875, p. 317. - Common. 688. H. persecta, Butler, Lc. Common. 689. H. heliconva (Linn.), Syst. Nat., i., 2, 839 (1758). Shillong ; several examples. 690. H. egens, Walker, u., 453 (1854). Common. 691. H. alciphron (Cram.), Pap. Exot., ii., pl. 133, fig. g (1777). Shillong ; several examples. 692. H. plaginota, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1875, p. 220. Common. Genus Lacipes, Walker. 693. L. ficus (Fabr.), Ent. Syst., mi., 2, 27, 62 (1794). Shillong ; thirteen examples. Family ARCTIIDAS. Subfamily ARCTIINZ. Genus SpiLosoma, Steph. 694. S. multiguttata (Walker), i., 657 (1855). Common. 16 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the 695. S. dalbergizw (Moore), P. Z. §., 1888, p. 394. Recorded from the Khasias by Hampson, not received by me. 696. S. gopara, Moore, Cat. Lep. EH. I. C., i, p. 256, pl. 9a, fig. 11 (1859). Common. 697. S. rubilinea, Moore, P. Z.S., 1865, p. 810. - Recorded from Shillong, not received from my collectors. I have it from Kurseyong and Darjiling. 698. S. casigneta (Kollar), Kasch von Hiigel, iv., p. 469 (1848), Common. I have received great numbers of both sexes of all the different forms mentioned by Hampson, vol. i, p. 9, No. 1179. I agree with him that it is difficult to separate them, except, perhaps, the following, which has a yellow instead of crimson abdomen. 699. S. howra (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i, p. 40 raat (1879). Common. Many examples of both sexes received. Genus Tuyrcorina, Walker. 700. I. spilosomata, Walker, xxxi., 8318 (1864). Cherra Punji; two pairs. Wings pure white without any markings, a larger insect than the following, wings much longer and differently shaped. 701; T. subjecta (Walker), xxxii., 387 (1863). Cherra Punji; several examples of both sexes. 702. T. multivittata (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 808. Cherra Punji; one pair. 703. T. flavens (Moore), Deser. Ind. Lep. Atk.,1., p. 39 (1879). Cherra Punji; several examples. 704. T. stkkimensis (Moore), l.c., pl. 2, fig. 12. Cherra Punji; one male. 705. T. melanosoma, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, iL, p. 15 (1894). * Recorded from the hake ; not received by me. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. V7 Genus Arcria, Schrank. 706. A. ricine (Fabr.), Syst. Ent., p. 583 (1775). Cherra Punji; one male. Genus AtpHw#a, Walker. 707. A. florescens (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1, 3 p. 43, pl. 2, fig. 13 (1879). . Cherra Punji; one female. 708. A. quadriramosa (Kollar), Kasch von Hiigel, iv., p. 468 (1848). Cherra Punji; two examples. 109. A. umpleta (Walker), xxxi., 286 (1864). Cherra Punji; one example. Genus Aruas, Walker. 710. A. galactinea (Van der Hoev), Tijd. Nat. Gesch., 1840, p. 280. Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus Ruopogastria, Hiibn. “it. fi. lachnea (Cram.), Pap. Exot., n., pl. 183, fig. p : (dev ad). Shillong ; eleven examples. 712. A. negrita, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. 436 (1894). Shillong and Cherra Panji; several examples of both Sexes. ae Genus Puissama, Moore. 713. P. transiens (Walker), i1., 675 (1855), Shillong ; several examples. Genus Nrxma, Moore. 714, N. longipennis (Walker), iii., 655 (1855). Cherra Punji; three examples. - Genus Lrvcoparpus, Hampson. 715. L. tigrinus, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, uF ., p. 31 (1894). Recorded from the Khasias, not received from my collectors there; I have it from the Shan States. TRANS, ENT. SOC, LOND. 1895.—pPaRT I. (APRIL.) 2 18 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the Genus Camprotoma, Felder. 716. C. binotatum, Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vii., p. 85 (1881). Common. Genus Moorza, Hampson. 717. M. argus, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1862, p. 73. Cherra Punji; several examples of both sexes. Genus CaLpentA, Moore. 718. C. khasiana, Moore, P. Z. S., 1878, p. 5. Cherra Punji; several examples of both sexes. Genus Catumorpna, Latr. 719. C. plagiata (Walker), iti., 655 (1855). Common. 720. C. equitalis (Kollar), Kasch von Hiigel, p. 465, pl. 20, fig. 3 (1848). iotnen . Subfamily NYCTEMERIN. Genus Ditemera, Hubn. 721. D. arctata (Walker), vu., 1664 (1856). Shillong; several examples of both sexes. 722. D. carissima, Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 477, pl. 19, aoe Shillong ; one male and two females. Genus NYcTEMERA. 7203 NS een (Cram.), sad Exot., u., pl. 128, fig. x (1777). Shillong ; ; nine examples. 724. N. latistriga, Walker, ii., 397 (1854). Cherra Punji; five examples. 725. NV. plagifera, Walker, ii., 400 (1854). Common. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 18) 726. N. cenis (Cram.), Pap. Exot., ii., pl. 147, fig. x (liane Common. 727. N. varians, Walker, ii., 400 (1854). Common. Subfamily LITHOSIIN&. ' Genus CastapaLa, Walker. 728. C. roseata, Walker, xxxi., 271 (1864). Shillong ; one example. Genus Arcina, Hiibn. 729. A. argus (Kollar), Kasch von Hiigel, iv., p. 467, pl. 21, fig. 3 (1848). Common. 730. A. syringa (Cram.), Pap. Exot.,i., pl. 5, fig. ¢ (1775). Common. Genus Dzropnia, Steph. 731. D. pulchella (Linn.), Syst. Nat., i., 2, 884, 349 (1767). Common. Genus Cyana, Walker. Bizone, Walker. 732. C. peregrina (Walker), 11., 551 (1854). Shillong ; three examples. 733. C. amabilis (Moore), P. Z.8., 1877, p. 597, pl. 59, fig. 2. Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. 734. C. perornata (Walker), 11., 548 (1854). Shillong ; several examples. 735. C. candida (Felder), Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 106, fig. 17 (1868). Cherra Punji; three examples. 736. C. signa (Walker), i1., 550 (1854). Common. 2 20 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the 737. C. puer (Elwes), P. Z. S., 1890, p. 392, pl. 32, fig. 8. Common. | 738. C. guttifera (Walker), vul., 1779 (1856)... 6. 3 Common. ayiitt. 739. C. mollert (Elwes), P. Z. 8., 1890, p. 395. Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my collectors. 740. C. gelida. (Walker), 11., 529 (1854). Common. 741. C. arama (Moore), Cat. Lep. H. I. C., a p. 306, pl. 7a, fig. 10 (1859). Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus Macrosprocuis, Herr. Schiff. 742. M. gigas (Walker), ii., 496 (1854). M. leucospilota, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1878, p. 8 M. albicans, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M. A ae 3S pl. 87, tig. 5 (1881). Common. 743. M. nigrescens, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1878, p. 8. M. atrata, Butler, Jc. , fig. 3. Cherra. Punji; many examples. I think that this may be fairly separated from M. gigas. Genus T'ripura, Moore. 744, Tt. prasena, Moore, Cat. Lep. BE. I. C 28.5 p. 299, ‘opl. 7a, fig. 6 (1859): ada: Shillong ; two examples. Genus Vamona, Moore. 745. V. remelana (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 798. ‘Common. . Genus Cxurnaa, Moore. 746. C. divisa (Moore), P. Z..8., 1878, p. 12, Ph is ae 4. Cherra Punji; one example. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hulls. 21 Genus CurysaitA, Butler. ¢47, C. magnifica (Walker), Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vi., p. 103 (1862). Shillong; five examples. Genus CarysoraspiA, Butler. 748. C. bivitta (Walker), vii., 1682 (1856). Cherra Punji; three males and two females. 749. C. disjuncta (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 797. Cherra Punji; three males. In Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, u., p. 74, these two species are put together, disjuncta being described as the male and bivitia as female; no doubt Walker in his vol. vu., p. 1682, described a species of disjuncta in Coll. Saunders as bivitta var., and this was pointed out in Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon,1i., p. 115, but there can be no question as to the perfectly distinctive characters of the two species, the males of bivitta being of the same shape and markings as the female and are quite unlike disjuncta. Genus T'sysanopryx, Hampson. 750. T. tetragona (Walker), ii., 510 (1854). Common. Genus Prapuasa, Moore. ole joucosta, Moore, P. Z.'S., 1873; p. 26, pl. 2, mee, 1L7, Cherra Punji; several examples. 752. P. plumbeomicans, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, Men foe UC ee). Cherra Punji; two males. Genus ZapapRA, Moore. 753. TZ, Ei toxta (Moore), P. Z. S., 1872, p. 57. Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus Lirgsosia, Fabr. 754. I. conformis, Walker, 11., 509 (1854). Shillong; one male. we eng eg rr ger eg ne 22 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the 755. DL. basigera (Walker), xxxi., 235 (1864). Cherra Punji; two examples... 756. DL. intermixta, Walker, xxxi., 229 (1864). Cherra Punji; four examples. 757. L. antica, Walker, 11., 505 (1854). Recorded from the Khasias, not received from my collectors. Genus Macorasa, Moore. 758. M. tortricoides (Walker), Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vi., p. 107 (1862). Cherra Punji; one male. Genus Carissa, Moore. 759. C. vagesa (Moore), Cat. Lep. H. I. C., i1., p. 304 (1859). : Shillong; two females. Genus Tuusisna, Walker. 760. I. protuberans, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1878, p. 23, pl. 2, fig. 6. Cherra Punji; one male. Genus AidmEenzr, Walker. 761. Al. taprobams, Walker, u1., 542 (1854). Cherra Punji; one female. 762. 4. amnea, Swinh. (Pl. L, fig. 13), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. 437 (1894). Shillong; one example. ~ Genus Inoprerum, Hampson. 763. I. anomalum (Elwes), P. Z. 8., 1890, p. 388, pl. ee fig. 14. Cherra Punji ; one pair. Genus Scapresytz, Walker. 764. S. tricolor, Walker, ii., 378 (1854). Common. Ne Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 23 765. S. integra, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p- 437 (1894). Common. If have received this in great numbers botn from Shillong and from Cherra Panji. It is quite distinct from the Ceylon species S. bicolor, Walker, the band on the forewing is about half the width and its inner margin is scalloped, the band on the hindwing is about one-fourth at the apex and narrows hindwards, being not much more than a thick marginal line on the lower third ; in bicolor the band on both wings is even and occupies more than half the forewing and nearly half the hindwing; S. integra is very uniformily marked in all the numerous examples of both sexes I have received. Genus Caparva, Walker. 766. C. frigida (Walker), 11., 530 (1854). Cherra Punji; one female. Genus Barsine, Walker. 767. B. undulosa (Walker), ii., 545 (1854). Common. 768. B. prominens (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1878, p- 3l, pl. 3, 3. fig. Shillong ; four examples. 769. B. cbsoleta (Moore), l.c., p. 32, fig. 7. Shillong ; one example. 770. B. epizantha (Meyrick), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 2. Cherra Punji; two examples. The type specimen which is in my collection came from the Shan States, it is identical with my Cherra Punji examples. 771. B. semifascia (Walker), 11., 521 (1854). Shillong ; three examples. 772. B. linga, Moore, Cat. Lep. H. I. C., ii, p. 301 (1859). Shillong ; one pair. 773. B. terminata (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1878, p. 33. Cherra Punji; six examples. DA. Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the 774. B. arcwata (Moore), Lep. Ceylon, iii., p. 62, pl. 103, fig. 5 (1882). Cherra Punji; one example. 775. B. dasara (Moore), Cat. Lep. H. I. C., i, p. 303 (1859). Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. 776. B. interserta (Moore), P. Z.8., 1878, p. 32, pl. 3, fig. 6. Common. 777. B. eschara, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. 488 (1894). Cherra Punji; two males and two females. 778. B. delicia, Swink., Trans. Hnt. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 477, pl. 19, fig. 12. Shillong ; two examples. 779. B. fuscofusa, Swinh., B. fuscifera, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. 438 (1894). B. fuscifusa, Swinh. MS., Hampson, F. B. I. | Moths, 1., p. 118 (1894). Cherra Punji; four examples. The colour varies somewhat, the brown suffusion on the wings being hardly visible in two specimens. Through oversight this was wrongly entered as fuscifera in my original descrip- tion in the Annals. 780. B. punicea, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1878, p. 29. Cherra Punji; two examples. 781. B. gratiosa, Guérin, Deless. Voy. Ind., u., p. 90, pl. 26, fig. 1 (1832). Common. 782. B. inflexa, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1878, p. 29, pl. 3, fig. 17. Common. | 783. B. aurantiaca (Moore), l.c., p. 35, pl. 3, fig. 12. Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my collectors. 784. B. gloriosa, Moore, l.c., p. 29, pl. 3, fig. 16. Recorded: from the Khasias; not received from my collectors. Na Se | Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 25 Genus Baroa, Moore. 785. B. vatala, Swinh. (PI. 1., fig. 18), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. 436 (1894). Cherra Punji; five males and three females. Subfamily NYCTEOLIN &. | Genus Arrorica, Walker. 786, A. triangulifera (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i1., p. 285 (1888). Recorded from Cherra Punji; not received from my collectors. 787. A. pulchella (Elwes), P. Z. 8., 1890, p. 387, pl. 32, fig. 15. Cherra Punji; ten examples. Genus Tyana, Walker. 788. T. jflatoides, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., m1, p. 285 (1888). Cherra Punji; several examples, all males. 789. T. speculatriz, Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) v1., p. 64 (1880). Cherra Punji; four males. Genus Hatias, Treit. 790. H. orientalis, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, u., p. 132 (1894). Cherra Punji; two males. Subfamily NOLIN Zt. Genus RayncHopaLrus, Hampson. 791. RK. grisealis, sp. n. d-. Palpi brown, antennze with the branches greyish-brown, body and wings greyish-white, forewings covered with very minute dark grey irrorations, costa with minute brown marks, two discal transverse rows of brown points or short streaks on the veins, a double row of brownish spots on the outer margin, cilia grey, twice interlined with white, hindwings white, with grey outer marginal line, cilia as in forewings. HExpanse of wings, ;°; inch. Cherra Punji ; common. 26 Colonel Charlies Swinhoe ow the 792. R. argentalis (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 89. In my collection from the Khasia Hills, received from Mr. Elwes; not received from my collectors. Family AGARISTIDZ. Genus Husemia, Dalm, 793. H. ane: Westw., Cab. Or. Ent., P. 68, pl. 33, fig, 4 (1848). Cherra Punji; tees examples. 794. H. victriz, Westw., l.c., fio. 3. Common; the primrose spots in the upper disc of forewings are very variable in size, and often absent. 795. H. dentatriz, Westw., l.c., fig. 5 Shillong; several ex dante 796. E. bellairix, Westw., l.c., fe 7p Common ; all perfectly typical. 797. H. maculatria, Westw., Nat. Libr., p. 88, pl. 2, fig. 3 (1841). Common ; the hindwings are often orange-red. 798. EH. irenea, Boisd., Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1874, p. 84. Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my collectors. 799. EH. Piseirie: Westw., Cab. Or. Ent., p. 67 (1848). Shillong, one example ; Cherra Punji, one example. Genus CHELoNomMoRPHA, Motsch. 800. C. austent (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1., p. 1 (1879). Recorded from the Se as not received from my collectors. Genus Zatissa, Walker. 801. Z. transiens (Walker), vii., 1588 (1856). Common. 802. Z. longipennis (Walker), xxxiti., 934 (1865). Common. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. D7) Subgroup II. Family LASIOCAMPIDA8. Genus Bara, Moore. 803. B. wndulosa (Walker), vi., 147¢ (1855). Cherra Punji; several examples of both sexes. Genus Suana, Walker. 804. S. concolor (Walker), vi., 1463 (1855). Shillong and Cherra Punji; one male and several females. Genus Lupepa, Walker. 805. L. nobilis, Walker, vi., 1456 (1855). Cherra Punji; several examples of both sexes. Genus Meranasrria, Hiibn. 806. M. aconyta (Cram.), Pap. Hxot., u., pl. 13l, fig. a (1777). Cherra Punji; many examples. 807. M. latipennis (Walker), vi., 1457 (1855). Cherra Punji; three males and one female. 808. M. ampla (Walker), l.c., 1412. Common. 809. M. undans (Walker), l.c., 1458. Common ; received in great numbers of both sexes. 810. M. repanda (Walker), J.c., 1460. Common. 811. M. obliquifascia, Swinh., Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon, 1., ea. 203. LOo2 ). Shillong; one male. 812. M. fuscomarginata, sp. n. (Pl. I., fig. 7.) d. Pale reddish-brown, antennz pale black, palpi dark black at the sides and tip, forewings crossed by many indistinct sinuous thin brown lines close together on the basal third, then a median clear space, and crossed again by four or five indistinct similar discal lines more widely apart, a row of blackish submarginal spots some distance from the margin, the space between them and the margin of a dull greyish glazed character, hindwings paler, without 28 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the markings. Underside uniformly dull pale ochreous brown, fore- wings with two nearly straight brown discal lines, followed by a submarginal line of brown spots, hindwings with a postmedial brown line. Expanse of wings, 2; inches. >] Io Cherra Punji; one example. Genus Arcupa, Moore. 813. A. decurtata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1., DP: (3 (1O7e3, Cherra Punji; one male. Genus Kosata, Moore. 814. K. sanguinea, Moore, P. Z. S., 1879, p. 408, pl. 33, fig. 8. Cherra Punji; one male. Genus Tricuiura, Steph. 815. T. khasiana, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,1., p. 82, pl. 3, fig. 21 (1879). Cherra Punji; four examples. — Genus Crinocraspepa, Hampson. 816. C. torrida (Moore), l.c., p. 76, pl. 3, fig. 19. Shillong, one male ; Cherra Punji, two males. Genus OpontocrasPis, Swinh. 817. O. hasora, Swinh. (PI.L., figs. 11, lla), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. 439 (1894). Cherra Punji; many examples, all males. Genus TrapaLa, Walker. 818. T. vishnu (Lefebvre), Zool. Journ., ii1., p. 207 (1827). ~ Common. Genus Oponsstis, Germar. 819. O. plagifera (Walker), vi., 1459 (1855). Cherra Punji; several examples. Family PTEROTHYSANIDAL. Genus Prerotaysanus, Walker. 820. P. laticilia, Walker, 11., 401 (1854). Cherra Punji; several examples. a ee a a ee Sn A a eee err er — = 1. e Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 29 Subgroup III. Family PSYCHID AL. Genus Manwasena, Moore. 821. M. hockingi, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1888, p. 397. Cherra Punji; one example. Family COSSIDAs. | Genus Duomitts, Butler. 822. D. leuconotus (Walker), vii., 1537 (1856). Cherra Punji; three examples. 823. D. striz (Cram.), Pap. Exot.,11., pl. 145, fig. a (1777) Cherra Punji; one example. -— cn Genus AzyGcoruLeps, Hampson. 824, A. nurella, Swinh. (PL I, fig. 16), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) sav. p: 440 (1894). Cherra Punji; one example. Genus Zeuzera, Latr. 825. Z. multistrigaria, Moorewe. Za.) 183i 327. Cherra Punji; three examples. 826. Z. wmdica, Herr. Schaff., Samml. auss. Schmett., No. 166 (1854). Cherra Punji; one example. | | Subgroup IV. Family ARBELIDA. Genus Arseta, Moore. 827. A phaga, Swinh. (Pl. I., fig. 2), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. AAO (1894). Cherra Punji; one exuraple: | a ne Family HEPIALIDA. Genus PHassus, Walker. 828. P. aboé, Moore, Cat. Lep. H.1.C., ii, p.487 (1859). Cherra Punji; several males, and one female. 829. P. signifer, Walker, vu., 1568 (1856). Cherra Punji; several males, and one female. 30 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the Genus Paterrer, Hampson. 830. P. ceerulescens, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) . XAV. 5's 4A0 (1894). Cherra Punji; one example. Subgroup YV. Family SYNTOMIDAi. Genus SyntomoipEs, Hampson. 831. S. sar ‘gama (Butler), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. 4. Shillong ; three examples. | 832. 8. fusiformis (Walker), vii., 1595 (1856). Syntomis approximata, Walker, xxi., 79 (1864). Shillong; two examples. 833. S. cupreipennis (Butler), Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., 1876, p. 347. Cherra Punji; several examples: 834. iS. quisqualis, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. AAI (1894). | Shillong ; five examples. senus Syntomis, Ochs. 835. S. bicincta, Kollar, Kasch von Hiigel, iv., p. a pl. 1): age (1848). Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my collectors. 836. S. cyssea (Crain Pap. HExot., iv, pl. 355, fig. B (1782). Shillong; several examples. Ihave a black variety without any hyaline spots, taken at Karachi by myself flying amongst a perfect swarm of this species. 837. S. khasiana, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., 1876, p. 345. Silipne: ; three examples. 838. S. flavifrons, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i., p. 215 (1892). Shillong; two examples. 839. S. divisa, Walker, 1., 131 (1854). Common ; received in ati numbers. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 31 840. S. diaphana, Kollar, Kasch von Hiigel, iv., p. 460, pl. 19, fig. 7 (1848). Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. 841. S. melena, Walker, 1., 185 (1854). Shillong, several examples; very doubtfully distinct from S. diaphana. 842. S. discinota, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., p. 18 : (1879). One example from the Khasia Hills received from Mr. Moore; not received from my collectors. 843. S. grotet, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1871, p. 245, pi. 18, fig. 4. Hydrusa serrata, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, 1., p- 22. Common ; received in great numbers. Ihave not seen the type, Mr. Moore does not state where it is, but it 1s probably in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, my examples correspond exactly with the description and with the plate; Mr. Hampson, at p. 218, of his vol.1., appears to have mis- identified this species, he says that on the forewing the — spot between veins 2 and 3 does not approach the outer margin and that there is no streak between veins 5 and 6, but this is not in accordance with Mr. Moore’s descrip- tion and figure; the bar across the middle of the interno- median interspace is absent in many specimens and in some it is very thin. I have not seen Hampson’s type of Hydrusa serrata, which is like so many of his types in Mr. Elwes’ collection in the Cotswold Hilis and not easily got at; he does not say what sex he is describing. I cannot but think it must be a female, ‘‘antennz with distal part white above ” is in exact accordance with the description of the female of S. grotei, and the examples in my collection he very kindly identified for me as Hi. serrata ¢ are undoubtedly females of what 1 feel sure is S. grotei, of which I have a magnificent series of both sexes, the males being true Syntomis with simple antenne. 844. S.submarginalis, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het., p. 89 (1869). Common; received in great numbers. ou Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the 845. S, cherra, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1., p. 12 (S79 Recorded from Cherra Punji; not received from my collectors. : Genus Erzessa, Walker. 846. H. confinis (Walker), 1., 149 (1854). Cherra Punji; two examples. 847. H. ginorea, Swinh. (PI. 1., fig. 8), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ? (6) xiv., p. 441 (1894). | Cherra Punji; one male. 848. H.actea (Swinh.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 474, pil. 19, fis 7: Shillong; one male. 849. BE. baizea (Swinh.), l.c., p. 478, fig. 10. Shillong and Cherra Punji; many examples of bothsexes. Hampson, in his vol.i, p. 222, has put these two very distinct species together, they do not even belong to the _ same section of the genus, actea having antenne with well developed pectinations in the male, whereas the male of bavxea has the pectinations very short and thick, and the shape and character of the two species have no resemblance to each other. 850. H. era, Swinh., l.c., fig. 15. Shillong ; four examples. Family ZYGAiNID As. Subfamily ZYGENIN &. ’ Genus CHRYSARTONA, Swinh. 851. C. stipata (Walker), 1., 114 (1854). Shillong and Cherra Punji; many examples. Genus Artona, Walker. 852. A. zebraica, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., 1876, P. 358. Common. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hulls. 33 Genus LopHosoma, Swinh. 893. DL. cuprewm (Walker), vii., 1596 (1856). Shillong; three examples. Genus Cirtea, Walker. 854. C. sapphirina, Walker, 11., 465 (1854). Shillong ; one example. 855. C. diseriminis, Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 475. Shillong and Cherra Punji; many examples. Genus Paacusa, Walker. 896. P. sizala, Swinh. (Pl. L., fig. 3), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. 441 (1894). Shillong ; one pair. 857. P. khasiana (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1., p. 12 (1879). Recorded from the Khasias ; not received from my collectors. Genus AracHoTiA, Moore. 858. A flaviplaga, Moore, l.c., p. 14. Cherra Punji; one pair. Subfamily CHALCOSIN A. Genus TrrpanopHora, Kollar. 859. 7. semehyalina, Kollar, Kasch von Hiigel, iv., p. 407, pl. 19, figs. 1-4 (1848). Shillong ; several examples. Genus PutzzoHecta, Hampson. 860. P. fuscescens (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., p. 16 (1879). ‘Shillong; two examples. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—-PaRT I. (APRIL.) 3 34. Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the Genus Soritra, Walker. 861. S. rubrivitta (Walker), ii., 439 (1854), Cherra Punji; one example. 862, 9. leptalina (Kollar), Kasch von Hiigel, iv., p. 461 (1848). Common. 863. S. PE Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, j hs p. 253 (1892). Cherra Punji; several examples, all females. 864. S. nigribasalis, Hampson, J.c. Cherra Punji; three males. 865. S. circinata (Herr. Schiff.), Samml. auss. Schmett., p. 57, figs. 156, 157 (1853). Shillong; several examples. Genus Piporus, Walker. 866. P. circumdatus (Walker), xxxi., 121 (1864). _ Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. 867. P. geminus (Walker), ii., 427 (1854). Common. 868. P. circe (Boisd.), Herr. Schiff, Samml. amuss. . Schmett., fig. 2 (1853). Common. : 869. P. albifascia (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., | p-. 19 (1879). Common. 870. P. glaucopis (Drury), lll. Exot. Ins, ii, p. 11, pl.6, 7 fig. 4 (1778). q Common. Genus Hurrropan, Walker. 871. H. leis, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 2: xiv., p. 442 (1894), Shillong and Cherra Punji; many examples of poth sexes. ‘ Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 39 Genus Arpupas, Moore. 872. A. bicolor, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1, p. 20, jolie Ha, doer TU) (USS) Shillong; several examples. Genus Hirra, Walker. 873. H. venosa, Walker, ii., 442 (1854). Common. Genus Pinrta, Walker. 874. P. ferrea (Walker), i1., 431 (1854). Cherra Punji; two examples. Genus Hrmrvsia, Hope. 875. H. lativitta, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., p. 15 (1879). Shillong ; four examples. 876. H. tricolor, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 1841, p. 445, pl. 31, fig. 4. _ Common. 877. H, edocla (Doubleday), Zoologist, u., p. 468. Shillong; several examples. 878. H. magnifica, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879, p. o. Common. Genus Mitzi, Herr. Schiff. 879. M. virginalis, Herr. Schaff., Samml. auss. Schmett., fig. 4 (1853). Shillong ; two examples. 880. M. hamiltont (Swinh.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., ! 1891, p. 475. Blaine ; ; one example. Genus Cuatcosia, Hiibn. | 881. C. idxoides, Herr. Schiff., Samml. auss. Schmett., | peps./oypl. tf, fie. 6 ee Common. 36 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the 882. C. argentata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i, p. 17 (1879). Recorded from the Khasias by Hampson; not received from my collectors. 883. C. adalifa (Double), Ann. Nat. Hist., ma, pe (1847), Recorded from the Khasias by Hampson ; not received from my collectors. 884. C. corusca (Boisd.), Herr. Schaff., Samml. auss. Schmett., pl. 1, fig. 1 (1853). Cherra Punji; two examples. Genus Cornma, Walker. 885. C. zenotea (Walker), u1., 425 (1854). Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my collectors. 886. C. maculata, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i., | p. 268 (1892). Shillong ; several examples of both sexes. I suspect this is the insect recorded from the Khasias as C. zenotea. Genus Crctosia, Hibn. 887. C. papilionaris (Drury), Il]. Exot. Ins., ii, p. 4, pl. 2, fig. 4 (1778). Common. 888. C. panthona (Cram.), Pap. Exot., iv., pl. 322, fig. c (1780). Shillong ; several examples. Genus Amesia, Duncan. 3 889. A. sanguiflua (Drury), Ill. Pxot. Ins., ii, p. 35, | pl. 20, figs. 1, 2 (1778). 3 4 Common. Genus Hampsonra, Swinh. 890. H. pulcherrima, Swinh. (PI. 1., figs.9, 9a), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. 443 (1894). Oherra Punji; one example. Lepidoptera of the Khasva Hills. 37 Genus Hrasmra, Hope. 891. E. pulchella, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 1841, p. 446, pl. 31, fig. 5. Common. Genus Campynores, Westw. 892. C. histrionicus, Westw., Royle’s Ill. Himalayas, p. 03, pl. 10, fig. 1 (1837). Common. Genus Cappatses, Moore. 893. C. mooret, Butler, P. Z. S., 1875, p. 392. Common. ‘This is the insect recorded as 0. maculata from the Khasias in the Indian Museum in Cotes’ and Swinhoe’s Cat., No. 361. Genus Isparta, Walker. 894. I. imitans (Butler), Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., v., p. 24, pl. 34, fie. 1 (1381). Shillong and Cherra Punji; many examples. 895. I. cuprea, Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 470. Shiliong ; two examples. Genus CaLnamesia, Butler. 896. CO. midama (Herr. Schiff.), Samml. auss. Schmett., ple2; nee 7 (1853). Common. Genus Gynavurocera, Guérin. 897. G. papilionaria, Guerin, Mag. Zool., 1831, p. 12. Common. 898. G. rara, Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 476. Shillong; one male. Hampson (p. 279) has put this as a synonym to G. papilionaria, but as its head is black instead of crimson, and there is a blue streak on hind- wings in place of the usual large white patch, 1t must be either a very curious sport or a very distinct species. 38 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the Genus Hisria, Hiibn. 899. H. flabellicornis (Fabr.), Sp: Ins., ii., 163, 32 (1781). Common. 900. H. albimacula, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i., p. 280 (1892). Cherra Punji; two examples. I have this also from the Shan States. Genus CHatcosiopsis, Swinh. 901. °C. variata, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. 442 (1894). Shillong; eight examples. Genus Pnitoprator, Moore. 902. P. basimaculata, Moore, P. Z. S., 1865, p. 800, pl. 42, fig. 6. Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus Cuztura, Hope. 903. C. bifasciata, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 1841, p. 444. Shillong ; several examples. 904. O. erontoides, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i. »P- 15 @ (1879). 4 Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. Subfamily PHAUDIN Zi. Genus PHaupa, Walker. 905. P. flammans, Walker, i., 257 (1854). Cherra Punji; two examples. Genus HimanrortEerus, Westmael. 906. H. dohertyi, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1890, 4 p. 382, pl. 10, figs. 1-7. - Cherra Punji; three examples. 907. H. zaida (Doubleday), Zoologist, i., p. 198. Shillong ; two examples. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hillis. 39 Subgroup VI. Tribe NOCTUINA. Family TRIFIDA. Genus XanrHia, Ochs. - 908. X. intermieta (Swinh.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., HSV: 480, pl. 19) fie: 1h Shillong; one example. Genus Apisura, Moore. 909. A. leucanioides, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1881, p. 368, loi ites sO: Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus Cuariciza, Curt. 910. C. decorata (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1881, p. 365. Cherra Punji; several examples. 911. C. sanguinolenta (Moore), l.c., p. 363. Shillong; several examples. 912. C. calamaria (Moore), l.c., p. 367. Cherra Punji; two examples. Genus Acrotis, Ochs. 913. A. segetis (Schiff.), Wien. Verz., p. 252. Common. 914. A. correcta, Walker, x., 345 (1856). Cherra Punji; several examples. 915. A. conspurcata, Walker, xxxii., 696 (1865). Common. The above two may be forms of segetis, but they are very constant forms. 916. A. suffusa (Fabr.), Mant. Ins., ii., 157, 155 (1787). Common. | Genus Curra, Hibn. 917. C. canescens (Butler), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., i., p. 165 (1878). _ Cherra Punji; several examples. 4,0 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the 918. C. cerastoides (Moore), P. Z. S., 1867, p. 54. Shillong ; two examples. 919. OC. albypennis (Butler), Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., p. 58, pl. 127, fig. 13 (1889). Shillong; three examples. 920. C. C.-ngrum (Linn.), Faun. Suec., 1193 (1746). Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus AMPHIPYRA, Ochs. 921, A. livida (Schiff), Wien. Verz., p. 85. Moore, in Lep. Atk., 11., p. 155, records this species, under the name of A. corvus, as from the Khasia Hills in Coll. Staudinger. It has not been received from my own collectors from that region, and I am of opinion that a wrong locality label must have got on the insect referred to, as A. lida is not an Indian species, and certainly not at all likely to be found so far south as the Khasia Hills. Genus Haprwa, Schrank. 922. H. consangwis, Guen., Noct., i., 97, 810 (1852). Shillong; several examples. 923. H. incisa (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1881, p. 344. Cherra Punji; several examples. 924. H. indica (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 47. Cherra Punji; seven examples. 925. H. costigera (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1881, p. 350. Recorded from Cherra Punji; not received from my | collectors. Genus Huriexts, Steph. 926. H. indistans (Guen.), Noct., u., 87, 786 (1852). Shillong ; five examples. 927. H. dolorosa (Walker), xxxii., 667 (1865), Common. 928. H. leucospila (Walker), xii. 1114 che? aie Cherra Punji; three examples. 2 a Lepidoptera of the Khasva Hulls. 4d 929. H. albomaculata (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 52. Shillong; several examples. 930. H. stellata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., u., p. 111 (1882). Common. 931. H. cuprea, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1874, p. 578. _ Shillong; four examples. 952. H. awriplena (Walker), xi., 557 (1857). Common. 933. H. olivacea (Moore), P. Z.8., 1881, p. 357. Cherra Punji; four examples. 934. H. albidisca (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 59, pl. 6, lahore Ns Shillong ; two examples. 935. H. atrovirens (Moore), l.c., p. 58. A purchased specimen in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, with a Khasia Hilllabel ; not received from my collectors. 936. H. costalis (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., p. 131 (1882). Cherra Punji; one example. 937. HE. chlorerythra, sp.n. (PI. I., fig. 6.) @. Palpi black with white tips, head and thorax white, abdomen grey with brown bands and with some white hairs above near the base, forewings with an ante-medial sinuous white line rather near the base and a similar discal line, both inwardly edged with black, the wing space between these lines is pale green with a large reniform mark with a black line on each side, a small purplish patch on the costa touching the outer line of the reni- form and a similarly coloured suffusion on the lower portion of the wing, with several black marks and points in the green space, the basal and outer portions of the wing limited by the transverse lines are purplish with black marks, the outer marginal space is pale and contains two sub-marginal black lines, the first highly sinuous, the second composed of points, the costais marked with black and white, and the cilia is black with pale rosy spots at the tips, hind- wings smoky-brown paling towards the base which is rosy tinged, cilia blackish-brown with a rosy basal line, a discal transverse line faintly visible ; underside pale rosy, forewings smeared with black except in the marginal space, hindwings smeared with black on the —_, a Poe = see 4? Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the upper and outer portions, but leaving the marginal space distinct, hindwings with a black spot at end of cell, both wings with a black discal slightly sinuous transverse line, legs rosy, tarsi with black bands. Expanse of wings, 1-45 inch. Cherra Punji; one example. A very pretty insect, with the coloration and markings resembling some of the species of the genus Canna. Genus Ancara, Walker. 938. A. calopistrioides (Moore), P. Z. S., 1881, p. 344. Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus Sasunaca, Moore. 939. S. tenebrosa (Moore), P. Zw S8., 1O6T ee. Common. Genus Euros, Hiibn. 940. H. lutetfrons (Walker), xi., 751 (1857). Cherra Punji; many examples. 941. H. chalybeata (Walker), xxxii., 665 (1865). Cherra Punji; common. I have pointed out to Mr. | Hampson, and he agrees with me, that he has, by over- sight and for want of a sufficient series, made a mistake in the figure of this species in his vol. ii, ., p. 230, the insect there figured is not H. chalybeata, Walker, the antenn in the male are not bipectinate ; he has figured a species which he admits is quite distinct from H. chaly- beata, and which does not occur in the Khasias. I have it as a new species from Sikkim and propose describing it shortly as H. hampsoni,* in some small acknowledg- ment for the thanks I owe him for the trouble he has taken in working this out with me and for much other — assistance. I have a good series of both sexes of H.chaly- beata = LH. suffusa, Moore. a Genus Ponta, Ochs. ne 942. P. herchatra, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii., p. 260 (1893). Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my collectors, I have it from Sikkim from whence the type specimen came. * Mr. Hampson now informs me that this insect is Hurois cuprina, Moore, the type of which is in Coll. Staudinger, and which he has recently had the opportunity of examining. _ Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. AS 943. P. ewdroma (Swinh.), f.c., p. 259. The foregoing remarks apply also to this species. 944, P. khasiana (Moore), P. Z. S., 1881, p. 342, pl. 37, fig. 0. Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus Dyrteryaia, Steph. 945. D. noctwrna, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i., p. 235 (1894). Common. Genus Cocuiia, Schrank. 946. C. albescens, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1881, p. 357. Shillong ; four examples. Genus Acronycta, Ochs. 947. A, maxima (Moore), P. Z. §., 1881, p. 333. Common. Genus Propgenia, Guen. 948. P. littoralis (Boisd.), Faun. Ent. Madag. Lep., p. 91, pl. 18, fie. 8 (1884). Common. Genus SpoporrerRA, Guen. 949. S. mauritia (Boisd.), Lc., p. 92. Common. Genus Amyna, Guen. 950. A. selenampha, Guen., Noct., 1., 406, 878 (1852). Common. | Genus Inarria, Walker. 951. J. cephusalis, Walker, xvi., 209 (1858). Cherra Punji; several examples. 952. I. leucospila (Walker), xiii., 1114 (1857). Common ; the above two and the remaining seventeen species that, Hampson has put together in p. 291, vol. i1., of his book on the Moths of the Indian Region, under 44, Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the the name of Amyna octo, Guen., may have had one common ancestor, but many of them are undoubtedly very good forms or species now. I have a long series of several of them, cephusalis, leucospila, cwpreipennis, supplex, and renalis, and they all appear to me to be very constant in their own specific characters. _ Genus DissoLoPuus, Butler. 953. D.repleta (Walker), xu., 865 (1857). Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus Mrruorasa, Moore. 954. M. variegata, sp. n. ¢. Palpi with brown and white hairs, thorax and forewings dark brown, the latter variegated with ochreous marks in the centre and along the principal veins, two pure white spots one above the other outside the lower end of cell, three white dots on the costa towards the apex, a white dentated short line from the costa immediately before apex, and dark brown lunules on the outer margin, cilia brown witha pale basal line, abdomen grey, hindwings pale brown, whitish towards the base. Expanse of wings, 1,4 inch. Cherra Punji; two examples. Genus Hemipacuycera, Butler. 955. H. riwularis (Walker), xii., 867 (1857). Commor. 956. H. yerburii (Butler), P. Z. S., 1884, p. 496. Common. Genus AcApra, Walker. 957. A. placodoides (Guen.), Noet., 11., 296 (1852). Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus Ruoprroteicuts, Butler. 958. R. recurvata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii., p. 144 (1882). ' Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 45 Genus Caraprina, Ochs. 959. C. picta, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv., p. 6 (1895). Common; received in great numbers from Shillong and Cherra Punji. 960. C. fasciata (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 54. Cherra Punji; three examples. Genus Levucocosmia, Butler. 961. DL. reclusa (Walker), Journ. Linn. Soc., vi., p. 185 (1862). Cherra Punji; two examples. Genus Raprinacra, Butler. 962. R. stellata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 11.,p. 119 | | (1882). Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus Vapara, Moore. 9638. V. indistincta, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii., p. 163 (1882). Cherra Punji; three examples. Genus Leucanta, Ochs. 964. DL. decissima, Walker, xxxu., 624 (1865). Common. 965. L. rufescens, Moore, Deser. Ind. Lep. Atk., i1., p. 102 (1882). Cherra Punji; one example : Shillong; two examples. 966. L. sinuosa, Moore, l.c. Cherra Punji; two examples. 967. L. percisa, Moore, P. Z. S., 1888, p. 410. Cherra Punji; three examples. 968. L. consimilis, Moore, P. Z. S., 1881, p. 336, pl. 37, fig: 19. Cherra Punji; one example. 46 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the 969. L. extranea, Guen., Noct., 1., 77, 104 (1852). Common. 970. L. modesta, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1881, p. 335, pl. 37, fio, 11. Cherra Punji; two examples. 971. L. fasciata (Moore), l.c., p. 334, pl. 37, fig. 12. Cherra Punji ; two examples. 972. L. obscwra, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii., p. 97 (1882). Cherra Punji; three examples. 973. L. rudis (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1888, p. 411. Shillong; several examples. | 974, L. bifasciata, Moore, P. Z. §., 1881, p. 410. -Common. 975. L. lineatipes, Moore, l.c., p. 335. Common. 976: Uy, rufula, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, ii, Descrent Logg Shillong ; one example. Genus Froccirera, Hampson. 977. £. erigida (Swinh.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 221. Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus ArcitasisA, Walker. 978, A. sobria, Walker, xxxii., 470 (1865). Cherra Punji; one example. Genus Leocyma, Guen. 979. L. diane, Guen., Noct., u1., p. 213 (1852). Common. Hampson has left this species out of the Fauna of Brit. Ind. by mistake, the Ceylon examples so named by Moore in his Lep. Ceylon, are Clinophlebia sericea, Hampson, but the Indian examples are true Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. — 47 Leocyma diane, Guen., it is common in the Khasias and also in Sikkim, it is easily distinguishable, the forewing being of normal shape with the costal neuration not distorted. Genus Apsarasa, Moore. 980. A. radians (Westw.), Cab. Or. Ent., p. 58, pl. 28, fio. 4 (1848). Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. Family ACONTIIDAI. Genus Canna, Walker. 931. C. pulchripicta, Walker, xxxiii., 790 (1865). Cherra Punji; three examples. 982. C. splendens, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1888, p. 412. Cherra Punji; two examples. Genus Bryopuita, T'reit. 983. B. khasiana, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, u., p. 299 (1894). Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my collectors. Genus Hrastria, Ochs. 984. H. auwrata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., u., p. 110, pl. 4, fig. 10 (1882). Cherra Punji; one example. 985. H. melanostigma, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i., p. 802 (1894). Common. Genus Perciana, Walker. 986. P. viridinotata, Hampson, l.c., p. 296. Cherra Punji; two examples. Genus Hyntopsis, Hampson. 987. H. vialis (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii., p. 185 (1882). Cherra Punji; several examples. 48 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the 988. H. lativitta (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1881, p. 378. Common. 989. H. picata (Butler), Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., vii., p- 62, pl. 129, fig. 2 (1889). Common. 990. H. plumbata (Butler), lc., p. 61, fig. 4. Cherra Punji; four examples. 991. H. uwmbrina Sareea l.c., vill., p. 74, pl. 145, fig. 15 (1 891), Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus XANTHOPTERA, Guen. 992. X. magna, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv., p. 6 (1895). Cherra Punji; one male and three females. 993. X. mgridia, Swinh., l.c., p. 7. Cherra Punji; one pair. Genus Acontia, Ochs. 994. A. transversa (Guen.), Noct., u., p. 211, pl. 10, fig. 5 (1852). Common. Genus Marmataa, Walker. 995. M. wanthoptera, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i, p. 324 (1894). | Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my collectors. Genus Swinnoza, Hampson. 996. S. vegeta (Swinh.), P. Z. 8., 1885, p. 475, pl. 28, — | : fig. 14. = Cherra Punji; two examples. Genus Meracurostis, Heb 997. M. acervalis (Swinh.), P. Z. S., 1886, p. 451. Cherra Punji; two examples. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 49 998. M. destituta (Moore), Lep. Ceylon, i., p. 48, pl. 150, fig. 6 (1884). Common. 999. Mf. incondita (Butler), Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., vi., p. 69, pl. 130, fig. 13 (1889). Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus Rivcza, Guen. HOGO, fi. striatura, sp. n. (PI.1., fig. 10.) 6 92. Frons white, head, thorax, and forewings pale fawn- colour, slightly tinged with pinkish, costa with some white points towards the apex, some brown striations on parts of the wing, a brown orbicular mark with white centre, a brown straight band from hinder margin one-third from base ielnine towards the apex, from which another band runs down and below the first band for a short way, a suffused marginal narrow brown band, marginal black points edged with pale points, and variegated brown and pinkish oe, hindwings brown with similar cilia. Expanse of wings, 5% ok? » 5 Cherra Punji; one male and two females. 1001. R. bioculalis, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1877, p. 614. Cherra Punji; three examples. 1002. B. auwripalpis (Butler), Il. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., wile, O4, pl. £29), fie S°(1839). Common. : 003. FH. lewcostecta, sp. n. (PI. 1, fig. 1.) ¢@. Palpi, head, thorax, and forewings reddish-brown, fore- Wings with a small round white spot at the base, a sub-basal Square white mark on the costa, a band of five white spots joined together, from the costa, one-third from base, inclining out- wards across two-thirds of the wing, two conjoined white spots on the costa beyond the middle, followed by three. costal white points, a white apical spot with three white points below it, a discal band of grey spots with indistinct white centres, accompanied by two or three white points below the costa, abdomen and ee smoky-brown, cilia of latter ochreous. Expanse of wings, ;°; inch. Cherra Punji ; one example. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—pPART I. (APRIL.) 4 >’ ‘ ae oI pe ae = are 50 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the Genus Troctortera, Hampson. 1004. 7. erubescens, Hampson, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., ix, p. 99, pl. 157, fig, 16 (1898). Cherra Punji; two examples. Genus Zacira, Walker. 1005. Z. wrrecta (Walker), xxxiii., 1066 (1865). Cherra Punji; several examples. 1006. Z. longipalpis (Walker), I.c., 1068. Cherra Punji; one example. Genus Oruza, Walker. 1007. O. lycaugesaria (Swinh.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 232. Cherra Punji; one example. Family PALINDIDA. Genus Dinumma, Walker 1008. D. placens, Walker, xv., 1806 (1858). Common. 1009. D. deponens, Walker, J.c. Common. Genus CaLtyna, Guen. 1010. C. jugaria, Walker, l.c., 1809. Common. | . 1011. C. semivitta, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii, — p. 161 (1882). 4 Cherra Punji; two examples. Genus Doranaca, Moore. 1012. D. soliera, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv., : Dp 7, (1895), = Shillong; several examples. This is the insect Hamp- — son records as D. leucospila, Walker, from the Khasias, — with the white patch almost obsolete (vol. 11., p. 362). — Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 51 All my examples are constant in their coloration and markings. It is altogether a paler insect than leucospila, with narrower wings, the prominent apical white patch is replaced by a faint whitish streak, and the discal transverse straight brown line on forewings is replaced by a dark outwardly-curved brownish fascia. I have leucospila = apicalts, Moore, from the Nilgiri Hills, and from Gilolo, and am convinced that the two species are quite distinct from each other. Genus Homopzs, Guen. 1013. A. vivida, Guen., Noct., ii., 280, 1084 (1852). Cherra Punji; three examples. Family SAROTHRIPIDAS. Genus GaprrtHa, Walker. 1014. G. impingens, Walker, xiii., 1102 (1857). Cherra Punji; one example. Genus Hypuma, Fabr. F015, BH. puera (Cram.), Pap. Uxot., u., pl. 103, esa Den lagd a). Cherra Punji; two examples. 1016. H. constellata, Guen., Noct., ii., 391, 1251 (1852). Common. 1017. A. firmamentum, Guen., l.c., 392, 1258. Common. 1018. H. hypocyana, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) 0%, 10, ©) (Use5)), Cherra Punji; many examples. Genus Barasa, Walker. 1019. B. acronyctoides, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., WAS Mpa hSO2). Cherra Punji; two examples. SB Ve Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the Genus Bienina, Walker. 1020. B. qunaria, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i1., p. 158, pl. 5, fig. 5 (1882). Shillong; eight examples. Genus Nuoruripa, Hampson. 1021. N. glaucescens, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, ii., p. 382 (1894), Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my collectors. Genus Crerraarra, Walker. 1022. C. punctata (Swinh.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 236, pl. 7, fig. 15. Cherra Punji; six examples. Family HUTELIIDA. Genus Incura, Guen. 1023. I. subapicalis (Walker), xii., 883 (1857). Common. Genus Eurnria, Hiibn. 1024. H. inextricata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii. “ p. 147 (1882). Cherra Punji; several examples. 1025. H. favillatriz, Walker, xv., 1778 (1858). Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. 1026. H. viridinota, sp. n. ¢. Antenne, palpi, head, body, and forewings dull pinkish- brown, wings with the orbicular represented by a white dot, reniform large, ear-shaped, whitish, with jagged edges, with a whitish spot on the costa above it, some whitish costal points towards apex, and two short streaks, veins of the wing whitish, and two or three irregular black transverse discal lines composed of waved disjointed lines, indistinct, and very incomplete, with indications of a similar line immediately before the middle of hinder margin running up to the reniform ; hindwings dull brown, whitish towards the base, and without markings. Expanse of wings, 1,2; inch. | Cherra Punji; one example. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. O83 Family STICTOPTERIDA. Genus Risosa, Moore. 1027. R. prominens, Moore, P. Z.'8., 1881, p. 329. Cherra Punji; two examples. i26.h, cialis, Moore, Deser. Ind. Lep. Atk., u., p. 91, pl 4; tet (1382). Cherra Punji; four examples. O29. ti. basalis, Moore, l.c., p. 91. Common. Hampson (p. 399) put this with the Malayan species, diversipennis, Walker, to which it is closely allied—but from which, in my opinion, it 1s quite distinct—and he sinks the two very distinctly and beautifully marked species, vialis and promimens under R. obstructa, Walker, a small-sized species of which I have a fine series, and which I cannot understand how they can be said to resemble. Genus Opontopes, Guen. 1030. O. aleuca, Guen., Noct., iii., 51, 1882 (1852). Common. Genus STIcTopTERA, Guen. 1031. 8S. gllucida, Walker, xxxiii., 918 (1865). Common. 1032. S. albodentata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., u., p. 165 (1882). Common. 1033. S. anthyalus, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv., p. 8 (1895). Be tics. 1034. 8. costata (Moore), Lep. Ceylon, iii., p. 123, pl. 159, fig. 8 (1885). Common. sean Genus Gyrtrona, Walker. 1035. G. hylusalis, Walker, xxvii., 93 (1868). Cherra Punji; three examples. 54 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the Family GONOPTERIDA, Genus LingopaLpa, Guen. 1036. L. mesogona (Walker), xiii., 1002 (1857). Shillong ; several examples. 1037. L. fulvida (Guen.), Noct., ii., 897, 1259 (1852). Common. 1038. L. metawantha (Walker), xiii., 1005 (1857). Common. 1039. L. albitibia (Walker), /.c., 1001. Rusicada nigritarsis, Walker, l.c., 1006. Shillong, two examples ; much smaller than fulvida or metaxantha with the brown coloration of lineosa. 1040. L. lineosa (Walker), xxxiii, 862 (1868). Cherra Punji; five examples. Genus Cosmopuita, Boisd. 1041. C. canthindyma, Boisd., Faun. Ent. Mad. Lep., 94, pl. 13, fig. 7 (1834). Common. Genus THatatTta, Walker. 1042. T. precedens, Walker, xiii, 996 (1857). Cherra Punji; two examples. : 1043. 7’. fasciosa, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii, — p. 154, pl. 5, fig. 2 (1882). 4 Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my — collectors. Genus Orsonopa, Walker. 1044. O. torpida, Walker, xxxv., 1966 (1866). © Common. Genus Fatana, Moore. 1045, F. sordida, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ia : p. 154 (1882). Cherra Punji; five examples. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. o5 Genus Cuuria, Moore. 1046. C. cervina (Walker), xxxv., 1968 (1866). Common. 1047. C. maculata, Moore, P. Z.8., 1881, p. 360. Cherra Punji; three examples. Genus Caporrena, Walker. — 1048. C. truncata (Walker), xv., 1666 (1858). Shillong; two examples. Genus Cara, Walker. 1049. C. varipes, Walker, x., 475 (1856). Shillong ; one female. 1050. C. fasciata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii., p. 121, pl. 4, fig. 18 (18382). Cherra Punji; two examples. 1051. C. albopurpurea, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (©) seve, pane (1S9o). Shillong ; five examples. Family QUADRIFIDA. Subfamily CATOCALIN A. Genus Tampana, Moore. (1052. 7. infausta (Walker), ix., 237 (1856). Common. Genus T'r1suLoipEs, Butler. 1053. 7. sericea, Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vii., p. 36 (1881). Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my collectors. 1054. T. luteifascia, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) | EVs» DP. 9 (1899). Cherra Punji; one example. 56 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the Genus Catocata, Schrank. 1055. C. rama, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii., p. 128, pl. 160, fig. 6 (1885). Cherra Punji; one example. Genus Sypna, Guen. 1056. 8. omicronigera, Guen., Noct., iii, 145, 1530 (1852). Cherra Punji; several examples. 1057. S. tenebrosa, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 203. Shillong ; many examples. 1058. S. punctosa (Walker), xxxiii., 939 (1868). Common. | (1059. S. submarginata (Walker), l.c., 941. Common. 1060. S. biocularis (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 71. Common ; the above three may be ona of one species but can be easily separated. 1061. S. rectilinea, Moore, P. Z. S., 1867, p. 70. Shillong ; two examples. 1062. S. mooret, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881, p. 209 Shillong ; three examples. 1063. S. kirbyz, Butler, l.c. Common. 1064. S. pulchra, Butler, l.c., p. 208. Shillong ; several examples. 1065. S. obscurata, Butler, l.c., p. 207. Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. 1066. S. pannosa, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i p. 168, pl. 5, fig. 12 (1882). Common. 1067. S. plana, Moore, l.c., p. 167, fig. 24. Cherra Punji; one example. Isa very distinct species. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 57 Genus Ercuera, Walker. 1068. #. cyllaria (Cram.), Pap. Exot., i., pl]. 251, figs. c, D (iano): Common in the several forms of cyllota, Guen., pannosa, Moore, and wniformis, Moore, all being casual varieties of one species. 1069. H. fusifera (Walker), xiv., 1898 (1858). Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. This I believe to bea perfectly distinct species, the markings being constant and so widely distinct from any of the forms of cyllaria. Genus HyrocaLa, Guen. 1070. H. aspersa, pee P: Z.8., 1883, p. 164. Common. 1071. H. mooret, Pee. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) x., p. 21 (1892). Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. 1072. H. violacea, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879 3 D:.0: Common. 1073. H. lativitta, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1877, p. 606, pl. 60, fio. 4. Common. Subfamily SPETIREDONIIN A. we. Genus ANISONEURA, Guen. 1074. A. hypocyana, Guen., Noct., ili., 162, 1553 (1852), Common. 1075. A. salebrosa, Guen., l.c., p. 161. Common. Genus SPEIREDONIA, Hiibn. 1076. S. substruens (Walker), xiv., 1267 (1858). Common. : 1077. S.zamis (Stoll.), Cram., Pap. Exot., v., p. 162, spl, 66) ne HT (1790). Common. 08 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the Genus Patuna, Guen. 7 1078. P. macrops (Linn.), Syst. Nat. (xii) iii, p. 225 — (1768). | Common. 3 Genus Arciva, Hiibn. 1079. A. hieroglyphica (Drury), Ill. Exot. Ins., ii., p. 3, pl. 2, fig. 1 (1778). Common. 3 1080. A. caprimulgus (Fabr.), Sp. Ins., iii, 210, 6 © CELT OEY. | ~ Common. Genus Nyotipso, Hiibn. 1081. N. strigipennis (Moore), P. Z. S., 1883, p. 25. Cherra Punji; several examples. : 1082. N. crepuscularis (Linn.), Syst. Nat., i., 2, p. 811 — (1767). | Common. 1083. N. gemmans, Guen., Noct., iii., 182, 1572 (1852). Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. 1084. N. albicincta (Kollar), Kasch von eae iv., 7 p. 474, pl. 22 (1848). Common. 1085. N. glaucopis, Walker, xiv., 1306 (1858). Cherra Punji; one example. Genus Hutopzs, Guen. 1086. H. caranea (Cram.), Pap. Exot., iii, pl. 269, figs. B, F (1780). 3 Caritas 1087. H. drylla, Guony Novt. ik, 208 ame ie 10 (1852). Common. Genus Aconista, Rogenhoff. 1088. A. hypoleuca (Guen.), l.c., 125, 1500. Common. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 59 1089. A. cilrata (Moore), P. Z. S., 1867, p. 69. Shillong; one example. A smaller insect than A. reducens, Walker, apex of forewings less pointed, under- side of hindwings brown not white as in reducens. Subfamily POLY DESMIN A. Genus Panpesma, Guen. 1090. P. acronyctoides (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i1., p..160 (1882). (a 1091. P. albicola (Walker), xiv., 1515 (1858). Cherra Punji; five examples. 1092. P. sublimis, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep., pl. i, fir. 23 (1872). Common, 1093. P. costumacula (Guen.), Noct., ii., 429, 1302 (1852). Common. 1094. P. glenura, Swinh. (PI. I., fig. 4), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv., p. 10 (1895). Cherra Punji; one example. Genus PotypEsma, Boisd. 1095. P. wmbricola, Boisd., Faun. Ent. Mad. Lep., p. 108, pl. 13, fig. 5 (1834). Common. Genus Hriceia, Walker. 1096. H. inangulata (Guen.), Noct., iii., 210, 1612 (1852). Cherra Punji; several examples. 1097. H. eriophora (Guen.), J.c., No. 1611. Common. A larger insect than the above and quite differently coloured and marked, I have a splendid series of both from many localities. | 60 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the Genus Bextcrana, Walker. 1098. B. capacior (Walker), xv., 1634 (1858). Shillong ; three examples, 1099. B. biformis (Walker), J.c., 1671. Cherra Punji; one example. 1100. B. striatovirens (Moore), P.Z.8., 1883, p. 23, pl. 6, fig. 2. Recorded from Cherra Punji; not received from my collectors, Genus Aramis, Guen. 1101. A. wmbrina, Guen., Noct., iii., 4, 1821 (1852). Cherra Punji; one example. Subfamily CATEPHIIN &, Genus CatEpuiA, Ochs. 1102. C. olwescens (Guen.), Noct., iii, p. 48, pl. 14, fig. 11 (1852). Common. 1108. C. mosara (Swinh.), P. Z. 8., 1889, p. 418. Cherra Punji; two examples. Hampson (p. 484) has put this in his Section ii., antennze of male bipectinate, and has sunk it under C. iquieta, which Walker described from South Africa as an Agrotis. I have not seen the South African species, but C. mosara has the antenne in the male almost simple, exactly as in C. olivescens, and not bipectinate. I have the species also — from Sind, Bombay and Calcutta, it is very nearly allied — to O. olivescens. Genus Mosara, Walker. 1104. M. apicalis, Walker, v., 1032 (1855). Cherra Punji; three examples. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 61 Genus Arcts, Kollar. 1105. A. cerulea (Guen.), Noct., iii., p. 41, pl. 13, fig. 10 (1852). Common. 1106. A. nigrescens, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., Mis. oO, pl. 110, fig. 8 (1886). Common. n07, A. granulata (Guen.), Noct., ii., 42, 1372 (1852). Common. Genus Cycio DES, Guen. 1108. C. omma (Van der Hoev. ); Tid. Nat. Gesch., vii., poco, pl. ¢, fos. 7, A, B (1840). Common. Genus Miruizna, Moore. 1109. M. lichenosa, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 11., p- 157 (1882). - Cherra Punji; three examples. Subfamily OPHIUSIN Z. Genus SPHINGOMORPHA. 1110. S. chlorea (Cram.), Pap. Exot., i, pl. 104, fig. c (1777). Common. Genus Lacnra, Guen. ‘1111. ZL. alope (Cram.), Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 286, figs. z, F (1789). Common. Genus Curysopera, Hampson. (1112. C. combinans (Walker), xiv., 1399 (1858). Shillong; four examples. 62 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the Genus Oputusa, Ochs. - ) 1113. O. gravata (Guen.), Noct., iii., 287, 1648 (1852). Common. 1114. 0. melicerte (Drury), Ill. Exot. Ins.,i., p. 46, pl. 23, : fight (i 770}: 7 Shillong; several examples. 1115. O. serva (Fabr.), Syst. HEnt., 593, 13 (1775). Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. 1116. O. illibata (Fabr.), Le., 592, 8. Common. This insect appears to be put into the ~ wrong section by Hampson (p. 495) because it has very large tufts on the legs in the male. : 1117. O. palumba (Guen.), Noct., iii., 211, 1613 (1852). Common. 1118. O. rigidistria (Guen.), L.c., 240, 1655. Shillong; three examples. 1119. O. dotata (Fabr.), Ent. Syst., iii., 55, 158 (1794). Common. 1120. O. swhmira (Walker), xiv., 1889 (1858). — Shillong ; seven examples. 1121. O. cwprea (Moore), P. Z. 8.; 1867, p. 74. Cherra Punji; four examples. 4 1122. O. falcata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., u., 4 p. 171, pl; 6, fig. 14.,(1882). 7 Common. a 1123. O. acuta, Moore, P. Z. S., 1883, p. 27, pl. 6, fig. 5. 4 Recorded from the Khasias ; not received from my — collectors. I believe it is only a varietal form of the ~ common Khasia Hill form falcata, which I have received — in great numbers, the inner line on forewings is some- — times nearly erect, and the curving of the outer line ~ varies more or less, both types came from the Khasias. — It is very uniform in size and is much the largest species of the maturescens group. * Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 63 1124, O. maturescens (Walker), xiv., 1382 (1858). Common. Gleam Pls /5 teed. 4 Cherra Punji; several examples. 1190. EH. exprimens, Walker, Trans. Ent. — (3), 1, p. 106 (1862). ~ Cherra Punji; two examples. Genus AMPHIGONIA, Guen. 1191. A. hepatizans, Guen., Noct., iii, p. 338, pl. 24, | fig. 12 (1852), Shillong ; two examples. 1192. A. comprimens, Walker, xv., 154 (1858). Cherra Punji; one example. | Genus Oxyopzs, Guen. 1193, O. scrobiculata (Fabr.), Sp. Ins., ii, p. 212 (1781). _ Common. | 4 Genus Hamopes, Guen. 1194. H. awrantiaca, Guen., Noct., iii., 203, 1603 mene Common. q Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 71 Genus Katina, Swinh. 1195. K. ochracea, Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 481, pl. 19, fig. 3. Common. Genus PLevrona, Walker. 1196. P. falcata, Walker, xxxv., 1564 (1866). Common. Genus CHILKASA, Swinh. 1197. C. falcata, Swinh., P. Z. 8., 1885, p. 804. Pleurona perhamata, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, u1., p. 549 (1894). Cherra Punji; three examples. Hampson has sunk this genus under Plewrona, being guided by venation only, and has, consequently, renamed the species. If other characters are not to be recognized in genera, hundreds of proper genera recognized by lepidopterists could be sunk. And, indeed, in this rule he is himself not consistent, having erected several genera on charac- ters other than those of venation: his genus Floccifera, for instance (p. 281), is identical in venation with Lew- cama, and is erected by him (and very properly, so I think) because of the peculiar formation of the antenne, legs, and tufts on the abdomen. In the genus Chilkasa the differences are far greater: the insect is differently shaped to Plewrona, antennee of male are fasciculated, and with very long setz; in the other they are ciliated, and without the sete. In Chilkasa the fore and hind tibize are frmged with very long thick hair, the mid tibiz with immense tufts of hair; in Plewrona the legs are without either. J feel sure, under these circumstances, that the two genera will be pronounced by all lepidop- terists as abundantly distinct from each other. Genus OmMatoPHora, Guen. 1198. O. lwminosa (Cram.), Pap. Exot., ii., pl. 274, fig. p (1780). Common. Genus Sprirama, Guen. mebtou. S. retorta (Cram.), Pap./Exot., 1:, pl. 116, fig. 8 )h (1777 Common. 72, Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the 1200. S. modesta, Moore, Descr. Ind, Lep. Atk., iL, p. 168 (1882). Common. : Genus Hypopyra, Guen. J 1201. H. vespertilio (Fabr.), Mant. Ins., ii., 186, 16, — (1787). a Common. 1202. H. ossigera, Guen., Noct., ii., 201, 1600 (1852). Common; a large and very distinct species. Genus Maxouna, Walker. 1203. M. wnstrigata ee l.c., No. 1601. Common. Subfamily OPHIDERIN &. Genus Mintopzs, Guen. 1204. M. ornata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii, p. 166 (1882). Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus Paytiopss, Boisd. 1205. P. ustulata, Westw., Cab. Or. Ent., p. 57, pl. 28, fig. 1/ (1848), Cherra Punji; several examples. 1206. P. fasciata, Moore, P. Z. S., 1867, p. 69. Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. 1207. P. consobrina, Westw., Cab. Or. Ent., p. 57, pl. 28, fig. 2 (1848). Common, Genus OpHiperss, Boisd. 1208. O. salaminia (Fabr.), Ent. Syst., iii, 2, p. 17 (1794). . } Common. 1209. O. fullonica (Linn.), Syst. Nat., i., 2, 812, 16 (1767). Common. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 73 1210. O. cajeta (Cram.), Pap. Exot., i., pl. 30, figs. a, B, © (1775). Cherra Punji; several examples. 1211. O. hypermnestra (Cram.), Pap. Exot., iv., pl. 328, figs. A, B (1780). Common. It is strange that no examples of the common species, materna or ancilla, have been received from the Khasia Hills. Subfamily CALPINA. Genus Catpz, Treit. 1212. C. fasciata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii., p. 151 (1882). Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus Orasia, Guen. 1213. O. emarginata (Fabr.), Ent. Syst., iii., 2, 82, 240 (1794). Common. 1214. O. rectistria, Guen., Noct., ii., 363, 1204 (1852). - Cherra Punji; many examples. Genus Cunasta, Moore. 1215. C. argyrosigna (Moore), Lep. Ceylon, ii., p. 77, pl. 153, fig. 4 (1884). Shillong ; three examples. 1216. C. minuticornis(Guen.), Noct.,ii., 374, 1230 (1852). Common. 3 Genus Arsacia, Walker. 1217. A. froniirufa, Swinh., P. Z. 8., 1885, p. 30], pl. 20, fig. 12. Cherra Punji; two examples. Subfamily PLUSIINA. Genus Piusta, Ochs. 218... P. confusa, Moore, Descr. Ind. ‘Lep. Atk., ii, p. 149 (1882). Common. 74 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the 1219. P. furcifera, Walker, xii., 927 (1857). Shillong ; several examples. 1220. P. signata (Fabr.), Ent. Syst., iii., 2, p. 81 (1794). Common. | 1221. P. nigriluna, Walker, xii., 931 (1857). Common. 1222. P. verticillata, Guen., piCrs, ., 1., 844, 1168 (1852). Common. 1228. P. nigrisigna, Walker, xii., 928 (1857). Shillong; many examples. 4 1224. P. pannosa, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii, p. 149 (1882). Cherra Punji; one example. 1225. P. chrysitina (Martyn), Psyche, pl. 21 (1797). Common. rt 1226. P. agramma, Guen., Noct., 11., 327, 1186 (1852). Cherra Punji; many examples. 1227. P. transfiza (Walker), xii., 884 (1857). Cherra Punji; several examples. 1228. P. spoliata, Walker, l.c., 923. Common. 1229. P. eneofusa, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) XV.5 p. 11 (1895). a Cherra Punji; five examples. Genus Potycurista, Hiibn. 1230. 2. crassipalpus, Swinh., l.c. Cherra Punji; two examples. — Genus Deva, Moore. 7 1281. D. chalsytoides (Guen.), Noct., ii., 860, 1201 (1852). Common. 1232. D. awripicta (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., u., p. 150 (1882). Common. Quite distinct from the preceding species. Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 75 Subfamily TINOLIINA. Genus Tinotius, Walker. 1233. T. quadrimaculatus, Walker, xxxi., 281 (1864). Common. 1234, 7. hypsana, Swinh., P. Z. 8., 1889, p. 405. Common. Genus Catzsta, Guen. 1235. C. dasyptera (Kollar), Kasch von Hiigel, iv., | p. 476 (1848). Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. Genus Pasipepa, Walker. 1236. P. hemorrhoa (Guen.), Noct., ui, 258, 1683 (1852). Shillong ; five examples. EXPLANATION oF Prats I. Fic. 1. Rivula leucosticta, Swinh., p. 49. 2. Arbela phaga, Swinh., p. 29. 3. Phacusa sizala, Swinh., p. 33. 4, Pandesma glenura, Swinh., p. 59. 5. Phalacropsis carnosa, Swinh., p. 5. 6. Euplexia chlorerythra, Swinh., p. 41. 7. Metanastria fuscomarginata, Swinh., p. 27. 8. Hressa ginorea, Swinh., p. 32. 9. Hampsonia pulcherrima, Swinh., p. 36. 10. Rivula striatura, Swinh., p. 49. 11. Odontocraspis hasora, Swinh., p. 28. 12. Dasychira postfusca, Swinh., p. 9. 13. dimene amnea, Swin., p. 22. 14, Oreta olga, Swinh., p. 5. 15. Orgyia nucula, Swinh., p. 7. 16. Azygophleps nurella, Swinh., p. 29. 17. Phalacra nudobia, Swinh., p. 4. 18. Baroa vatala, Swinh., p. 25. Be eer I1.—Notes on the Fungus growing and eating habit of Seri- comyrmex opacus, Mayr. By Freperic W.Uricn, F.ES. [Read Dec. 5th, 1894. ] In Bull. de Ja Soc. Vaud. des Sc. nat., Vol. xx., No. 91, 1884, p. 49, Dr. A. Forel called attention to the near relationship of the genera Atta, Glyptomyrmex, Cypho- myrmex, Sericomyrmex apterostigma, etc., and in Mitth. der Schweiz. entom. Ges., Bd. 8, Heft 9, 1892, he unites these genera in a special group, “the Attini,” under the subfamily Myrmicide. This was done on morphological grounds, and Dr. Mdller, in his fascinating work,* fully confirms biologically Dr. Forel’s hypothesis in proving that the genera Apterostigma, Glyptomyrmex, and Cyphomyr- mex, are, like the genus Atta, mushroom growers and eaters. Species characterized by this habit are well re- presented in Trinidad, viz.— Atta cephalotes, L. + A. (Acromyrmex) octospinosa, Reich. + A. (Trachymyrmex) wrichi, Forel. + Apterostiqma urichi, Forel. + A. mayri, Forel. To this list and in support of Dr. Forel I have to add Sericomyrmex opacus, Mayr, whose mushroom growing and eating habits do not seem to have been previously recorded. The nests of these ants are found commonly about Port of Spain, in gardens, in the grass as a rule, but sometimes in the flower beds, and from their peculiar raised entrance can readily be recognized. They are always excavated in clayey soil, and the raised entrances, which are more or less cylindrical, are constructed with the particles of earth resulting from their mining opera- tions and are about an inch in height. In young colonies this entrance leads into a small chamber, about six inches below the surface of the ground, situated, not at the end of the gallery but either to the left or right of it. As the colony increases the ants do not enlarge this original chamber, but, piercing its side, form another chamber near it with a small entrance hole. In large colonies, which never consist of more than about 200 individuals, * Die Pilzgarten elniger siudamerikanischer Ameisen von Dr. A. Moller, Jena, 1893. + For descriptions see An. de la Soc. Ent. de Belg., t. xxxvii., 1898, p. 586. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895,—PparRT I. (APRIL. ) prveaty a, ae ie - —_, 2 o-oo = aR ow — ow mn 78 Mr. F. W. Urich on Sericomyrmex opacus. a nest consists of two or three chambers which open on the original excavation. This is no longer used for grow- ing the fungus in, but forms a sort of antechamber which generally contains material brought in by the ants to grow their mushrooms on, which is deposited here and gradually made use of. The chambers adjoining are more or less round, with a diameter of about 2-3 inches, — and any small roots of plants growing through them are — not cut away but used by the ants to hang their mush- room gardens on. ‘These fill the interior of the chamber and consist of a grey spongy mass consisting of a great number of little irregular cells and resembling a coarse sponge, amongst which are scattered larvae, pupe, and ants. The walls of the cells consist of small round pellets resembling dust shot and are penetrated by and enveloped in white fungus hyphe, which hold the mass together. Strewn thickly upon the surface of the garden are to be seen round white bodies about a quarter of a millimetre in diameter. These are what Moller terms “ Kohlrabbi’”’ clumps, and consist of an aggregation of hyphee with spherical swellings on their ends. It is on this that the ants feed. The fungus found by Moller in the nests of the Brazilian fungus growers (Acromyrmezx) is the Rozites gongylophora, Moller, and if it is not the same species cultivated by S. apacus itis, at any rate, very nearly related toit. As material to grow their mushrooms on the ants make use of particles of fruit, flowers, and leaves, but prefer the fruit. They do well in artificial nests, constructed on Sir John Lubbock’s plan, and are easy to watch. I have tried them with all kinds of vegetable products; they have taken orange, banana, rose petals and leaves, and once they even made use of the dried glue from the back of an old book lying near their nest, but that day they had nothing else; if the choice be left to them they invariably take fruit and seem to prefer the orange amongst these. Very small particles of the white skin of the oranges are torn off, and, after . | undergoing a slight kneading process in the ants’ man- _ dibles, are planted in the nest. The neuters are all of — the same size, varying but slightly and never exceed ~ 4mm.in length. They are more diurnal in their habits than other species of fungus growers, but also work a little at night. I have found winged forms in the nests in the month of July. ee [ 79 to III. On the Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. By Caaruzs J. Gavan, M.A., F.E.S. [Read Dec. 5th, 1894.] Prate Ii, Tue following paper, primarily intended to serve as an account of the Longicornia collected for the West India Exploration Committee of the Royal Society and British Association, has been extended so as to give a complete list of the species of this family of Coleoptera which are known to occur in the West India Islands. The new und some of the less well-known forms are described. The synonymy generally has been revised; and notes are in many cases added, which, it is hoped, may be of use to the student in determining the species of some of the more difficult groups. The collections made on behalf of the Exploration Committee—by Mr. H. H. Smith in Grenada, St. ‘Vincent, and a few of the neighbouring isles, and by Dr. Nicholls and Mr. Ramage in Dominica—include about forty species of Longicornia, of which twelve are now described for the first time. Considering the limited area explored, this seems a very good proportion of the total number of species from the West India Islands, viz., 217, which are recorded in the present paper. Chevrolat published, in the year 1862, a list with the names and descriptions of eighty species of Longicorma which were then known to occur in the island of Cuba. Messieurs Fleutiaux and Sallé have recently (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889) given a list of the Coleoptera of Guadeloupe which includes thirty-nine species of the same family. Much, of course, has yet to be done before our knowledge of the Longicorn fauna of the West Indies is anything like so complete as that of Central and North America. An attempt to draw any general conclusions from the nature of this fauna must, under the circumstances, be somewhat premature. Of the seventy-eight genera in which the West Indian Longicorns have been grouped, about twenty are not known to have representatives elsewhere. The species TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PART I. (APRIL.) 80 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the of some of the remaining genera, such as the African — Phryneta and Philematiwm, have obviously been intro- © duced within the most recent times; while it is difficult to say what importance is to be attached to the pretty — large number of species which are common to the West | Indies and the neighbouring American continent. Man of the species, however, appear to be restricted to the West Indian area. Amongst the most peculiar of these — are, perhaps, the forms included in the Prionid group— — the Solenopterine. Twenty-six species and five genera of this group occur in the West Indies; while of the © remaining seven species, one, constituting the genus Sphenostethus, is found in the middle states of North — America, the others are spread from Mexico to Colombia. The Curit of Leconte and Horn is another char- — acteristically modified group, belonging to the Ceram- — bycidze. 'l'wo species are known from the Scuthern — States, one from British Honduras, and the remaining two from the West Indies. The genus Hlaphidion, © represented by numerous endemic forms in the Antilles, — is almost restricted in its range in America to the area lying between Colombia and the Southern States. A © comparison of other genera and groups seems to point — on the whole to a pretty close relation between the West — Indian fauna and tkat of North-tropical America. | PRIONIDA. Paranpra, Latreille. A. Pronotum with distinct postero-lateral angles. 1. Parandra levis, Latr., Gen. Crust. et. Ins., vol. iii., p. 28 (1802). Hab. Haiti. 2. Parandra cubscola, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,. 1862, q p. 275. Hab. Cuba and Porto Rico. 3. Parandra cribrata, Thoms., Musée Scientifique, p- 87 (1860). | Hab. Cuba—Havana. Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 81 The preceding three species are somewhat closely allied to one another. All have a slightly convex or nearly flattened pronctum, which is distinctly narrowed — from before backwards. In P. levis the head, prothorax and elytra are rather feebly punctured, the punctures not being very evident to the naked eye. P. cubxcola is more thickly and more distinctly punctured, and in this species also the sides of the pronotum are straighter and less strongly convergent from before backwards. P. cribrata, which in the shape of the pronotum re- sembles P. /evis, is distinguishable from this as well as from P. cubexcola, by its very strong and rather closely placed punctures. ‘he front of its head also carries in its upper part a distinct, but not very deep fossa. B. Lateral margins of pronotum rounded off behind. 4. Parandra lineolata, Gory, Icon. Régne Anim., p. 207, pl. 42, fig. 7. Hab. St. Vincent (H. H. Smith), and Guadeloupe. OrtTHoMEGAS, Serville. 5. Orthomegas connamomeus, Linn. Cerambyx cinnamomeus, Linn., Syst. Nat., Hd. x., p. 889; Drury, Illustrations, vol.1., p. 89, pl. 40, incre 2 | Hab. Grenada (H. H. Smith); also Trinidad (Lady Broome, Capt. Clark), Cayenne, and Amazons. 6. Orthomegas sericeus, Oliv. Prionus sericeus, Oliv., Entomologie, iv., No. 66, p. 16, pume, ae. 26 (1795); Beauvois, Ins. “Air. et. Amer., p. 226, pl. 35, figs. 2 and 3. Orthomegas sericews, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1862, p. 274. Hab. Haiti (Beauvois), Cuba, and Porto Rico. The male of this species differs so much in the form and sculpturing of the pronotum from the males of other Species of Orthomegas that I should be inclined to’form a new genus for the species, were I not in doubt as to whether it might not be rightly included in Chevrolat’s genus Dendroblaptus. , _ TRANS. ENT. Soc. LOND. 1895.—parT I. (APRIL) 6 82 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the STRONGYLASPIS, Thomson. 7. Strongylaspis scobinata, Thoms., Hssai Class. Ceramb., p. 313 (1860); Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, 7 p- 2/2 Hab. Jamaica (Cockerell) ; Cuba (Poéy) ; and Mexico. Denprosiaptus, Chevrolat. 8. Dendroblaptus barbiflavus, Chevr., Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie, 1864, p. 179. ab. Cuba. I have not yet seen this species. SrENODONTES, Serville. 9. Stenodontes damicornis, Linn. Cerambyx damicornis, Linn., Mant. Plant. vi., p. 532 — (1771) ; Drury, Illustrations i. 5 Pr Oo, - 38, fig. 1, ii. Index (1778) ; Fab., Ent. Syst. try 2, pe 248. (?) Cerambyx crenulatus, Diy, Biba )P. 86, pl. 38, fig. 2, ii. Index (¢?). Hab. Jamaica. | 10. Stenodontes chevrolati, Gahan, Ann. xed Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. vi., p. 23 (1890). Stenodontes damicornis, Chevr., Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr, § 1862, p. 278. Hab. Cuba. © 11. Stenodontes ewsertus, Oliv. : Prionus exsertus, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 66, p. 17, pl. 8:4 fig. 31; Beauvois, Ins. Afr, et Amer., p. 242, pl. 36, fig. p. 7 Prionus mandibularis, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth. ii., p. 261. Hab. Haiti, Porto B04 a4 North America. Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 83 Matiopon, Serville. 12. Mallodon mazillosum, Drury. Cerambyx maaillosus, Drury, Lllust. 1., p. 86, pl. 38, ne. 3, 1. Index (1773). _ Hab. Guadeloupe (Lherminier, Delauney, Vitrac), Barbuda (see. Drury), and St. Christophers (Dyer). In the Catalogue of Gemminger and Harold, Cuba is given aS the locality of this species, apparently on the authority of ‘l’homson (Physis 1., 2, p. 103), whose cita- tions of localities are not to be always relied upon. _ 18. Maullodon carptor, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, | p. 273. _ Hab. Cuba (Poéy), Jamaica (J.J. Bowrey), and St. _ Thomas (Chevr. collection). _ The large male example from St. Thomas to which _Chevrolat gave the manuscript name, M. hornbech, _ exhibits no characters by which I can distinguish it from other male examples of M. carptor, Chevr. | 14. Mallodon spvnbarbe, Linn. Cerambyx spimbarbis, Linn., Mus. Lud. Ulr., p. 67. Hab. St. Vincent, ‘‘forest, in rotten wood” (H. H. | Smith) ; and widely distributed in Tropical America. OrtHosomas, Serville. 15. Orthosoma brunneum, Forster. Cerambyx brunnews, Forst., Nov. Species Insect, p. 37 leg? 1h\: Cerambya wnicolor, Drury, Illust. i., pl. 37, fig. 1, i. Index (1773). Prionus sulcatus, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 66, p. 39, pl. 8, fig. 27; Beauvois, Ins. Afr. et Amer., p. 226, | pl. 35, fig. 4. - Hab. Haiti (Beauvois) ; and North America. This is a well-known species, some of the true synonyms of which I have omitted, while I have intro- duced one, viz., sulcatus, Oliv., which does not seem to | me to be correctly given in other lists. I have not seen any West Indian specimen of the species, and have given Haiti as a locality on the authority of Beauvois. sae 84, Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the Hepurattes, Thomson. 16. Hephialtes tricostatus, Thoms. Systema Cerambycidarum, p. 285 (1864). Hab. Guadeloupe (Vitrac) and Cayenne. I give this species on the authority of Messrs. Fleu- tiaux and Sallé, who, however, quote it as a synonym of Prionus sulcatus, Olivier and Beauvois. An examination — of the figures given by the latter two authors will show — that they cannot refer to H. tricostatus. I believe that I am right in placing sulcatus, Oliv., above as a synonym — of Orthosoma brunneum. I have been told by M. Sallé— that the species received by him from Guadeloupe is Hephialtes tricostatus. | Monopesmus, Serville. ) 17. Monodesmus callidioides, Serv., Ann. Soc. “Ent.” Fr, a 1832, p. 161; Chevr., ‘Aun, Fr., 1862, p. 268. Hab. Cuba—Havana. 18. Monodesmus nothus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., © 1862, p. 269. Hab. Jamaica (?). Prostrernopes, Thomson. 19. Prosternodes cinnamipennis, Chevr. Solenoptera cinnamipennis, Chevr., Rev. Zoologique — 1838, p. 281; Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba Insect. | A p: 258, pl. 10, fig. 11857). . Prosternodes cinnamipennis, Thoms., Essai Class. deal Ceramb., p. 307 (1860); Chevr., Ann. Soc. i= Fr., 1862, Pii2i di 7 Hab. Cuba. 20. Prosternodes scutellatus, Gahan, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. vi., p. 25 (1890). ; Hab. Haiti. 21. Prosternodes dominicensis, Gahan, l.c., p. 26. | Hab. Haiti. | 4 Longicorn Coleopiera of the West India Islands, 8» 22. Prosternodes oberthiri, sp. n. (PI. IL., fig. 1.) Thickly and strongly punctured, pitchy-black, with a marginal and a broader medio-dorsal longitudinal band on each elytron, yellowish-testaceous. Prothorax with two strong dorsal ridges between which lies a deep median furrow; with the lateral margins in both sexes somewhat parallel, only slightly convergent an- teriorly, and furnished with a series of very short blunt teeth ; with the upperside grossly and closely, but somewhat irregularly, punctured over the whole surface in the female, and over the dorsal ridges and groove in the male, with each side of the pronotum in the latter sex finely rugulose-punctate and opaque, but crossed by a polished line which runs obliquely from the middle of the dorsal ridge to the postero-lateral angle. The underside of the body is nitid, and is furnished with a few scattered punctures; the coxe, a spot at each side of the mesothorax, a band at the side of the metathorax and also one on each side of the abdomen, are silky white. The tarsi above are of a reddish-brown colour. Antenne dark-brown or reddish-brown in colour. Long. 31-34, lat. 93-11 mm. Hab. Haiti (2). The locality from which the male type came is unknown. In the male type the dorsal band of oat elytron widens out behind and joins the marginal band, so that the whole apex is yellowish-testaceous in colour. In two females seen the bands do not unite at the apex, and the dorsal band does not quite reach the base in front. This difference, however, is probably individual and not sexual. I have named this interesting species after M. René Oberthiir, who has kindly lent me thetypesforexamination. It offers characters which seem to be somewhat inter- mediate between those of Prosternodes and Solenoptera. - But 1 have referred it to the former genus because the prosternal process is somewhat rounded and _ not emarginate behind; and the sides of the pronotum are less convergent anteriorly than is the case with the species of Solenoptera. DERANCISTRUS, Serville. 23. Derancistrus elegans, Beauvois. Prionus elegans, Beauv., Ins. Afr. et Amer., p. 217, pl. 34, fig. 5, 2 (1805). en — = aca SSR NONNAE TESTO aa ana EEGEEa Tasman ania 86 2 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the (?) Prionus vittatus, Oliv., Entomologie iv., No. 65, , p. 30,pl 6, fis, 20, 3 (1795). | Hab. Haiti. SoLENopPTERA, Serville. 24. Solenoptera canaliculata, Fabr. Prionus canaliculatus, Fabr., Mant. Ins. i., P- 130 (1787); 4 Solenoptera subeanaliculata, White, Cat. Longicornia — B, M., p. 538 (1850). q Var. S. aie (Bug. MS.), Gahan, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vi., p. 27. (?) Prionus he aed Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 66, p. 25, pi.:9; figs. 32, Hab. Mustique it in the Grenadines, St. Vincent— Windward side, Young I., and Becquia J. (H. H. Smith); — also Trinidad. ; Var. asteria. Martinique (Dej. D. Buquet) and Guade- — loupe (Lherminier). -Pronotum with a distinct furrow along the middle, with a — single band of dense white pubescence in the furrow. Elytra — black or dark-brown, rugosely punctured. Antenne dull black or — brown. = Var. asteria. Elytra reddish-brown. Antenne reddish-brown, — and subnitid. 4 25. Solenoptera metallescens, Thoms., Hssai Class. des 4 Cerambycides, p. 306 (1860) ¥ Hab. Cuba (according to Thomson), Pronotum with a distinct furrow along the middle. Furrow — with a single band of dense white pubescence. Prothorax and — elytra with a bronzy-brown tint, veiled by a sparse ashy-grey pubescence. The species seems to come nearest to S. canaliculata, from which it may be. easily distinguished by its colons and pubescence. 26. Solenoptera sulcicollis, Thoms., Essai Class. des j Cerambycides, p. 306 (1860); Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, pl. 8, fig. 15. Hab. Guadeloupe (Lherminier, Delauney, and Vitrac). _ Pronotum with a distinct furrow along the middle. Furrow — Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 87 with a single band of white pubescence. Elytra each with three lines of white pubescence. 27. Solenoptera bilineata, Fabr. Prionus bilineatus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 163 (1775). Hab. Guadeloupe and Santa Cruz. Pronotum furrowed along the middle. Furrow with two narrow bands or lines of white pubescence. Margins of: elytra yellow. - 28. Solenoptera thome, Linn. Cerambyx thome, Linn., Syst. Nat., Hd. xi., p. 623 (1766). Prionus thome, Fabr., Syst. Hnt., p. 162; Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 66, p. 25, pl. 13, fig. 50. Hab. St. Thomas and (?) Guadeloupe. One example of the Dejeanian collection is ticketed Guadeloupe (Latreille). : In this species the pronotum is without a distinct furrow along the middle; there is instead a shallow triangular depression on the anterior half. ‘The margins of the elytra are yellow. 29. Solenoptera quadrilineata, Oliv. Prionus quadrilineatus, Oliv., Entomologie iv., No. 66, p. 40, pl. 3, fig. 11 (1795). Hab. Martinique (Géhin), and Guadeloupe (Latreille). The pronotum is without a depression in the middle. On each elytron are two lines of white pubescence. 30. *Solenoptera lateralis, Chevr., Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1877, p. xxxi. Hab. Porto Rico. 31. Solenoptera parandroides, Lameere, C.R. Hnt. Soc. Belge, 1885, p. x11. Hab. Cuba. Harmosternus, Gahan. 32. Harmosternus anthracmmus, Gahan, Ann. and Mag. : Wat. Hist. (6) vi., p. 31 (1890). Hab. Cuba. * This species, which I have not seen, is placed by Gundlach in the genus Prosternodes. == SSS Se SS = ae = SS = = E — nae —-— = ’ — === 2 SSS — eT a ——— 2 So ere = 6S a aE © 7 rae == ee ert E ; ———— 7 ee. fe ie ee ne — = .- & Sea = ss os 4 —. — ne Pe EE Ne me 88 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the Exateropsis, Chevrolat. 33. Hlateropsis lineata, Linn. ? Cerambysx lineatus, Linn., Syst. Nat., Ed. x., p. 389 (1758). ? Solenoptera lineata, Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, p. 260, pl. 10, fig. 2. ? Hlateropsis lineata, Chevr. (partim), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 269; Gahan, Ann. and Mag. Nat, Hist. (6) vi., p. 28. é Prionus fuliginosus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 160 (1775), ¢ Elateropsis subpunctatus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Pr, 1862, p. 271; Hab. Jamaica and Cuba. When writing on this group of beetles a few years ago (op. supra cit.), 1 put forward the suggestion that the forms, devoid of bands of white pubescence, and described — as a distinct species by Fabricius, were really males of the white-banded lineatus of Linneus. Mr. Cockerell, in — looking up the literature bearing upon the natural history of Jamaica, found that Gosse had previously made the same — suggestion, of the truth of which I have since been ~ sufficiently convinced. For not only have the two forms ~ been taken in copula by a correspondent in Jamaica, © Mr. Wickham also has examples of H. rugosa taken in © copula, which exhibit the same sexual difference in re-— spect of the white bands ; and some French collectors had informed M, Sallé of a similar fact. This example of a marked difference in the coloration of the two sexes is of interest, because it is one of those instances, very rare in the Coleoptera, as in other orders, - in which the male is more simply, and apparently less ; conspicuously coloured than the female. The dissimilarity of coloration in the sexes of this genus . occurs only, as far as I know, in three species, viz., H. lineata, Hi. punctata, and H. rugosa. In EH. scabrosa, whiolt is evidently very closely allied to EL. punctata, the females — resemble the males in being without pubescent white bands, whereas the males of the two species are so much a that it becomes a matter of difficulty to distinguish them. Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 89 34. Hlateropsis punctata, Gahan, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vi., p. 27 (1890). Hab. Cuba. Hasily distinguished from H. lineata, Linn., which it much resembles in general appearance, and in the character of the sexes, by having the elytra thickly and distinctly punctured, the punctures being at once evident to the naked eye. ‘he males are very like those of H. scabrosa, but are not so dark in coloration, and the elytra are somewhat less strongly punctured ; the females differ from those of scabrosa in being also somewhat less strongly and thickly punctured, and more especially, in Eaving a very distinct band of white pubescence along the middle of each elytron. 30. Hlateropsis scabrosa, Gahan, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vi. p. 29 (1890). Eilateropsis fuliqinosus, Chevr. (nec Fab.), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 271. Solenoptera scabrosa (Chevr. MS8S.), White, Cat. Longicornia B, M., p. 53. Hab. Cuba. 36. Hlateropsis rugosa, Gahan, l.c., p. 28. Hab. Bahamas—Eleuthera I. (Wickham). Resembling in form the preceding species. Males without, females with bands of white pubescence. Elytra coarsely punc- tured, the punctures closely placed and forming a sort of rugosity ; antenne varyingin colour from dark testaceous to dark brown. The locality of this species was unknown to me when I first described it; but I have since seen an example from Mr. Wickham’s collection which was taken in the Island of Eleuthera. 37. Hlateropsis ebeninus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1862, p. 271. Hab. Jamaica. 38. Hlateropsis femoratus, Sallé. Solenoptera femorata, Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1855, p. 270, pl. 14, fig. 5. Hab. Haiti—near the town of Santo-Domingo (Sallé). Dull black ; closely and strongly punctured. Femora ferrugi- _hous-red, with the apices black. Prothorax cribled with strong _ the third to the seventh a little more dilated, and the last four 90 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the punctures, with a groove along the middle and a smooth space towards the apex ; lateral margins feebly denticulate. Scutellum triangular, punctured. LElytra strongly punctured throughout. Underside black, nitid, sparsely and finely punctured, with the punctures bearing short fulvous hairs. The female differs from the male in having the antenne more punctured, the joints from smaller ; the tibia are reddish at their extremity. Long, 22-24, — lat. 8-9 mm. This species, which I have not seen, is probably most nearly allied to H. ebeninus, Chevr., from which it is cal i distinguished by its red femora. } 39. Elateropsis quinquenotata, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. 7 go 1862, p. 271. 3 Hab. Cuba. | 40, Hlateropsis reticulata, Gahan, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vi., p. 30 (1890), 4 Hab. Cuba. Al. Hlateropsis sericeiventris, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. ria | 1862, p. 270. Hab. Cuba (Poéy). 42. Hlateropsis fulvipes, Chevr., l.c., p. 270. Hab. Cuba (Poéy). 43, Hlateropsis fimbriata, Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. orm Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy). 7 44, Hlateropsis venusta, Chevr., l.c., p. 270. Hab. Cuba. CERAMBYCIDA. Smopicum, Haldeman. fon 45. Smodicum impressicolle, Lacord., Genera ix., p. 146 _ (2), (1869) ; Thoms., Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1878, p. 9. Hab. Haiti (Tweedie) and Cuba. | s Lacordaire gives both islands. JI have only seen examples from Haiti. 46. Smodicwm brunneum, Thoms., Rev. et Mag. de Zool., £373, 'p. 7. Smodicwm similare, Thoms., l.c., p. 8. Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 91 Hab. Haiti (type of similare, according to Thomson) and Colombia. Through the kindness of M. René Oberthiir I have seen the type of S. similare, Thoms., but can discover no characters of importance by which to distinguish it from Colombian examples of S. brunnewm (Chevr.), Thoms. 47. Smodicum miserum, Thoms., l.c., p. 8. Hab. Haiti. Enosmzus, Thomson. 48. Hnosmeus cubanus, Thoms., Rev. et Mag. de Zool., ios, os HOS Hab. Cuba. Ferruginous brown, with the thickened part of the femora and | the elytra of a paler, somewhat yellowish tint. Prothorax strongly rounded at the sides, somewhat flattened, or very feebly convex _ above, with a very short constricted part at the base distinctly _ marked off from the rest by a transverse groove ; surface opaque, owing to its fine granulation, except along a linear mid-dorsal space, which is smooth and nitid. Elytra very slightly nitid, closely punctured. Femora each in the form of a stout fusiform club with a short stalk at the base, increasing in length from the anterior to the posterior pair. First joint of hind tarsi as long as _ the three succeeding joints together. Antenne ciliated ; 4th joint a little shorter than 3rd or 5th, 6th about equal to 5th, 7th to 9th _ gradually increasing in length. This species somewhat closely resembles Oylindera _pilicornis, Fab., but appears to me to be rightly placed in a distinct genus. The prosternum is, in front of the 1 coxe, somewhat concave from before backwards; the intercoxal piece is narrow, triangular in form, and ends behind in a mere point; the coxal cavities, open behind, _have a rounded outline on the outside. The intercoxal _piece of the mesosternum is not much wider than that of | the prosternum, and is also triangular in form. Thomson’s type, kindly lent me by M. Oberthiir, is _ the only example of the species which I have seen. 48a. Arxspor longicollis, Thoms., /.c., p. 15. = Ceresium angustulwm, Fairm., Ann. Fr., 1881, p. 474. Hab. Cuba (apud Thomson) ; and Fiji Islands. This is a doubtful West Indian species. 92 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the AcHRYSON, Serville. 49. Achryson surinamum, Linn. Cerambyx surinamus, Linn., Syst. Nat., Hd. xii., p. 632 (1766). zq Cerambyz longicollis, Degeer, Mém. v., p. 117, pl. iv . fig. D1: Stenocorus circwmflexus, Fabr., Mant. Insect. 1., p. 144; Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 67, p. ‘13 7, pl. 23, fig. 182. = Stenocorus pallens, Fabr., Ent. Syst. 1., 2, p. 297, Cerambyx surinamensis, fol .y Nb. Ve, No. 67, p. 42, pl. 13, fig. 93. Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (Hd. H. Smith), Dominica (Dr. Nicholls), Guadeloupe (Delauney and Vitrac), Antigua, Haiti, Cuba, and Jamaica; also Guiana, Colombia, Central America, and Southern States of North America. 50. Achryson ornatipenne, Perrond, Ann. Soe. Linn. Lyon, ser. 2, vol. i1., p. 383 Beka Hab. Guadeloupe. This species is evidently very distinct ia A. surina- mum, Linn., although given aS a synonym by Messieurs Fleutiaux and Sallé in their list of the Coleoptera of — Guadeloupe. It is a dark-brown insect, with some tes- taceous markings on the elytra. The prothorax is entirely covered with greyish-tawny hairs, except over three narrow denuded bands along the upper side. The elytra are briefly truncate at the apex, and do not ter- minate in a spine. The species is nearly allied to Achryson meticulosum (Dej. MS.), and to A. hirsutulum, Bates. Indeed, I am not certain that the three are not referable to one and-the same species. But I have not yet seen a typical form of ornatypenne from Guadeloupe. : CutoripA, Serville. 51. Chlorida festiva, Linn, Cerambya festivus, Linn., Syst. Nat., Ed. x., p. 359. Drury, Illustrations 1., p. 84, pl. 37, fig. 5. Cer pee pis Degeer, Mém. Way Wa 00, pl. 18 f fig. | Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 98 Cerambyx sulcatus, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 67, p. 28, pl. 16, fig. 113. Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith), Bar- badoes (R: E. Frampton), Dominica (Dr. Nicholls), Guadeloupe (Delauney and Vitrac), Antigua (sec. Lameere), Porto Rico, Cuba and Jamaica; also occurs in Trinidad, and in South and Central America PanToMALLus, Lacordaire. 52. Pantomallus inermis, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soe. | Hat. Fr., 1889, p. 461. Hab. Guadeloupe (Moufilet). This species is quoted by Messieurs Fleutiaux and Sallé as being the Hburia inermis of Dejean, and the _ binodosa of Chevrolat; but 1 can find no species in the Dejean-Chevrolat collection to which their description _ will apply ; whereas there are two distinct species ticketed respectively Hburia inermis, Dej., and Hburia binodosa, Chevr., neither of which possesses the distinctive charac- ters of the genus Pantomallus. These two species are described in the following pages as Hburia dejeani and Hbwria binodosa. Esorta, Serville. 53. Hburia tetrastalacta, White, Cat. Longicornia Brit. Mus., p. 89. ) Cerainbyx quadrimaculatus, Drury (nec Linn.), Illus- trations 1. p. 84, pl. 37, fig. 3, 11. Index. Hab. Jamaica. 54, Hburia quedrigeminata, Say. Stenocorus quadrigeminata, Say, Journ. Acad. Philad. We 2, p. 270 (1827). Hburia quadrigeminata, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 265. Hab. Cuba; and North America. do. Hburva msulana, sp. n. With the testaceous ground-colour veiled by a rather dense fawn-coloured pubescence which covers almost the entire surface of the insect. Prothorax thickly punctured, but with the punc- 94, Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the tures almost concealed by the pubescence ; furnished on the disk with two small reddish or blackish tubercles, and on each side with a short median spine and a small anterior reddish callosity. Elytra closely punctured, but with the punctures distinctly visible only where the pubescence is rubbed off ; each with two pairs of ivory spots, with the spots of the basal pair slightly elongated, almost in contact in front, but slightly diverging behind, with the inner spot of the mid-elytral pair very small, or even entirely wanting, the outer spot about equal in size to one of the anterior pair. Apex of elytron truncate, with a very short tooth at each of the angles. Femora of middle and posterior pairs bidentate at apex, with the teeth rather short and of nearly equal length. Long. bea mm, Hab. St. Vincent (H. H. Smith). This species has a close general resemblance, but does not seem to be closely allied, to H. patruelis, Bates. The thorax is very differently punctured. 56. Hburia postica, White, Cat. Longicornia Brit. Mus., p. 89. Hab. Jamaica. Upper side of head and prothorax with a fine golden pubescence. The two dorsal tubercles and the lateral spines of the prothorax black, Elytra scarcely pubescent, strongly punctured, each with two ill-defined ivory spots posteriorly in addition to the anterior and middle pairs; with a blackish patch at the hind end of the anterior pair, and at each end of the middle pair of spots; spines at the apex of middle and hind femora strong, with the posterior spines of each pair longer than the anterior. 07. Hburia decemmaculata, Fab. Cerambyx 10-maculatus, Fab., Syst. Ent., p. 181 (1775) ; Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 67, p. 44, pl. 12, fig. 86 (1795). Cerambyx 5-maculatus, Fab., Hunt. Syst. 1., 2, P- 296 (1792). Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney, Vitrac) and St. Bar- tholomew. 58. Hburia dejeam, sp. n. E. wnermis (De}j. Cat.). Testaceous. Prothorax unarmed at the sides in both sexes, with two pearl-grey pubescent patches on each side above, the middle nearly naked, punctured, with a smooth central area. Elytra strongly and closely punctured, scarcely pubescent, each with two Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 95 pairs of ivory-yellow spots, with the inner spot of basal pair a little longer than the outer, with the inner spot of median pair harely shorter than the outer; apex of each elytron feebly bidentate, with the teeth subequal in length. Underside in both sexes with a silvery-grey pubescence across the pro- and meso- sterna and along the sides of the breast and abdomen. Coxal cavities closed in externally. Femora of the middle and hind pairs bidentate at the apex, with the anterior tooth of each very short. Third joint of the antenne slightly longer than the fourth. Mate. Prothorax slightly bulged out at the sides, with the swollen area thickly and rather strongly punctured, and continuous with a similarly strongly punctured and slightly convex area crossing the underside. Hab. Guadeloupe and Martinique. ‘This species is nearly allied to Hburia thoracica, White. Though the male resembles Pantomallus inermis, FI. and Sallé, in having the sides of prothorax unarmed and somewhat swollen, the species may be distinguished by the presence of two clearly distinct, though closely approximated, spots at the base of each elytron, of two short teeth, instead of a single spine, at the apex, and, further (it is to be presumed), by the well-marked characters which distinguish the genus Hburia from Pantomallus. 59. Hburia binodosa (Chevr. MS.). (?) Cerambyx quadromaculatus, Linn., Syst. Nat. xii., p. 626. (?) C. ramphygeus, Linn., l.c., p. 633. Testaceous. Prothorax alveolate-punctate, with the shallow punctures slightly veiled by a short greyish pubescence ; the disk with two small slightly-raised black tubercles. Hlytra very closely and distinctly punctured from the base to beyond the middle, scarcely pubescent over this punctured area, but covered with a silky fulvous-grey pubescence on the posterior third or fourth ; each with two pairs of rather large and elongated ivory spots, with the spots of each pair in close contact along their whole length, with the outer spot of the basal pair a little shorter than the inner, the inner spot of the mid-elytral pair (which are longer than the basal pair) a little shorter than the outer ; apex of each elytron bispinose, with the sutural much shorter than the outer spine. Breast and abdomen covered with a silky grey pubescence, which exhibits a silvery sheen in certain lights. Legs yellowish- testaceous; femora of middle and hind pairs bispinose at the apex, 96 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the with the posterior (or inner) spine of each about twice as long as the anterior spine. Mae. Prothorax with a small spine just behind the middle of each side ; with a strongly punctured transverse area underneath, which extends outwards and expands as a slightly convex area on each side. Fem. Prothorax with an almost obsolete tubercle or callosity behind the middle of each side, and with a similar black-coloured tubercle between this and the anterior margin. Hab. Porto Rico (6 and ¢), Guadeloupe (Lher- minier), and St. ‘l’homas (? ¢ only). This species seems to answer better than any I have yet seen to Linné’s description of Cerambyx quadri- maculatus. Fabricius’s description of Stenocorus quadrt- maculatus does not appear to have been based upon any actual specimens, and is evidently a mere repetition of that given by Linné. 60. Hburia octomaculata, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 260. Hab. Dominica (Ramage and Dr. Nicholls), Guade- loupe (Delauney and Vitrac) and Cuba (Chevr. collection). The prothorax is distinctly spined at the sides in both sexes of this species; it is somewhat naked and transversely rugose in the middle above ; on each side there is a greyish silky patch of pubescence emarginate on its upper border. On the underside of the prothorax in the male there is a strongly-punctured transverse and convex area clothed with a rather thick silky pubescence, and extending on each side as far as the lateral spine. 61. Hburia stigma, Oliv. Cerambyx stigma, Oliv., Entomologie iv., No. 67, p.. 126, pl. 23, fig. 18v. Eburia dwalu, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 266. Hab. Haiti and Cuba; also Nicaragua and N. America. Usually of a brownish-testaceous colour, veiled by a rather dense greyish pubescence. Prothorax spined on the middle of each side, and with a very small obtuse tubercle between this and the anterior margin ; the disk with two small and acute black tubercles a little in front of the middle. Elytra closely'and rather strongly punctured from the base to beyond the middle, with the punctures thence quickly diminishing in number and size, so that the pos- terior third is almost entirely impunctate ; each with two pairs of se 0 semaipmdh bctithantid at pa oe} 7 a rm a Ie ile ant Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 97 ivory spots-; with the outer spot of the basal pair very small, and sometimes (as in the type) reduced to the merest trace, the outer spot of the mid-elytral pair longer than the inner spot ; with an obtuse costa passing backwards from the last-mentioned spot as far as the top of the rather steep posterior slope of the elytron, and with a slight depression or channel lying between this costa and the sutural edge, with a somewhat similar, but longer, costa on the side of the elytron in its posterior two-thirds, and with a third, very feebly raised, and scarcely evident costa passing back from the outer spot of the median pair ; this costa bare of pubescence, and appearing as a dark line, which is also the appearance of the inner costa when rubbed bare of pubescence. A small patch in front of the middle spots is always bare of pubescence, and appears as a darker-coloured and strongly punctured area. Apex of each elytron bispinose, the sutural spine less than half as long as the external spine. Apices of the middle and hind femora bispinose, with the posterior spine of each nearly twice as long as the anterior. Chevrolat’s Hbwra duvalic was based on small un- rubbed specimens from Cuba, in which the outer elytral spot of the basal pair is distinct, and in which the inner posterior costa, being covered with pubescence, seems to have escaped his observation. A specimen in the British Museum collection, originally received by Dejean from Beauvois, and ticketed Carolina, was considered by Chevrolat to be the type of Olivier’s Cerambyz stigina. 62. Hburia consobrina, Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins., p. 265, pl.d0) fig. 6 (1857). EHburia pedestris, White (partim), Cat. Longicornia B. M., p. 88 (1853). Hleutho consobrina, Thoms., Syst. Ceramb., p. 242. Hab. Cuba and Jamaica. The specimen from Jamaica (Gosse coll.) which White described as the male of pedestris really belongs to con- sobrina, Duy., which may be distinguished by the struc- ture of its antennz. These are dark in coloration. The first three or four joints are (at least, in the male) scabrous, the first has a broad channel or depression in front, the third and fourth have each a feeble groove anteriorly, the third is scarcely as long as the fourth, the joits from the third to the ninth or tenth have each an acute angle or tooth at their lower distal end, and the eleventh joint is very long. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PART I. (APRIL.) 7 98 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the 63. EHburia cinnamomea, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 463. Hab. Guadeloupe. I have not seen this species, and cannot say to which it is most nearly allied. It is described as being entirely of a yellowish colour, without ivory spots, covered above and below with a lighter-coloured pubescence. The prothorax is irregularly rounded upon the sides, furnished with small tubercles at the base, with the lateral spines long and slender. Elytra with three feeble coste, between which they are closely punctured ; apex of each bispinose. Femora of two hinder pairs bispinose at their extremity. The antennae, reddish at base, yellowish towards apex, have the basal joint thickened at the extremity, the third joint long and slender, the following joints subequal to another, and each shorter than the third. Long. 27 mm. 64. Hburia sericea, Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1855, p. 271, pl. 14, fig. 6. Hab. Haiti—Bany (Sallé). Entirely covered with a shining silky pubescence of an ashy-grey colour. Antenne a third longer than the body, pitch-coloured, covered with a dense pubescence, and furnished below with long sparse hairs, joints 3rd to 11th subequal in length. Prothorax as long as broad, with the anterior margin rounded, posterior bi- sinuate, four tubercles on the disk, and one on each side. Elytra sparsely punctured with large asperate, setigerous punctures ; apex of each bispinose, sutural spine very short. Underside of body reddish, with a grey pubescence, Femora of two hinder pairs each ending in two black spines. Tarsi and inner side of tibize covered with fulvous hairs. Long. 20, lat. 5 mm. This well-marked species, which I have not yet seen, ought, perhaps, to be taken as the representative of a new genus. 65. Eburia pulverea, Chevr. Celeburia pulverea, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p- 266. Drymo pulverea, Thoms., Syst. Ceramb., p. 242; Lacord., Genera viil., p. 292. Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 99 (?) Cerambyx didymus, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 67, p. 125, plie23, fies 179. Hab. Cuba—Havana {Poéy). This species was taken by Thomson as the type of his genus Drymo, which can scarcely be considered distinct from Hburia. The head is somewhat more strongly concave between the antennal tubers ; the antenne longer, with first and third joints scabrous the eleventh joint very long. Prothorax somewhat transverse, rounded and unarmed at the sides in the male, armed with a short Spine in the female. I suspect that it was a male of this species which served Olivier as the type of his Cerambyx didymus. The peculiar form of thorax shown in his figure exists in no other species known to me; and in other respects his figure and description apply fairly well to Chevrolat’s male type. Esuropacrys, Thomson. 66. Hburodacrys havanensis, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 3 1862, p. 267. Hab. Cuba; also Venezuela, Costa Rica, and Ni- caragua. ELAPHIDION, Serville. Section I. Prosternum truncate behind. Third and fourth joints of the antennze spined at their postero- distal angle only. 67. Elaphidion irroratum, Linn. Cerambyzx irroratus, Linn., Syst. Nat., Ed. xi1., p. 633 (1766) ; Drury, Ilust.i., p. 92, pl. 4], fig. 3. Cerambyx bidens, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 67, pl. 17, fig. 125. Hlaphidion ordinatum, Newm. Hilaphidion tessellatum, Newm. Hab. St. Bartholomew, Haiti (Tweedie), Jamaica, Cuba; Honduras, Nicaragua, Mexico, and North America. The figured type of Olivier’s bidens is only a light- coloured and rubbed specimen of this species. ‘The bidens of Fabricius may, however, be distinct. 100 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the 68. Hlaphidion quadrituberculatum, Chevr., Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 259. Hab. Cuba—Havana. Smaller and darker than irroratum, Linn., and ques- tionably distinct. 69. Hlaphidion tomentosum, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 260 (¢d); Gahan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vi., p. 32. Hab. Haiti, and Cuba. Clothed above with a rather thick greyish pubescence, which is not very regularly distributed over the elytra. Prothorax with three naked callosities on the disk, one median; and one on each side of the middle anteriorly. Two other callosities are, in some examples, seen at the base, and are more widely distant from one another than the two anterior ones. Each side of the prothorax bears two very small and scarcely perceptible tubercles, one median, the other situated anteriorly. Elytra each bispinose at the apex, with the sutural spine shorter than the outer one. This species is closely allied to H. mucronatum, Say, and is to be distinguished only by the more strongly punctured sides of the prothorax, and the shorter spines at the apices of the posterior femora. 70. EHlaphidion glabratum, Fabr. Stenocorus glabratus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. 1., 2, p. 295 (1792). Hlaphidion mite, Newm., The Entomologist, i, p. 27 (1840). Elaphidion cvonfusus (Dej. Cat.). Hab. Guadeloupe (Dej., D. Latreille), St. Bartholo- mew, St. Thomas; and Brazil (i. Walker), according to indication of locality on Newman’s types. Newman described as H. glabratwm some examples which are referable to the North American species, L. mucronatum, Say. ‘These examples bear no indication of locality beyond “‘ West Indies,” in Newman’s own hand- writing, and are more than likely to have come from North America, 71, Llaphidion insulare, Newm., The Entomologist, i., p. 27 (1840). Hab. Nevis I. Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 101 Very closely allied to H. mite, Newm., and possibly not a distinct species. It was founded on a single specimen which appears to be somewhat rubbed. The ‘prothorax seems to be more strongly punctured at the sides than in mite; and the pubescence of the elytra is much broken up and reduced to scattered elongated spots or patches of an ashy-grey colour. In mite the pubescence is pretty evenly spread over the elytra, being broken only by a few linear glabrous tracts, and is of a luteous-grey colour. Section II. Prosternum truncate behind. Third and fourth joints of the antennze spined at both the distal angles. 72, Hlaphidion spinicorne, Drury. Cerambyx spinicorne, Drury, Ill. Hixot. Ins. 1., p. 92, ple iene A i Index (1773). Hab. Porto Rico, Haiti and Jamaica. 73. Hlaphidion conspersum, Newm., The Entomologist, 1, p. 110 (1841). Hab. Tortola, Haiti, and (?) Jamaica. This species may be easily recognized by the numerous tawny pubescent spots scattered over the elytra, with the intervening spaces almost naked, glossy, and of a reddish-brown colour. One example of Pascoe’s collection is ticketed Jamaica, but this indication of locality may be wrong. 74, Hlaphidion lanatwm, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. I'r., 1862, p. 260. Hab. Cuba (Poéy). Covered above with a dense light-grey pubescence ; that of the prothorax interrupted by three glabrous dark-brown spots on the disk. 75. Hlaphidion excelsum, sp. n. EH. cinctipenne (Chev. MS.). Dark brown and nitid where bare of pubescence. Head and prothorax with a tawny pubescence ; the prothorax with a mid- dorsal, elongated and slightly raised space, and a callosity on each 102 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the side of the disk anteriorly naked. Elytra dark-brown, nitid and distinctly but not very closely punctured; with a tawny pubescence confined to a narrow basal area, a sutural and a marginal band, and a few spots isolated from the sutural band a little in front of the i" middle. Legs and abdomen sparsely, the sides of the breast more | densely pubescent. MALE, with the prothorax more regularly rounded at the sides ; with a narrower glabrous and somewhat linear space along the middle of the disk. FEMALE, with the sides of the prothorax less regular in outline ; 3 and the callous space on middle of disk broader and more distinctly raised. Long. 33, lat. 8} mm. Hab. Guadeloupe—Pointe-a-Pitre (Lherminier) Chev- 4 rolat collection. | 76, Hlaphidion albosignatum, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., : 1862, p. 259. Hab. Cuba. A strongly marked species, with the elytra and prothorax jet black, glossy and very sparsely punctured. A line on each side of the pronotum, and seven or eight spots, some elongated, on each elytron, of a greyish-white colour; a line low down on each side of the prothorax, a line on each side of the hind-breast, and a series of spots on each side of the abdomen also white. Section III. Prosternum simply arched behind. An- tennee with a posterior series of spines only. (Genus Thersalus, Pascoe = Hypermallus, Lacordaire.) 77. Sepa transversum, White, Cat. Longe. Brit. Masi. 2101, Hab. Jamaica. 78. Hlaphidion mutatum, Gahan, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vi., p. 32 (1890). H. tomentosum, 2, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p-. 260. Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy); and Florida. 79, Hlaphidion guttiwentre, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 261. Hab. Cuba. Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 103 80. Hlaphidion subfascoatwm (Chevr. MS.), sp. n. Reddish-brown, with the legs and the posterior fourth or fifth of the elytra of a paler yellowish tint. Head sparsely pubescent ; closely punctured. Prothorax covered with a short, close greyish pubescence, which in the male has a more silky lustre. Elytra rather closely and not very strongly punctured ; with an ashy-grey pubescence scattered in small patches, which are more closely aggregated and form a somewhat ill-defined transverse band just in front of the middle. Apex of each elytron truncate in a slightly eblique direction, and unarmed, in the male type; slightly emarginate and somewhat bluntly toothed at each angle in the female type. Underside of body rather thinly pubescent on the abdomen and middle of the breast, more densely on the sides of the latter. The abdomen of a more distinctly reddish colour than the rest of the underside. Antennz sparsely pubescent, fourth joint distinctly shorter than third or fifth ; joints from the third to seventh or eighth with a spine at the postero-distal angle. Mare. Antenne a little longer than the body. Prothorax larger, and slightly longer in proportion, more densely pubescent, more regularly rounded at the sides; the disk with a narrow, median and slightly raised blackish line. FEMALE, Antenne scarcely longer than the body. Disk of prothorax with three feeble tubercles. Long. 8—10 mm. Hab. Guadeloupe—Pointe-a-Pitre (Lherminier). This species somewhat resembles H. mutatwm, Gahan, but is much narrower; the thorax is relatively longer, and the apices of the elytra are unarmed, or only very shortly mucronate. 81, Hlaphidion nanum, Fabr. Stenocorus nanus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. i., 2, p. 300 (1792). Callidium cinereum, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 70, p.69, pl. 8, fie. 102 (1795). Hlaphidion cinerewm, Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 261. Hab. Haiti, and Cuba—Havana (Poéy). A rather small species, with the prothorax entirely grey when not rubbed bare of pubescence. A median dorsal line is, however, often laid bare, and is seen to be closely punctured. Elytra testaceous, with a greyish pubescence which is not quite uniformly distributed ; each has a blackish line extending from the base to about the beginning of the posterior third or fourth, and, in some 104, Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the specimens, a second dark line internal to it and extending only a very short distance from the base. A dark area is seen also in many specimens just in front of the middle of the elytron. The apex of each elytron varies in form, in some specimens being somewhat rounded off from the outside towards the suture, in others truncate. The antenne are a little longer than the body in the male ; the fourth joint is scarcely shorter than the third, and a little shorter than the fifth. In giving this description I have had before me a number of specimens from Haiti and Cuba, including one considered by Chevrolat to be the actual type of Call- dium cinereum, Olivier. 82. Hlaphidion thome, sp. n. Elaphidion nanum, Chevr. (and Hornebeck), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 261. ' Very like the preceding species ; but with the antennz longer and somewhat slenderer, with the third joint distinctly longer than the fourth. Prothorax similar in form, but with a smooth naked line or callosity on the middle of the disk. Elytra with a similar greyish pubescence, but without exhibiting any blackish lines. Hab. St. Thomas (Dr. Hornebeck). According to Chevrolat this species was determined by Dr. Hornebeck from Fabricius’s type. ‘“ Hlytra grisea, lineis duabus longitudinalibus, abbreviatis, nigris,” is, however, not true of the present species, but admirably fits the preceding one. . 83. Hlaphidion lucidum, Oliv. Callidium lucidum, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 70, p. 59, pl. 7, fio. 86. C. elevatum, Schonh., Syn. Insect, i., 3, p. 409. Hab. Haiti. 84, Hlaphidion fullonium, Newm., The Entomologist, i., p. 110 (1841). Hab. Haiti. _Ihave not yet seen any examples that I could refer to either of the two preceding species. — Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 108 85. Hlaphidion villosum, Fabr. Stenocorus villosus, Fabr., Ent. Syst.i., 2, p. 302 (1792). Hlaphidion pruinosum, Guérin, Icon. Régne An. i, p. 220; Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 260. Hab. Cuba; and North America. 86. Hlaphidion pulverulentum, Oliv. Callidiwm pulverulentum, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 70, p. 69, pl. $;fig. 101 (1795). Hlaphidion parallelum, Newm., The Entomologist, 1., p: 29. Hab. Cuba; and North America. This species is scarcely distinct from the preceding. Both are narrow, elongate species, with cylindrical prothorax. The types of Newman and Olivier are, however, smaller and narrower; the pale pubescent patches on the pronotum are linear in form; the prothorax in Newman’s type seems to be relatively a trifle longer than in Olivier’s. Leconte gives the greater length of the prothorax as one of the chief differences between parallelum and villoswm, but this seems to me a rather doubtful distinction. 87. Hlaphidion signaticolle, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr., 1862, p. 261. Hab. Cuba. This is a somewhat aberrant and easily recognized species. The antenne are rather long. The prothorax is spotted above with a number of pubescent white patches. The elytra are reddish-brown with a faint greyish pubescence. The femora are all thickened beyond the middle into a fusiform club, narrowed again towards the apex. PrErinaum, Thomson. 88. Peribeewm poeyi, Guér. Hlaphidion poeyi, Guér., Rev. Zoologique, 1838, p. 284 ; Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins., p. 267, pl. 11, fig. 1. Nephalius poeyi, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 268. Hab. Cuba. 106 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the 89, Periboeum insulanum, sp. n. Reddish-testaceous and nitid; elytra pale yellowish-testaceous and also nitid. Prothorax minutely and very sparsely punctured, each of the punctures carrying a rather long erect hair; with a slight tuberosity on the middle of each side; with three very slightly raised tubercles on the disk, immediately in front of the basal transverse groove, of which the middle one is larger and somewhat oblong in shape. Hlytra distinctly but somewhat sparingly punctured ; each terminated at the apex in two spines—a, very short one at the suture, and a somewhat longer one on the outside. Posterior femora bidentate at the apex, femora of the two anterior pairs unarmed. Anteunez sparsely ciliate, with the first joint reddish and nitid, the succeeding joints faintly pubescent, those from the third to the eighth armed at the postero-distal angle with a sharp spine. Long. 11, lat. 2} mm. Hab. Jamaica (Cockerell). This species resembles Periboeeum fragile, Bates, but the form of the prothorax is different, the elytra are not tipped with black, and their external apical spines are shorter, as are also those of the posterior femora. 90. Peribewm insulare, White. Spherion insulare, White, Cat. Col. B. M. Longic., p. 109 (1851). Hab. Jamaica (Gosse). Entirely testaceous, with ,the elytra and legs slightly paler in tint than the other parts. Prothorax somewhat rounded at. the sides, closely alveolate-punctate. Elytra strongly and very closely punctured, except on the posterior fourth or fifth ; each bispinose at the apex. Antennz neither carinate nor grooved, but slightly flattened above ; joints 3rd to 7th or 8th each armed with a spine at postero-distal end. Femora unarmed at the apex, tibiz without carine, From the above characters it will be seen that this species occupies a somewhat doubtful position in the genus Periboewm. I should be inclined to place it in Llaphidion (section Hypermallus), were it not for its colour and general facies, which are very suggestive of the present group. Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 107 Harusprx, Thomson. 91. Haruspex inscriptus, sp.n. (PI. IL, fig. 2.) Head, prothorax, and antenne dull reddish-testaceous. Pro- thorax with a large dark-brown patch above extending from the base to beyond the middle of the disk, with a similar patch some- times present on the posterior half of each side, and united at the base with the discoidal patch. Elytra dull yellowish-testaceous, with dark-brown markings, viz., an oblong sutural spot just behind the scutellum ; a band on each side running obliquely backwards from the shoulder towards the suture, and, together with its fellow and the sutural spot, forming a somewhat W-shaped figure; a second band on each side behind the middle, which runs obliquely forwards from the discal margin towards the suture, where it joins its fellow, to form with it an acute angle ; and, in one of three examples, a third oblique band placed a little way in front of the apex ; and, in the same example, a longitudinal submarginal vitta connecting the three oblique bands. Underside dark brown in places. Legs testaceous. Prothorax rounded at the sides, bi- sinuately sulcate at the base, closely and finely rugose-punctate. Elytra very thickly covered with large rounded punctures, with a raised line on each side of the disk extending from the base to about the beginning of the posterior third ; sides nearly parallel for about four-fifths of their length, thence quickly curved in towards the apex, where each elytron is somewhat truncate and unarmed, Antenne filiform, sparsely furnished with short sete, and with the joints from the third to the tenth longitudinally suleate and carinate. Long. 7—9 mm. Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Hst., on the Leeward side (H. H. Smith). This species is allied to Haruspex bivittis, White (Piezocera). Haruspex maculicornis, Bates, also appears to be an allied form, and is possibly only a variety of White’s species. Both are from Para on the Amazon. Compsa, Perty. 92. Compsa quadrimaculata, Fabr. Callidium quadrimaculatum, Fabr., Ent. Syst. 1., 2, p. 328 (1792). Heterachthes submaculatus, Lameere, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belge, xxviti., p. 100 (1884). Hab. Grenada, Mustique I.. (Grenadines) and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith), Dominica (Ramage and Dr, Nicholls), Guadeloupe and Antigua. 108 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the Neocorvs, Thomson. 93. Neocorus romanowskii, Fleat. and Sallé., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 464, pl. 8, fig. 16. Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney). Hormatucs, Gahan. 94, Hormathus cinctellus, Gahan, Aun. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vi., p. 33 (1890). Hab. Haiti. CyLinDERA, Newman. 95. Cylindera pilicornis, Fabr. Callidium pilicornis, Fabr., Ent. Syst. 1, 2, p. 327 (1792). Cylindera pallida, Newm., Entom. Mag.i., p. 510 (1833). Callidium lutewm, Steph., Illus. Brit. Ent., Mandib. iv., p. 249 (1831). Curtomerus luteus, Steph., Man. Brit. Coleopt., p. 275 (1839); Shuckard, Brit. Ccleopt. Suppl., p. 76, pl. 8, fig. 2. Lampromerus pilicornis, Thoms., Class. des Ceramb., p- 203 (1860). | Sotenus setiger, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1878, p- 205. Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith), Santa Cruz, Cuba, Jamaica ; Honduras, Mexico, and Sandwich Islands. 96. Cylindera (?) puberula, Fleut. and Sallé. Cyrtomerus puberulus, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 464, pl. 8., fig. 17. Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney, Vitrac, and Lherminier) ; Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith). — The three examples taken by Mr. Smith differ from the described type from Guadeloupe in having the elytra unarmed at the apex. | In a Guadeloupe specimen, agreeing in all other respects with the description, I find that each of three or four joints of the antennez, after the second, is fur- nished with an excecdingly small spine at the postero- distal angle. ‘[here is no trace of these spines in the examples taken in Grenada and St. Vincent. I doubt Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 109 whether the species is rightly referred to the present genus. It seems to me to show affinities with some of the species of Hlaphidion. Merostenus, White. 97. Merostenus productus, White, Cat. Longicornia Brit. Mus. i, p. 244, pl. 8, fig. 3 (1855). Hab. Jamaica. 98. Merostenus attenuatus, Chevr. Lampromerus attenuatus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 263. Hab. Grenada (H. H. Smith), Cuba, and Porto Rico. Prentomacrus, White. 99. Pentomacrus femoratus, Fabr. Saperda femorata, Fabr., Ent. Syst. 1, 2, p. 316 Gigo2); Oliv, Hint. iv, No! 63, p. 40; Pentomacrus femoratus, White, Cat. Longicornia Brit. Mus. u1., p. 297, pl. 6, fig. 5 (1855). Hab. Jamaica. The Fabrician description of this species seems to have been overlooked by White and other authors. I have little doubt that one of White’s type specimens was the original type described by Fabricius (who states that it was in the British Museum). The species is one that may be easily identified. 100. Pentomacrus fasciatus, sp.n. (Pl. IL, fig. 3.) Fulvous-testaceous ; elytra subnitid, each with three ferruginous brown bands, the first a little behind the base, and crossing in a slightly oblique direction, the second behind the middle and trans- verse, the third near the apex. Prothorax distinctly longer than broad, somewhat rounded at the middle of each side, punctured above, and having a not very distinct oblong brownish spot on each side of the disk. Elytra strongly and rather thickly punctured, each almost rounded at the apex. Femora each armed underneath with a sharp and distinct tooth. Antenne about half as long again as the body, with the third joint twice as long as the fourth, and distinctly shorter than the fifth. Long. 6—9 mm. 110 ‘Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the Hab. Grenada—Balthazar, on the Windward side and St. Vincent—Leeward side (H. H. Smith). Var. Bands of elytra obsolete. One of the St. Vincent specimens. This species is much smaller than P. femoratus, Fab., and has somewhat glossy elytra, the brown bands of which are less dark and distinct, and the first placed at a little distance behind the base. The head and anterior part of the prothorax of femoratus are dark brown, and the first of the three dark brown bands on the elytra reaches quite up to the base, but leaves a round spot at the shoulder testaceous. The genus Pentomacrus will enter the group Curi, established by Leconte and Horn for the genera Curiwus, Newm., and Plectromerus, Leconte. Opuistomis, Thomson. 101. Ophistomis thoracica, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 465. Hab. Guadeloupe—Camp Jacob (Delauney). 102. Molorchus ruficollis (Dej.), n. n. Molorchus sanguinicollis, Chevr. (nec Oliv.), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 257. Prothorax red; the rest of the body, the legs, and the antenne, black. Hab. Cuba and North America. In general form this species resembles M. bimaculatus, Say, and M. longicollis, Lec., but it is easily distinguished by its colour. The female example in the British Museum collection is the M. ruficollis of Dejean, and is ticketed Cuba, D. Escher; the d¢ type is ticketed Amer. bor., and was received by Dejean from Leconte. } How Chevrolat, if he had looked at Olivier’s figure, or read his description, could have taken this species to be the Necydalis sanguinicollis of Olivier, passes my comprehension; yet he has deliberately displaced the latter from its true place in Stenopterus, where it was placed by Leconte and other authors, who correctly gave Stenopterus sanguinicollis, Say, as a synonym. Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 111 Bromrapes, Thomson. 103. Bromiades brachyptera, Chevr. Odontocera brachyptera, Chevr., Rev. Zoologique, 1838, p. 285; Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins., p. 269, Ol; WO saKesn Se Bromiades brachyptera, Thoms., Syst. Ceramb., p. 165. Hab. Cuba; and Colombia (apud Bates). 103a. Acyphoderes abdominalis, Oliv. (= olivier’, Bates). Necydalis abdominalis, Oliv., Ent.iv., 74, p. 8, pl. 1, fig.5. Hab. Porto Rico (apud Gundlach); Cayenne, Amazons, Peru, and Nicaragua. ''TETHLIMMENA, Bates. 104. Tethlimmena basalis, sp.n. (Pl. IL, fig. 4.) Head, prothorax, and elytra testaceous, covered above with a very short tawny-yellow pubescence ; with a large spot covering the posterior fourth of each elytron, and a large oblong ovate spot, common to both elytra, and reaching from the base to near the middle, black and opaque. That part of the head lying between, and immediately surrounding, the eyes is also black. Huind-breast and abdomen glossy black ; the second segment of the latter with a transverse depression, occupied by a brush of tawny hairs. Legs black, glossy, and sparsely ciliate, with the stalks of the clavate femora yellowish-testaceous. Antenne dull black, longer than the body in the male, and with the joints only very slightly dilated, scarcely as long as the body in the female, with the joints after the second dilated to a moderate extent, with the fifth and following joints gradually diminishing in width, so that the last three or four do not seem to be appreciably dilated. The pro- thorax, impunctate, is obtusely tubercled on each side. On each side of the disk, just above the lateral tubercle, is an obtuse, slightly-raised area, circumscribed by a narrow groove. The elytra are thickly and rather strongly punctured. The antenne have a short posterior fringe of sete extending from the second to the fourth or fifth joint; it is less dense in the male than in the female. Long. 6—7 mm. Hab. St. Vincent (H. H. Smith), This species is very distinct from Tethlummena aliena, Bates (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1872, p. 185; Biologia C. A. Col. v., pl. 5, fig. 1), the only known representative of ey : : ™ A AD Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the the genus. The elytra are relatively shorter, and the antennas much less dilated (very feebly so in comparison with those of aliena) ; but in other structural characters it agrees very well. CatticHroma, Latreille. 105. Callichroma columbinum, Guér., Revue Zoologique, 1838, p. 282; Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba vit, p. 262, pl. 10, fig. 3. Cerambyx virens, Drury (nec Linn.). Hab. Haiti, Jamaica, and Cuba. 106. Callichroma vittatum, Fabr. Cerambyz vittatus, Fabr., Syst. Entom., p. 166 (1775) ; Oliv:, Entom. iv., No. 67, p. 32,-pl. 2a 20, (?) Cerambywx ochropus, Voet, Cat. 11, p. 12, pl. 10, fig. 41. (?) Leptura viridiaurea, Degeer, Mém.v., p. 145, pl. 15, fiers Lelie: Callichroma rugicolle, Guérin, Icon. Régne An. ii., p- 220; Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1870, p. 334. Callichroma assinilatum, White, Cat. Col. B. M., Longis. 1, p. 108, Callichroma scitulum, Pasc., Tr. Ent. Soc. (3) v., p. 292. . Hab. Haiti (Tweedie) ; Brazil, Guiana, Colombia, and Central America as far as Mexico. Antenne, tibiz, and tarsi black ; femora fulvous; head, pro- thorax, and elytra metallic-green ; prothorax with a soft black, velvet-like, band along each side of the middle of the disk, with the narrow median space between the bands and the lateral parts of the pronotum, external to them, naked, nitid and transversely strigose. Elytra each with a dorsal and a marginal velvety band of a violet-black colour ; witha sutural band of a green colour, over- laid by a thin silky grey pubescence, the short hairs of which have a transverse direction ; with the bright green band lying between the dorsal and lateral bands, covered with a fine, close and some- what rugulose punctuation. The’ prothorax has a rather feeble conical tubercle on the middle of each side, and the antero-lateral tubercle or callosity isnot strongly marked. Bates (Biologia C. A, Col. v.) has correctly given the synonymy of this species so far as the last three names ° are concerned. But his reference to the Fabrician type (vide 'I'rans. Knt. Soc., 1870, p. 3384, note), which he evidently did not closely examine, is certainly misleading. What he took to bethe vittatus of Fabricius is, no doubt, Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 113 a distinct species which in colour very closely resembles the true vittatus. The latter appears to be a common species throughout Tropical America. From the West Indies I have, so far, seen only a single example. 107. Callichroma elegans, Oliv. Cerambyx elegans, Oliv., Encycl. Méth., Ins. v., p. 298 (1790) ; Entom: iv., No. 67, p. 26, pl. 5, fig. 35. Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (H. H. Smith), Dominica (Ramage and Nicholis). Head, prothorax, elytra, and underside of a brownish-red colour suffused with metallic-green. Legs and antenne brownish-red, and somewhat opaque. Prothorax with the medio-lateral tubercles rather feebly developed, and the antero-lateral callosities not strongly marked ; the pronotum transversely striated, with an indistinct reddish-brown pilose band along each side of the middle. Elytra each with a dorsal and a marginal band covered with a similar light brown pile. A rather faint silvery pubescence covers the underside of the body. These characters are taken from a specimen of Dejean’s collection ticketed— C. élegans, Oliv., “ex Mus. Olivier,” Hab. America merid.—and therefore authentically named, if not one of Olivier’s actual types. The single specimen taken by Mr. Smith in Grenada agrees in all respects with this typical example. ‘The five received from Dominica, though presenting precisely the same col- oration, and agreeing in other respects, yet differ slightly in the sculpturing of the prothorax; the median dorsal band is not transversely striated, but is rather closely punctured in the greater part of its extent. ‘This difference may possibly be a mark of specific or varietal distinction. But until an opportunity is afforded of examining a larger series of both forms it will be safer to retain them under the same specific name. 108. Callichroma rufescens, n. n. Callichroma aureotinctum, ab., Bates, Biologia C. A. Col. v., p. 292. Callichroma elegans (Dej. Cat.), nec Oliv. Callichroma rufescens (De}. Cat.). Hab. St. Lucia (Chevrolat collection), Guadeloupe (Dej. collection, D. Latreille) ; and Mexico—-Vera Cruz (Salle). TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1895,.—PART I. (APRIL) 8 114 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the Three examples of the Dejean-Chevrolat collection, as cited above, resemble in every respect as regards sculpture, pubescence and the very peculiar coloration, the example from Mexico described by Bates and re- garded by him as a curious colour-aberration of his C. aureotinctwm, a species which he had previously recorded only from the Upper Amazons. Paitematium, Thomson. 109. Philematium femorale, Oliv. Cerambyx femoralis, Oliv., Encycl. Méth. v., p. 297 (1790) ; Ent. iv., No. 67, p. 29, pls/) fg. 40. Callichroma leucodactyla, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 257. Hab. Cuba; also Mauritius. 110. Philematium festivum, Fabr. Cerambyx festivus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 166 (1775). Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney, Vitrac); and West Africa. j Cytuene, Newman. 111. Cyllene difficilis, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, pp. 265 and 529, Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy). Ca.octytus, Fairm. 112. Caloclytus insularis,* Lap. and Gory. Clytus insularis, Lap. and Gory, Mon. Clytus, p. 74, pl. 14, fig. 86. | Anthoboscus insularis, Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 531. Hab. Haiti. EKurysce.is, Chevrolat.. 113. Huryscelis suturalis, Oliv. Callidium suturale, Oliv., Entom. iv., No. 70, p. 62, pL. 7, ne.*OT (1795), Euryscelis suturalis, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, . 529. cee Haiti ; New York and Texas (apud Leng). “This species appears to be identical with the European a comptus, Mannerh., and was probably introduced into alti. Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 115 114. *Huryscelis dejeanit, Chevr., l.c., p. 580. mao. > iayti. The two species of this genus are distinguished from the other Clytides by having twelve joints to the antenne. ‘Neoctytus, Thomson. e 115. Neoclytus longipes, Drury. 3d Cerambyx longipes, Drury, Illust. Exot. Ins. i., p. 84, pl. 37, fig. 4; i. Index (1773). ¢ Clytus angulatus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. i., 2, p. 385 (1792). Callidvwm rhombifer, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 70, -p. 46, Getic ol (dé and ©), Clytus hopei, Lap. and Gory, Mon. Clytus, p. 18, pl. 5, fig, 20. Hab. Jamaica; and Georgia (apud Oliv. and Leconte). 116. Neoclytus cordifer, Klug. Clytus cordtfer, Klug, Preis-Verzeichniss Insecten doubletten, 1529, p. 13. Clytus rufescens, Lap. and Gory, Mon. Clytus, p. 17, pl. 4, fie. 18 (1841). Clytus devastator, Lap. and Gory, Mon. Clytus, p. 17, pl. 4, fig. 18, bis. ~ Neoclytus devastator, Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, pp. 263,531. Hab. Cuba—Havana; and Florida (apud Leng). 117. Neoclytus chevrolatw, Lap.and Gory. Clytus chevrolatii, Lap. and Gory, Mon. Clytus, p. 26, pl. 6, fig. 51 (1841), Neoclytus chevrolatri, Chevr., Aun. Fr., 1862, pp. 264 and 531, Hab. Cuba—Havana. 118. Neoclytus araneiformis, Oliv. Callidium aranetforme, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 70, p. 61, le 7, te. 90) (1795), _ Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney and Vitrac), Haiti, and Porto Rico. | | * As all the examples of this species that I have seen are females, while those of suturalis are males, I think it not improbable that they will prove to be sexes of the same species, notwithstanding the marked differences between them. 116 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the 119. Neoclytus podagricus, White. Clytus podagricus, White, Cat. Longic. B. M., p. 204 (1855). Hab. Haiti. TILLOMORPHA, Blanchard. 120. Tillomorpha nivicincta, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 264. Cyrtophorus nivicinetus, Chevr., l.c., p. 532. Hab. Cuba. Matiosoma, Serville. 121. Mallosoma bicolor, Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1856, p- 687, pl. 20, fig. 1. Hab. Haiti—Santiago (Sallé). TricHrovs, Chevrolat. 122. Trichrous dimidiatipennis, Chevr. Eburia dimidiatypennis, Chevr., Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 282. Hriphus dimidiatypennis, Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins., p. 264, pl. 10, fig. 5. Trichrous dimidiatypennis, Chevr., l.c., 1858, p. 210; Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 262. Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy). 123. Trichrous dwisus, Chevr., Rev. Zool., 1858, p. 210; Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 262. Hab. Cuba (Lasnier and Poéy). 124. Trichrous pilipennis, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 262. Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy). 125. Trichrous jamaicensis, Chevr., Rev. Zool., 1858, p. 211. Hab. Jamaica. 126. Trichrous basalis, White. Peciloderma basale, White, Cat. Longic. B, M.i., p, 122 (1853), Hab. Jamaica. Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 117 127. Trichrows jaegeri, Chevr., Rev. Zool., 1858, p. 211. Hag, (Haiti. 128. Trichrous irroratus, Oliv. Callidium irroratum, Oliv., Entomologie iv., No. 70, pl. 8, fig. 104. Hab. Haiti. 129. Trichrous lineolatus, White. Peciloderma lineolatum, White, Cat. Col. B. M. Longie. i., p. 122 (1853). Hriphus leucogrammus, White, Id. u., p. 294. Hab. Jamaica. 130. Trichrous terminals, White. Peciloderma terminale, White, Cat. Col. B. M. Longie. 1, p. 123. Hab. Jamaica. 131. Trichrows major, sp. nu. Head, prothorax, and underside of body rufous ; antenna, tibie, tarsi, and the extreme tips of the femora black. Elytra livid- testaceous, faintly suffused with a violet tint, with the whole of the upperside rather strongly and very closely punctured. Pro- thorax broader than long, rounded at the sides. Elytra each with a broad and oblique, but not deep, emargination on the inner portion of the apical border, with a short spine at the outer side of this emargination, and with a short obtuse prolongation of the elytron on the sutural side. Disk of elytron with two feebly- raised lines, one along the middle, the other, shorter, nearer the suture. Legs and underside with sparse setigerous punctures, the fulvous sete of which point backwards. Antenne of the female a little shorter than the body, with the fourth joint distinctly shorter than the third or fifth ; with each of the joints from the third to the seventh or eighth armed at the postero-distal angle with a sharp spine. Long. 20, lat. 6 mm. Hab. Jamaica. This species is larger than any species of Trichrous hitherto described. It seems to come nearest to the preceding species, from which, however, it is very distinct. Lae hap: Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the Hereroes, Blanchard. 132. Heterops loreyt, Duponchel. Purpuricenus loreyt, Duponchel, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1837, p. 309, pl. 12, fig. 4. : Heterops loreyt, "Blanchard, Ann. Fr., 1842, p. 49; Lacord., Genera 1x., p. 128 ahs Hab. cette 133. Heterops bipartita, Lacord., Genera ix., p. 128 Ses Hab. Cuba... 134, Heterops lasniert, Chevr. Hburia lanieri, Chevr., Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 283. Hriphus lanieri, Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins., p. 263, pl. 10, fig. 4. Heterops lasmeri, Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 264. . Hab. .Cuba (Lasnier, Poéy). 135, Heterops dimidiatus, Chevr. Hburia dimidiata, Chevr., Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 283, Heterops dimidiata, Ohsvr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 264. _ Hab. Cuba (Lasnier, Poéy). Esugioua, Thomson. 136. Hburiola maculosa, Oliv. Cerambyx maculosus, Oliv., Encycl. Méth. v., p. 305 (1790) ;- Ent. iv., No. 67, p. 46, pl. 21, fic. 165. Hburiola erythrocephala, Thoms. 5 Syst. Ceramb., p. 203 (1864). | Hab. Jamaica. PacrLopERMA, Thomson. 137. Peciloderma lepturoides, Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba vii.,. p. 267;pl. 10, figs &; Chevrs “Anmear, 1862, p. 256; Lac., Gen. Atlas, pl. 93, fig. 4. Hab. Haiti and Cuba. Oxsius, Thomson. 138. Olbius sexfasciatus, Oliv. Callidium sexfasciatum, Oliv., Encycl. Méth. v., p. 265 (1790); Ent. iv., No. 70, p. 39, pl. 4, fig. 47. Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 119 Olbius sexfasciatus, Thoms., Syst. Ceramb., p. 204. Hab. Jamaica. Lacordaire was scarcely justified in sinking this genus. In addition to the points which he has mentioned, it differs also from Peciloderma in the form of the pro- sternum, the intercoxal part of which is a flattened plate, slightly dilated behind, where it rests directly on the anterior part of the mesosternum. The corresponding part of the prosternum in Peciloderma has a broad wedge- like ending behind, being provided with a narrower and somewhat concave, or backwardly-inclined, posterior face, which makes an acute angle with the lower hori- zontal face. ‘The proportions of the joints of the antennee are also somewhat different. PLEctRocERUM, Lacordaire. 139. Plectrocerwm spiunicorne, Oliv. Callidium spinicorne, Oliv., Hint. iv., No. 70, p. 68, piece pies 100) GI795): Hab. Haiti. 140. Plectrocerwm cribratum, Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., i306, ps 089; pl. 20; tie. 3. Hab. Haiti. TRACHYDERES, Dalman. 141. Trachyderes succinctus, Linn. Cerambyx succinctus, Linn., Syst. Nat., Hd. x., p. 391. Hab. Grenada (H. H. Smith), Guadeloupe (Delauney, Vitrac) ; Trinidad, Cayenne, Colombia. OxymeErus, Serville. 142. Oxymerus luteus, Voet. Cerambyax luteus, Voet, Cat. Coleopt. i., p. 17, pl. 16, fie. 68. Trachyderes rivulosus, Germar, Ins. Sp. Nov., p. 512. Oxymerus lebasii, Dup., Mon. in Mag. de Zool., Classe ix., Insectes, 1838, p. 35, pl. 224, fig. 13. Hab. Grenada, Mustique I. (Grenadines), and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith); also Venezuela, Colombia, and Brazil. 120 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the The first of the above names seems to have been over- looked. Though Voet gives the locality of his species as Guinea, there can be no doubt that this is his species. His figure is a very fair representation of it. The examples in a pretty large series taken by Mr. Smith differ in no important respect from Colombian and Brazilian specimens. There is a small amount of in- dividual variation in colour. The intermediate parts of the elytra lying between the yellow lines may be more or less dark brown; the base and apex are almost invariably yellowish-testaceous. ‘I'wo of the seven black spots (the two postero-lateral ones) on the pronotum are sometimes wanting. Oaymerus limeatus, Dupont, may be only a colour variety of this species. The prothorax has a darker red colour; and the elytra, with the exception of the longitudinal yellow lines, are almost entirely of a dark mahogany-brown colour. 1424. Callidium (?) biguttatum, Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1856, p. 688, pl. 20, fig. 2. Hab. Haiti (Sallé). This species, evidently not a true Callidiwm, has not been seen by me, and I am unable to assign it to any known genus. LAMIIDA. NANILLA, Bas and Sailé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 467. 143, Nanilla delawneyi, Fleut. and Sallé, l.c., p. 467, pl. 8, fig. 20. Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney). PrycHopss, Serville. 144, Ptychodes trilineatus, Linn. Cerambya trilineatus, Linn., Mant. Plant. vi., p. 532 (1771); Drury, Illust. iD. 91, pl. 41, fig. 1,2. Saperda vittata, Fabr., Species Insect 1, p. 230. Ptychodes insularis, Fairm., Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1850, p. 61. Hab. Jamaica, Cuba; also ‘Trinidad, Venezuela, Nicaragua, Mexico, Louisiana, and (var. insularis, sal? ‘l'aiti. Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 121 T2NIOTES, Serville. 145. Teeniotes insularis, Thoms., Archiv. Hnt.i., p. 171. Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney and Vitrac), according to Messieurs Fleutiaux and Sallé, Dominica (Dr. Nicholls). The specimen from Dominica has a pubescent white band along the external margin of each elytron as well as along the suture, and thus differs from the typical form in which there is a number of small spots along the external margin. 146. Teeniotes leucogrammus, Thoms., Syst. Ceramb., p. 554 (1865). Hab. Martinique. 147. Teniotes pulverulentus, Oliv. Cerambyx farinosus (Linn.), var. Degeer, Mém. v., p. 109) pl. 14, fie. 1. Cerambyx pulverulentus, Oliv., Hntom. iv., No. 67, p. 50, pl. 7, fig. 46 B. Hab. Martinique (Dej. collection); Guiana, Amazons, etc. 148. Teeniotes scalaris, Fabr. Cerambyza scalaris, Fabr., Species Ins. 1., p. 2138. Hab. Grenada (H. H. Smith); Brazil, Colombia, and Central America. PuryNneta, Castelnau. 149. Phryneta verrucosa, Drury. Cerambyx verrucosus, Drury, Illust. i., p. 90. pl. 40, fig. 3; 1. Index (1773). Lamia sternutator, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 172 (1775); Syst. Hleuth. 11., p. 298. Phryneta melanoptera, Thoms., Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1878, p. 65. Hab. Barbadoes, Grenada; and also Trinidad. I have already called attention to the omission of this species from the catalogue of Gemminger and Harold. It is probably an introduced form, as the genus and group to which it belongs are characteristically African, P27. Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the a fact which accounts for Thomson’s error in ignoring the locality—Grenada—on his type, and giving instead “ Africa mer.” The species is not known from Africa. Merara, Newman. 150. Methia necydalea, Fabr. Saperda necydalea, Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppl., p. 148 (1798). | Methia pusilla, Chev., Ann. Soc. Hat. Fr., 1862, p. 256, (?) Methia punctata, Lec. Hab. Grenada—Balthazar, on the Windward side — (H. H. Smith), Guadeloupe, St. Thomas, Porto Rico, Haiti, Jamaica (Cockerell), and Cuba. Fabricius’s description of this species has been entirely overlooked, or else has been taken to apply to some other insect. He gives the locality as “Insula St. Thomas Americe,’’ and his description fits the present species fairly well. _ The genus Methia, though belonging to the family Lamudex, seems to have strong affinities with the Ceram- bycid genus Gime; and a specimen of the above species, sent to me by Mr. Cockerell, was at first mistaken for a a species of the latter genus. Avetvus, Leconte. 151, Adetus lherminiert, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Pr,, 1889,'p,.. 408; pl, fe. tae | Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent; many examples (H. H. Smith). Guadeloupe (Delauney and Vitrac). PracHa, Thomson. 152. Precha spinipennis, Chevr. Ataxia spinipennis, O Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 252. Precha spinipennis, Thoms., Syst. Ceramb., p. 107. Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy). DesMIPHORA, Serville. 153. Desmiphora hirticollis, Oliv. Saperda hirticollis, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 68, p. 11, pi. 4, fig. 37 (1795). Longicorn Coleoptera of the West fadia Islands. 123 Desmiphora mexicana, Thoras., Hssai Class. Ceramb., pi Jo. Desmiphora lanata, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 203. Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith), Cuba —Havana (Poéy); Brazil, Cayenne, Colombia, and Central America. 154, Desmiphora pallida, Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1874, p. 226. Hab. Jamaica. Purpona, Thoms. 155. Phidola lanuginosa, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 255. Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy). 156. Phidola maculicornis, Chevr., l.c., p. 254. Hab. Cuba. EKuroconivs, Leconte. 157. Hupogonius pilosulus, Chevr. Hstola pilosula, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 254. Gibaceres exiguus, Thoms. (nec Lec.), Physisii., p. 160. Hab. Cuba; and (?) Gecrgia. 158. Hupogonius rubiginosus, Chevr. Hstola rubiginosa, Chevr., l.c., p. 204. Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy). Lypsimena, Leconte (= Alleoscelis, Bates). 159. Lypsimena fuscata, Leconte, Journ. Acad. Philad. (2) u., p. 155 (1852); Chevr., Ann. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 253. Allzoscelis leptis, Bates, Biologia C. A. Col. v., p. 358. Hab. Cuba; Venezuela, Panama, and North America. _ I give Cuba as a locality of this species on Chevrolat’s authority, for I have not seen any Cuban examples. After a careful comparison of Bates’s types of Allzos- 124 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the celis leptis from Panama with North American examples of L. fuscata, I am unable to satisfy myself that the species are distinct. A specimen in the British Museum collection is ticketed Venezuela; and Chevrolat has mentioned an example from Bahia which he considered distinct, but which appears to me to belong to the same species. Zartous, Leconte. 160. Zaplous annulatus, Chevr. Heyrus annulatus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 200. Hab. Cuba. A small dark brown insect, about 4 mm. long, with a very short pubescence partly brownish, partly grey. Elytra with two some- what ill-defined greyish bands, one basal, the other, broader, post- median. Prothorax transverse, slightly rounded and unarmed at the sides, finely punctured, but with the punctures almost hidden by the pubescence. Elytra more strongly and distinctly punctured. Tibiz pale greyish-testaceous, with a dark ring in the middle. Antenne shorter than the body, very sparsely setose, with the third joint longer than the fourth, with these two joints together as long as all the succeeding joints, which are subequal to one another, and slightly thicker than the third ; with the bases of the second and third, all but the apex of the fourth, and the whole of the eighth joint pale testaceous with an ashy-white pubescence ; the rest of the antennz blackish-brown. This species is closely allied to Zaplous hubbardi, Lec. As belonging to the latter species I have determined the two examples which stood in Dejean’s collection under the names of Hzocentrus exiguus and H. nanus. It has been pointed out elsewhere that Heyrus exiguus, Lec., was founded upon the male of Heyrus dasycerus, Say ; and an examination of the type of Hbaceres—(. exiquus, Thoms.—shows that this is nothing but the female of a species of Hupogonius—H. pilosulus, Chevr. It follows that G/baceres cannot be maintained as a genus, and that the synonymy of the single species placed under this generic name in the Munich Catalogue really involves three quite distinct species, each belonging to a different genus, Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 125 Iscuiocentra, Thoms. 161. Ischiocentra signifera, Buquet. Trestoma signifera, Bug., in Thomson’s Arcana Nat., 1859, p. 49. Hab. Guadeloupe. Hyrsioma, Serville. 162. Hypsioma picticornis, Bates, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. G)esvitep. M1865): | Hypsioma signaticorns, Thoms., Physis u., Part 5, p. 48. Hab. Grenada (H. H. Smith); Amazons, Cayenne, Colombia, and Central America as far as Mexico. 163. Hypsioma grisea, Fleut. and Sallé. Hypomia grisea, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 469. Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney and Vitrac). I have no doubt that it was a slip on the part of the authors to place this species in Hypomia, Thomson, imstead of Hypsioma, Serville, to which it evidently must belong. ‘They state that the species is allied to H. sim- T plex, Bates, and I suspect that it will prove to be identical with the preceding species. Trestonia, Buquet. 164. Trestonia fulgurata, Bug., Thomson’s Arcana Nat., p. 48 (1859). Hab. Guadeloupe. Cacostona, Fairmaire. 165. Cacostola ornata, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. irs, USSoisp, 470, pL. 8, fig. 19: Hab. Grenada, Mustique and Becquia Is. (H. H. Smith), Guadeloupe (Delauney and Vitrac). ONcIDERES, Serville. 166. Oncideres amputator, Fabr. Lamia amputator, Fabr., Ent. Syst. 1., 2, p. 276 (1792), Hab. St. Vincent (H. H. Smith), Guadeloupe (Lher- minier, Delauney, and Vitrac). 126 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the Epectasis, Bates. 167. Hpectasis similis, sp.-n. Head, prothorax, abdomen, legs, and the first three joints of the antennx closely covered with a brownish-tawny pubescence. Pro- thorax with a dark brown band along the upper part of each side ; the thoracic puncture visible on this band,-but elsewhere concealed by the thick pubescence. Elytra elongate, scarcely narrowed towards the apex, where each is broadly and somewhat obliquely truncate ; rather thickly, distinctly, and somewhat seriately punc- tured, with a faint pubescence partly tawny-brown, partly greyish in colour, each tipped with a denser patch of greyish pubescence on the apical border; dorsal costa distinct, slightly oblique, separating a broad sutural channel from a narrower channel placed on the obliquely declivous lateral part of the disk. Antenne with the scape cicatrized at the apex, the cicatrice pale pubescent ; with the joints from the fourth to the ninth or tenth dusky-brown, with their bases pale testaceous ; with the eleventh, and sometimes also the tenth, pale testaceous. Long. 9—13, lat. 2—3 mm. Hab. Grenada (H. H. Smith). This species is not quite so narrow as H. attenuatus, Bates, and is not so thickly nor so strongly punctured on the elytra. TretHystoLta, Thomson. 168. Tethystola mutica, sp.n. (PI. II., fig. 5.) Head and prothorax thickly punctured, sooty-brown, sparsely furnished with short erect sete. Prothorax cylindrical, a little longer than broad, with two very faint swellings on each side, one just behind the middle, the other close to the anterior margin ; with a feeble transverse impression a little before the base ; with a feebly-raised and obtuse carina, marked by a whitish line along the middle of the disk, with this carina depressed anteriorly where, on each side of it, stands a small obtuse tubercle. Elytra with the shoulders slightly tuberculiform, the sides subparallel for three- fourths of their length, and then slightly and gradually contracted towards the broadly truncate and slightly sinuous apex. The elytra, thickly and distinctly punctured, and sparsely setose, are blackish at the base, where each bears in the middle a small oblong tubercle ; behind this they have a faint buff-brown covering, dotted irregularly with small dark brown points, and each is crossed obliquely near the middle by a linear and slightly sinuous white band which almost meets its fellow, to form an acute angle directed forwards at the suture, and by a second white band similar to, and almost parallel with, the first,and placed rather more than half- Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 127 way back between it and the apex, each of these bands being accompanied behind by a blackish zone of variable width. Under- side thickly punctured, sooty-brown in colour. Legs infuscate, setose. The antenne, sparsely fringed with setz above and below, are dusky-brown in colour, with the bases of all the joints but the first pale testaceous ; they are more than half as long again as the body in the male, and in the female they reach some distance beyond the apex of the elytra. Long. 54—10, lat. 1f—24 mm. Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith). The elytra of this species are less elongated than in T. obliqua, Thoms., and they are unarmed at the apex. Lhe antennee also are shorter, and have a shorter fringe of setze; but in other points of general structure the two species agree very well, and in the form and position of the very peculiar chevron-like bands of the elytra they are almost exactly alike, the chief difference in this respect being that the elytra in 7. obliqua are more elongated behind the posterior band. | Spatacopsis, Newman. 169. Spalacopsis filum, Klug. Hippopsis filum, Klug, Preis-Verzeichniss Insecten doubletten, 1829, p. 13. | Hutheia filum, Guér., Icon. Régne Anim., p. 247, Huthuorus filum, Duval, in Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins., p. 2/7, pl. 10, fig. 18; Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 256. Hab. Porto Rico, Haiti, Cuba; and Florida. 170. Spalacopsis grandis, Chevr. Huthuorus grandis, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 205. Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy). -Dorcasta, Pascoe. 171. Dorcasta obtusa, Bates, Biologia C. A. Col. v., p. 372, pl. 23, fie. 1 (1885). Hab. St. Vincent (H. H. Smith); Guatemala and Mexico. Kcyrus, Leconte. 172. Heyrus hirtipes, sp. n. (PI. IL, fig. 6.) Closely covered with a pubescence, mostly of a bluish-grey colour above, but mixed in places with pale tawny and dark brown. 128 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the A rather distinct zone of these mixed colours lies a little way behind the base of the elytra. Prothorax furnished with two tawny-pubescent tubercles and with some minute scattered black granules above. Elytra punctured in rows, with the rows rather widely separated, and a raised line along each interval; the outer- most line is just below the margin of the disk, and is continued back almost to the outer angle of the slightly oblique apical trun- cation; from the outer to the inner the lines are gradually abbreviated posteriorly. Each elytron has, near the base, and just within the darker zone, a tuft of hairs, pale fulvous in colour anteriorly, dark brown posteriorly. The legs and underside are rather densely hirsute, with longish, erect, greyish-white hairs. The first joint of the antenne has a mixed pubescence of grey and brown, the rest are greyish-testaceous, tipped with brown at their distal extremity. Long. 13, lat. 5 mm. Hab. Grenada—Balthazar, on the Windward side (H. H. Smith). This is a large species for the genus, and is easily to be recognized by the long grey hairs on the legs and underside. OREODERA, Serville. 173. Oreodera glauca, Linn. Cerambyx glaucus, Linn., Syst. Nat., Hd. x., p. 390; Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 67, p. 76, pl. 17, fig. 123. Cerambyx punctatus, Voet, Cat. ii., p. 16, pl. 15, fig. 62. Hab. Dominica (Dr. Nicholls), Guadeloupe (Vitrac), Haiti, Jamaica; Cayenne, Colombia, and Central America. 173a. Oreodera lateralis, Oliv. Cerambyz lateralis, Oliv., Ent. iv., 67, p. 129, pl. 5, fig. 36. Hab. Porto Rico, and Cuba (apud Gundlach). STEIRASTOMA, Serville. 174. Steirastoma depressum, Linn. Cerambyzx depressus, Linn., Syst. Nat., Hd. x., p. 390; Fabr., Sp. Ins. i., p. 214, Hab. Grerisda ail aelmeal side (H. H. Smith) ; Trini- dad, Guiana, Venezuela, and Colombia. Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 129 175. Steirastoma histrionicum, White, Cat. Col. B. M. Longie. 11., p. 304 (1855). Var. Steirastoma larva, Chevr., Journ. Entom. i., p. 186 (1861). Hab. Jamaica—Hope (Cockburn) ; and Colombia to ~ Mexico. Four examples, collected by Mr. Cockburn at Hope, Jamaica, differ only by their larger size from the type of S. larva, Chevr., from Colombia. The species is closely allied to S. depresswm, Linn., and may be only a local modification of it. 176. Stewrastoma pustulatum, Drury. Cerambyx pustulatus, Drury, Illust. Exot. Ins. u1., p. 64, pl. 35, fiz. 1 (1773). Cerambyx cancriformis, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 165 (1775). Lamia cancriformis, Fabr., Hnt. Syst. 1., 2, p. 272. Hab. Jamaica (according to Drury). Drury’s description and figure indicate a species very closely allied to, if not identical with, S. acuwtipenne, Salle. His species seems to be omitted from the catalogue of Gemminger and Harold. 177. Steirastoma acutipenne, Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1856, p. 691, pl. 20, fig. 4. Hab. Haiti—on the high mountains in the interior (Sallé). I have seen one example only of this rare species. 178. Stetrastoma poeyt, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 246. ) Hab. Cuba—Havana. The type of this species is a mutilated specimen, with distorted elytra, which ought never to have been de- scribed. It is doubtfully distinct from the preceding ; but, before venturing to put these last three species as synonyms, I must wait to see additional examples from each of the three islands. TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PART I. (APRIL) 9 130 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the ACANTHODERES, Serville. 179. Acanthoderes circumfleca, Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins., p. 270 (1857). Hab. Cuba; also Central America, from Mexico to Colombia. This species seems to me to be scarcely distinct from the North American A. quadrigibba, Say, Boston Journ. 1, p. 195 (1835). Lacocuirus, Erichson. 180. Lagochirus araneiformis, Linn. Cerambyx araneiformis, Linn., Syst. Nat., Ed. xu., p. 625 (1766) ; Drury, Illust. ii, p. 66, pl. 35, fig. 4. Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith), Guadeloupe, Antigua, St. Thomas, St. Bartholomew, Haiti, Cuba, Jamaica; and commonly distributed through- out Tropical America. This well-known species has been recorded also from the Sandwich Islands. 181. Lagochirus obsoletus, Thoms., Essai Class. des Ceramb., p. 10 (1860). Lagochirus longipennis, Bates, Biologia C. A. Col. v., p. 145. ’ Hlab. Cuba(Poéy); Nicaragua, Honduras, Guatemala, and Mexico: A single example from Cuba, of Chevrolat’s collection, is referable to this species. There are examples also in the British Museum collection which have come from the Sandwich and Loo Choo Islands. The differences which Bates mentions as distinguishing longipennis from obsoletus must have sprung from the author’s own imagination. At least, I must confess that, with examples named by Bates before me, I am quite unable to appreciate the distinction he has drawn between them. 182. Lagochirus tuberculatus, Fabr. Cerambyx tuberculatus, Fabr., Mant. Ins. i, p. 131 (1787) ; Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 67, p. 109, pl. 16, fig. 114. Lamia tuberculata, Fahr., Ent. Syst. 1, 2, p. 273. Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 131 Lagochirus binumeratus, Thoms., Hssai Class. Ceramb., p. 9 (1860) ; Bates, Biologia Col. v., pl. 11, fig. 11. Lagochirus V-albwm, Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1869, p- 386. Hab. Jamaica (?); Central America, from Panama to Mexico. Fabricius and Olivier give Jamaica as the locality. I have only seen Central American examples, but I have no doubt about the accuracy of my determination of their species, which seems to have been entirely over- looked. The Fabrician name does not appear in the catalogue of Gemminger and Harold. Aucipion, Thoms. 183. Alcidion sociwm, sp. n. Closely covered with a yellowish-grey pubescence, which, on the posterior half of the elytra, is varied with some small spots and short streaks of a brownish colour. Prothorax with an obtuse tuberosity on the middle of each side, the disk with three tubercles, two before, the third, very small and scarcely distinct, just behind the middle; on each side, just at the base, is a small dark brown spot continuous with a narrow band of the same colour running for a short distance along the elytral epipleure. Scutellum with a dark brown spot on each side. Elytra somewhat elongated, each with a short centro-basal crest furnished at the top with tufts of short dark hairs; from this crest a feebly-raised line or costa passes back, and unites, a short distance before the apex, with two or three similar lines which lie externally to it; apex of each elytron obliquely truncate. Femora with the thickened part dark brown, the narrow basal part pale testaceous, and the whole clothed with greyish pubescence similar to that covering the underside of the body. Apex of tibie, a spot at their base, and the two inter- mediate joints of the tarsi dark brown. Antenne with the basal joint grey, the succeeding joints greyish-testaceous, tipped with fuscous at their distal ends. Long. 10—11 mm. Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith); and Venezuela—Caraccas (Chevr. collection). The Venezuelan example agrees almost entirely in coloration with the others, but has the dorsal tubercles of the prothorax a little more distinct ; while, at the apex of each elytron, the sutural angle slightly projects, and 132 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the gives to the apex a somewhat emarginate and less oblique appearance. The species is allied to Alcsdion privatum, Pasc., and to a few undescribed forms from Venezuela and Colombia. In Pascoe’s species the discal tubercles of the prothorax are very feeble and scarcely evident, and the basal part of the elytra is of a brownish colour. Leptostytus, Leconte. 184. Leptostylus argentatus, Duval. Amniscus argentatus, Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba vii., p. 273. Leptoestylus argentatus, Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 247. Hab. Cuba—Havana. 185. Leptostylus calcarwus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 248. Hab. Cuba—Havana. 186. Leptostylus inerassatus, Klug. Acanthocinus incrassatus, Klug, Preis-Verzeichniss Insecten doubletten, 1829, p. 13. Amniscus transversatus, Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba Vi., p.. 278. Leptostylus transversatus, Chevr., l.c., p. 248. Hab. Cuba—Havana. 187. Tontaai tie sagittatus, Duval, l.c., p. 272; Chevr., L.c., p. 248. : Hab. Cuba, and Porto Rico. 188. Leptostylus dealbatus, Duval (Ammniscus), Sagra’s Hist. ‘Cuba, Ins., p. 374, pl. 10, fie. 11; Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 248. Hab. Cuba. 189. Leptostylus smithi, sp.n. (PI. IL, fig. 7.) Covered with brownish-grey pubescence. Prothorax obtusely tubercled behind the middle of each side ; with five small tubercles above, three in a line near the base, two placed before the middle. Elytra rather short and broad, each with a slight hump, bearing a | iz | few small brown-tufted granules placed just behind the base, and Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 133 laterally and posteriorly bordered by an oblique impression ; with an oblique pale band, black-bordered posteriorly, placed behind the middle, and forming with its fellow a rather wide angle pointing forwards at the suture ; with a shorter dark band placed behind this, and a small dark-coloured tubercle still nearer to the apex. The apices are each shortly and obliquely truncate. Some small granules are sparsely scattered over the elytra. The legs and antenne are grey, minutely speckled with brown. Long. 9—10, lat. 4—5 mm. Hab. Grenada, Mustique I. (Grenadines), and Bec- quia I. (H. H. Smith). 190. Leptostylus jamaicensis, sp. n. With a dense pubescence, for the most part of alight fulvous- brown colour, but more distinctly fulvous on each side of the pronotum. Disk of the latter with three small tubercles. Elytra with some scattered granules, and each with three or four slightly raised lines, which are most evident between the middle and the posterior third ; with the apex obliquely and narrowly truncate. A narrow fuscous band crosses the disk of each elytron obliquely at about the beginning of the posterior slope, and forms with its fellow a rather wide angle, pointing forwards at the suture. A short brownish streak is also to be seen on the posterior part of each elytron. The elytra are rather strongly punctured, and on each there is an oblique impression a little behind the base. The underside and legs are grey, speckled with minute fuscous spots, corresponding in position to the punctures, as in many of the allied species. Long. 9—11, lat. 4—5 mm. Hab. Jamaica (Gosse, Bowrey). 191. Leptostylus posticalis, sp.n. (PI. IL, fig. 8.) With a brown pubescence above; with a peculiarly formed yellowish-white median plaga on the posterior declivous part of the elytra. This plaga is broadest anteriorly, where a small hook- like arm is given off from it on each side, its lateral borders con- verge for some distance posteriorly, then slightly diverge, and again converge towards the apex. Prothorax obtusely tubercled on each side, and with four very small tubercles above, two at the base, widely separated from one another, and two, less widely separated, in front of the middle. The prothorax and elytra are thickly punctured, and over the latter are scattered some minute dark brown tufts. The curved depression behind the base of the 134 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the elytra is faint. The apices are rounded. The femora are grey, speckled with pale brown. The tibie and tarsi exhibit alternating patches of grey and dark brown. The antenne are speckled with brown. Long. 6—73, lat. 2—24 mm. Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith). This species is allied to, and somewhat resembles, L. pygialis, Bates. 192. Leptostylus inermis, Fabry. Lamia inermis, Fabr., Syst. Hleuth. ii., p. 293 (1801). Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney and Vitrac). 193. Leptostylus parvulus, sp.n. (PI. IL, fig. 9.) With a light brown pubescence. EHlytra each with a narrow and obliquely sinuous pale band placed behind the middle. The inner part of this band runs obliquely forwards towards the suture, and, with the corresponding part of the opposite band, forms an acute angle, resembling an inverted V, on each side of which is an elongated black spot. The prothorax is without tubercles above, and is not visibly punctured, but is crossed by a transverse im- pression near the base ; the lateral tubercle is placed very close to the base. The elytra, minutely punctured, are rounded at the apex. The legs are light brown, with the tarsi and distal part of the tibize blackish-brown. The antennz are pale greyish-testaceous, with the joints tipped with brown at their apex. Long. 33—5 mm. Hab. Grenada and Mustique I. (Grenadines) (H. H. Smith), 194. Leptostylus biustus, Lec., Journ. Acad. Philad. (2) ii, (py £69; Hxocentrus byustus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 249. Hab. Uaiti (Sallé), Cuba ; and North America. The only difference I find between the West Indian examples and others from North America is in the shape of the postero-lateral tubercle or tooth of the prothorax. In the former the anterior face of the tubercle is merely a continuation of the side of the prothorax, its posterior face is almost transverse, and at right angles to the side of the very short constricted basal part of the prothorax. In the latter the posterior face of the somewhat conical Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 135 tubercle slopes back more gradually. In the shape and width of the sternal processes there seems to be complete agreement, aS well as in the length of the first joint of the posterior tarsi. 195. Leptostylus scwrrus, Chevr. Alcidion scurra, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p- 249. Hab. Cuba. In outline this species resembles the last, but it is much less convex above, being somewhat compressed dorso-ventrally. It 1s covered with a fulvous-brown pubescence, with some scattered raised black points on the elytra. The apices are obliquely truncate. On account of its abbreviated form, and the absence of centro-basal crests from the elytra, this species will be better placed in Leptostylus than in the genus in which Chevrolat placed it. Leptostylus premorsus, Kabr. Tama premorsa, Fabr., Ent. Syst. 1. 2, p. 275 (1792). There are three or four very closely allied forms from the Antilles, one of which is no doubt the true premorsa of Fabricius ; but which one I am at present unable to decide. Under the circumstances I must content myself with pointing out their slight differences, retaining for them the names they bore in Dejean’s collection. 196. L. premorsus (Dej. Cat.). Pubescence light brown. Prothorax with three small tubercles above, and one larger on each side. Elytra each with a narrow pale band, black-bordered behind, crossing obliquely at about the beginning of the posterior declivity, and forming with its fellow a rather wide angle, pointing forwards, at the suture; with the apex obliquely and somewhat emarginately truncate. The oblique impression, a little behind the base of each elytron, is distinct, and is usually marked by a short dusky band, which gives off a shorter anterior branch from its inner end, so that it comes to resemble the letter V. Some small granules are scattered over the elytra. Hab. St. Bartholomew (Dej. collection). 136 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the 197. L. bidentatus (Dej. Cat.). (?) Cerambyx bidentatus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 165. Apex of each elytron obliquely truncate-emarginate, less pro- longed, and briefly mucronate at the suture, armed with a short spine at the outer angle. Post-median band of the elytra in the form of a broad W, with the middle angle much shorter than the side strokes. In other respects resembles the preceding form. Hab. Guadeloupe (Dej. collection), Nevis I. (H. T. Taylor). 198. L. similis (Dej. Cat.). Very like the preceding, but differing somewhat in the shape of the post-median band of the elytra. The middle angle of this band extends much farther forwards than the two lateral arms. Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith), Dominica (Dr. Nicholls). 199. L. assimilis (Dej. Cat.). With the spine at the outer angle of the apex of each elytron stronger than in the last two forms ; with the middle angle of the post-median band about as long as the lateral arms, or sometimes almost obliterated. Hab. Dominica (Ramage) and Guadeloupe (Dej. collection). It is an example of this form which has been recorded from Mexico by Bates, who was probably right in con- sidering it the true premorsus of Fabricius. Leprurcss, Bates. 200. Lepturges guadelowpensis, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 472. Hab. Guadeloupe (Vitrac); and a variety in Grenada and Mustique I. (H. H. Smith). The examples taken by Mr. Smith do not quite agree with the description of the species. With the exception of a small oblong spot placed on the suture just behind the scutellum, they have nothing in the nature of a brown band on the suture, nor have they a brown band on the sides. But, in other respects, they conform fairly well to the description. | Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 137 201. Lepturges sp. Hab. St. Vincent (H. H. Smith) ; one example. Prospatius, Thomson. 202. Probatius wmbraticus, Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins., p. 272, pl. 10, fig. 10 (1857); Chevr., Ann. Fr, 1362, p: 249. Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy), and Porto Rico. CARNEADES, Bates. 203. Carneades bicincta, Gahan, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) i., p. 393 (1889). Hab. Guadeloupe—Pointe-d-Pitre (Lherminier), DecartTuRia, Hope. Head with the front slightly reflexed ; eyes divided, with, the small upper lobes placed well forwards on the inner side of the antennal tubercles, the lower lobes somewhat rounded. Antenne 10-jointed, sparsely setose, a little longer than the body in the male, shorter in the female ; Ist joint, the longest, slightly curved, and gradually thickened towards the apex; 2nd almost half as long as the 3rd, which is barely shorter than the 4th, the following joints gradually decreasing in length. Prothorax constricted and depressed at the base, arched and slightly widened anteriorly, with the front margin of the pronotum farther advanced than the front of the prosternum. EHlytra sparsely setose, somewhat depressed behind the base, slightly widened towards the middle of their length, and conjointly rounded behind ; each bearing a very feeble and almost obsolete centro-basal tubercle. Legs moderately long, with the distal half of each of the femora thickened into a stout oval club. Middle tibiz sinuately emarginate on their outer distal border. Claws of tarsi divergent. This genus, which includes two of the smallest species of Longicorns known, is allied to Cyrtinus, Leconte, and Myrmolamia, Bates; in both of which genera the an- tennee are 11-joimted, and each elytron bears a distinct centro-basal tubercle. 204. Decarthria albofasciata, sp.n. (Pl. II., fig. 10.) Pitchy-black and glossy, and furnished with some scattered sub- erect setz. Peduncles of femora, and antennal joints, 3rd to 10th, 138 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the yellowish-white. Elytra each with a narrow transverse white band placed a little in front of the middle, and made up of short, closely-placed decumbent white sete. A minute transverse spot of similar white sete may be seen on each side of the prothorax lying alongside a very feeble oblique elevation or tubercle. Long. 13—2 mm. : Hab. Grenada—Balthazar, Telescope Hst., and Lake Antoine Hst., all on the Windward side (H. H. Smith). This species closely resembles Myrmolama pemcillata, Bates, but it is smaller even than that small species, and is easily distinguished from it by its 10-jomted antennz and the absence of a distinct centro-basal tubercle from the elytra. 205. Decarthria stephensi, Hope, Trans. Ent. Soce., vol. 1, pil’, pl: 2, dig, Colour slightly variable. Head and prothorax in some examples almost entirely dark brown, in others testaceous, largely suffused with dark brown. Elytra punctured at base, sparsely pubescent, yellowish-testaceous, with four glossy dark brown patches on each, one oblong, just below and behind the shoulder ; the second trans- verse, placed at the middle and, at the side of the elytron, joined to the third, also transverse, which lies a little behind it; the fourth, somewhat rounded, situated near the apex. A small in- fuscate area is present also, in some examples, around the nearly obsolete centro-basal tubercle of each elytron. Legs pale testaceous, with the clubs of the femora and the apices of the tibiz more or less distinctly infuscate. Abdomen dark brown and glossy. Antenne testaceous, with the apices of joints 1st and 3rd to i0th narrowly tipped with brown. Long. 2—2+ mm. Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side (H. H. Smith). AmpuHionycHa, Leseleuc. 206. Amphionycha nigriventris, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 472, pl. 8, fig. 21. Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney). Catocosmus, Chevrolat. 207. Calocosmus nuptus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 251 Hab. Cuba (Poéy). Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 139 208. Calocosmus venustus, Chevr. Amphionycha venusta, Chevr., Rev. Zoologique, 1838, p. 284; (Calocosmus) Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 251. Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy). 209. Calocosmus speciosus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., S62. 09 2a: Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy). 210. Calocosmus dimidiatus, Chevr. Amphionycha dimudiata, Chevr., Rev. Zoologique, 1838, p. 284 ;- (Calocosmus) Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 252. Hab. Cuba (Lasnier, Poéy). 211. Calocosmus mgrvpennis, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 252. Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy). 212. Calocosmus janus, Bates, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) val sps Lol ssit): Hab. Cuba. 213. Calocosmus semimarginatus, Bates, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) viu., p. lol (1881). Hab. Cuba—Santiago. 214. Calocosmus holosericeus, Gahan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) i., p. 895 (1889). Hab. Haiti. 215. Calocosmus melanurus, Gahan, l.c., p. 390. Hab. Haiti. 216. Calocosmus marginipennis, Gahan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) 12., p. 396 (1889). Hab. Jamaica. DrycotHea, Thomson. 217. Drycothea guadeloupensis, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 473. | Hab. Guadeloupe. | ! 140 Mr. C. J. Gahan on the Longicorn Coleoptera. _Eixpnanation oF Puare II. Fic. 1. Prosternodes oberthiri, sp. n. (g) . Haruspex inscriptus, sp. 0. . Pentomacrus fasciatus, sp. n. . Tethlimmena basalis, sp. nu. on wm Oo 9 . Tethystola mutica, sp. n. . Ecyrus hirtipes, sp. n. , . Leptostylus smithi, sp. n. Ve oa . Leptostylus posticalis, sp. n. mo ont ao . Leptostylus parvulus, sp. n. 10. Decarthria albofasciata, sp. nu. Galt) IV. The Infe-history of Pericoma canescens (Psycho- didz). By Professor Lovis C. Miatt, F.R.S., and Norman Watker. Wath a Bibliographical and ee Appendia, by Baron Osten Sacxen, Hon. [Read Feb. 6th, 1895.] Prates II]. and IV. LittLe appears to be known of the life-history of any members of this family. Short and dry accounts of the larva and pupa of Psychoda phalenoides (nervosa), which is found on decaying vegetation, are given by Bouché,* Perris,t and Curtis.t Fritz Miller has described the peculiar respiratory organs of several larvee of this family, which occur on wet rock-surfaces at Blumenau (Brazil). He notices in particular that open spiracles and tracheal gills co-exist in them. At the end of the abdomen are two large spiracles sur- rounded by a circle of hairs, and leading to the tracheal trunks. Hach trunk sends off branches to two or three pairs of ventrally placed anal papille, which are finger- shaped and retractile, being retracted in air and pro- truded in water. In one species the larva, on entering the water, sometimes takes down with it an air-bubble, which clings to the hairs around the spiracle.¢ The larve and pupz of one species of this family have turned up in considerable numbers in a paved channel receiving over-flow water from the stream at Meanwood, near Leeds. It is found also on the banks of a muddy pond at Adel, near Leeds. The larva feeds upon green algze, and is found entangled in the filaments. It is wetted with water, and must often be immersed for a long time together. It is not, however, altogether _ * Naturg. d. Insekten, pp. 28, 29, pl. ii., figs. 20-22 (1834). + Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., 2¢ sér., tom. ili, pp. 346-348, pl. 6B (1840). a Roy. Agr. Soc., vol. x., p. 403, pl. v., figs. 47-50 § Entom. Nachrichten, Sept., 1888. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—ParT I. (APRIL) 142 Prof. Miall and Mr. N. Walker on the aquatic. It breathes air, and often creeps out of the water altogether. This is rather troublesome to anyone who keeps the larve in captivity, for they stray from their saucers, if precautions are not taken. [Flies reared in the laboratory of the Yorkshire College were sent to Mr. R. H. Meade, of Bradford, who has kindly examined and named them. DESCRIPTION OF THE LARVA. The body is 8 mm. long, and consists of a head, followed by eleven segments. Transverse constrictions subdivide the segments. Hach thoracic segment con- sists of two annuli, while most of the abdominal seg- ments consist of three. Traces of a third annulus can be seen in the thoracic segments, but the constriction is not complete. The first abdominal segment has only two annuli, and the eighth is apparently undi- vided. It is possible that this eighth and last abdominal segment consists of an eighth and ninth fused together, but there is no proof that this is the case. The body is densely covered with chitinous tubercles, for the most part very minute. These appear under the microscope like nails imbedded in the flexible skin. They take various shapes according to their position, some being long and slender, others stumpy. A pro- minent rim unites them more firmly to the skin, ‘This external armour is a great obstacle to anatomical exami- nation, and no doubt protects the living animal either from the attacks of its enemies or from abrasion. Inhabiting stony channels and subject to a rush of water bearing silt and gravel with it, the larva may well stand in need of a defensive armour. The more exposed parts of each annulus are protected by chitinous shields in addition to the tubercles, which here become less numerous. There is a narrow, trans- versely set dorsal shield to each annulus. Along the middle line of each shield is a narrow patch of tubercles, while its lateral extremities bear processes like para- podia, ending in one, two, or three long and stout sete. The dorsal shields of the first three annuli are divided along the middle line. The use of this provision appears at the time of pupation, when the integument splits along the very same annuli to allow of the escape of the life-history of Pericoma canescens (Psychodidx). 143 pupa from the larval skin. The ventral surface is more uniformly covered with tubercles and sete. A pair of small and distinct plates, which appear to be more solid than the neighbouring integument, defend the middle annulus of most of the abdominal segments on the ventral side, tying within the shield. The sides of the body bear a flexible armour of regular and close-set setee, with here and there a larger plate. There is a lateral fringe of much longer sete, the first annulus of the segment having, as a rule, a pair of single sete, the second annulus none, and the third a pair of large double ones. It seems probable that these long and stiff hairs, all pointing backwards, like those which project from the dorsal shields, save the larva from being swept away by a sudden rush of water. Buried, as it commonly is, in in rooted, filamentous alge, the larva has only to keep its head up stream to offer a most effective resistance to the current, while it will not be seriously hindered in travelling head-first through the weeds. The eighth abdominal segment is defended above and on the sides by a single large shield, which bears a median pair of long sete, and three pairs of lateral ones. The ventral side is more flexible, but is protected by a centrally placed scutcheon and two small lateral plates. Two pairs of long setze are borne upon the hinder edge of the scutcheon. Close behind this is the anus, which is shut in on the sides and in front by a pair of plates. The extremity of the abdomen is truncated. It bears four large anal processes, two dorsal and two ventral. Between the bases of these processes, but nearer to the dorsal pair, are the posterior spiracles. The anterior spiracles are borne on the sides of the second annulus of the prothoracic segment. ‘They project as cylindrical tubes with circular, terminal openings, and wrinkled bases. Anterior spiracles are unusual in aquatic Dip- terous larve, but Hristalis furnishes us with another example. In Hristalis the anterior spiracle is probably not functional; in Pericoma it apparently is. The two pairs of anal processes are similar in con- struction, but the ventral ones are rather longer than the dorsal. Hach process consists of a stout chitinous rod bearing a fringe of fine filaments, which project from the sides and tip. The terminal filaments are the longest, and those on the inner side towards the base of the rod the shortest. ‘The anal processes stand out from 144 Prof. Miall and Mr. N. Walker on the a dorsal projection of the eighth segment, which over- hangs the anus. Lach filament is set with very fine hairs, so that it somewhat resembles a plume.* The larva may often be seen to run the anal filaments through its mouth, thus cleansmg them from diatoms, desmids, etc., which are probably devoured. The head is rather small, and completely exserted. On its upper surface the triangular clypeus, pointed behind, occupies a central position; it is flanked by the two epicranial plates; all are ornamented with a symmetrical pattern of numerous tubercles. The minute antenna ends in several short rods of equal size and similar shape. On the sides of the head behind the antennze are the eye-spots, which are oval, convex, and pigmented. The labrum is prominent, setose, and very movable, being continually flexed and extended by the living larva. On either side of the labrum, and closely applied to it, is a jointed setose appendage. ‘The mandibles are strong, bent at an elbow, and palmate, each with five pointed teeth ; there is a bunch of setze on the elbow, and also a row of sete on the inner side. When closed, the mandi- bles do not interlock, but are rotated so far backwards that their bases are in front and the teeth behind, the elbow then appearing upon or near the margin of the head. ‘Two lobes, each bearing two bunches of setze and stiffened by several chitinous plates, appear to represent the maxille. The submentum is a transverse comb-like plate with about twenty denticles, which increase in size outwards, the most external being three times the size of the next. In front of this comb are the openings of the salivary ducts and a hairy patch, which is the free end of the labium. All the mouth parts are enclosed in a sunk and roughly hexagonai space, which occupies the fore part of the ventral surface of the head. The margin of this space is stiffened by a special rim. The larvee seem most at home in water just deep enough to cover the body. They then bury themselves in mud, sand, or alge, bringing the tip of the abdomen to the surface of the water. The outspread fringes of © the four processes then form a cup, filled with air, and from this air can be taken into the spiracle. A larva “ The larvee of Pecilostola (Brauer, Zweifl, d. Kais Museums, iiil., fig. 11) has two pairs of similarly placed processes, shortly fringed at the extremities only. life-history of Pericoma canescens (Psychodidee). 145 which has comfortably established itself in this position will remain feeding beneath the surface for many hours together, its body being concealed, and its respiration unimpeded. It can travel slowly along the bottom with- out closing the cup, but there is little need for locomotion. Under natural conditions this tranquil mode of life is hable to beinterrupted by heavy rain, which may cause a sudden deepening of the water, and a great increase in the force of the current, if the larva should inhabit running water. ‘he larva has several alternatives under difficult circumstances. It can cling to the weeds and remain submerged for hours. It can leave the water altogether and creep upon the wet herbage. Or it can float at the surface, if the water is still. In each case it ‘can keep up either a free, or at all events a limited, respiration, and prevent its spiracles from being wetted with water. When the water is made to rise above a larva entangled at the bottom of a saucer, the spiracular cup closes in, and a large roundish bubble forms, which 1s securely held by the plumose filaments. The bubble is large, as compared with the air contained in the trachees, and no doubt suffices to maintain respiration for along time. If the larva is quite free, as, for instance, if it is placed in a saucer filled with water only, the bubble brings it to the surface, and then breaks, when _ the floating cup is at once reformed. Ifa larva, floating by means of its spiracular cup, is forcibly submerged, it takes a large bubble down with it. The floating cup, formed by radiating filaments lying in the surface-film, which buoys up the tail-end of the larva of Pericoma, finds a tolerably close parallel in some other aquatic larvee. ‘The larva of Stratiomys * exhibits an anal coronet, which answers the same purpose. ‘The Stratiomys larva possesses one advantage, viz., the power of quitting the surface at pleasure, which is not shared by Pericoma. The larve of Dixa + and Anopheles t come still closer to Pericoma, though the details of the mechan- ism are different. All the above larve are Dipterous, but among the Coleoptera we find the same contrivance. The carnivorous larva of Hydrobius fuscipes has a float- ing basin filled with air at the tail-end, which supplies the tracheze, while the head is swept to and fro in search * Swammerdam, Biblia Nature, pl. xxxix. + Miall, Nat. Hist. of Aquatic Insects, p. 157 (1895). + Meinert, De eucephale Myggelarver, p. 24 (1886). TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PaRT I. (APRIL.) 10 146 Prof. Miall and Mr. N. Walker on the of food. Helophorus and some other aquatic Coleopterous larvee might also be quoted. A rather amusing application of capillary forces is witnessed if we bring a clean needle, half-immersed in water, near to the spiracular cup of a floating Pericoma larva. The cup is so strongly attracted that the body of the insect can be dragged about as if glued to the needle. This is the handiest way of submerging a larva. If two floating larvee are brought near one another, the bubbles cohere and run into one; then the larve are glued together, tail to tail, and cannot, so long as they float, disengage themselves. These are mere curiosities, and have nothing to do with the behaviour of the larva under natural conditions. What is practically important is that the larva, when it clings to the bottom, as it almost in- variably does, should be able to breathe uninterruptedly so long as the water is shallow; and if the depth is much increased, should be able to retain a bubble of sufficient size to support respiration until it can adapt itself to the change of level. Three types of larvz, probably belonging to as many distinct species, occur at Meanwood and Adel. That of P. canescens has relatively large anal processes. A second (undetermined) species has a larva of about the same size, with relatively small processes. In a third (undetermined) species the larvais only about half as long, while the anal processes are relatively intermediate in length. When the time of pupation is at hand, the larva quits the water. It either burrows into the bank or climbs upon a stone which rises well above the water, and there pupates. One favourite habitat of the larva, that is, the thick felted mass of algze covering earth or stones in very wet, but not submerged places, serves equally well for the pupa, and it often remains there until the fly emerges. The pupa of Pericoma is 34 mm. long, and much resembles those of many other 'lipulide. It is provided with a pair of prothoracic respiratory trumpets, which are club-shaped, with a short stalk and a cylindrical terminal part, which is much longer and wider than the stalk. The stalk is transversely wrinkled. The surface of the rest of the trumpet is roughened by many small promin- ences. A large trachea traverses the organ, and opens by a double row of circular foramina, which extends along the rounded extremity of the trumpet and a little way down its inner side.* "© Of, Dicranota, Trans, Ent. Soc., 1893, pl. xiii., fig. 34. ry a life-history of Pericoma canescens (Psychodidx). 147 The legs of the fly, enclosed in their pupal sheaths, are short, and, though extended at full length, do not reach beyond the second abdominal segment. As in many other pupz of this and other orders, the abdominal segments are roughened by spines. Bach segment bears a prominent circle of large spines and dense patches of smaller ones. The circles of hooks upon the abdominal segments of the pupa, serve, as in many like cases, as means of loco- motion. The pupa can thus place itself favourably, and preserve the most convenient attitude, viz., with the head and respiratory trumpets uppermost. Pupz kept in dishes are able to creep up the steep and polished sides, and make their escape. When placed in water, they float at the surface, the respiratory trumpets break- ing the surface-film. The body is then inclined at an angle of less than 45° with the surface of the water, and the orifices of the respiratory trumpets being obliquely truncated, lie in the surface-plane. ‘The abdomen is flexed and extended at intervals, and can also be bent a little to either side. We have found it so laborious and yet so necessary, when dealing with the life-history of any insect, to refer to the writings of earlier naturalists who have described the same or nearly allied species, that we gladly present as an Appendix, the following Bibliography of Psycho- didz (early stages), with critical remarks, which we owe to the great kindness of Baron Osten Sacken :— APPENDIX. J.—LITERATURE OF THE HarLy STAGES oF PsycHODIDA. (In chronological order.) 1. Scuranx, Ff. P., Beitr. z. Naturgesch., 1776. In my manuscript notes I find this article connected with Pericoma ocellaris, Meig., the pupa of which is said to be figured in it. I do not remember where I found this reference, and cannot verify it now. It may be the same as Schrank, No. 2, in Hagen’s Bibliotheca; Beschreibung einer Miicke. (Tipula, with fig.) 2. Boucut, Naturg., etc. (1834), p. 28, Tab. in, figs. 20-23. Psychoda phalenoides, Meig., i., p. 104. Bouché adds the reference: Tip. phalenoides, Linn. But according to the present nomenclature by Haliday 148 Prof. Miall and Mr. N. Walker on the and Schiner, P. phalenoides, Meig., is now called P. sex- punctata, Curtis, and P. phalenoides, Linné, is considered as a separate species, of which P. nervosa, Meig., Perris and Curtis (in 1850), are synonyms. (Compare the criticism of Bouché’s statements given in the condensed account, below.) 3. V. Roszr, Corresp. Blatt. d. k. Wirtt. Landw. Ver. (1884), i., p. 261, footnote referring to P. palustris, Mg. lt contains nothing but the words: “1 have found the larva under a decayed mushroom.” As P. palustris is a Pericoma, and the larve of this genus, as far as known, are aquatic, the determination of the species seems to be doubtful. 4.’ Purris, Ann...d.,! Sc.: Nat., 2° eno namo.. ee pp. 346-348 (1840); Tab. vi., fig. Bp. Psychoda nervosa, M. (now called P. phalenoides, Linné). ‘The pupa repre- sented is that of Psychoda; the larva belongs to some other family. (Compare the condensed account, below.) 5. Ericuson, Bericht, etc. (1840), p. 86. He calls attention to Perris’s figure of the larva, and. points out its discrepancy from that of Bouché. (Compare the con- densed account, below.) 6. Westwoop, Introd., etc., 11., p. 521 (1840). Detailed description of a pupa of a Psychoda, sent by Mr. Thwaites, and found in a dead snail’s shell. 7. GimmertHaL, Arb. d. Naturf. Ver. za Riga, vol. 1., p. 326 (1848). Psychoda humeralis, M., bred from a larva feeding on rotten potatoes. (Compare the criticism in the condensed account, below.) 8. Scsouz, Schl. Ent. Zeitschr. (1849), p. 20. Con- tains nothing but a reference to v. Roser. (Compare ING 9, Curtis, J., Journ. Roy. Agric. Soc., vol. x., p. 403, Tab. v., figs. 47-50 (1850). Psychoda nervosa, M. (phalenoides, Linné). A few words about the larva bred from rotten potatoes; the appended figures represent the pupa in three positions. 10. Hatipay, A. H., in F. Walker’s Ins. Brit., Dipt. ll, pp. 203-263 (1856). (Compare the condensed account, below.) . i: ——., Nat. Hist. Review, July, 1857, ‘On some remaining blanks, etc.”? Contains, on p. 182, a list of references to publications on the metamorphosis of Psychoda. P. humeralis, Gimmerthal, is wrongly re- ferred to the genus Pericoma. 12. Braver, F., Denkschr., etc., vol. xlvii. (1888). life-history of Pericoma canescens (Psychodide). 149 Systematische Studien auf Grundlage der Dipteren- Larven, nebst einer Zusammenstellung von Beispielen aus der Literatur derselben and Beschreibung neuer Formen. On p. 20 the larve of the Psychodidx are characterized as follows :—“ Larve walzig, amphipneus- tisch, das hintere Ende in eine kurze meist fest chitini- sirte Athemrodhre verlingert. Ober- and Unterkiefer am Grunde verwachsen, theilweise zugleich beweglich. Augenflecke am Kopfe vorhanden. Am Ringe hinter dem Kopfe kein Fuss. Nymphe ruhend, vorne mit zwei langen athemrohrartig verlingerten Vorderstigmen, Athemhornern. lLarve in Bachen und einige Arten in jauchigem Wasser von Cloaken und Aborten.” This is all that Brauer gives on this subject. This statement is incomplete, and contains a contradic- tion. The description of the larva with the chitinized tail merely refers to the larvae of Psychoda, in the narrower sense of Haliday. The alleged habitat ‘‘run- ning and putrid waters,’ is applicable to the aquatic larvee of Pericoma only, which, as Haliday has shown, are provided with various forms of branchial and other appendages, adapted for aquatic hfe. Larvee of Psychodx are found in rotten mushrooms and potatoes. In another part of this work (p. 52), the necessary references are given, and among them, that to Walker’s Ins. Brit. But no use is made of these references, except that the passage about Ulomyia (Walker, p. 261) is incorrectly translated. ‘The erroneous statements of Bouché, Perris, and Gimmerthal, are neither noticed nor criticized. The statement about P. hwmeralis, “nach Haliday eine Peri- coma,’ 1s, as I have shown above (No. 11), based upon a lapsus calami on the part of Haliday. 13. Lucas, H., Bull. Soc. Ent. de France, 1885, p. xlin, communicates some observations on LP. phalenordes, which, in January of that year, appeared in large numbers in a privy. ‘The larve, before changing into pup, crawled up the pipe, emerging through its upper opening, where many exuvize of the pupa were found. 14. Mutter, Dr. Fritz, Entomol. Nachr., vol. xiv., pp. 273-277 (1888). Larven von Micken und Haarflug- lern mit zweierlei abwechselnd thatigen Athemwerk- zeugen, 3 woodcuts. Describes and figures the tail-ends of the larvee of two species of Psychodidxe, showing the combination of the ordinary pair of anal spiracles with branchial and other respiratory appendages. 150 Prof. Miall and Mr. N. Walker on the II.—Conpensep Account or oUR PresENT KNOWLEDGE oF tHe Harty Staces or PsycHopipDa&, WITH ORITICAL REMARKS ON SOME OF THE PUBLICATIONS. (The numbers quoted in brackets refer to the preceding List of the Literature.) Our present knowledge of the larvee of Psychodx we principally owe to Haliday. His results are incorporated in the chapter on Phlebotomide, as he called the family, in Walker’s Insecta Brit., Dipt. 11., pp. 253-263 (1856). On p. 208, Walker says:-—‘‘I am indebted to Mr. Hali- day for all the following characters of the genera and species of this family.” ‘The different groups of the larve are characterized as follows :— Larva pale, terrestrial, the last segment slender, much elongated . . Psychoda (Latr.), Hal. Larva blackish, last segment little elongated, jagged at the end and ciliated with radiating hairs. Larva with two double rows of lanceolate (gill-lke) plates down the back. Ulomyia, Hal. Larva with two bands of curved hairs down the back... .. 4,0. a GP erapoma, bred Further details on the larve of the first group, Psy- choda, are given on the following pages :— (P. 255.) ‘The larva of P. phalznordes, and that of P. seepunctata * inhabit dry cowdung; they are long, sub- fusiform, depressed, with a slender, straight, cylindrical tail, which is longer than the preceding segment. ‘The pupa has two short appendages, thickened at the tips behind the head; the abdomen is tapering.” (P. 256, under the heading of P. sexpunctata, Curtis.) “ Respiratory auricles of the pupa filiform, curved, com- municating with the main trachea by a dilated cylindrical portion of the latter. In the larva ready for transfor- mation they may be seen, through the skin, forming an interrupted ring round the first part of the prothorax, beginning close to the spiracle and bent down till they nearly meet below, the thickened part of the trachea © ee also visible. According to my observations the * The synonymy of the two above-mentioned species is, accord- ing to Haliday (p. 255) :—Psychodu phalenoides, Linn. (syn. P. nervosa, Meig., Perris). P. sexpunctata, Curtis (syn. P. dies apeedik Meig.). a ~» " : - ee life-history of Pervcoma canescens (Psychodidx). 151 main tracheze rise from the prothoracic spiracles to the anal points without any intermediate lateral spiracles, as Perris has already stated, differing from Bouché. I found in the larva a pair of glands (ending in a filament at each end), lying loose among some elongate, cylindric, white, fatty masses in the neighbourhood of the small intestines, nearly as in Tipula. These are rudiments of repro- ductive organs.”’ (Hal.) In regard to the position of the spiracles, Haliday, in the above quoted passages, agrees with Perris (No. 4), and notices the errors of Bouché (No. 2), who describes aud figures them as peripneustic. But, in the same passages, Haliday does not take notice of the structure of the posterior end of the larva figured by Perris; it is truncate, and has no tail-lke prolongation, and therefore cannot be a larva of Psychoda, in the sense of Haliday. It is only one year later (“On some remaining blanks, etc.,”” 1857, No. 11), that Haliday, now better informed, says in a footnote (p. 182), “ Perris has figured a larva which undoubtedly belongs to some other family of Diptera.” The same doubt had already arisen in Hrichson’s mind (No. 5), in 1840, the very year of Perris’s publication, and in his “Bericht”? he called attention to the discrepancy between Bouché and Perris; he said, ‘‘ We can only assume that one of the observers had the wrong larva. Besides other not unimportant differences, the position of the spiracles in Perris is the same as in the larve of the Muscide (Flegenlarven), that is, there is one pair in front, and one behind. Bouché’s larva, on the contrary, has a pair of spiracles on each segment, just as the other Diptera in the division to which Psychoda belongs.” In this case Krichson was mistaken ; he was thinking of the Mycetophilide and Cecidomyidx, which are peripneustic, and forgot that among the Nemocera there are several families the larvee of which are not peripneustic. It is not easy to guess where Perris’s larva belongs. It might be taken for that of a small Tipulid, but the larvee of this family are meta- pneustic, and do not show such a distinct anterior pair of spiracles as is represented in Perris’s figure. (1 cannot compare the figure now, but I possess a tracing which I made many years ago.) * * My statement in the Berl. Ent. Zeits., 1892, p. 462, that the larva may belong to some Muscid, was a lapsus memorie produced by an indistinct recollection of Erichson’s allusion to “ Fliegenlarve.” L52 Prof. Miall and Mr. N. Walker on the The larva of Psychoda humeralis, Meig., found by Gimmerthal (No. 7) in rotten potatoes, answers the description of the terrestrial-tailed larvae, as given above. The species to which it belongs is a Psychoda in the narrower sense. (It was a lapsus calami on the part of Haliday, as I have already shown above, sub Nos. 11 and 12, when he placed it among the Pericomz.) When Gimmerthal says, ‘‘the spiracles are plainly visible along the sides, as in a caterpillar,” he must have been misled by Bouché. I have had occasion to observe a larva of the same group in North America, and found it to be amphipneustic. In a MS. note among my papers I find stated, ‘‘the anterior spiracles of the first thoracic segment are very apparent in the shape of short tubes. Large tracheal trunks can be seen distinctly running into the tail. The body is dirty whitish, with extremely short, erect bristles; there were no lateral bristles like those figured by Bouché. The seg- ments are marked by distinct incisures and transverse wrinkles.” ) The larvee I have been hitherto discussing belong to the group of the terrestrial-tailed larvee of Psychoda in the narrower sense of Haliday. It remains for me now to reproduce the passages of Walker’s Ins. Brit. con- cerning the larve of Pericoma, Haliday, and Ulomyia, Haliday. They are :— (P. 256.) Perwcoma. “Larva with rows of hairs; inhabits water; bent into a ring; the tufts of curved hair detaining a covering of mud.” (P. 260.) P. nubila, Meig. ‘* Reared from larvee found on fallen leaves, immersed in the water of pools or slow streams.” (P. 261.) Ulomyia. ‘-shaped black mark ; elytra extremely finely punctate- striate, flavous,a narrow transverse band at the base, the suture and another narrow band below the middle, black. Length, 1 line, Of narrow and parallel shape, the head black, shining, impunc- tate, the labrum flavous; antennz scarcely extending beyond the base of the thorax, flavous ; thorax scarcely widened at the middle, about three times broader than long, the sides nearly straight, the surface impunctate, bright yellow with a transverse ->-shaped black mark, leaving the anterior margin narrowly, the sides more broadly and a transverse band at the base, of the ground-colour ; this latter band is divided by a very narrow black streak at the middle; scutellum black; elytra extremely finely punctate-striate, the punctures only visible under a strong lens, bright flayous, with a narrow transverse black band at the base not extending to the lateral margins and joined by the black suture to another transverse band below the middle which is distinctly narrowed at the sides to a thin streak extending to the margin; underside black, legs flavous. Hab. Rondeburg, Africa. Collection, Cape Town Museum, and my own. Cryptocephalus atromaculatus, sp. n. Black, the basal joints of the antenne, and the tibize and tarsi fulvous ; thorax fulvous with two large black patches at the sides, impunctate ; elytra finely punctate-striate, fulvous ; a large spot on the shoulder, a sutural one at the base and two others below the middle, black. Length, 14 line. Of short stature, the head black, rather closely and strongly punctured, the clypeus fulvous ; the antennz extending to the base __ of the elytra only, the lower five joints fulvous, the rest black distinctly thickened, the third and fourth joints equal ; thorax with _ rather strongly rounded sides, the posterior margin finely dentate, the surface with a few very fine punctures only when seen undera strong lens, the disc almost entirely occupied by two large black _ patches which are joined near the apex, leaving the anterior margin — narrowly, the sides more broadly and a central ovate spot near the eer es African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 177 base, of the fulvous ground-colour ; scutellum broad, black ; elytra short and broad, distinctly punctate-striate to the apex, the inter- stices impunctate and flat ; the basal lobe is scarcely prominent at the sides, and a somewhat oblique large and irregular spot is placed | on the shoulder, nearly connected with a lozenge-shaped sutural spot below the scutellum ; two other large spots are placed trans- | versely near_the apex, the outer one being attached to the lateral, | the inner one to the sutural margin ; both margins are likewise narrowly black ; the underside is black, the legs fulvous, and the | femora are more or less marked with black ; prosternum as broad | as long, the posterior angles scarcely produced. Hab. Sierra Leone; my collection. Hvidently belonging to the seventh group of Suffrian, but differing from any species contained in it and from others, in the shape and position of the spots, taken in con- nection with its comparatively small and short shape. Cryptocephalus atroceruleus, sp. n. Bluish-black, opaque, the basal joints of the antenne fulvous ; thorax extremely finely and closely punctured ; elytra finely cori- | aceous, distinctly punctate-striate ; a spot below the shoulders at | the sides and another at the apex, flavous. Length, 1 line. A small species of entirely opaque and somewhat silky appear- | ance, probably belonging to Suffrian’s 19th group, containing | equally small and nearly similarly coloured species, which have | however a shining, mostly metallic appearance ; the head of the present insect is sculptured like the thorax, bluish-black without any depressions with the eyes widely separated ; the antenne only extend to the base of the thorax with comparatively short and thickened joints, the lower five joints, with the exception of the | first being fulvous, the others black ; the thorax is moderately widened at the middle, the lateral margins areslightly rounded, and | the entire surface is opaque, finely coriaceous and closely punctured ; - the scutellum has the apex truncate; elytra distinctly and regularly punctate-striate, the interstices finely coriaceous through- out, the punctures near the suture nearly absent ; a somewhat triangular flavous spot is placed at the sides below the shoulders and a more rounded one at the apex of each elytron; underside and legs a little more shining, the latter rather robust and short, the sides of the breast deeply punctured. Hab. Hex River. Cape Town Museum, and my collection. 178 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of HUMOLPIN A. Huryope prictypennis, sp. 0. Fulvous or black, the head with one, the thorax with four (sometimes connected) black spots ; elytra closely punctured, ful- vous, with a broad transverse black band extending to the middle, and another subtriangular patch at the posterior half. Length, 2 lines. Whether this species, which is only half the size of the following ones, represents the male of either of them, or is specifically distinct, is somewhat doubtful. In the absence of more specimens, I must at present consider the species distinct ; the shape and punctuation is similar to the others, but the head has only a small black spot on the vertex, the thorax has four small spots placed exactly as in H. semupartita (these are, in one speci- men, joined, and form a [7-shaped mark) and the elytra have a small black spot immediately below the shoulder on the lateral margin, which latter is narrowly fulvous, ~ and is joined to a similar coloured transverse band at the middle which divides the black patches of the elytra. In one specimen the anterior black band encloses a fulvous spot which surrounds the scutellum ; the anterior margin of the posterior black patch is deeply indented at the middle in both the specimens before me, and the patch itself does not extend to the apex of the elytra, which remains fulvous; of the antennz only the first joints are present, the basal one is black, the second one fulvous, and the remaining black again. One specimen has the underside and legs entirely black ; in the other, — the sides of the breast and of the abdomen are of that colour only, the rest, as well as the middle of the femora, — | being fulvous. | Hab. South Africa. It is evident that this small species is very variable — in regard to colour, but it differs in the pattern of the _ elytra from any described species, as well asin. size. In y the latter respect it agrees with HL. minuta, Jac. EHuryope semipartita, sp. n. Black, the head fulvous with a transverse black band ; thorax ~ closely punctured, fulvous, with four black spots; elytra closely — 4 African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 179 punctured, black, with a narrow transverse stripe at the middle, the lateral margins and the suture posteriorly, fulvous; legs black. Length, 4 lines. Head closely punctured, fulvous, with a broad transverse black band at the vertex ; antennz black, the basal joint fulvous at the apex, extending slightly beyond the base of the thorax, the latter nearly three times broader than long, the sides straight, the anterior angles obliquely truncate, the surface extremely closely and finely punctured, rather convex, fulvous, the anterior margin with two black spots at the middle of transverse shape, and followed by two others placed lower down of transversely oblique shape ; scutellum black, impunctate ; elytra punctured like the thorax, with a slight semicircular depression below the base, black, the lateral margin narrowly, a transverse yet narrower band at the middle, and the suture at the posterior half, fulvous ; underside and legs entirely black. Hab. South Africa. The central elytral fulvous band in this species is extremely narrow, and interrupted at the middle. Huryope discicollis, sp. nu. Black, the head fulvous with a black transverse band ; thorax closely punctured, black, the lateral margins fulvous; elytra closely _ punctured, black; the shoulders and the lateral margins to the apex, fulvous; femora with a red band at the middle. Length, 3-3} lines. Head closely punctured, a broad medially-widened band at the vertex which at the middle sends off a short narrow or broad stripe downwards, black ; antenne black, the lower two joints fulvous, stained with black above, the five terminal joints strongly transversely dilated ; thorax three times broader than long, the sides straight, the anterior angles obliquely truncate, the surface closely and finely punctured, with an oblique groove at each side, black, the lateral margins fulvous, this colour greatly widened towards the base; scutellum black; elytra punctured like the thorax with a transverse depression below the base, the shoulders prominent, fulvous as well as the lateral margins from before the middle to the apex, where the colour is slightly widened, and with irregularly-notched anterior edge, the rest of the surface black; underside and legs black, the femora at the middle with a red broad angular band. Hab. South Africa. € 180) VII. On some new species of Butterflies from Tropical and Hatra Tropical South Africa. By Rotanp Tren, E.R.S., F.L.8., Curator of the South-African Museum, Cape Town. [Read March 6th, 1895.] Puate V. THREE of the species here described and figured, viz., Ypthima mashuna, Mycalesis selousi, and Acrea induna, have been received from Mashunaland only; another, Capys disjunctus, from Mashunaland, Transvaal, and Natal; and the remaining two, Lycena nubifer and Lolaus emulus, solely from Natal. Capys disjunctus is of special interest, both as a new member of a hitherto monotypic genus, and as an instance of remarkable and unexpected disparity between the sexes; and Lycxena nubifer finds no nearer ally than. fi. cordata (Hi. M. Sharpe), a native of the very remote _ territory of Kavirondo, to the east of Lake Nyanza. Family NYMPHALIDAL. Subfamily SATYRIN/A. Ypthima mashuna, sp.n. (Plate V., fig. 1.) Hap. al. (4) 1 in., 24-44 lin.; (2) 1 in., 2-38 lin. dg. Obscure fuscous-grey; forewing with a small subapical ocellus ; hindwing without marking. Forewing: ocellus small, ver- tically oblong, indistinct, bipupillate with sub-metallic whitish, very obscurely ringed with yellowish-grey. UNDERSIDE: Pale grey or hoary-grey, more or less closely striolated with fuscous- brownish along costal and apical border of forewing and throughout hindwing. Forewing : Field somewhat paler and more brownish than on upperside ; subapical ocellus better defined, and in a more distinct ring. Hindwing: On disk a post-median series of TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—?ParRtT Ul. (JUNE.) 182 Mr. Roland Trimen on some three minute unipupillate ocelli (in some examples obsolete), coloured like the ocellus in forewing, the Ist and 2nd situated respectively above and below radial nervule, and the 3rd below 2nd median nervule ; all these ocelli, but especially the 1st and 2nd, are remote from hindmargin. @. Paler; ocellus of forewing larger, not so narrow, its yellowish ring much more distinct and, in one example, sharply defined. This small and extremely dusky Ypthima is, perhaps, nearer to Y. asterope (Klug) than to any other congener, but differs notably in its smaller size, darker colour, reduced ocellus in forewing, total want of paler space and dark encircling line round that ocellus ; and, on the underside, in the absence of striolation in the forewing except on the costal and apical margin, and the totally diverse positions of the minute ocelli in its hindwing, as well as the absence of any trace of transverse strie. The seven 66 (one a dwarf not exceeding 1 in. in expanse) and three ?? before me are in poor condition, and the antenne are present in two of the 2? only; but these organs are ewtremely short—about 2 lin. only in length—and with a short, rather thick, very blunt club, while in Y. asterope, ¢, they are fully 3 lin., and with a narrow, elongate, gradually-formed club. The terminal joint of the palpi is also much shorter in both sexes than it 1s in asterope. I was not acquainted with this butterfly until April, 1894, when I received three specimens of the ¢ from Mr. J. M. Hutchinson, on behalf of Mr. G. A. K. Mar- shall, with the note that the latter gentleman had taken them at Fort Charter and the Hanyani River, in Mashuna- land. The other examples followed in June and July; and among them is the largest d, specially recorded by Mr. Marshall as captured at Salisbury on 23rd April. Some specimens since received were taken at Salisbury in July, August, and September; and Mr. Marshall notes the species as very local, frequenting only swampy open ground, and in flight like Y. asterope. On the road from Fort Charter to Salisbury it seemed rather — : abundant, but round Salisbury itself a few examples only were met with. Hab. Mashunaland; Fort Charter, Salisbury, and Hanyani River (G. A. K. Marshall). new species of Butterflies from South Africa. 183 Mycalesis selousi, sp.n. (Plate V., figs. 2, 2a.) | Eigp. al. (g) 1 in., 9-103 lin.; (9 ) 1 in., 10-113 lin. 3. Brownish-grey, with a tinge of yellow-ochreous ; hindmargins narrowly pale grey, with two parallel dark grey subterminal hair lines ; no ocelli, but in three (out of four) examples a small indistinct fuscous spot marking the usual position of an ocellus between 1st and 2nd median nervules of forewing ; ground-colour of same wing slightly paler subapically. Cilia pale grey. UNDERSIDE: Soft pale grey, with a pale violaceous tinge, finely (and beyond middle more sparsely) hatched and wrorated with brownish-grey ; common premedian and postmedian streaks thin, irregularly dentate- sinuate, brown, the former (indistinct in forewing) faintly inwardly, the latter more strongly outwardly, edged narrowly with whitish-yellow. Forewing: subapical ocellus, between radial nervules, indicated by a very small or minute white spot ; lower ocellus, between 1st and 2nd median nervules, very small but complete, the white pupil conspicuous but the yellowish ring indistinct. indwing: postmedian line more irregular than in forewing ; ocelli of discal series very small or minute, their rings not perceptible, the 3rd of the normal 7 wanting, and the 2nd represented by a white dot only. @. like g¢ ; but in forewing the fuscous spots representing the two ocelli are (in two out of three specimens) better ex- _ pressed, and there is between them some ill-defined paler clouding. This species appears to belong to the Safitza group; the d has the same sexual badges; viz., in the forewing, the sac about the middle of the submedian nervure, and (on the underside) the wide, glossy, inner-marginal space; and, in the hindwing, the glossy costal border and tuft of hair on subcostal nervure. The subcostal, median, and submedian nervures of the forewing are all swollen at the base. This Mycalesis, on the whole, comes nearest to M. leptoglena, Karsch,* but differs (judging from the descrip- tion and figure of that species) on the underside in (1) the general hatching and irroration, (2) the sinuate- dentate irregularity of the postmedian streak (especially in the hindwing), (3) only two ocelli (instead of five) in the forewing, and total absence of the pale outer circles of all ocelli in both wings so conspicuous in M. leptoglena, ~ Berl. Ent. Zeits. xxxviii., p. 208, No. 95, pl. v., fig. 7 (2). Hab. Bismarckburg, Togoland. 184, Mr. Roland Trimen on some (4) want of the well-marked common submarginal streak not far beyond ocelli, and (5) much paler and more violaceous-grey tint. The four 6 d and three ¢ ¢ here described were taken by Mr. F. C. Selous, in Mashunaland, in 1882. The dates of capture were not recorded, but the very sup- pressed condition of the ocelli makes it not improbable that these specimens belong to a winter or dry-season brood. It is with great pleasure that I dedicate this species to my friend, Mr. F. C. Selous, who has done so much to make known the butterflies of Tropical South Africa. On writing to Mr. G. A. K. Marshall at Salisbury about this Mycalesis, he was not long in finding it out, and soon sent me a series, taken in June, 1894, chiefly on the Hanyani River, but also at Hartley, Enterprise Camp (about twenty miles east of Salisbury), and the Umfuli River. In two 2? from Hanyani River, taken on 15th June, the ocelli on the underside are decidedly larger, and with less indistinct rings. Mr. Marshall notes that this Mycalesis frequents the thick ‘‘ mahobohobo” (or ‘wild loquat”) bush, where there is good shade; it keeps in its shadiest spots — during the day, but towards sundown becomes more lively, and may be seen flitting about in the long grass. On two occasions, however, he observed it at mid-day flying round the tops of the trees, and settling now and then. Hab. Mashunaland (IF. C. Selous), Hanyani River, Hartley, Enterprise Camp, and Umfuli River (G. A. K. Marshall). Subfamily ACR IN &. Acrea induna, sp.n. (Plate V., figs. 3, 3a.) Exp. al. (g) 2 in., 1-2 lin. ; (2) 2 in., 2-34 lin. Allied to A. caldarena, Hewits., and A. cheribula, Oberth.* | ¢. Ochreous-yellow, strongly suffused with brick-red over all : =| basal area to beyond middle in both wings, and spotted with black ; forewing with broad black patch at apex; hindwing with a moderately Tanganyika. * Yitudes @Ent. xvii, p. 19, pl. ii, fig. 16 (1893). Hab. Lake A TL pe ET new species of Butterflies from South Africa. 185 wide, yellow-spotied, black border along hindmargin. Forewing : brick-red suffusion fading into the ochreous-yellow at about, or rather beyond, middle ; a spot in discoidal cell, just above origin of 1st median nervule, and another at extremity of cell ; between the latter and posterior angle two smaller spots obliquely placed, of which the lower is obsolescent in one of three examples, and wanting in another ; in one example, a spot below median nervure, a little before origin of 1st median nervule; base narrowly black ; apical black 5 lines broad on costa, and extending downward as far as 2nd median nervule (just above which it encloses, in two examples, a spot of the ground-colour) ; thence runs a linear hind- marginal black edging to posterior angle, emitting inwardly short nervular and internervular rays; costa with a linear black edging. Hindwing : a sub-basal curved series of five spots (of which the 2nd in discoidal cell is furthest from base and remote from the subcostal first spot) ; space between this series and base, except the subcostal and median nervures, dusky-blackish, set with yellowish- white hairs ; an unbroken discal series of nine spots, angulated at 3rd median nervule, and thence bisinuated to inner margin rather before middle ; of these spots (which are irregularly subcordate or sublunulate in form), the 1st, 6th, and 9th are nearer to base than the rest, the two former being also, with the 7th, the largest; hind- marginal border of even width throughout, except where it narrows to anal angle, emitting inwardly short black nervular rays, and enclosing seven rather small ochreous-yellow spots, of which the upper three are more or less obsolescent ; brick-red suffusion from basal area outward, variable in extent, in one example not strong beyond discal spots, in another strong, and, in the third, reaching to hindmarginal border ; in this last example only there is some fuscous clouding outwardly, bounding spots 6 to 8 of discal series. Cilia fuscous, mixed with whitish towards anal angle of hindwing. UNDERSIDE ; Hindwing, and narrow costal border and wide apical area of forewing, very pale creamy-yellowish, with fine black neura- tion and wide ochraceous inter-nervular stripes towards the borders ; spots as on upperside ; hindwing with a basal blotch and median fascia of rose-pink. Forewing: field as on upperside, but paler ; a black spot on costa at base. Hindwing: a black spot on costa close to base ; rose-pink basal blotch partly on costal curve, and partly between median and submedian nervures ; sub-basal and discal series of spots as on upperside, but the space between them occupied by a fascia of rose-pink, interrupted by pale yellowish Imes along the nervules; spots in hindmarginal border greatly enlarged, broadly lunate, white, tinged with yellowish, the black of the border reduced to a linear edging encircling each spot. 186 Mr. Roland Trimen on some In this species both sexes are distinguishable from A. caldarena by (1) broader and more rounded wings, (2) absence in the forewing of the subcostal series of small black spots beyond the discoidal cell, (3) position of spot below first median nervule of forewing further from the base than the spot above it, (4) position of 4th spot in discal series of hindwing furthest from base of all the spots, instead of being near the extremity of the discoidal cell, (5) total absence, on both surfaces, of sub- basal disco-cellular spot in hindwing, and (6) rosy-red median colouring forming a fascia between the more regular premedian and discal series of spots on the underside of hindwing. The ¢ is, further, very distinct from the ¢ caldarena in colouring, being ochreous-yellow, strongly and widely - suffused with brick-red, instead of very pale creamy- ochreous, tinged and shot with pink; (2) the hind- marginal border of the hindwings is much broader ; and (3) there is strong and well-defined black basal clouding, im place of a faint fuscous suffusion, in the hindwings. The ¢ is very similar to the larger and darker examples of the ? caldarena, but (1), in the forewing, the basal fuscous is barely traceable, and (2) the discal. field is very much paler; while (3), in the hindwing, the black basal suffusion, instead of being generally distri- buted, is as restricted as in the 6. Judging from M. Oberthiir’s figure, the ¢ is nearer to A. cheribula than to A. caldarena, but differs in (1) the — position and regularity of the two transverse series of spots in the hindwing, and, on the underside (2), in ~ wanting altogether the three Jarge basal spots and the superior subterminal disco-cellular spot. The warm colouring of the wings, the blackish basal clouding on — their upperside, and the arrangement of the two trans- 4 f verse series of spots on the underside of the hindwings, all resemble the corresponding features in A. anacreon, Trim.; and, singularly enough, the abdomen is not coloured as in the ¢ caldarena, but as in the 3d anacreon, being black above, with six creamy-yellow spots on each side, Ss and with the extremity ochre-yellow. Mr. G. A. K. Marshall discovered this butterfly in 3 é Mashunaland, and I received from him the three dd and two ? § above described in June, 1894. He wrote that he noticed the insect only about a clump of isolated granite ““kopjes”’? some three miles from Salisbury, and that, — new species of Butterflies from South Africa. 187 like A. caldarena, it seemed particularly partial to spots where the lone “Tambookie grass” grew. Its flight was a great deal slower than that of caldarena, and, indeed, the slowest of any member of the genus observed by Mr. Marshall. As far as the captor remembered, A. induna first appeared towards the end of January, and disappeared about the middle of March. A pair was subsequently captured by Mr. Marshall in the Mazoe Valley, near Salisbury, on the L5th October. Hab. Mashunaland, Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall). Family LYCAINIDAK. Lycena nubifer, sp.n. (Plate V., figs. 4, 4a.) Hap. al. (f) 1 in., 2-3 lin. ; (2) 1 in., 2-3 lin. Allied to L. cordata (HK. M. Sharpe).* dg. Cupreous-brown, with a general violaceous gloss; a fuscous line on hindmarginal edge; cilia fuscous, indistinctly and unequally marked with white between nervules, Forewing: a very large, roughly heart-shaped, velvety-black patch, thinly edged with bluish- violaceous scales, on upper discal area, placed obliquely between 2nd subcostal and 2nd median nervules, and with'its narrower end nearest apex, while the upper lobe of its broader end is just at extremity of discoidal cell. Hindwing : tail at extremity of 1st median nervule rather long, twisted spirally, rather wide, fuscous, edged and tipped with white ; on hindmargin, above Ist median nervule, an indistinct fuscous spot, and below it a faint trace of another similar spot. UNnprerstpE: Hindwing and broad apical area of forewing brownish-grey, crossed transversely by darker sub- macular markings edged (in hindwing very conspicuously) with white on both sides ; inner marginal, lower discal, and disco-cellular area of Jorewing pale dull brownish-ochre-yellow. Forewing : base tinged with fuscous ; a very short white edging on costa close to base ; in discoidal cell, two or three white dots obliquely placed close to base, a subreniform median slightly browner, thinly fuscous- and white-edged spot, and a larger, less complete terminal marking (open superiorly and inferiorly) ; above these cellular markings two or three small white spots on costa, continuous of their white edgings ; beyond middle, a confluent series of five or six dark grey fuscous- and white-edged spots, of which the 5th and 6th are narrower and much fainter than the rest, the 6th, below 1st median * Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 636, pl. xlviii., fig. 4. 188 Mr. Roland Trimen on some nervule, being obsolete in one specimen ; external white edge of this submacular series diffuse ; hindmarginal border rather widely brownish-grey, with an external series of darker, inwardly white- edged internervular spots very faintly indicated. Hindwing : base clouded with fuscous, and bearing three imperfect small round white-edged spots ; a larger and very distinct similar round spot on costa before middle; median and terminal disco-cellular spots as in forewing, but darker, and the latter spot partly confluent with the 4th and 6th of the eight spots forming the very irregular confluent discal series from costa to inner margin; between median cellular spot and inner margin, traces of two similar smaller spots ; immediately bounding the discal series externally is a conspicuous whitish band, unevenly dentate along its outer edge; on hind- “margin, a conspicuous round black spot, outwardly edged with iridescent scales, above 1st median nervure, and another below it ; above these, traces of a series of fuscous, internally whitish-edged spots. 9. Ground-colour paler, dull ochre-yellow, but, in the forewing, shot with a strong pinkish-violaceous gloss from base to beyond middle, and marked with fuscous spots corresponding in position to those on the underside of that wing. Forewing: costa and hind- — margin bordered with dull fuscous, the latter rather broadly; first disco-cellular spot very small in one specimen, and scarcely visible. in the second; base dusky. Hindwing: basal and costal area widely dusky ; faint traces of two cellular spots, but none of discal series ; two hindmarginal spots much more distinct than in g¢, and with a few iridescent scales, Cilia regularly white-marked in forewing and in upper half of hindwing. UNDERSIDE: As in &; but, in one example, with the white markings of the hind- wing much reduced and a good deal replaced by brownish-grey ; while, in the other, not only are those markings very distinct (though not quite so wide asin ¢), but the hindmarginal series of spots is in both wings distinct, as well as both the inner and outer white edgings of these spots, the inner edgings being acutely sagittiform. x Pectus and femora, and inner margin of hindwings densely clothed with rather long hair; more soin g than in 9. Judging from the Jaana and figure (loc. cit.) of = L. cordata, the 36 of that species and L. nubifer differ but very slightly on the upperside, the former having the two hindmarginal spots of the hindwing indistinct and without green centre; but on the underside the difference _ is very great, L. cordata having the entire ground-colour __ white, with attenuated white-centred brown markings, new species of Butterflies from South Africa. 189 agreeing pretty nearly with those presented by L. an- tinoru, Oberth., and L. pogger, Dewitz. The underside markings of L. nubifer are, in the forewings, very like those of L. lingews (Cram.), but those in the hindwings are nearest to the corresponding ones in L. pogget, although in development, partial confluence, and dis- position of colouring, they bear a strong general resemblance to those of L. lingews. The dull ochrey- yellow field of the underside of the forewings is a very peculiar feature of L. nubifer, but a very faint basal indication of it seems to be shown by L. cordata. The 2? of antinoru, pogger, and cordata are not described ; that of nubifer is quite unlike the ? lingeus, and, on the upperside, is in pattern very like the ¢ Lycenesthes liodes, Hewits., though so very dissimilar in ground-colour. ‘The violaceous gloss over the dull ochrey-yellow tint of the forewings has a remarkable effect, recalling the appearance of the dd of the Huropean Chrysophanus helle, and the New Zealand C. boldenarwm. This very distinct Lycena—whose nearest ally, L. cordata, inhabits Sotik in Kavirondo, near the eastern shore of Lake Nyanza—was sent to me by Mr. A. EH. Hunt, who wrote that he captured a pair near Newcastle (alt. circ. 3,800 ft.), in the northern extremity of Natal, on the 29th October, 1893, and a few others before the 12th December. Eleven more examples were taken about thirty-five miles to the southward, in the Biggars- berg—one at Waschbank, at the foot of the range, on the 14th January, and the others on the mountains themselves, between the 23th January and middle of February. Only one of the eighteen examples met with was in good condition, owing to the exceptionally wet season. Mr. Hunt notes the butterfly as flitting slowly from flower to flower of a species of acacia, and settling very frequently. He roused most of the specimens by rapping the branches with a stick. On sending an example to Mr. C. W. Morrison, of Estcourt, Natal, that gentleman wrote to Mr. Hunt that his collection con- tained a very worn specimen, captured by himself at Van Reenen’s Pass in the Drahensberg, in March, 1886. He noticed a good many tattered examples frequentin the flowers of a weed, since identified by Mr. J. Medley Wood as Bidens pilosa, L. 190 Mr. Roland Trimen on some Hab. Natal, Newcastle and Biggarsberg (A. E. Hunt); “Van Reenen’s Pass, Drakensberg,’ C. W. Morrison. Capys disjunctus, sp.n. (Plate V., figs. 5, 5a.) Exp. al. (8) 1 in., 7-8 lin. ; (9) 1 im., 7-11 lin. 3. Sub-metallic orange-red ; forewing with a narrow costal and moderately wide hindmarginal fuscous border ; hindwing with a linear Suscous hindmarginal edging, and a greyish-fuscous costal and apical border, of moderate width, as far as extremity of 2nd subcostal nervule. Forewing: inner margin rather broadly fuscous on its basal two-fifths ; costal border of pretty even width, bounded inferiorly by subcostal nervure; hindmarginal border, in one example, of even width throughout, and irregularly dentate on its inner edge, but, in the other, narrowing considerably to posterior angle, and with its inner edge regular. Hindwing: base rather broadly fuscous; sexual patch at origin of subcostal nervules small, ovate, pale grey, glistening ; inner marginal border broadly pale grey, densely hairy towards anal angle; a red spot on anal angular lobe. Cilia basally red, outwardly white, with fuscous nervular interruptions. UNDERSIDE: Pale ashy-grey, inclining to hoary ; in forewing a broad basi-innermarginal space of pale ochre- yellow ; in both wings a rather indistinct dull ferruginous terminal disco-cellular annulet, and a discal series of similar annulets. Fore- wing : yellow space much paler near inner margin—the whole of which it occupies—and extending a little above median nervure ; indistinct discal annulets 5 or 6, imperfect, partly confluent, forming a regular slightly-curved series from costa to 2nd or 1st median nervule; asubmarginal series of very indistinct darker grey marks. Hindwing : discal series of nine annulets strongly sinuated, the second and largest annulet united to terminal disco-cellular one, the fourth, fifth, and sixth smaller than the rest, more separate, and furthest from base ; a very indistinct submarginal darker srey clouding. ; 2. Strikingly different from g. Dull pale brownish-qrey, paler discally (in one example with a very faint orange tinge superiorly), und suffused broadly from bases with pale greyish-blue ; hindwing with four hindmarginal orange lunules. Forewing: base tinged ~ with dusky-violaceous ; a very faint thin terminal disco-cellular s dark grey lunule. Hindwing: space above cell free from blue — 4s suffusion ; cell near base tinged with dusky-violaceous ; orange lunules distinct, forming a continuous series between radial nervule and submedian nervure, and bounded outwardly by a fuscous line. UNDERSIDE: Hoary-grey, much paler than in 6, new species of Butterflies from South Africa. 191 with the markings much more distinct ; only the faintest tinge of yellow over basi-innermarginal space in forewing. Forewing: an additional annulet (indistinct in one example) below 1st median nervule. Hindwing: hindmarginal lunules of upperside rather faintly represented in ferruginous-red. Palpt much shorter— especially the terminal joint—than in the 9 C. alpheus. The ¢ is readily distinguished from that of C. alpheus by the much extended orange-red of the upperside, and consequent reduction of the hindmarginal fuscous border, especially in the hindwings. The 9 is so extraordinarily unlike that of alphzxus on the upperside that it might, at the first glance, be mistaken fora large ¢ Deudorix antalus (Hopff.). On the underside, however, there is no mistaking the characteristic pattern and coloration, which, in both sexes, although so very much duller and fainter, are entirely like those shown by the type of the genus Capys. A faded example of the d, taken at Barberton, Trans- vaal, by Mr. C. F. Palmer, was lent to me in 1892 by Mr. A. D. Millar, and I then regarded it asa probable aberration of C. alphxus; not associating it with a damaged ? received during 1891 from Mr. F. C. Selous who had captured it in Mashunaland. When Mr. Millar, however, sent me a ? taken by him at Botha’s Hill, Natal, on 6th January, 1894, and also again gave me the opportunity of examining Mr. Palmer’s Barberton ¢, I came to the conclusion that these could only be regarded as sexes of the same species. This view received most wel- come confirmation in June, 1894, when a pair reached me from Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, of Salisbury, Mashunaland, with the notification that he had taken corresponding specimens wm copuld. Mr. Millar informs me that his ? of this species was taken on Botha’s Hill, Inchanga, at an elevation of about 2,430 feet. This was the only specimen seen; it flew rapidly past him and settled with closed wings on a low flowering plant. Mr. Marshall writes that the ¢* is considerably scarcer than the ¢—I have been struck with this m the case of C. alpheus—and that the ¢ has the habit of resting on the dead calices (burnt by grass-fires) * On the 9th December, 1894, Mr. Marshall writes, however, that he had just lately noticed several specimens of the ¢ but none of the g¢. Adwarf ¢ captured by him in the Mazoe District, on 16th October, 1894, expands only 1 in. 44 lin. TRANS. ENT. SOc. LoND, 1895.—parTu. (JuNE.) 13 192 Mr. Roland Trimen on some of a dwarf sugar-bush, near Salisbury, and in that position is well concealed by the similar colouring of the underside of his wings. The extreme dissimilarity in the females of two such similar males as those of C. alphzus and C. disjunctus is a most noteworthy phenomenon, and I do not recall another instance in the family Lycendx; although the converse case—that of very similar females of nearly- allied species having strikingly dissimilar males—is not rare. One is inclined to suspect that mimicry has come into play in the case of the 2 C. disjunctus. Hab. Natal, Inchanga (A. D. Millar) ; Tienevadl Barberton (C. F. Palmer); Mashunaland, ? locality (F. C. Selous), Salisbury and Mazoo District (GALS Marshall). Iolaus emulus, sp.u. (Plate V., fig. 6.) Exp. al. (4) 1 in., 3 lin. Closely allied to I. aphnzoides, Trim. ¢. Pale blue ; apical half of forewing black ; cilia of forewing - fuscous except at posterior angle where they are white, of hind- wing wholly white. Forewing: costa evenly and rather widely — bordered with black to extremity of discoidal cell; apical black area extending from extremity of cell to apex and obliquely to a © point at posterior angle, its inner edge irregular; sexual tuft of ~ bristles on inner margin near base, black. Hindwing: a narrow black edging from costa beyond middle, becoming linear and more © sharply defined, and inwardly bordered by a white line, on hind- © margin from 3rd median nervule to anal angie ; two well-marked ~ rounded hindmarginal black spots, one above, the other below, 1st median nervule, the lower spot internally edged by an indistinct yellowish lunule ; a third black spot on anal angular lobe, ringed — with a few greenish-silvery scales ; basi-costal sexual patch better Ee defined than in aphneoides, alata: -grey in a darker ring. UNDERSIDE.-- White, with narrow red transverse streaks; a submarginal row of small black spots as in aphneoides. Forewing : an orange-red — edging from base to posterior angle, linear on costa, but somewhat _ wider on hindmargin ; a very short red streak in discoidal cell near _ base, and a longer one marking extremity of cell; beyond middle — a rather oblique streak from costa to between Ist and 2nd median __ nervules ; 7 spots in submarginal series, all very small except the 4 two last, which are about twice the size of the rest‘ and situate between 1st median nervule and submedian nervure ; a large basi- SY a [= 7 new species of Butterflies from South Africa. 198 innermarginal semicircular glistening sexual patch, extending to median nervure. Hindwing : a short oblique sub-basal streak from costal to median nervure ; a small sub-basal red spot close to inner margin ; completely across wing, a streak from middle of costa to 1st median nervule considerably beyond middle, where it is slightly angulated and attenuated—thence to a point between that nervule and submedian nervure where it becomes black instead of red—and thence, widening and red again, at an acute angle as far as internal neryure about middle; six submarginal black spots (the 2nd larger than rest) from costa to 3rd median nervule—the series continued to inner margin by two disconnected short black lines, of which the superior is close to the sharp black angulation of the long discal red streak ; inferior hindmarginal black spot wanting, but superior one and spot on anal angular lobe, well developed, and widely bordered with greenish-silvery ; hindmargin edged with orange-red from 2nd subcostal to 3rd median nervule, bui thence to anal angle with a fine black line. Forehead orange-red ; abdomen beneath white, with a median longitudinal red streak. I have not seen the 2, but, from a description accom- panied by a careful coloured drawing of both upper and under sides made by Mr. A. HE. Hunt, it ig clear that in that sex on the upperside the blue is duller and basally clouded with fuscous, while the hindmarginal black is considerably broader at the posterior angle of the fore- wing, as is also the costal, apical, and upper hindmarginal black of the hindwing. The hindwing presents a small black hindmarginal spot between 2nd and 38rd median nervules (of which there is only the minutest trace in the 6) and also three small blackish lunulate marks situate a little before the three hindmarginal spots. Above the latter, between 3rd median and 2nd subcostal nervules, are two whitish spots. The underside markings agree with those of the ¢, except that in the hindwing there is some dusky-grey clouding along the hindmargin below the 38rd median nervule, and the upperside spot between 2nd and Srd median nervules is indistinctly represented. The 3 on the upperside closely resembles the ¢ Lf. aphnxoides, but the apical black area in the forewing is even broader, and the sexual patch in the hindwing rounder and better defined. ‘lhe ¢ evidently wants almost entirely the wide discal white shown on the upperside of both wings in the 2 aphnzoides, and has the black of the forewings much broader superiorly, and 194 Mr. R. Trimen on Butterflies from South Africa. the submarginal series of blackish spots in the hindwings incomplete. On the underside both sexes of I. emulus are well distinguished by the not only very much nar- rower but also quite differently coloured—red, instead of orange-ochreous and black-edged—transverse streaks, and by those of these markings that are sub-basal and disco-cellular being reduced to short widely-disconnected portions, instead of constituting continuous bands (from costal edge of the forewings) common to both fore and hindwings. The conspicuous feature common and peculiar to aphnxoides and xmulus on the underside is the submarginal series of small black spots in both wings. Mr. A. E. Hunt sent me his description and drawing of the ¢ in March, 18938, and noted that the only specimen he had seen was found by a child on the — Blackburn estate near D’Urban, Natal. 1 was disposed to think that the specimen depicted might be an aberration of I. aphnzotdes,* until the arrival, in March, 1894, of the fine ¢ above described, which was captured on the Berea, D’Urban, by Mr. A. D. Millar, on the 17th November, 1889. Mr. Millar writes that this example was settling on the leaves of a creeper covering the bush at the side of a road; it took a short flight before it re-settled and was captured, and examination showed that it was not I. sedus, which on the underside it much resembled. No second specimen has been seen by either — observer. s Hab. Natal, D’Urban (A. HE. Hunt and A. D. am Millar). > *" See Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 54, foot-note. EXPLANATION OF Priate V. Fie. 1. YVpthima mashuna, sp. n., 9. 2,2a. Mycalesis selousi, sp.n., 3, 9. 3, 3a. Acrea induna, sp. n., g, 9. 4,4a. Lycena nubifer, sp.n. o, 9. 5, 5a. Capys disjunctus, sp. n., ¢, 9. 6. Lolaus emulus, sp. n., 4. ( 195 ) VIII. Notes on Indian Ants. By Grorce ALEXANDER JamES Rotuney, F.E.S. [Read March 6th, 1895.] Tue following notes refer to species collected during a three months’ tour in India, from October 27th, 1893, to January 27th, 1894, and include an account of short visits to Bombay, Poona, Madras, Bangalore, Mysore, Calicut, Cochin, Travancore, Madura, Calcutta, Barrack- pore, Delhi, Lahore, Bhavnagar, and Baroda. Tam deeply indebted to Dr. Forel for his wonderful patience in examining a vast number of specimens, the majority being small, uninteresting species, very difficult to determine, and the amount of valuable time spent in naming the collection, leaves me quite overwhelmed by his great courtesy and kindness. ‘The tour was a rapid one, and the season of the year, for Bengal and Upper India, unfavourable for collecting; still, considering the extent of the ground covered and that many of the localities were probably new to the ant collector, the result in novelties (some five species and varieties) was disappointing, and speaks highly for the thorough and exhaustive manner in which Mr. R. C. Wroughton, the author of ‘‘ Our Ants,” has worked the Indian fauna, and also confirms, as Dr. Forel remarked on returning _ the collection, ‘‘ The marked uniformity of the species of the continent of India.” To make the most of the limited time available, I concentrated my attention to the following points :— 1. To finda 9 Dorylus, or Lobopelta. 2. To sound produced by ants, or stridulating ants. %. To the length of residence or attachment of a species to a particular spot, as illustrated by the existence, in 1893-94, of certain nests or colonies which had been well known to me between the years 1872-1886. In No. 1, I failed altogether; in No. 2, though par- ticularly favoured by many opportunities of observation, TRANS. ENT. Soc. LOND. 1895.—parr 11. (JUNE.) 196 Mr. G. A. James Rothney’s the evidence was, unfortunately, of a negative character ; in No. 3, in two instances at ee I met with success. Camponotus compressus, Fab., was found at every locality visited, and is more generally distributed and in evidence than any other ant, only taking a second place in those localities frequented by Myrmecocystus viaticus, or where S. armata and M. salomoms are specially abundant. Polyrhachis levissima, Smith. My favourite nest of this ant in Barrackpore Park, which flourished between 1872-1886 (Trans. Ent. Soc. — i., 1889), had disappeared, and the hollow in the tree — which it had occupied had filled up, and grown out to such an extent that it was difficult to recognize the spot. Cicophylla smaragdina, Fab., was found almost everywhere, and generally very com- mon. In the little island of Bolghetty, Cochin, it was very abundant, and I am inclined to think the workers averaged a larger size, and were deeper in colour (more of an orange tint) than the ordinary type from other parts of India. Unfortunately much of this orange tinge is lost in the spirit bottle, and it may be only that the rich tropical scenery of that exquisitely beautiful spot lends acharm | and depth of colouring even to the ants themselves ; but it would possibly be worth while for some future visitor to the Residency Bolghetty, with more time at his dis- | posal, to make a thorough study of the merits in colour and size of its island Cicophyllas. Ihave met with a very similar case with the yellow wasp (Polistes hebreus) in the Botanical Gardens, Cal- cutta, where a group of nests, for several seasons, certainly yielded finer and more deeply-coloured speci- = mens than I have found elsewhere in India. Acropyga acutiwentris, Roger. This is a poor little species, much like a small termite, 3 ? or half-starved, immature Lasius flavus. I found a nest at Calicut in the roots of a partly-decayed tree, and at Notes on Indian Anis. 197 Cochin (Bolghetty), established at the very bottom of my two best nests of Odontomachus hematodes, were little communities of this ant, 2, d,and %; hexmmatodes seemed to leave these tiny yellow visitors severely alone, and neither molested nor attended them. In the evening swarms of the winged sexes came into the bath-room and put out the light (tel-butti); but these swarms must have come from some other establish- ments, as the colonies in my two nests of hematodes would not have furnished one per cent. of the foolish little ants who drowned themselves in the oil for three or four consecutive nights. This is the only instance in India where I have found one species living, not by, or near, or allied to, but bona-fide in the nest of another species. Plagrolepis longipes, Jerdon. This widely distributed species is very common in Southern India and along the Malabar Coast; but nowhere have I found it so abundant as in Calicut, where it strongly garrisons all the casuarina trees which grow near the big tank and public gardens, and itruns a fairly good second to Solenopsis geminata as par excellence the Calicut ant. Odontomachus hematodes, L. This species was very common in the Island of Bolghetty, Cochin; the nests were situated between the roots of trees, and several at the time of my visit, November 29th to December 4th, contained the winged sexes and were very populous ; on opening up one of these, there would take place what can best be described as a display of ant-fireworks, the workers letting them- Selves off in showers with a distinct click, click, click, that could be heard without stooping down. But one or two nests that did not contain the sexes did not exhibit the same excitement and activity, and though there would be some little jumping going on there were no ant-fireworks, Individual workers when taken from the nest, or still more so, stray workers when taken in hand, proved as a rule but indifferent jumpers, and often would not jump at all, but when they did, the action was exactly 198 Mr. G. A. James Rothney’s as described by Mr. H. 8. Ferguson, in “Our Ants,” or as Mr. Wroughton concisely puts it in the same work when speaking of Anochetus sedilotu, “ the action is distinctly that of a -‘skip-jack’ beetle, and not that of a grasshopper;” but the best pas seul is but a sorry performance, and to see and appreciate the really wonderful springing powers possessed by this ant, you must stir up a nest crowded with the winged sexes and ready to swarm. I also found this species in Travancore, but the nests contained only workers, December 6th to 10th, and consequently there were no fireworks. The click-click of hematodes is the only self- produced sound that, beyond the possibility of a doubt, I have met with amongst Indian ants. Anochetus sedilotir, Emery, race indicus, Forel. Bhavnagar, also a nest in the compound of the New Guest House, Baroda, where I found the workers hunting after sunset. I did not succeed in making them jump. Diacamma vagans, Smith. Mr. Wroughton does not mention this species as occurring in Bombay, but if anyone wishes to study this most interesting ant they can find her in the = Victoria Gardens, hunting about the roots of some bamboo clumps which grow on the side of the gardens by the ornamental water. Diacamma geometricum, Smith. Common in Bolghetty, Cochin, several nests being . established.in the wall which surrounds the Residency kitchen garden; in ways and manners she is exactly a hke vagans. Ponera jerdonn, Forel, found in some numbers amongst the débris of stacks of firewood in Barrackpore, and also under the same conditions in the Botanical Gardens, Calcutta. Notes on Indian Ants. 199 Lobopelta chinensis, Mayr. This species is extremely common in Bangalore ; armies march about the parade grounds and the polo ground, squadrons scour the drains which line the well- kept Cantonment roads, an immense army corps 0c- cupied a strong position in the big fernery of the Lall Bagh Gardens, the Station was literally garrisoned with Lobopelta, and I have no hesitation in saying that, in my very first afternoon in Bangalore, 1 saw ten times as many of these ants as I had in my previous fifteen years’ residence in India. With such splendid and unlooked-for opportunities, I was naturally very keen on the question of Sound or Stridulation, so every marching regiment, great or small, was subjected to the closest examination. I poked and tickled them with a straw, with a stick ; I interrupted their lie of march with a brick and with my hand held edgeways; I stooped down and listened with my hand to my ear, till the ants swarmed all over me and down my neck; but not a sound, not a suspicion of a sound, could I get out of them. I tried similar experiments with an army in Mysore, and with one that frequented the compound of the Club, Trevandrum, but equally without success. But now I come to my one possible exception ; in the Museum Garden, T'revandrum, I met with, one Sunday evening (December 10th), a very fine army, which circled round and round the group of enclosures that contain wild pig and various species of deer. I repeated my regulation tactics of straws, sticks, and bricks, but with no better success. At last the army left the confines of the enclosure walls and headed into _ a dry drain or culvert, choked up with dry leaves; when well into this sunk way I interrupted the line of march, and then there was a wave of sound right along the line, a “roar’’ it might be called, perhaps, but a few de joe by a long line of infantry better describes the impression left on my mind. This lasted only while the ants were travassing the leaf-choked way, for directly they struck the open path again no more sound could be obtained. Now the question is, did the ants produce this sound by any process of stridulat- ing, or was it merely the warning of the interruption 200 Mr. G. A. James Rothney’s flashed along the line in some way, causing an accelera- tion of pace and consequent hurried pattering of thousands of tiny feet on the dry leaves? It is quite certain the wave of sound went from the interruption to the head of the column and did not come from the rear, where the ants had not altered their pace, and it is equally certain that a break im the line invariably causes the ants to start off at the double-quick from ~ that break to the head of the column, whilst the files — in the rear surge up to the point of interruption, and are for the time thrown into more or less confusion. The result, even in this one instance, was disappointing, for the balance of evidence was certainly in favour of dry leaves and hurrying feet, rather than sound pro- duced by stridulation. Lobopelta chinensis, Mayr; var. minchini, Forel, in litt., 3 6. I found a nest of this new variety under bricks in a culvert by the Tittaghur Bridge, Barrackpore Park; the males fiew off when exposed, and the workers — scampered away in all directions. I could not find a © female, and no sound of any kind could be detected. I also took the same variety in Calicut. Dorylus oberthiru, Emery. I found a very populous nest under bricks in the cul- — vert by the Tittaghur Bridge, Barrackpore Park; it was close to (indeed the bricks were touching) the nest of — LI. minchinii var. above referred to. Amongst the ants were several small fresh-water crabs; some dead and half eaten, some dead and limp, but not eaten, and some alive ~ and well. I could not find a female. y Cataulacus latus, Forel. Bhavnagar, crawling about in the rough bark of a tree, keeping to the cracks and furrows, and looking much like the bark itself. I also found them im an exactly similar situation on a tree half-way up to Matheran, Bombay. | ; Notes on Indian Ants. 201 Meranoplus rothneyi, Forel, in litt. This new species frequented the Residency compound, Bolghetty, Cochin, and could be found in some numbers running about the little patches of silver-sand which are dotted amongst the grass. A small species of Mutilia (WM. pusilla, Smith) also frequents the same spots and mingles with the ants. Myrmicaria fodiens, Jerdon, is very common in Madras, Bangalore, and Cochin, and is everywhere a great constructor of earthworks; but in a grand old park-like compound in Madras, I came across a number of nests where the normal type thrown up round trees, posts, or against fences, was departed from, and seemingly in an exuberance of architectural skill and ambition. Myrmicaria had developed three new and distinct forms of nest. 1. The Volcanic-cone shape. 2. The Dice-box shape. 3. The Tall-bat shape. The dimensions in each case varied somewhat, but roughly ranged from a base of 12 to 14 inches diameter, and a height of 8 to 10 inches. All were situated quite clear of tree trunks, and some altogether in the open. The cone and dice-box shaped nests were very well built and nicely finished ; the third form was somewhat irre- gular, but had a strong resemblance to the John Bull tall-hat, as we know it in the pages of ‘‘ Punch,” and it may be this shape was the outcome of the dice-box exageerated and badly built; but it was curious how the fine granules of earth could be made to hold to- gether in the curl-over which formed the brim. The colony of M. fodiens, established under the big banyan-tree in Barrackpore Park, which is described in the Proc. Ent. Soc. (Feb. 24th, 1892), and also mentioned in “Our Ants,” as being constantly under my notice from 1872 to 1886, I found still flourishing in January, 1894 (or presuming that no break had occurred between my last visit in March, 1886, and my next visit in January, 1894), showing a continuous residence in one spot of twenty-two years. I mustsay I fuily expected to be disappointed in this instance, for as I approached my 202 Mr. G. A. James Rothney’s favourite old haunt I found abundant evidence of a special cleaning and furbishing up for the benefit of the new Viceroy; the whole place had been freshly and heavily gravelled (soorkied) and rolled; the seats under the shade of the wide-spreading branches were radiant with new paint; everything had been done to make it attractive for Government House, but unpleasant for ants; but after a glance round—though for the time driven from the main-trunk—there were my old friends © strongly established, and in force, round several of the smaller trunks and stems; under all these difficulties they had clung to their home, and the evidence of the attachment to this particular spot is the stronger from the fact that during my residence in India I had never found another nest of this ant in Barrackpore or its immediate neighbourhood. In all probability fodiens will hold her own in the same position for another score of years, and successfully brave the terrors of many a Vice-regal spring cleaning; or, indeed, there seems to be no reason why the colony should not last as long as the tree itself. Monomorium salomonis, Lin., r. indicwm, Forel, in litt. This ant is one of the commonest and most widely- distributed in India, and she is generally a busy little harvester. A day spent in Poona enabled me to appre- — ciate the force of Mr. Wroughton’s remark, that “It would be quite safe to affirm that a specimen could be found within fifty yards of any spot in any grass land in the Poona districts.”’ 3 It is fairly common in Madras; it is to be found all along the bullock-road from Nagarcoil to Tinnevelly, and on all the railway stations from ‘linnevelly to Madras, and again from Lahore down to Delhi, Agra, Gwalior, Jhansi, — Bhopal, as far as Itarsi, where I lost sight of her for the time. I did not find a specimen in Bombay or Calicut, — in Cochin or Travancore, and in Calcutta and Barrack- _ pore itis certainly rare; but in all these places Solen- opsis geminata (v. armata) is either very common or swarms, and from this I am inclined to think that one species takes up the duties, whatever they may be, per- formed by the other, each in her own particular range, salomonis preferring a dry heat and a fiery soil, and geminata a moist, damp heat, with a rich earthy soil; EE ————————— le Notes on Indian Ants. 203 and though the ranges may overlap, and both species be found in force in one spot, as in Madras, yet on the whole they are fairly distinct, one species becoming less in evidence as the other comes to the front. I do not consider Bombay as exactly a typical locality for Solen- opsis, and agree with Mr. Wroughton’s suggestion that she has possibly been imported. It was in Madras that I found M. salomonis turned to a practical use, and it is the first instance in my experi- ence of ants being employed for commercial purposes. In the godowns of a large paper merchant—one V. Perumall Chetty—I was struck by the way the bales were stowed close to the ground, and enquired if they were not lable to constant danger from white ants. I spoke feelingly, for I have had painful experience of what can be done in this way in a Calcutta godown, and have seen, from the carelessness of a godown sircar, a line of thirty bales riddled in a couple of days. Thereply to my enquiry was, ‘‘No, | never have any damage done, the ttle red ants come and keep them away, and sugar is Scattered every morning or evening to ensure their regular attendance.” I asked Mr. Chetty to collect me a bottle after a sugar-scattering, which he kindly did, sending me an immense number, the species being M. ‘salomoms, 90 per cent., and S. geminata (armata), 10 per cent. (In Madras, salomoms is, I fancy, overpowering gemmmata.) I do not think I should feel disposed to discard my godown-horses, tar, and lime, in favour of friendly ants ; but were I resident again in Calcutta, I should be tempted to see what S. geminata could do for me as an auxiliary precaution, and perhaps the hint may be worth the attention of others who have reams of paper to safeguard. Solenopsis geminata, Fabr., v. avmata, Forel. Mr. Wroughton speaks of this species as the commonest ant in Bombay, and I can strongly endorse the fact ; it is still more common in Calcutta and Barrackpore, and fairly common in Madras, but if you want to find it in overwhelming abundance go to Calicut, where it literally Swarms. I do not think I have ever found any ant in such strong evidence anywhere else. In the University Gardens, Bombay, I came across 204 Mr. G. A. James Rothney’s two rather interesting nests formed round the trunks of palm trees, the roots of which were infested with a small Coccid. The ants heaped up their mounds to cover the parts so affected, and in places where these little Coccids were present well up on the trunk the ants had pushed their covered ways (which looked very like termite galleries) so as to reach and enclose them ; some of these galleries were carried quite two feet up the trunk of the tree. As described by Mr. Wroughton, Solenopsis is a strong harvester on the Western side, but I have not met with this trait m her in Bengal, the North-west Provinces or Madras (City). Pheidole rhombinoda, Mayr. I found some nests in Barrackpore Park, covered over in a perfect circle (taking the centre from the entrance, the circumference would equal about 10 to 12 inches), with the leaflets of some species of mimosa, but no leaflets were found in the nest itself on digging it up, and the even and umbrella-like appearance of the arrangement seems to suggest a protection against heat or rain, as the object the ants have in view. In Madura, I came across a number of nests of a very curious and, to me, novel form. The entrances were surrounded by little mounds ar- ranged in a circle, composed of the dead bodies, or parts of bodies, of Camponotus compressus and C. rufoglaucus, — but chiefly the big soldiers of compressus. There were — heads alone, heads with the thorax attached, thorax without the head, bodies without thorax, with a scatter- — ing of legs and antenne, attached and unattached, in every possible form, but I could not find any of these portions in the nests. Now the question arises, What are these mounds for, and how does Phevdole collect and — form them? Are they simply carcases stacked, to be © cut up at leisure and carried into the nest in suitable | sizes for future provision, or are these bodies arranged as a grim warning to prowling enemies, after the fashion __ of the skulls set up at the entrance to the villages of © some wild and primitive tribe? and, then, how does | Pheidole collect them? It is hardly possible that they | are killed and brought in, for Pheidole would have to | be in overwhelming force to master a single giana | Notes on Indian Ants. 205 headed soldier of compressus. Perhaps they act as undertakers, and collect the dead thrown out by Cam- ponotus for some special purpose of their own; and, then, why should this trait break out in Madura, for certainly Thave not met with it in other parts, although com- pressus and rhombinoda are practically common every- where. These are the only two interesting forms of nest of Pheidole I have come across, but I have never had the good fortune to find P. sykesiw and P. wroughtonia, the clever embankment builders which Mr. Wroughton so affectionately describes, nor have I found Pherdole: in my travels a really strong harvester as Holcomyrmex everywhere is, as M. salomonis is in a lesser degree, and as Solenopsis undoubtedly is on the Western side of India, and but for the exhaustive observations Mr. Wroughton has made on this, his favourite genus, I should certainly have held Pheidole’s harvesting powers in but poor repute instead of respecting her as the harvester par excellence of at least many parts of India. Cremastogaster rogenhofert, Mayr. I found a very fine nest in the compound of a bungalow at Bandora, near Bombay, and spent a long Sunday afternoon in trying to coax, worry and force the ants to stridulate, or make a sound of some kind or other. On disturbing the big brown-paper nest by tapping it with a stick the ants would swarm out in thousands, and a sound of some sort followed, but it did not suggest to me quite the hissing of a red-hot cinder plunged into water, as described by Mr. Wroughton in “ Our Ants,” but rather the pattering sound of many feet on the hollow nest, exactly as is met with when a nest of Gicophylla smaragdina is treated in the same way. With more violent tapping and shaking, the ants began to fall in showers on to a fence and some shrubs beneath which produced the sound-effect of falling rain. A large piece of the centre of the nest was then broken out, and the ants fell in numbers from the upper to the lower half, and this produced very excellent rain, more like the pattering of the early drops of a thunder shower (English, not Tropical), and this went on long after I had ceased to worry the nest. On the ground and on the fence beneath the nest the ants collected in 206 Mr. G. A. James Rothney’s thousands, but as soon as the ant-rain from above — ceased, no amount of persuasion or bullying could get — a sound out of the crowds which were huddled together. As a check to any possible deafness on my part, I called in the assistance of a friend, not an entomologist, but a — very keen observer (Mr. C. J. Barnes of Bombay), bub ~ he could not hear anything more than I did, and neither of us could detect anything beyond the pattering of — ants on leaves, nest, or fence, and not a suspicion ofa ~ sound which could in any wavy be taken as independent and self-evolved. Cremastogaster of several species I met with in numbers during my tour, and never missed an oppor- — tunity of experimenting, but without success; and the — same with Gcophylla, disturb a nest ot di. smaragdina and — you will get the pattering, “ red-hot cinder,” or water- — boiled-over sound, but take a crowded mass of smarag- — dina on tree-trunk or ground, irritate them with a stick, they will immediately show fight and literally sit-up at you, but without the nest, which acts as a drum, no sound © do they produce. Cremastogaster possesses stridulating apparatus, but — Cicophylla, as Dr. Sharp points out, does not, yet the — result is the same; disturb a nest and you get sound; © disturb the ants without the nest, which acts as a drum, ~ and you cannot. Sima ngra, Jerdon. The nest referred to in ‘Notes on Indian Ants” — (Trans. Ent. Soc. i1., 1889), situated in the drive ~ between Government House and the Outram Statue, — Calcutta, I found in a most flourishing condition, and the number of ants apparently imcreased with the size — of the tree, which was very considerable; this is the second instance of a particular nest, well known to me — from 1872 to 1886, found still strong and vigorous in ~ 1894, or a continuous residence of twenty-two years. a There was a nest of this species in the Victoria Gardens, Bombay, and present with the ants the mimicking Salticus, exactly as on the Bengal side. ; Sima rufo-mgra, J erdon. My two well-known nests (1872-1886) in Barrackporel Park were, in 1894, extinct. One tree had disappeared Notes on Indian Ants. 207 altogether, and the other had grown to such an extent as to be hardly recognizable, and the hole im which the nest was situated had filled up and bulged out; but had these nests been in existence they would not have afforded the same test of continued residence as the much rarer and more highly localized species S. nigra and M. fodiens. I donot think rufo-nigra is a common ant in Bombay ; but should anyone wish to find her, there are one or two nests in the Victoria Gardens. SOUND. I started on my tour with the full determination of making ants stridulate if I possibly could; but in spite of this bias and exceptional opportunities of observation afforded by at least Lobopelta, I must confess myself altogether disappointed, for, with the exception of the click, click, of the jumping hematodes, I failed to detect any sound which could be considered self-evolved ; but because I failed I do not for one moment suggest that ants cannot and do not stridulate so as to be audible by human ears. Dr. Sharp in his very interesting paper (Trans. Ent. Soc. ii., 1893) has amply proved that they possess the means. Mr. Aitken is perfectly certain as to Lobopelta, and Mr. Wroughton, though not quite so strong in his faith, is still a believer in Cremastogasters’ powers (“Our Ants,” pp. 15, 16), and such accurate observers are not likely to be mistaken. The moral I should like to advance is, that you can- not make ants do what you wish, and when you wish, they won’t play if they do not want to; and I feel con- vinced this spirit enters largely into ant life, and will account for many apparent discrepancies in observations of their habits. Ants, or at least Indian ants, are so clever that they will not be bound by hard and fast lines but require a certain latitude for variation of polity. I ventured to suggest this theory in my former notes (Irans. Ent. Soc. iii, 1889, p. 347), and I now feel more strongly than ever, that in laying down rules for ant conduct, some allowance should always be made for the different little traits of character, the whims and fancies, as it were, which are to be found, not only in a given species but in individual ants. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—parT tt. (JUNE.) 14 bi Cvcrseucey! "qh, “sngnna ") l eee eee eee - re) eee see eee eee oe 4 eee eee FNS TS ETT eye " car ont a cae ah and wee aee eee ss eee eee ee eeeeeeereeeeeeeee [910,77 2.40) 0} PER R é § | sR] R g R & RS | G&R} KR JFK [eeeeeeeeeeeees quar ‘snssasdeuoo . re) eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eerneeene [910.7 ‘snpue,op "T ‘ eee eee eee eee re} eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eeevee “IARI *2.L0YIDQUAZ PAL A a3 Git eeeeeeeeeeee Arowy ‘nena in & ce : é ears RoR eR R ras pares 6 spite eee eee eee eee 2 eee eee eee eee sae eee 4 rel oekaes “TODIOL ‘sqqj0osnbup i eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eae eee eee wae tere ait COR SNYDLPVal . eee eee é é eee re) re} eee eee Aen) eee vee ee eeeeeey IAC ‘seuguaaeando ‘A (a3 eee eee eee eee re) re} eee é é é eee tae eee eecceeereeers® "quy ‘9naorlas snpouodwung ‘WAILONOANVO “4 e) iz s | Qa Se | sty eo ow: |S fa. foe fe [23 se Be | Ge | wy | ef | gE | 82 | be | Se | Se | Se | 3B | BE | BE we ey ; =e Ts Qo & os | DG ro B bo ied * Ls *smi0gdg ea | te | Be | oe | eh | £8 | oe | fe | 2s | pe | Te | oe | So ao NSE ; Bg ea cS) ro iS: No tS" o ee H ee a? : i : ; ; : & ae ‘SHLVG AGNV ‘SHLLITVOOT ‘SHIONdS AO ATAVIL —: Bpllopoyorog oy} Jo uoyatdwmoo oy oyep quosoid oy} ye Sutavou st ‘oully [[e Oy SJUW UvIPUT UO Yaoa pavpuRys oY} oq ysNM YoIyM pur ‘AyoI00g K104stF] pRangeny Avquog oy} Jo suormoesuery, oy} ur Surreodde st yorqa ,,“uvpfoy op yo sopuy sop oaurduigy,| ep soplorms0,, sory,, “YOM yeord sTy sv f'QP UI [IS ome somvu sjolog aq jo Auvyy ‘an0j oY Jo porsed poyiwty oy} Sump oouopras UI ysom szUR OSOy} JO paoooI v SV ynq “puNoy oq 0} soIdeds oy Jo ast, @ se Ava Luv ut you “UoryooT[oo oY} Jo oanjzdvo Jo soyep pu ‘sorppRoo] ‘somvU oY SuUTATS oTqvy ve puodde | eco 20+ Xt Dt eee eeveecocercecce ‘WS “Ww10.72.1g9uw0ab 66 eeoecesccevsseeeecacce “wg founbna DULUDIDICT “qgry ur-4s “U ‘forO.y ‘a200j020 “A ‘qary Ur ‘jorO,T ‘eeuogy noun vashyyhw) gq stanioleraleielericvetelo akey ‘ngnopns 6 “rseeees TOTO HT ‘a2ya0yUamngay vreastesess a Kery “Dpourlassay D.19Uu0do.1yi0 7 jet ek [210.7 ‘snozpur 1 66 ceeeeeeer-coesesee TTT ‘72107298 ssescesceses TABI ‘sauguaanound “74I] UI ‘JOO ‘s2swa2unuDy “1 onocaccauboIson BiH oj eh ar ‘$27109U92L0 snpoyoouy srraesseseceses ory SsQNOIDUDY SNYIDUOJUOPO ‘Wdaldanod 66 6¢ 66 66 rereserserscosoerttcy oupgosdny Sn.1apoyonog rreeserrerrt Sunppydaoounjaw vumourdn], PaoESESGRAGIBOORAGH Tg Kal ‘sadiq)D LAWL UWOUY IAT, ‘W dINaACOHOIIOG 6¢ G@eeveeooer te [2404 “0902408 °A (74 ele clevele e ole "10 "alee ene appafuandf TOKCIp Rhee ike ‘sesuadno sedajoyquno py [er0,q ‘22ewopual - seedsesreseece S 2 JOLONT ‘ahauyzos seeeeseversererees enn ig a ‘sadabuo) sedaj02bn) qT seerrreeeeoersse ToS 0a7 ‘s2uguaagnon vbiido.10 py 66 ssreee razor ‘seswapnbuag “I s eeovecevenreeres OOOO O 0I1U0G LNn0g as @eceosceet*eerserce [S104, ‘hanguwah af 3 Cosccccosnoorrerrs sss [210.7 ‘paepur TREE ea "+ -a9erqy ‘seusoo2buo) srdajouar gq eco ccccereesstesrevseseees ‘UIT ‘nosnf DI2U.L0,7 faisciaie [210,.q ‘sadvjas "A (t veuseaceswee sop a SenOeUee snpshoosaw.th ar I "LINqog “IJ *9 “OLLOOssn eee eee “16—8T “UB “IVSLUACY "UB (—FPG “90M ‘aL0dyovlreg vy ec | a | | en | ES | | | SS | | NY | pee | ee | *PANU2U0I™-—SY TVG aUNV weet ecesene , ike “TI—9 “00d “OLOOUBARL I, "p99 —6Z “AON “UNO; "8%—GEG “AON “qnorTBD "So ‘TS “AON *aL0SATIT “FE—06 “AON “10 Vsueg ‘61I—ST “AON “SVIPCIL “ST AON—L3°PO “£19 Lvquiog ‘SALLITVOO'T rare eerereteeseooe (74 { aa EE “UL la i “A Paiescenessr tse yee ‘snsaqo ({iy SRP Sess y "10, “2yspom mat soy dinieT ‘gary ur “ds ‘a ‘Jar0,q ‘phauyios ‘itteeeeerrrrrree nition ‘4070029 snpdouniayy ease er ernoarecsccere 2410, ‘snjD) snovjnDnjny ‘qu UL ‘foro ‘e2sa2ey2hwus-osohbns vovuLhpy ‘W CIOINYA it @eaerttteeoeveoeeeescegeeeee “Uany ‘sda010a) “c eee ret cecccccosece IAL ‘sesuagpbuaq eieiebiniebitisemieisexeeies IAC *$2UL0I2Q9LQ $N92U5T) styiwawztatta Sioa silseket” rope “2.02Y99Q0 snjphuog ‘W aITALOGd rtesersrececeseeeT err ‘snsunpebuo) pLauodory eecccet st eaccce ‘ug ‘sda02.20a) "A cc see ees seeds sss sONp *n.0a,f271990 “cc “qyIT Ul“ A‘ ‘foro, ‘22uryouew ‘aA eeeeereccccecce IAV TW ‘sesuauryo ce i reesaraca Ace eatanns StSlatatA IAL ‘soswaueya 0) 9d0qQ0'T aie a.0\014,0)0 6 alesis iwiaicieeiciee Sau IACI ‘sadzajgn) “6 seoreseoeeeoseecnarr ur Taq ‘22woplal viaUog “panu2uod —¥ d1IuaNog "salads ‘SUIOUdS JO WIAVL ooo eon ret 7S a TS PER PSR R ue TR | RR ISTE ° 0+ = HOF 2 K++ eee TUR 0+ D+ I0+ veers roprep ‘snsouds-7 vaushuoydluT BOOOOOOUCOOOUOO IdSOY ‘nssatdauoo oe FOSE9905 oF (2)/0 ‘pub 6 a ey eee ‘pubuu- as DUlIG POO000 aN (om ‘[O10,7 *40.L08 cesar herr hauypos : poceccocvced IAT 71UL9}U09 My soo HET wt ‘{a10, 7 ‘DpngDb MY sete cevevcve TACT “ppnugns st ewie von CAB TNT pao foyuobor lanpR BOTS) seeeeeee a0 OT ‘10 ‘nnuosnbsaf TRH 94 Ur Toro ‘wuafiyynds srsteeeseerennty UI ‘Todo ‘sesuound “* (ee Ul ‘JolO. “MovuDIap a 0 8)e)0\010]010 e\eleleleleielvleleisieie Ike Snawnd Ot Sie Sete serene em ONT ‘ppouyn) sresssseseceres Ther ‘souguaanniis sssssreesssseseoseroee Ther Snganun — creseerecoonsceses tke, “DpourqUMoy.t Nia Peeeeererees uopsa Ee ‘snsuaaep se ecceeeeceanes opie ‘seuifio worebo opi e “441] Ul ‘oro ‘opvU.LD “1 rrsteerteeossan Tr ‘nanuruabh sosdouajog an TON ‘2uoqyBno.ta a Nee veeseereoreeet Ker Syne Ms MsenoneHiag rereessoeese “TITS SaUn2s0U0GL09 @eecosceeseeoeeeeeo ILC ‘9p0uljn) 66 eoorss eer, eoceccee ‘mus *107098D2 a “ear Ur “Toro “thin “a ey Cae ‘unusey)o.ib ce "44I[ UL “TOTO “eunozpur -a rrresersroessee “rT Ce2OUOIDS ULNIMOULOUO TT ‘aarp ut ds -u ‘foro ‘2hawyo.t ve ace Page veseesees TKBTAT ‘20y7eUs els RONDO GD URND Cie oaaya Cay aa e ye ihe en ee re | | : | | | i | | IX. On the Heteromerous Coleoptera collected in Australia and Tasmania by Mr. James J. Walker, B.N., F.LS., during the voyage of H.M.S. “ Penguin,’ with descriptions of new genera and species. Part II. By Guorcz C. CHampion, F.Z.S. [Read March 6th, 1895. ] Prats VI. Tuis paper deals with the remainder of the Hetero- merous Coleoptera collected by Mr. Walker in Australia and Tasmania during the voyage of the *‘ Penguin.” It includes the families Cistelide, Lagriide, Melandryide, Pythide, Cidemeridz, Xylophilide, Anthicidz, Mor- dellidee, Rhipidophoridz, and Meloide. The Tene- brionidz were published in our “ Transactions ”’ for last year, pp. 301-408. LHighty-eight species are enumer- ated in the present paper, of which no less than sixty- six are described as new, with eight new genera. The widely-distributed genera Scraptia and Mordellistena are additions to the Australian list; also Ctenoplectron and Techmessa, hitherto known from New Zealand only, and Lagrioida, which has a single representative in New Zealand and another in Chili. The Cistelidez, numerous in species in Australia, is a much neglected family, and it is not surprising that fourteen out of the fifteen Species appear to be new, with four new genera. The Lagriide are represented by three species ; one of these was described long ago by Gyllenhal, the other two are described as new. The Melandryide have hitherto contained but a single described Australian species: eleven are now recorded, belonging to eight genera, three of which are characterized as new. The Pythide are represented by two known species. The Cidemeridee contain numerous known representatives in Australia, nevertheless seven out of the ten species appear to be new. ‘The Xylophilidze, with one previously known Australian representative, include six species, four of which are described, the others being in imperfect con- dition. The Anthicide are numerous in Australia, and a TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PaRT II. (JUNE.) 214 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera considerable number of species have been described, chiefly from New South Wales, South Australia, and Queensland; but as many of-Mr. Walker’s insects are from very different localities, from Western or North Western Australia,.or ‘l'asmania, itis not to be wondered at that most of them are new; twenty-four species (eighteen new), belonging to five genera (one — new), are enumerated. ‘The Mordellide, also, are numerous in Australia, but except for some few species — described by Mr. C. O. Waterhouse in our “ Trans- actions” for 1878, very few are named as yet; thirteen species of Mordella (six new), and three of Mordelli- stena are now recorded, the last-mentioned genus being, as noted above, an addition to the Australian list. The — Rhipidophoridz are represented by two species, both of — which appear to belong to known forms. The Meloide furnish one species, belonging to the remarkable genus Sitarida, White (figured in Stoke’s Discoveries in Australia); it is described as new. As in the Tene- brionidz, a large proportion of the novelties are from Tasmania. The decaying Hucalypti in that island appear to be especially productive in Melandryidz, and it seems an extraordinary fact that there should be only one known Australian member of the family, and & that from Queensland. The out-of-the-way arid islands | on the West Coast visited by the “Penguin” furnished several interesting novelties in the Anthicidz, and this was also the case with the Tenebrionide. As an | interesting fact in geographical distribution, it may — be noted that the Australian Lagrioida is more © nearly allied to the Chilian species than to the one | inhabiting New Zealand. One of the species of | Scraptia, a genus containing exceedingly delicate | and fragile insects, is extremely like a Mediterranean | form. a As before, I am indebted to the Rev. T. Blackburn i: ; for his assistance in the preparation of this paper. i CISTELID A, APELLATUS. Apellatus, Pascoe, Journ. Ent., ii., p. 45 (1868). The following species from Tasmania agrees very = well with Pascoe’s definition of this genus, except that collected in Australia and Tasmania. OHS) the antenne are more elongate and the apical joint of the maxillary palpi is still more strongly securiform. It has the antennz subfiliform in both sexes. Apellatus tasmanicus, n. sp. Hlongate, narrow, depressed, subopaque, testaceous or flavo- testaceous, the eyes and a broad marginal vitta on each elytron, extending from the shoulder to close to the apex and widening behind, black or piceous ; above and beneath glabrous. Head sparsely, minutely punctate; the eyes large and narrowly separated in the male, a little smaller and more distant in the female; the apical joint of the maxillary palpi sharply securiform, its apical side nearly one-half longer than the outer side; the antennz very elongate in the male, shorter in the female, in both sexes slender and subfiliform, joints 3 and 4 equal in length, 11 Shorter than 10, ovate. Prothorax broader than long; the sides parallel behind, moderately rounded in front ; the surface thickly, minutely punctate, shallowly grooved down the middle, and with small deep basal foveze. Elytra four and one-half times the length of, and very much wider than, the prothorax, elongate-oval, sub- parallel towards the base, flattened on the disc ; finely punctate- striate, the interstices flat, becoming convex at the apex, almost smooth. Beneath very sparsely, minutely punctate. Legs elongate, the penultimate joint of the tarsi strongly lamellate beneath. 6. Anterior tibiz slightly sinuous on the inner side, the inter- mediate tibiz curved. Length 6-8, breadth 13-23 mm. (¢ @). Hab. Tasmania—Hobart. Sent in plenty by Mr. Walker. This insect is allied to A. ameenus, Pasc. (= lateralis, Pasc., nec Bohem.). In some of the other species of the genus the males exhibit much more pronounced characters. Chiefly under Hucalyptus bark (Walker). CHROMOMMA. Chromomxa, Pascoe, Journ. Ent., u., p. 490 (1866). Mr. Walker’s collection contains two species of this genus: one of them is represented by a badly mutilated example only, the other is here described. Chromomea nigriceps, 1. sp. Moderately elongate, narrow, almost glabrous, subopaque, the elytra shining; varying in colour from testaceous to piceo- testaceous, the head, and sometimes the prothorax also, black or 216 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera piceous, the suture very narrowly infuscate or piceous ; beneath in great part piceous; the antennze brown or pitchy-brown, the legs testaceous or brownish. Head densely, finely punctate, the epi- stoma short and limited behind by a deep groove; the eyes moderately large, separated by a space about equalling half the width of one of the eyes as seen from above ; the apical joint of the maxillary palpi elongate-triangular; the antenne extending nearly to the middle of the elytra, rather slender, joints 3 and 4 equal in length, 11 shorter than 10. Prothorax a little broader than long, feebly convex, slightly flattened on the disc; the sides parallel behind, moderately rounded in front; the surface densely and rugulosely punctured, with very shallow basal fovez placed just within the margin. Elytra three and one-half times — the length of, and much wider than, the prothorax, oblong-oval, parallel towards the base; finely punctate-striate, the interstices feebly convex, sparsely, shallowly, minutely punctate. Legs moderately long, the femora stout ; the intermediate and hind tibie feebly bowed inwards and subsinuate. Length 63, breadth 2mm.(). Hab. ‘Vasmania—Hobart. Three specimens, all males. This species is not very | closely allied to any of those described by Pascoe, or F. — Bates, whose types I have examined. The head is less prolonged in front than in C. rufipenms, Blackb., the labrum being much shorter; the eyes are larger and more prominent than in that insect. ALLECULA. - Allecula, Fabricius, Syst. Hleuth., u., p. 21 (1801) ; Lacordaire, Gen. Col., v., p. 502. Allecula luctuosa, n. sp. Elongate, very broad, subparallel, flattened above, subopaque, _ glabrous, brownish-black, the prothorax piceous, the oral organs, © antenne, coxe, tibize, and tarsi ferruginous. Head rather small, — closely, finely, very irregularly punctate, the epistoma large and — broad; the eyes transverse, feebly emarginate, comparatively small, separated by a space rather greater than the width of one of the eyes as seen from above ; the apical joint of the maxillary — palpi stout, subcultriform ; the antenne rather slender, about half — the length of the body, joints 3 and 4 equal. Prothorax convex, © strongly transverse, at the base nearly twice the width of the — head; the sides parallel behind, strongly rounded in front; the § ¥ ee ae jee = > al < ia collected in Australia and Tasmania. LY surface minutely, rather sparsely punctate, deeply canaliculate in the middle at the base, and with very small foveze just within the basal margin. Elytra four and one-half times the length, and twice the width of the prothorax, gradually widening for two- thirds of their length, and then abruptly rounded and converging to the apex ; finely and sharply punctate-striate, the punctures deep and very closely placed ; the interstices feebly convex, almost smooth (exceedingly minutely and very sparsely punctate when viewed under a strong lens). Beneath very sparsely, minutely punctate, the sides of the metasternum coarsely punctured. Legs moderately elongate, the tibiz widening outwards. Length 143, breadth 64 mm. (@). Hab. ‘Tasmania—Mount Wellington, near Hobart, at an elevation of 1,000 feet. One specimen. ‘The deep median groove at the base of the thorax is perhaps accidental. Howmorrysis. Homotrysis, Pascoe, Journ. Hnt., u., p. 487 (1866) ; Blackburn, Trans. R. Soc. 8. Austr., xiv., p. 319. The differences between this genus and Allecula have not yet been properly defined. The two _ species described below belong to Homotrysis as adopted by Blackburn. Homotrysis breolor, n. sp. Hlongate, rather broad, subparallel, flattened above, shining, ru- fous ; the elytra, except at the extreme base, pitchy-black ; the under surface, the prothorax excepted, piceo-ferruginous ; above sparsely clothed with long, suberect, fulvo-cinereous hairs. Head sparsely and rather coarsely punctate, behind the epistoma deeply trans- versely depressed ; the eyes moderately large, rather deeply emar- ginate, separated by a space equalling the width of one of the eyes as seen from above ; the apical joint of the maxillary palpi stout, subsecuriform ; the antenne extending to the basal third of the elytra, moderately stout, joints 3 and 4 equal in length. Prothorax convex, strongly transverse, much wider than the head ; the sides parallel from the middle to the base, rounded in front ; the hind angles rectangular ; the surface coarsely, thickly punctate, depressed in the middle before the base, and with rather deep basal fovez. Hlytra four and one-third times the length of, and one-half broader than, the prothorax, subparallel for about two- 218 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera thirds of their length, and thence rounded and converging to the apex ; coarsely punctate-striate, the punctures very closely placed, the striz shallow ; the interstices almost flat, each with one or two very irregular rows of coarse scattered punctures, which, like those of the striae, become finer towards the apex. Legs elongate, rather stout. Length 94, breadth 3 mm. (9? ). Hab. Tasmania—Franklin and Hobart. T'wo specimens. Also sent by Mr. Walker to the British Museum. Homotrysis scabrosa, 0. sp. Moderately elongate, rather convex ; the head and prothorax obscure rufous, opaque; the elytra reddish-brown, slightly shining ; _ the eyes black, the legs and antennz ferruginous ; the upper sur- face clothed with fine decumbent fulvous hairs. Head scabrous ; the eyes large, very deeply emarginate (the inner portion appear- ing oblique), coarsely granulated, separated by a space about equalling half the width of one of the eyes as seen from above ; the apical joint of the maxillary palpi moderately stout, triangular ; antenne rather stout, extending to about two-thirds of the length of the elytra, the joints from the third feebly serrate and gradu- ally increasing in length, 3 as wide as, but shorter than, 4, 9-11 very elongate, subequal. Prothorax strongly transverse, feebly convex, widest a little before the middle, subtruncate at the base ; the sides rounded anteriorly, straight and slightly converging from the middle to the base ; the hind angles rectangular; the surface - scabrous, the basal foveze well-defined. Elytra about four times the length of, and much wider than, the prothorax, parallel to the middle and narrowing thence to the apex ; finely and rather deeply striate, the striz towards the base only with distinct punctures; the interstices convex, flat on the disc at the base, thickly and roughly punctured, the interspaces subgranulate towards the base. Legs elongate. Length 53, breadth 2 mm. (¢). Hab. W. Australia—Roebuck Bay. One male specimen, sent by Mr. Walker to the British Museum. Allied to H. rufa, Blackb., from Adelaide, but differing from it in its less elongate shape, | the scabrous head and thorax, and the roughly-punctured | elytra; the elytral strize almostimpunctate. Under bark of “ white-gum,” Hucalyptus sp. (Walker). —o— collected in Australia and Tasmania. 219 Nypsius, n. gen. Apical joint of the maxillary palpi moderately stout, triangular, its apical and outer sides about equal in length, each very much longer than the inner side; mandibles bifid at the tip ; antenne moderately long, the joints thickening a little towards their apex (5-10 subcylindrical in NV. foveatus, ¢), 3 and 5 subequal in length, A slightly longer ; head rather small, short, a little exserted, obliquely narrowed behind the eyes, the latter moderately large, coarsely granulated, somewhat widely separated, transverse as viewed from above ; prothorax strongly transverse, convex, feebly bisinuate at the base, with deep basal fovere and a median groove terminating in a depression or fovea behind ; elytra from four and one-half to five times the length of the prothorax, and in the widest part twice its breadth, elongate-oboval, or subparallel ; legs elongate, the tibize and tarsi slender, the penultimate joint of the tarsi very feebly lamellate beneath, the posterior femora shallowly sulcate beneath towards the apex, the claws pectinate ; body more or less elongate, sparsely pubescent, metallic or with metallic lustre, winged. The two Tasmanian species referred to this genus can- not satisfactorily be included in any of the genera of Cistelidze as at present defined; I am, therefore, com- pelled to use a new generic name for them. Both species have an oblique groove on each elytron below the base. The Australian representatives of this family are, as noted by Blackburn, very difficult to deal with, many of them apparently requiring new genera for their reception. Nypsius sneopiceus, n. sp. Elongate, rather broad, subparallel, depressed, very shining, seneo-piceous, indeterminately reddish-brown towards the suture ; the oral organs and antenne fusco-ferruginous ; the legs ferru- ginous, the femora darker; above very sparsely clothed with fine, long, erect fuscous hairs. Head sparsely, finely punctate, behind the epistoma deeply transversely depressed; the eyes moderately large, transverse, feebly emarginate, separated’ by a Space equalling the width of one of the eyes as seen from above ; the antennee rather slender, not half the length of the body, joints 4-11 slightly decreasing in length, widening a little towards their apex, 9-11 equal in length. Prothorax convex, strongly trans- verse ; the sides rounded in front, straight and slightly converging from the middle to the base ; the hind angles rectangular ; the Surface very sparsely, finely punctate, with a median channel, which 220 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera becomes wider and deeper before and behind the middle, and large and deep basal fovese. Elytra five times the length, and in their widest part fully twice the width, of the prothorax, gradually widening for two-thirds of their length and then somewhat abruptly narrowing to the apex; finely and shallowly punctate- striate, the punctures closely placed; the interstices almost flat throughout, each with a single very irregular row of widely separated fine punctures ; each elytron deeply obliquely depressed on the disc below the base. Length 94, breadth 34 mm. { 9 ). Hab. Tasmania—Franklin, Huon River. One specimen. ‘This insect has more the facies of some 7 of the winged species of Helopide than of a Cistelid. Nypsius foveatus, n. sp. (Plate VL., fig. 1, 3.) Elongate-obovate, rather narrow, somewhat flattened above, shining; the head, prothorax, and scutellum, greenish-eneous; the elytra sneous or eneo-cupreous; the antenne, femora, and — under surface in great part piceous, the tibia and tarsi pitchy-red ; above sparsely clothed with rather long, decumbent fuscous hairs. Head somewhat closely, finely punctate, behind the epistoma deeply transversely depressed ; the eyes moderately large, rather — deeply emarginate, separated by a space about equalling the width of one of the eyes as seen from above; the antenne rather stout, extending to about the basal third of the elytra, joints 5-10 long and subcylindrical, shorter than 4, 11 shorter than 10, ovate. Prothorax transverse, moderately convex; the sides subparallel from about the middle to the base, rounded in front, the hind angles rectangular ; the. surface thickly, somewhat coarsely punc- — ” tate, sulcate down the middle, the groove terminating in a deep + | triangular excavation behind and also becoming deeper in front, and with a deep fovea on either side of the disc about the middle _ and very deep basal fovee. Elytra about four and one-half times | the length, and in the widest part nearly twice the width, of the prothorax, obvate, widest at one-third from the apex ; finely and shallowly punctate-striate, the punctures closely placed ; the inter- — a | stices almost flat, somewhat thickly punctured ; each elytron deeply obliquely Feta on the disc below the base. Legs - i.’ simple. Length 7, breadth 24 mm.(¢). Hab. ‘Vasmania—Launceston. ‘T'wo male examples. ‘This species somewhat resembles a Chromomea, but it differs from that genus in the short bifid mandibles, short thorax, etc. The thorax has five deep fovez, a character not possessed by any other | ry Cistelid known to me. collected in Australia and Tasmania. all Mautistete. Metistete, Pascoe, Journ. Ent., ii, p. 489 (1866). Metistete costatipennis, n. sp. Moderately elongate, convex, opaque, glabrous, pitchy-black, the tibize and tarsi brownish. Head densely, rugosely punctured, the epistoma limited behind by a fine shallow groove; the eyes large, not prominent, feebly emarginate, separated by a space not equalling the width of one of the eyes as seen from above ; the mandibles feebly cleft at the apex ; the apical joint of the maxil- lary palpi broadly securiform ; the antenne extending to about the basal third of the elytra, stout, thickening a little outwardly, joint 2 very elongate, nearly twice as long as 4, 4 and 5 subequal, 6-9 slishtly longer (10 and 11 broken off). Prothorax as long as broad, truncate at the base, flattened on the disc, slightly wider at the base than at the apex, the sides moderately rounded anteriorly, parallel behind ; the entire surface densely, rugosely punctured, without trace of basal fovez or median channel. Elytra nearly twice the width, and almost four times the length of the prothorax, convex, parallel to the middle, and thence rapidly narrowed to the apex, the humeri rounded; with rows of coarse, deep, round punc- tures, which are separated one from another by transverse raised lines, the interstices strongly costate throughout and obsoletely granulate. Beneath coarsely punctured. Legs moderately stout. Body apterous. Length 81, breadth 22 mm. (@ ). Hab. N. W. Australia—Adelaide River. One mutilated specimen only, apparently dead when found. ‘This insect will probably prove to be generically distinct from Metistete, but it can be placed in it for the present. : Ortys, n. gen. Apical joint of the maxillary palpi narrow, elongate-triangular, its outer side a little longer than the apical side, the latter about twice the leneth of the inner side; mandibles bifid at the tip ; antenne rather short and slender, joints 3 and 4 elongate, equal, 4-11 more or less obconic, 5-11 almost equal in length ; head short, sunk up to the eyes in the prothorax ; eyes very coarsely granulated, large, deeply emarginate (oblique as viewed from above), rather narrowly separated ; prothorax strongly transverse, very feebly bisinuate at the base, and with smali basal fover ; 222 Mr. G. C0. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera elytra wider than, and three or four times the length of, the pro- — thorax, oval or oblong-oval ; legs rather short, the femora stout ; anterior and intermediate tarsi with joints 3 and 4, and the pos- terior tarsi with joint 3, lamellate beneath; posterior femora sulcate beneath (towards the apex only in O. pallens) ; claws pecti- nate ; body oblong-oval, narrow, glabrous or pubescent, winged. Three small species from North or West Australia — are referred to this genus; two are glabrous and one pubescent, the latter possessing extraordinary male- characters. ‘The narrow apical joint of the maxillary palpi, the comparatively short legs, etc., separate Otys from Allecula, F. (including Homotrysis, Hybrema, etc.), Hymenorus, Muls., and Scaletomerus, Blackb. Ido not attach any importance to the greater or less — sulcature of the hind femora beneath, a character used by _ Blackburn to distinguish some of the Australian genera. — Otys is perhaps nearest allied to Scaletomerus, which possesses two species of Harpalid facies. Otys harpalivus, n. sp. Oblong-oval, moderately convex, shining, glabrous; the head ~ : and prothorax rufous or obscure rufous, the elytra pitchy-black or piceous, the suture sometimes obscure rufous towards the base ; the antenne ferruginous, the legs testaceous ; beneath ferruginous, q | the abdomen piceous. Head thickly. very finely punctate ; the 2 eyes large, separated in both sexes by a space about equalling one-half the width of one of the eyes as seen from above ; antennze _ not quite half the length of the body in the male, shorter in the female. Prothorax strongly transverse, convex, widest a little behind the middle, the sides rounded in front and slightly con- ~ verging behind, the hind angles subrectangular; the surface © P closely, very finely punctate and with a few coarser punctures intermixed, canaliculate behind, and with small but distinct a | basal foves. Elytra about three or three and one-half times 7 | the length of, and considerably wider than, the prothorax, oblong- oval ; finely punctate-striate ; the interstices almost flat on the | disc, slightly convex towards the sides and apex, very sparsely, exceedingly minutely punctate, and with a coarser puncture here _ and there intermixed. Posterior femora sulcate beneath from near the base to the apex. : a g@. Anterior and intermediate tibize sinuous within ; posterior femora sparsely ciliate along their lower edge. 5 Length 4-43, breadth 12 mm.(¢ @). Hab. N. W. Australia—Roebuck Bay. collected in Australia and Tasmania. Dies Three specimens, two of which have been forwarded to the British Museum. ‘This species has much the facies of a small Harpalid. It cannot be referred to Scaletomerus, Blackb., which has a securiform apical joint to the maxillary palpi. Otys pallens, n. sp. Oblong-oval, convex, glabrous, subopaque, the elytra rather shining ; pale testaceous, the eyes black. Head thickly, very finely punctate ; the eyes large, somewhat narrowly separated ; antenne rather more than half the length of the body, joints 5-11 moderately elongate, Prothorax convex, strongly transverse, the sides parallel from the middle to the base, rounded in front, the hind angles rectangular ; the surface closely, very finely punctate, and with a few scattered coarser punctures on the basal part of the disc, obsoletely canaliculate behind, and with small but distinct basal foveze. Elytra convex, much wider than the pro- thorax, oblong-oval; finely and deeply punctate-striate, the punc- tures very closely placed ; the interstices feebly convex, sparsely, very finely punctate, and with a few scattered coarser punctures intermixed. Posterior femora shallowly suleate beneath in their outer third. Legs simple in the male. Length 44, breadth about 24 mm.(~¢). Hab. W. Australia—Cassini Island. One male specimen, in mutilated condition, sent by Mr. Walker to the British Museum. ‘This insect re- sembles a small pallid Phaleria. It differs from 0. harpalinus in the more deeply punctate-striate elytra, the interstices much more distinctly punctured. The antennz are more elongate in the male, the legs being quite simple in this sex. The posterior femora are sulcate beneath at the apex only. Otys armatus, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 2, 6.) Oblong-oval, convex, shining, entirely testaceous, the eyes excepted, somewhat thickly clothed with moderately long, semi- erect fulvous hairs. Head sparsely, finely punctate; the eyes large, separated by a space not equalling the width of one of the eyes as seen from above; antenne almost half the length of the body. Prothorax strongly transverse, very convex, the sides rounded anteriorly and parallel behind, the hind angles rectan- gular ; the surface thickly, finely punctate, and with small but TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PART II. (JUNE.) L5 224 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera distinct basal foves. Elytra rather more than three times the — length of, and a little wider than, the prothorax, oblong-oval, widest about the middle ; with regular rows of fine punctures placed in almost obsolete striz ; the interstices flat .and each with a row of precisely similar punctures, the first (or sutural) interstice more thickly punctured towards the base. Posterior femora sulcate — beneath. ¢. Anterior tibize armed on the inner side about the middle — with a small triangular tooth; posterior tibize broadly and un- — equally dilated, bisinuate on their upper and lower edges, with a broad and deep oblique groove extending across their inner face, the concavity smooth within ; posterior femora sparsely ciliate along © their lower edge. Length 4, breadth 12 mm, (2). Hab. N. W. Australia—Parry Harbour. One specimen of this extraordinary little Cistelid has been sent by Mr. Walker to the British Museum. The © broadly dilated hind tibize have the appearance of being twisted, and are deeply obliquely excavated on their inner face. The third jomt of the four front tarsi is more feebly lamellate beneath than in the two other species here referred to the same genus. Notwith-— standing its hairy clothing and somewhat different — facies, I hesitate to treat it as generically distinct therefrom. Under bark (Walker). . IoPHON, n. gen. Maxillary palpi stout, the apical joint rather small, sub triangular ; mandibles feebly cleft at the tip; antenne long” and stout in both sexes, the joints obconic, 3 and 4 equal in- length, the others gradually becoming more elongate, 8-11 sub- equal ; head short, convex ; the eyes rather small, coarsely granu- lated, deeply emarginate, widely separated in both sexes ; pro- thorax subcordate, truncate at the base and apex, with shallow basal fovez, the lateral carina almost obsolete and placed far beneath the margin as seen from above; scutellum subtrian- gular, small ; elytra much wider than the prothorax, parallel to. beyond the middle, moderately elongate, convex; legs stout, rather short, abnormal in the male; tarsi with the penultimate joint feebly lamellate beneath; claws pectinate ; body narrow, parallel, convex, pubescent, winged. The above characters are taken from a single species from N. Australia. It has a very different facies from collected in Australia and Tasmania. J25 any Cistelid known to me. The elytra are almost con- nate, though the wings are visible beneath them. The insect appears to live in ant’s nests. Iophon myrmecophilus, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 4, 3.) Moderately elongate, narrow, convex, shining, brownish-ferru- ginous, somewhat thickly clothed with long, decumbent, fulvous hairs. Head densely, finely punctate; antenne extending to the middle of the elytra. Prothorax convex, subcordate, much wider than the head, a little broader than long ; the hind angles rectan- gular; the surface finely and rather closely punctate, distinctly eanaliculate for a short distance before the middle and also feebly at the base. Elytra about three and one-fourth times the length of, and nearly one-half wider than, the prothorax ; rather coarsely punctate-striate, the punctures very closely placed, but becoming more scattered on the apical declivity ; the interstices almost flat, irregularly uniseriate-punctate, the punctures similar to those of the striz and towards the base becoming more crowded. Beneath thickly punctured. &. Antenne a little longer than in the female; apical joint of - the maxillary palpi stouter and more triangular ; legs much stouter, the femora especially, the tibiz strongly bowed inwards, the inter- mediate and hind tarsi with their basal joints greatly thickened and ‘compressed. Length 4-41, breadth 14-14 mm. ( ¢ 9). Hab. N. W. Australia—Port Darwin. One pair has been sent me by Mr. Walker; and others . have been forwarded by him to the British Museum. Found under stones, in the nests of Hctatomma reticula- tum, Forel; also taken on the wing (Walker). Nocar. Nocar, Blackburn, Trans. R. Soc. 8. Austr., xiv., p. 328 (1891). Nocar latus. Nocar iatus, Blackb., loc. cit., p. 329. Hab. Tasmania—New Norfolk and Hobart. Several specimens, agreeing with one from South Australia received from the describer of the species ; the localities given by him are South Australia and Victoria. 226 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera TaxEs, n. gen. Apical joint of the maxillary palpi stout, triangular, its apical and outer sides about equal in length ; mandibles bifid at the tip; antenne slender, short, joint 3 twice as long as 2 and shorter than A, the following joints gradually decreasing in length and increasing in width, 11 bluntly rounded at the tip; head short and broad ; eyes very widely separated, coarsely granulated ; prothorax strongly transverse, bisinuate at the base, with distinct basal foves ; scu- tellum strongly transverse, triangular; elytra three times the length of, and at the sides forming almost a continuous outline with, the prothorax ; metasternum short; legs short and slender ; the penultimate joint of the tarsi feebly or obsoletely lamellate beneath ; claws pectinate ; body oblong-oval, clothed with very fine sericeous pubescence, winged. To) —— . 2 This genus is not very closely allied to any other Cistelid known to me. It approaches Hymenorus, Muls., and Nocar, Blackb. ‘The legs and antennz are very short, and the penultimate joint of the tarsi is obsoletely or feebly lamellate beneath. ‘The two species referred to it have somewhat the facies of a small Alphitobius. I am unable to detect any external sexual characters. er ee on? Oe ee ee ee oe Taxes depressus, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 3.) Oblong-oval, depressed, shining, pitchy-black, partly ferruginous beneath ; the legs and antenne piceous or pitchy-brown, the basal joints of the latter sometimes ferruginous, the knees and the tarsi testaceous ; above and beneath rather sparsely clothed with a short — fine griseous pubescence ; the entire upper surface very closely, finely punctate, the punctures more crowded upon the head than elsewhere, the lower surface more sparsely punctured, the propleurz rugosely punctured. Antenne about reaching the humeri, the apical three joints as broad as long. Prothorax convex, at the base more than twice as broad as long, very much wider at the base than at the apex ; the sides strongly rounded from the middle forwards, almost parallel behind ; the hind angles rectangular. Elytraabout three and one-fourth times the length of the prothorax, depressed; the sides subparallel to the middle, and thence arcuately converging y to the apex; finely punctate-striate, the punctures closely placed and distinctly coarser than those of the interstices, the latter flat on the disc and convex at the sides and apex. Penultimate joint of the tarsi very narrowly and obsoletely lamellate beneala i Length 44-4}, breadth 13-2 mm. J collected in Australia and Tasmania. 2 Hab. W. Australia—Roebuck Bay. Four specimens, found under bark of “ white-gum,” Kucalyptus sp. Tauxes alphitobiordes, n. sp. Oblong-oval, rather convex, shining, pitchy-black ; the legs and antenne pitchy-brown, the three basal joints of the latter, the knees and tarsi testaceous; above and beneath rather sparsely clothed with a short fine griseous pubescence; the head and pro- thorax densely and finely, the elytra more sparsely and more coarsely, punctate. Antenne extending to a little beyond the humeri ; the apical three joints slightly longer than broad. Pro- thorax convex at the base, about twice as broad as long ; the sides strongly rounded from the middle forwards, almost parallel behind; the hind angles rectangular. Elytra rather more than three times the length of the prothorax, flattened on the disc ; the sides sub- parallel to the middle, and thence arcuately converging to the apex; finely punctate-striate, the punctures not coarser than those of the interstices, the latter flat on the disc and convex at the sides and apex. Penultimate joint of the tarsi narrowly lamellate beneath. Length 43, breadth nearly 21 mm. Hab. N. W. Australia—Adelaide River. One specimen. Closely allied to 7. depressus, but more convex and more elongate, the antenne a little longer, the thorax less transverse and more densely punctured, the elytral interstices more sparsely and more coarsely punctured, the punctures not finer than those of the striz, the penultimate joint of the tarsi more dis- tinctly lamellate beneath. A second specimen, from Port Darwin, has been sent by Mr. Walker to the British — Museum. LAGRITD AL. LAGRIA. Lagria, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., p. 124 (1775). Hight species of this genus have been described from Australia: representatives of three were obtained by Mr. Walker, two of which I am unable to identify and have therefore ventured to name them. 228 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera Lagria grandis. Lagria grandis, Gyll. in Schénh., Syst. Ins., i., 3, App., p. 9; Blanch., in Dumont d’ Urville’s Voyage au Pole Sud, iv. Ins. p. 183, t. 12, fig. 9; Er., nm Wiegm. Archiv, 1842, 1., p. 370. Lagria rufescens, Boisd., Voyage de l’ Astrolabe, Ent., i., p. 286. Hab. Tasmania—Hobart. Sent in plenty from Tasmania, whence it has already been recorded. The male of this species possesses very remarkable sexual characters. Found on flowers and by beating herbage, also on the wing (Walker). Lagria xneoviolacea, un. sp. Lagria xneoviolacea, Deyr., in litt. Broadly obovate, shining ; the head, prothorax, and scutellum zneous ; the elytra metallic-green, shading into zneous, with a broad transverse evanescent fascia about the middle, and the inner — part of the epipleurz, cupreo-violaceous ; beneath, the coxz, and the basal half of the femora rufous or rufo-testaceous ; the antennze black, with joints 3 and 4 obscurely rufous at the base ; the upper — surface somewhat thickly clothed with long erect whitish hairs. Head rather broad, coarsely, closely punctate, the interspaces irregularly raised; the eyes transverse, large, not prominent, © separated by a space about equalling the width of one of the eyes — as seen from above, exceedingly deeply emarginate ; the antennz ~ not half the length of the body, gradually thickening outwardly, ~ joint 3 longer than 4, 4-10 decreasing in length, 10 nearly as broad ~ as long, 11 as long as 9 and 10 united. Prothorax convex, a little broader than long, slightly wider than the head, feebly rounded at — the sides, the base sharply margined laterally and with the margin projecting outwards ; the surface very coarsely and closely punc- — tured, the interspaces towards the sides transversely raised, the disc — with a smoother space down the middle. Elytra three and one-half — times the length, and in the widest part nearly two and one-half — times the width, of the prothorax, widest at one-third from the ~~ apex, very obtuse behind, closely, coarsely punctate, the inter- — spaces smooth and transversely or obliquely plicate. Beneath very ~ sparsely punctured. , g-. Antenne with joint 1 more elongate, and 8-10 shorter, inaal in the female, 9 and 10 sharply produced at their inner apical angle, 11 roa as long as 8-10 united ; the tibize bowed inwards and denticulate on their inner edge. ; Length 10-12, breadth 43-53 mm.(¢ 9). collected in Australia and Tasmania. 229 Hab. WW. Australia—Fremantle. This is a rather common species in Western Australia, and specimens of it from King George’s Sound, Albany, Champion Bay, Swan River, Fremantle, etc., are con- tained in the collections of F. Bates and Pascoe, and in that of the British Museum, where it stands under the name of I. tomentosa, Fabr., or L. tomentosa, Boisd. It differs, however, from the Fabrician type of L. tomen- tosa, which is preserved in the Banksian collection, not only im colour, but in having the elytra more finely punctured, with the interstices much more irregularly and more strongly plicate (they are very little raised in L. tomentosa). The male characters are very similar to those of L. grandis, and the eyes are formed as in that species. The description of the male is taken from specimens in Mr. F. Bates’s collection, Mr. Walker having found female examples only. ‘The violaceous fascia on the elytra is evanescent and variable in position —at the middle, base, or apex—and is sometimes entirely obsolete. Lagria australis, n. sp. Obovate, shining, greenish-zeneous; the body beneath, the epipleure in part, and the femora, except at the apex, rufous, the rest of the legs, and the antenne, black ; the upper surface somewhat thickly clothed with long erect whitish hairs. Head narrow, with the sides behind the eyes obliquely converging in the male ; coarsely and rugosely punctured behind, more sparsely so in front, the punctures very coarse between the eyes; the upper portion of the eyes moderately large and rounded in the female, transverse in the female, rather feebly emarginate, separated by a Space about equalling the width of one of the eyes as seen from above; the antennz very short in both sexes, much thickened outwardly in the male, moderately so in the female—( J) joint 10 strongly transverse and 11 nearly three times the length of 10, (¢) joint 10 slightly broader than long and 11 twice as long as 10. Prothorax not wider than the head, convex, almost as long as broad, slightly narrower at the apex than at the base, the base without distinct margin, the surface coarsely, closely punctate, the punctures on the anterior part of the disc more scattered and coarser than on the other parts. HElytra about four and one-half times the length, and at the base twice the width, of the pro- thorax, widest at one-third from the apex, obliquely converging 230 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera behind ; coarsely, closely punctate, the interspaces smooth and irregularly raised. Beneath very sparsely punctured. Tibiz un- armed in the male. Length 8-10, breadth 33-44 mm. ( ¢ 9 ). Hab. N.W. Australia—Adelaide River. Two examples. Smaller and narrower than L. zxneo- violacea, the head and thorax much narrower, the antennz very short and more thickened outwardly, the eyes much less deeply emarginate and with the upper portion more rounded, the head more rugosely punctured behind, the thorax not margined at the base and simply punctured. The male is immature and has the basal joints of the antenne rufous and the epipleure entirely testaceous. JL. australis differs from L. cyanea, Macl., specimens of which from Queensland are contained in Mr. IF. Bates’s collection, in having the thorax and the interocular space of the head less densely punctured, the eyes larger and more rounded, the antennz darker at the base, and the elytral interspaces more strongly plicate. MELANDRYIDAi. DircHa. Dircza, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl., pp. 6, 121 (1798). : Phlowitrya, Stephens, Ill. Brit. Ent., v., p. 35 (1832). Dircxa velutina, u. sp. Elongate, flattened-cylindrical, opaque, pitchy-brown or brown, the front of the head and the apex of the prothorax ferruginous, ~ the antennz, legs, and under surface ferruginous or fusco- ferruginous ; above and beneath thickly clothed with a very fine a sericeous brown pubescence, the entire upper surface very densely, minutely punctate. Antenne short, extending very little beyond the humeri, joint 3 much shorter than 4, 4-10 obconic, 11 oblong- © ovate. Prothorax convex, flattened along the middle of the disc, — a little broader than long, much wider at the base than at the — apex ; the sides, as viewed from above, obliquely converging from ~ a little before the base to the apex, and rounded behind, the ~ : marginal carina not extending beyond the middle forwards; the ~ apex rounded, the base feebly bisinuate, the hind angles obtuse; — the surface sometimes with indications of a smooth median line — on the disc, without trace of basal foverw. Elytra elongate, sub- — parallel to beyond the middle, flattened towards the suture, with — collected in Australia and Tasmania. 231 indications of two or three faint costz on the disc. Beneath very densely punctured, the metasternum smoother in the middle ; propleurze separated from the prosternum by a very sharp carina extending obliquely from the anterior margin of the prothorax to the anterior coxal cavity. Length 83-11, breadth 3-32 mm. ( ¢). Hab. Tasmania—Franklin, Launceston, and Hobart. I have received five specimens of this species, appar- ently all females. D. velutina is allied to D. vaudouert, Muls., and D. mexicana, Champ., but differs from both of these in having the thorax more narrowed in front. The sides of the thorax are incompletely margined, as in D. mexicana. Under bark of Hucalyptus obliquus (stringy bark), usually at a considerable elevation (Walker). Dircxa venusta, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 5, g.) Elongate, subcylindrical, subopaque ; the head black ; the pro- thorax ferruginous or rufo-testaceous, with a large trapezoidal black patch on the disc; the elytra black or piceous, with an oblique patch on the outer part of the disc before the middle, and a trans- verse fascia at one-third from the apex—extending to near the suture and constricted at the middle,—pale yellow, the sutural, basal, and lateral margins, the shoulders, and an oblong spot near the margin about the middle, ferruginous ; the antennez black, with the base rufo-testaceous, the oral organs and legs ferruginous, the middle of the femora, the anterior tibize (except at the base), and the anterior tarsi more or less infuscate ; beneath black or piceous, the ventral segments ferruginous at the apex ; the surface very densely, minutely punctured and clothed with a fine sericeous pubescence, which partakes largely of the ground-colour. Antennz slender, filiform, about half the length of the body, joint 3 a little Shorter than 4, 4-11 subequal. Prothorax convex, transverse, _Barrowed in front, the sides rounded anteriorly and slightly con- _ verging behind, the hind angles rectangular, the base very feebly _ bisinuate, the marginal carina extending forwards to near the apex the surface rather deeply canaliculate in the middle at the base and ! with an elongate groove on either side of this. Elytra about four | times the length of the prothorax, parallel to beyond the middle, |the humeral callus finely transversely strigose, the sutural stria distinct, the disc with indications of two or three faint coste. Beneath very densely punctured ; propleure not separated from the | prosternum by a distinct suture. Anterior tarsi broadly dilated in ‘the male. Length 5-73, breadth 14-2 mm. (¢ ?). | 232 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera Hab. Tasmania— Mount Wellington, Hobart, and Mount Arthur, near Launceston. Four specimens. This insect, to judge from the description, has the elytra marked somewhat as in the Chilian Dentipalpus pictus, Philippi. It differs from all the known species of Dircza in its peculiar coloration. In the form of the maxillary palpi, tibial spurs, elytral suture, sterna, etc., it agrees with Durcea. Under bark of Hucalyptus cocafera on Mount Wellington, at an elevation of 4,000 feet ; and under bark of “ sassafras 7 (Atherosperma moschatum) on Mount Arthur, at about 2,000 feet (Walker). TALAYRA, D. gen. Head vertical, scarcely visible from above, convex, without frontal suture ; eyes large, emarginate in front; maxillary palpi strongly serrate—joint 3 acutely triangular, 4 lunate, 5 very large and cultriform, its apical side very much longer than the outer side ; antenne elongate, filiform, joint 2 very short, 3-11 elongate, 7-11 subequal, slightly shorter than those preceding. Prothorax convex, declivous at the sides; the marginal carina extending to the middle forwards, obliterated in front ; the base feebly bisinu- ate, the hind angles subrectangular. Elytra elongate, the width of the prothorax, parallel to the middle and narrowing thence to the apex. Anterior cox contiguous behind, separated in front by the broadly triangular prosternum; the cavities closed ex- ternally, open behind ; the prosternum not separated from the propleura by a distinct suture. Intermediate coxe divided by a very narrow process of the mesosternum ; the cavities open ex- ternally, the trochantin visible. Metasternum elongate, sulcate down the middle from a little below the base to the apex, triangu- larly produced behind, Legs elongate. Intermediate and hind tibiz elongate, deeply transversely notched along their outer edge ; the spurs of the intermediate pair long and unequal in length, those of the hind pair very elongate (as in Orchesia), half the length of the first joint of the hind tarsi, and almost equal in length, all of them pectinate beneath. Anterior and intermediate tarsi with the fourth joint feebly bi-lobed, the anterior pair widened in the male ; the first joint of the hind tarsi very elongate, nearly _ as long as the following joints united, Body elongate, convex, attenuate behind. ; In the subequal and very elongate hind tibial spurs this genus resembles Orchesia, but differs from it m having the anterior coxe contiguous behind, the hind collected in Australia and Tasmania. 933 tibiz elongate, etc.; the first-mentioned character separates it from Ctenoplectron, Cuphosis, Serropalpus, Dircza, etc. It is possible that Orchesia elongata, Macl., from Queensland, and some of the New Zealand species referred to Ctenoplectron, may belong to this genus. Talayra orchesioides, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 6, ¢.) Pitehy- or reddish-brown, opaque, the head, oral organs, antennz, and legs obscure ferruginous or ferruginous ; the entire upper surface very densely, minutely punctate, and clothed with a line sericeous brown pubescence. Antenne about half the length of the body, slender. Prothorax transverse, strongly rounded at the sides anteriorly, subparallel behind, without trace of basal fovez or median line. EHlytra about four and one-half times the length of the prothorax, with indications of faintly impressed lines on the disc, the sutural stria well defined. Length 43-9, breadth 13-23 mm.(¢ @). Hab. ‘'Tasmania—Franklin, New Norfolk, and Launceston. Numerous specimens, varying greatly in_ size. Chiefly under bark of Hucalyptus (Walker). CTENOPLECTRON. Ctenoplectron, Redtenbacher, Reise der Novara, ii., p. 136 (1868). The described species of this genus are all from New Zealand. Cienoplectron agile, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 8.) Very elongate, narrow, cuneiform, opaque, varying in colour from piceous to fuscous, the head (the eyes excepted), the pro- thorax, and the body beneath usually entirely or in part ferruginous or flavo-ferruginous ; the antenne pitchy-brown, with the first and Second joints, and sometimes the eleventh also, rufo-testaceous ; the legs testaceous or rufo-testaceous, the tibize and tarsi sometimes infuscate ; above and beneath very minutely and very densely punctate, clothed with a short fine sericeous pubescence, which is of a yellowish-cinereous colour above and fulvous beneath. Antenne about half the length of the body, very slender, fili- form, joint 3 twice as long as 2, 3-11 subequal. Prothorax fully as long as broad, very convex, narrowed in front, widest a little 234 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera behind the middle, the sides rounded anteriorly and slightly con- verging behind, the base strongly bisinuate, the hind angles rect- angular ; the disc deeply sulcate down the middle, the groove not extending to the apex; the basal fovee long and deep. Elytra about four times the length of, and slightly narrower than, the prothorax, gradually narrowing from the base to the middle and thence rapidly narrowed to the apex, the apices attenuate and slightly dehiscent ; the disc flattened along the suture and with indications of three faint coste, the sutural stria deep ; the humeri transversely strigose ; the apical third of the suture and the outer limb at the apex finely denticulate and setose. Legs slender and very elongate ; the intermediate and hind tibize with numerous trans- verse ridges on their outer edge, their spurs very unequal in length. Anterior tarsi slightly dilated in the male. Length 53-8 breadth 1-13 mm. (¢ @). Hab. Tasmania—Franklin, and New N orfolk. Four specimens, varying greatly in size and colour. It agrees perfectly in its structural characters with the type of the genus, C. fasciatwm, Redt. ‘‘ This insect was found only among chips and on freshly-cut surfaces of wood, where some large Hucalyptus trees had been ‘ringed’; it does not appear to possess the power of leaping like an Orchesia, but runs with greater speed than any beetle I have ever met with, and, being very fragile, is most difficult to secure in good condition (Walker).” ORCHESIA. Orchesia, Latreille, Gen. Crust. et Ins., u., p. 159 (1807). Clinocara, Thomson, Skand. Col., vi., p. 306 (1864). Orchesia austrina, n. sp. Moderately elongate, convex, pitchy-brown or fuscous, clothed with fine sericeous fulvous pubescence ; the antenne rufo-testa- ceous, the six outer joints darker, the legs ferruginous ; the entire surface densely, very minutely punctate. Maxillary palpi sub- serrate, the apical joint moderately large and securiform. Antennz slender, moderately long, the apical five joints: thickened, 8—10 about as broad as long, 11 ovate. Eyes widely separated. Pro- thorax semicircular, strongly transverse, the basal fovez shallow. Elytra forming a continuous outline with the prothorax, moderately long, rapidly narrowing from about the basal third. Prosternal process triangular. Length 32, breadth 14 mm. (¢ @). collected in Australia and Tasmania. 238 Hab. ‘Tasmania—Hobart, Launceston, and Franklin. Apparently not uncommon in Tasmania. ‘This species belongs to the section Clinocara, Thoms. ; it is closely allied to the Huropean O. sepicola, Rosenh. (= minor, Walk.), but is broader and less parallel, the elytra are narrowed from about the basal third, the antenne and legs are shorter, and the basal foveze of the thorax are shallow. Orchesia elongata, Macl., from Queensland, appears to be a very much larger and more elongate insect than O. austrina; the description is wholly inadequate. Under bark on rails, and also under Hucalyptus bark (Walker). Mystss, n. gen. Head scarcely deflexed, very short, sunk into the prothorax up to the eyes, with rather deep frontal suture ; eyes transverse, en- tire, very widely separated, coarsely granulated ; apical joint of the maxillary palpi small, very little wider than the third, feebly securiform ; antennz short, scarcely extending beyond the humeri, joint 3 elongate-triangular, twice the length of 2, 4-10 subtriangular, 4 wider than 3, 5-10 gradually decreasing in width, 9 and 10 about as broad as long, 11 ovate. Prothorax much wider than the head, transversely quadrate as viewed from above, with the greater part of the disc flattened, the lateral portions vertical, and the angles obtuse. Scutellum about as long as broad, emar- ginate on either side. Elytra almost flat, abruptly declivous at the sides, elongate, not wider than the prothorax, parallel, rounded at the apex, confusedly punctured. Anterior coxee feebly exserted, contiguous; the cavities closed externally, open behind; the antecoxal part of the prosternum twice the length of the coxe. Mesosternum largely developed before the middle coxe, the latter subcontiguous. Metasternum elongate, broadly depressed along the middle. Legs moderately long ; intermediate and hind tibieze transversely notched along their outer edge ; tibial spurs moderately long, subequal, the upper spur of the hind pair slightly longer than the lower one ; penultimate joint of the tarsi simple, the basal joint of the hind pair longer than the following joints united. Body elongate, parallel, very depressed. The single species from which the above characters are taken differs from all the other Melandryide known to me in its very depressed form. The scarcely deflexed head, transversely subquadrate thorax, and _ parallel, : elongate elytra give it a peculiar facies. t \ . 236 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera Mystes planatus, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 7.) Elongate, parallel, above and beneath (the eyes excepted), the antenne, and legs ferrugineo-testaceous, the body clothed with a very fine sericeous pubescence ; the head and prothorax slightly shining, densely, finely punctate ; the elytra opaque, very densely; exceedingly minutely punctate, the punctures much finer than those on the head and prothorax. Prothorax as wide at the apex asat the base ; the sides as viewed from above parallel, rounded in front and obliquely converging at the base ; the vertical lateral portion rapidly narrowing posteriorly ; the disc broadly and shallowly depressed along the middle behind and with shallow basal fovez. Elytra about four times the length of the prothorax, parallel for three-fourths of their length and then arcuately narrowed to the apex, very depressed, and with indications of several faintly-raised lines on the disc, the humeri rounded. Beneath densely, very minutely punctate, the meso- and metasternum smoother, the pro- sternum almost impunctate, the propleurz punctured like the upper part of the prothorax. Length 6%, breadth 13 mm.(?). Hab. Tasmania—Launceston. One specimen; a second in the British Museum-set. Under bark of Hucalyptus obliquus (Walker). TELLIAS, D. gen. Head short, rather broad, scareely deflexed, with well-defined frontal suture ; eyes moderately large, rounded, prominent, lateral, coarsely granulated ; apical joint of the maxillary palpi narrow, ovate, obliquely truncate at the apex ; mandibles bifid at the tip ; antenne short, extending very little beyond the humeri, slender, joints 2 and 3 subequal in length, 4-10 obconic, 8-10 scarcely longer than broad, 11 much longer than 10, ovate. Prothorax transversely subquadrate, truncate at the base and apex, not wider than the head including the eyes, with deep oblique basal foveze. Scutellum small, strongly transverse. Elytra much wider than the prothorax, widening to beyond the middle, moderately elongate. Anterior | cox subcontiguous, separated by a very thin lamina; the cavi- © ties closely externally, but widely open behind. Middle coxe - very narrowly separated. Posterior cox widely separated; the intercoxal process broad, triangular. Legs short, slender ; tibial spurs very small ; ; penultimate joint of the tarsi lamellate beneath, the basal joint of ce hind pair as long as the following joints united. Body oboval, narrow, depressed. collected in Australia and Tasmania. 237 The single small species from Tasmania from which the above characters are taken is closely allied to the American genera Thisias,* Physcius, Cleodxus, and Conomorphus, Champ., and Hurypus, Kirby. It ap- proaches nearest to Thisias ; but differs from that genus in its short head, more rounded eyes, narrow transversely subquadrate thorax, small and strongly transverse scu- tellum, etc. From Lagrioida, Fairm., which is also an allied form, it may be known by its depressed form, shorter limbs, etc. Tellias fumatus, nu. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 9.) Ferruginous or fusco-testaceous, slightly shining, the eyes black, _ the sides of the prothorax usually broadly infuscate ; the elytra pitchy-brown or piceous, with the disc before the middle broadly suffused with testaceous, this colour sometimes extending to the base ; the antennz and legs testaceous ; the entire upper surface densely, finely punctate and finely pubescent. Head somewhat convex, the punctures between the eyes here and there longitudi- nally confluent. Prothorax rather convex, transversely subquadrate , the sides slightly converging behind and a little rounded in front, the base distinctly margined at the middle, the basal fovese deep and in some specimens extending obliquely forwards to near the middle of the disc. Hlytra four and one-half times the length of, and at the base one-half wider than, the prothorax, widening to about two- thirds of their length, and thence rapidly and arcuately converging to the apex, the humeri rounded, the disc flattened, the surface con- fusedly punctured, without trace of striz. Beneath closely and finely, the pro- and mesosternum coarsely, punctured. Length 32-47, breadth 13-14 mm. Hab. Tasmania—Hobart and New Norfolk. Found in some numbers, under the bark of Huca- lyptus trees. Iam unable to detect any external sexual characters. LAGRIOIDA. Lagrwida, Fairmaire and Germain, Col. Chil., p. 3 (1860); Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1863, p. 234. As I have elsewhere noted,+ this genus has the anterior * Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., iv., 2, p. 102, t. 5, figs. 7, 7a, b (1889). * Ent. Monthly Mag., xxvi., p. 121 (1890). 238 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera acetabula open behind, and it cannot be retained in the Lagriidz, the position assigned to it by its authors. Its species live at the roots of plants on sandy coasts. Lagrinda australis, n. sp. Oblong-ovate, narrow, convex, shining, varying in colour from, testaceous or rufo-testaceous to pitchy-brown, thickly clothed with a fine decumbent cinereous or yellowish-cinereous pubescence; the legs and antenne testaceous ; the entire upper surface densely, finely punctate, the punctures on the elytra here and there transversely confluent. Antenne not half the length of the hody, the apical three joints wider than those preceding—9 triangular, about as broad as long, 10 subtransverse, 11 ovate. Prothorax convex, about as long as broad; the sides rounded before the middle and slightly converging behind. Elytra about three and one-half times the length of the prothorax, oval. Beneath densely, finely punctate ; the metasternum deeply longitudinally sulcate in the middle. Length 33-51, breadth 1-17 mm. Hab. Tasmania—Sandy Bay, near Hobart, and Launceston. Numerous examples, varying greatly in size and also in colour; some of the specimens are very small, and these I take to be the males. I have also received a specimen of it from the Rev. T. A. Blackburn, from S. Australia. Compared with the two described species of the genus, L. obscurella, Fairm. and Germ. (= rufula, Fairm. and Germ.), from Chili, and ZL. brount, Pasc., from New Zealand, the present insect is much more closely allied to the Chilian than to the New Zealand form. It differs from the first-mentioned in its less elongate shape, shorter antennee, more convex thorax, the sides of which are more rounded before the middle, and more deeply sulcate metasternum ; the punctuation of the upper sur- face is precisely similar. UL. browns has the punctuation much coarser and not so close, and the antennze more elongate. . At roots of grass and herbage on the sand- hills, in company with IJdylius canescens, Champ. (Walker). SCRAPTIA. Scraptia, Latreille, Gen. Crust. et Ins., u., p. 199 (1807); Lacordaire, Gen. Col., v., p. 585. This genus has not hitherto been recorded from Aus- collected in Australia and Tasmania. 239 tralia. There are three species represented amongst Mr. Walker’s Tasmanian captures. Scraptia laticollis, n. sp. Moderately elongate, rather broad, depressed, shining, testaceous (the eyes excepted), the head slightly infuscate, finely pubescent ; the entire upper surface thickly, finely punctate, the punctuation of the elytra a little coarser and more diffuse than that of the pro- thorax. Head short, broad; the eyes large, occupying the whole of the side of the head, widely separated, and coarsely granulated ; antennee rather long, joints 2 and 3 short, 3 slightly shorter than 2, 4 twice as long as 3, 5 a little longer than 4, 5-10 subequal in length. Prothorax feebly convex, very broad, nearly two and one- half times as broad as long, much wider than the head ; the sides parallel at the base and broadly rounded in front; the base sub- truncate ; with distinct basal foveze and a short median channel at the base. Elytra about five times the length of the prothorax, and scarcely wider than it at the base, parallel in front. .Length 2, breadth 3 mm.(¢). Hab. Tasmania—New Norfolk. One male specimen. An insect sent me by the Rev. T. Blackburn from South Australia perhaps belongs to the same species; but as it is immature, the identification is doubtful. Scraptia australis, nu. sp. Moderately elongate, rather depressed, shining, testaceous (the eyes excepted), finely pubescent, the entire upper surface thickly, finely punctate, the punctuation of the elytra a little more diffuse than that of the prothorax. Head strongly transverse, moderately broad, the eyes smaller than in S. datécollis, not extending to the base of the head ; antenneze moderately long, joints 2 and 3 short, equal in length, 4 nearly twice as long as 3, 5 slightly longer than 4, 5-10 subequal in length. Prothorax more than twice as broad as long, convex, much wider than the head, greatly narrowed in front, the sides rounded and converging almost from the base, the base bisinuate, the basal fovese faint. Elytra as in 8. laticollis. Length 2-23, breadth 2-7 mm. Hab. Tasmania—Hobart and Franklin. Three specimens, including, I believe, both sexes. This insect is extremely like S. ophthalmica, Muls., of TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—parT 11. (sJUNE.) 16 240 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera the Mediterranean region; but differs from it in the closer punctuation of the head and thorax, and the finer punctuation of the elytra. The smaller eyes and the less transverse, more convex thorax, the latter with the sides rounded almost from the base, distinguish S. australis from 8. laticollis. Scraptia punctatissuma, u. sp. Elongate, feebly convex, moderately shining, ferrugineo-testa- ceous (the eyes excepted), finely pubescent; the antennz fusco- testaceous, with the three basal joints testaceous, the legs testa- ceous ; the entire upper surface densely, very minutely punctate, the punctuation of the elytra a little more diffuse than that of the prothorax. Head rather small; the eyes moderately large, occupying the whole of the side of the head, not prominent, widely separated, and somewhat finely granulated ; antenne rather short, joints 2 and 3 short, equal in length, 4 about twice as long as 3,4-7 (8-11 broken off) equal in length. Prothorax convex, about twice as broad as long, fully one-half wider than the head, greatly narrowed in front, the sides rounded and converging from the base, the latter bisinuate. Elytra moderately elongate, flattened on the disc, a little rounded at the sides. Intermediate tibial spurs elongate and rather stout (hind pair broken off). Length 21, breadth ? mm. | 2 Hab. Tasmania—Hobart. One imperfect specimen. Differs from the other species here described in the denser and finer punctua- tion of the upper surface ; the eyes, too, are more finely granulated, the head less transverse, and the interme- diate tibize spurs longer and stouter. It is possible that the insect may prove to be generically distinct from Scraptia. : PYTHIDA. TANYLYPA. Tanylypa, Pascoe, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) iii., p. 152 (1869). Tanylypa morio. Tanylypa morio, Pasc., loc. cit., p..153, t. 11, f. 4. Hab. Tasmania—Hobart. collected in Austraha and Tasmania. 24] LISSODEMA. Inssodema, Curtis, Ent. Mag., i., p. 187 (1832). Inssodema hybridum. Salpingus hybridus, Er., in Wiegm. Archiv, 1842, L., p. 182. Hab. Tasmania—Mount Wellington, near Hobart, and Launceston. Sent in numbers by Mr. Walker. Under bark of Hucalyptus coccifera on Mount Wellington, at an eleva- _ tion of from 2,000-3,500 feet (Walker). GDEMERID AL. CopipITA. ? Sessinia, Pascoe, Journ. Hnt., i., p. 45, nota (Jan., 1863). ? Ananca, Fairmaire and Germain, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1863, p. 267 (August). Copidita, Leconte, New Sp. Col., p. 164 (1866) ; Leconte and Horn, Class. Col. N. Am., p. 405. In this genus the mandibles are bifid at the tip. Copidita agrees with Owacis (which has the mandibles pointed or entire at the tip) im having the eyes large, more or less cblong or oblique, and coarsely granulated ; the thorax cordate or oblong cordate ; the apical joint of the maxillary palpi elongate, cultriform or elongate- triangular; and the apical jomt of the antenne con- stricted about the middle. Sessinia* and Ananca were not characterized by their authors; numerous species belonging to different genera have been assigned to them by various writers. * Sesstnia has recently been characterized by Semenow [Hore Ent. Ross., xxvill., pp. 454, 455, nota (1894)], who gives Nacerdes livida, F., as the type, and states that it has the mandibles acute and entire at the tip; N. lzvida is certainly not separable from Oxacis, Lec. 242 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera Copidita nigronotata. Nacerdes mgronotata, Boh., Res. Hugen., Ins., p. 110 (1858). Ananca nigronotata, Mast., Cat. Col. Austral. in Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. (2) 1, p. 403. Hab. Tasmania—Franklin on the Huon River. One specimen, found flying after sunset. Copidita punctum. Cidemera punctun, Macl. in King’s Survey, u., p. 443 (1827). Ananca puncta, Mast., Cat. Col. Austral.in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. (2) 1., p. 403. ? Pseudolycus marginatus, Lacord., Gen. Col., Atlas, t. 60, f. 1 (nec Guér.). Hab. Tasmania—Hobart. Apparently a common insect in Tasmania. In the male of this species the fifth ventral seoment is very deeply bisinuate at the apex, leaving the genital organs exposed, the outer lobes of which are broad, stout, and subparallel. Under bark of Hucalyptus globulus and LH. obliquus (Walker). Copidita macleayt, n. sp. Moderately elongate, the head and prothorax shining, the elytra opaque ; the head flavo-testaceous, with the eyes, a broad median vitta, narrowed in front and behind, and a transverse mark in front, black ; the prothorax flavo-testaceous, with 2 broad median vitta and the sides black; the scutellum flavo-testaceous; the elytra pitchy-brown or fuscous, with the suture and epipleure flavo-testaceous; the antennze fuscous or fusco-testaceous ; the — palpi, mandibles, and legs black or piceous, the basal two-thirds of the femora testaceous; the abdomen and the sides of the meta- sternum piceous, the rest of the under surface testaceous or flavo- testaceous ; above and beneath thickly clothed with a very fine, short, greyish sericeous pubescence. Head closely, finely punctate, with a narrow smooth space down the middle; the eyes moderately large, rather prominent, coarsely granulated ; the mandibles bifid at the tip ; the apical joint of the maxillary palpi elongate and cultriform in the male, elongate-triangular in the female; the — antenne in both sexes elongate, slender, and filiform, the apical ———— a collected in Australia and Tasmania. . 248 joint constricted at the middle. Prothorax cordate, as long as broad, the sides parallel behind, the base with a reflexed margin which projects laterally ; the disc broadly transversely depressed before the middle, the depression deepening into a large fovea towards the sides, and also transversely depressed in the centre at the base; the surface densely, finely punctate, with a smooth impressed median line at the base. EHlytra twice the width of the prothorax, moderately elongate ; very densely, minutely punctate, with three faint costz on the disc and a more distinct one near the margin. Beneath very densely, minutely punctate. dg. Fifth ventral segment truncate and fimbriate at the apex; the genital organs exposed, the outer lobes of which are long, curved, and rather slender. Length 91-11, breadth 25-33 mm. (¢ @). Hab. Tasmania—Hobart. This species, as well as the preceding, does duty for C. punctuwm, Macl., in collections ; it also occurs on the mainland of Australia. C. macleayi may be known from C. punctum by its less elongate shape, the more opaque and much more finely and densely punctured. surface, the trivittate thorax, the denser and finer sericeous pube- scence, and the very different structure of the genitalia im the male. Found under similar conditions to the pre- ceding, C. punctwm (Walker). Copidita torrida, n. sp. | Moderately. elongate, depressed, opaque, fusco-testaceous, the prothorax and elytra indeterminately darker at the sides, the legs and under surface testaceous ; above and beneath thickly clothed with a fine fulvo-cinereous pubescence. Head closely, finely punctate; the eyes in both sexes very large, coarsely granulated ; the man- dibles bifid at the tip; the apical joint of the maxillary palpi elongate and cultriform in both sexes; the antenne elongate, filiform, the apical joint slightly constricted at the middle. Pro- thorax oblong-cordate, a little longer than broad, parallel at the sides behind, the base with a reflexed margin which projects laterally ; the disc broadly transversely depressed before the middle, the’ depression deepening into a large shallow fovea on either side of the’ median line, and flattened in the centre at the base; the entire surface densely, finely punctate. Ellytra moder- ately elongate, twice the width of the prothorax ; very densely, finely punctate, with two faint coste on the dise and a more distinct one near the margin. Beneath densely, very finely punctate. 6. Fifth ventral segment broadly and shallowly arcuate- 244 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera emarginate at the apex ; the genital organs exposed, the outer lobes of which are broad, curved, and spoon-shaped Length 103-123, breadth 24-33 mm.(¢ 9). Hab. N. W. Australia, Port Darwin. Two specimens. Allied to C. (Nacerdes) nigripennis, Montr., but differmg from it in having the head and thorax more densely punctured, the thorax flatter and more shallowly foveate. On flowers (Walker). Copidita bypartita, n. sp. Moderately elongate, subopaque, testaceous, the eyes black, the elytra with the outer half fusco-plumbeous, this colour extending inwards for some little distance from the base downwards and con- tinued along the first costa to the middle ; the antennez, the tips of the mandibles, the palpi, and legs fuscous, the basal half of the femora testaceous; the under surface testaceous, the ventral segments 2-5 fuscous; above and beneath finely pubescent. Head closely, finely punctate, the eyes very large and coarsely granu- lated; the mandibles bifid at the tip; antenne extending to beyond the middle of the elytra, slender, filiform, the apical joint slightly constricted beyond the middle. Prothorax oblong-cordate, a little longer than broad, slightly sinuate at the sides in front as viewed from above ; the disc deeply obliquely grooved on either side before the middle, slightly flattened in front and behind; the base with a reflexed margin ; the surface closely, finely punctate. Elytra moderately long, twice as wide as the prothorax ; densely, finely punctate, the interspaces granulate, and with two rather sharp cost on the disc and one near the margin. Beneath closely punctured. Length 94, breadth 23 mm. ( ¢). Hab. W. Australia—Roebuck Bay. One female specimen. ASCLERA. Asclera, Schmidt, Linn. Ent., 1., p. 38 (1846). 7 Asclera atkinsom, n. sp. Sessuma atkinsom, C. O. Waterh., in litt. Moderately elongate, black ; the prothorax rufous or flavo-rufous, q shining ; the elytra green or bluish-green, with a more or less distinct - narrow transverse yellowish fascia a little before the apex ; the antenne black, with the two basal joints in the male, and the basal joint only in the female, testaceous beneath ; the maxillary palpi : : { hs Seiad, collected in Australia and Tasmania. 240 black, testaceous beneath in the male ; the body beneath black, the ventral segments 1-4 yellow in the female; the legs black, the base of the four hinder tibize sometimes obscure testa- ceous ; above and beneath, the prothorax excepted, clothed with fine cinereous pubescence. Head closely, finely punctate; the eyes finely granulated, moderately large, transverse, reniform, feebly emarginate ; apical joint of the maxillary palpi long and cultriform in the male, shorter and stouter in the female ; mandi- bles bifid at the tip ; antenne filiform, extending nearly to the middle of the elytra, shorter in the female, joints 8-11 shorter than those preceding, 11 constricted at the middle. Prothorax cordate, transverse in the female, about as long as broad in the male, margined at the base and apex; the disc deeply foveate on either side before the middle ; the surface with a few widely scattered fine punctures, almost impunctate in one specimen. Elytra moderately long, nearly twice as wide as the prothorax, densely, finely punctate, and with two faint costz on the disc and one near the margin. Beneath thickly punctured. Claws simple. @. Fifth ventral segment shallowly triangularly emarginate at the apex; the genital organs exposed, the outer lobes of which are long, curved, rather slender, and concave, and fringed with long hairs within. _ Length 63-83, breadth 12-2 mm.(¢ @). Hab. Tasmania—Hobart. Specimens of this species, and of A. sublineata, were sent to the British Museum by Mr. Atkinson in 1877. Both were obtained in some numbers by Mr. Walker, from flowers of Olearia, etc. Asclera sublineata, n. sp. Sessinia subloneata, C. O. Waterh., in litt. Moderately elongate, obscure green or bluish-green, slightly shining, the antenne, palpi, and legs black ; each elytron with one or two cinereo-pubescent vittz on the disc, the pubescence on the rest of the surface fuscous, that on the head, prothorax, and under surface cinereous. Head densely, moderately finely punc- tate ; the eyes rather small, transverse, reniform, finely granu- lated; the apical joint of the maxillary palpi elongate-triangular ; the mandibles bifid at the tip ; the antennz filiform, about reach- ing the middle of the elytra, joints 6-11 subequal in length, shorter than those preceding, 11 not constricted at the middle. Pro- thorax as long as broad, subcordate, abruptly narrowed in front, densely, rather coarsely punctate, the disc very deeply, obliquely impressed on either side before the middle, the base and apex 246 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera feebly margined. Elytra moderately long, nearly twice as wide as the prothorax, densely, finely punctate; each elytron with two faint costz on the disc and another near the margin. Beneath rather sparsely punctured. 4. Fifth ventral segment subtruncate at the apex ; the modified sixth segment divided into two broad, strongly curved, spoon- shaped processes. Length 43-63, breadth 14-12 mm. (¢ 9). Hab. ‘Tasmania—Hobart. Apparently a common insect in Tasmania. It varies greatly in size, some of the males being very small. Smaller than A. atkinsoni, the antennee less elongate and with the apical joint not constricted at the middle. Do#RNIA. Dohrnia, Newman, Zoologist, 1851, App., p. exxxill. Ge) Ithaca, Olliff, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. (2) i, p. 152 (1888). (¢.) The type of this genus, D. miranda, Newm. (= Ithaca anthina, Olliff), from Tasmania, has the antenne very peculiarly formed in the male sex (joints 5-7 being - distorted and dilated), these organs being of normal form in the female. In the species now added the antennze are simple in both sexes. The head is more produced in front, and the eyes are more oblong than in Asclera ; the eyes are more finely granulated than in Copidita and Owacts. Dohrnia simplex, n. sp. Moderately elongate, the head and prothorax shining, the elytra opaque ; the head atro-ceruleous, the prothorax rufo-testaceous, the elytra bluish-black ; the palpi, antenne, and legs black, the antennze with the three basal joints testaceous beneath in the male, the knees rufo-testaceous ; the under surface, the prothorax excepted, ceruleous ; above and beneath clothed with fine cinereous pubes- cence. Head finely and closely, in one specimen sparsely, punctate; the eyes oval, finely granulated ; the mandibles bifid at the tip; the apical joint of the maxillary palpi elongate-triangular ; the antennz filiform, about reaching the middle of the elytra, the joints from the fifth gradually decreasing in length, 10 and 11 equal, 11 not constricted at the middle. Prothorax cordate, as long as broad, transversely depressed in front and also depressed in the middle behind, the base witha reflexed margin which projects laterally, collected in Australia and Tasmania. 247 the surface thickly, finely punctate. Elytra moderately elongate, nearly twice the width of the prothorax, densely, finely punctate, the interspaces somewhat granulate ; each elytron with four feeble coste. Beneath rather sparsely punctured. Claws simple. &@. Fifth ventral segment broadly and deeply triangularly emar- ginate at the apex; the genital organs partly exposed. Length 74-9, breadth 2-25 mm. (¢ @ ). Hab. 'Tasmania—Hobart. This insect greatly resembles D. miranda, Newm. (¢), but differs from it in having the antennz simple in both sexes, the apical joint in the female much shorter and not constricted at the middle. Also found by Mr. Atkinson in Tasmania. PSEUDOLYCUS. Pseudolycus, Guérm, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1833, p. 155. The members of this genus bear a remarkable resem- blance to some of the Lycidz inhabiting the same localities. Pseudolycus hemorrhordalis. (Plate VI., fig. 10,¢, var.) Lycus hemorrhoidalis, Fabr., Syst. Hleuth., ii., p. 113. Pseudolycus hemorrhoidalis, Lacord., Gen. Col., v., p- 709. Var. The elytra with the apex, suture, and outer margin ferruginous. Pseudolycus cinctus, Guér., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1838, p. 157. Var. The elytra entirely ferruginous. Hab. Tasmania—Hobart. These forms were collected together at Hobart, by Mr. Walker, and there can be very little doubt that they belong to one variable species; one of the specimens is intermediate between P. cinctus and the variety with ferruginous elytra. In typical P. hemorrhoidalis the elytra have only the apex ferruginous. lLacordaire suspected that the males only had the joints 3-7 (not 3—8) broadly widened ;* but this is not the case, the antenne being similarly formed in both sexes. The colour-differences * The insect tigured by Lacordaire, Gen. Col., Atlas, t. 60, fig. 1, has nothing to do with the genus Pseudolycus. 248 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera are not sexual. The apical joint of the antenne is con- stricted at the middle. On felled timber, under bark, and flying, usually at a considerable elevation (Walker), TECHMESSA. Techmessa, F. Bates, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xii., p. 113 (1874). The known species of this genus are all from New Zealand. Mr. Walker obtained single specimens of two species in Tasmania; one of these has, unfortunately, been lost ; the other is described below. Techmessa ruficollis, n. sp. Moderately elongate, narrow, the head opaque, the prothorax and elytra slightly shining ; black, the prothorax rufo-testaceous, the oral organs obscure testaceous, the antenne and legs black, the knees and tarsi paler; the upper surface sparsely clothed with long, fine, cinereous hairs, many of which are erect. Head densely, rugosely punctured ; the eyes prominent, rounded, entire, and finely granulated ; antenne rather short, not half the length of the body, moderately slender, joint 1 stout, 2 short, 3 twice as long as 2, 3-10 subequal, 11 ovate, slightly longer than 10. Prothorax. strongly transverse, convex, about as wide as the head, coarsely, closely punctate, the disc very deeply foveate on either side about the middle. Elytra about five times the length, and nearly twice : the width, of the prothorax ; very coarsely, deeply, and closely : punctate, the punctures much coarser than on the prothorax. 2 Length 42, breadth 13 mm. Fs Hab. Tasmania— Hobart. : The single specimen described has the thorax abnor- mally formed, it being rounded on one side, and sub- angularly dilated on the other; the latter is perhaps the normal shape. As the genus is an addition to the Australian fauna, I have ventured to name the insect. T. ruficollis somewhat resembles the figure of Megalocera rubricollis, Hope (Mag. Zool., 1842, t. 88). Under Huca- lyptus bark (Walker). XYLOPHILIDA. XYLOPHILUS. Xylophilus, Latreille, Fam. Nat. du Régne Anim., p- 383 (1825); Lacordaire, Gen. Col., v., p. 584. In addition to the four species described, Mr. Walker TAF Pe
  • ae fy 19) Cyphotopsyche ustipennis, #, 2. fascia from lower angle of cell to outer margin, a dark patch on outer margin below apex ; the margin and cilia dark fuscous. Hindwing pale greyish ; the cilia fuscous at apex. Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon) ; Ceylon (Pole). Exp.24mm. Type in B. M. Larva. Early stages: creamy-buff with dorsal, subdorsal, and sublateral series of small warts bearing tufts of long buff hairs ; 298 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s four pairs of prolegs, the 6th somite being without prolegs; the cast skins of the head are attached to a long tuft of hair project- ing forward from Ist somite, so that the number of moults can be counted by the number of skins present. The full-grown larva is snow-white covered with a down-like detachable substance, with slight creamy tinge below ; the hairs white except five or six long black hairs on thoracic somites ; head buff marked with brown striz ; a dorsal black mark on 1st somite, partly hidden by the head-bearing tuft which after the last moult bears five head-skins. The larva progresses with a jerky motion ; it formsa flap-like cocoon by biting off pieces of rotten wood and bark and interlacing them with its long hairs which are left pro- jecting ; before fastening down the flap it rubs its head against it for a long time and with much difficulty detaches the tuft and head- skins and attaches them to the side of cocoon. (G. C. Dudgeon.) NOCTUIDA.. TRIFINZ. Heliothis hyalosticta, nu. sp. é with large hyaline spaces on forewing below the costa and in the cell. Forewing irrorated with brown; traces of a waved subbasal line ; some dark specks on costa ; a spot on disco- cellulars ; a postmedial curved series of specks on the veins and marginal series, Hindwing paler ; a dark discocellular lunule ; an indistinct curved postmedial line; the outer area slightly darker. Underside with the discocellular spot of forewing deep black. Hab. Karachi (Swinhoe). Hap. 22 mm. Type in B. M. - Eupleaa plumbeomarginata, n. sp. ¢. Head and collar ochreous, the latter tipped with leaden- grey ; thorax leaden-grey and ochreous; abdomen leaden-grey, ochreous at base. Forewing ochreous white slightly irrorated with — fuscous ; some black specks at base ; a large oval black patch from middle of costa to below vein 2, embracing the large U-shaped — ‘ reniform with its inner arm very broad ; the patch is continued to _ inner margin as an oblique line and has some diffused rufous on its outer edge ; an irregularly dentate submarginal black line with the area beyond it leaden-grey except for an ochreous apical spot. Hindwing fuscous with traces of pale postmedial band ; both wings Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 299 with a fine white line at base of cilia, Underside ochreous mostly suffused with black. Allied to H. albovittata, Moore. Hab. N. Khyen Hills (Watson). Exp. 32mm. Type in B. M. Caradrina lophophora, un. sp. @. Hindwing with veins 3, 4 stalked ; a ridge of. closely-set upturned scales in the cell and another on vein 1B ; inner margin with tufts of long hair. Differs from placida in having the two white specks at end of cell of forewing; the postmedial line excurved round end of cell, Hab. Nagas, 6,000’ (Doherty). Hwp.26 mm. Type in coll. Elwes. ACONTIIN AN. Perciana fuscobrunnea, n. sp. &. Head, thorax, and abdomen clothed with brown and fuscous scales. Forewing brown ; a large fuscous patch on basal half of wing except the inner area ; a waved black antemedial line ; small tufts of black scales at middle and end of cell; a sinuous medial line bent inwards on median nervure; a fuscous apical patch defined by an oblique dark streak ; a waved series of pale sub- marginal specks and marginal series of black lunules. Hindwing fuscous. Hab. Bhutén (Dudgeon). Hap. 28mm. Type in B. M. Bryophila obliquifascia, n. sp. @. Greyish-white with a green tinge ; palpi fuscous at sides ; the anal tuft ochreous. Forewing with outwardly oblique black band with sinuous edges, terminating on vein 1, and bent outwards along it to join the crenulate submarginal line, which is excurved beyond the cell and incurved below vein 2; a black spot at upper angle of cell with dark mark on costa above it; a black speck at 1ower angle of cell; a dark costal spot beyond the postmedial line ; a marginal series of specks and spot above outer angle. Hindwing with indistinct discocellular dark lunule and highly-curved post- medial line, both more distinct on underside. Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hep. 32 mm. Type in B. M. 300 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s Xanthoptera combusta, n. sp. ?. Ochreous, dark rufous, and fuscous ; thorax mostly ochreous. Forewing with the base dark ; an ill-defined ochreous band before” the diffused dark antemedial band ; the medial area ochreous except the costa and with a dark spot on it at vein 2; an indistinct double sinuous postmedial line; a dark patch on outer margin from costa to vein 3, and a dark patch on inner margin from the postmedial line to outer margin. Hindwing with the basal two-thirds ochreous suffused and irrorated with rufous ; a sinuous antemedial line with discocellular annulus on it; the outer third dark rufous with indistinct sinuous submarginal line. | Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hap. 24 mm. Type in B. M. Xanthoptera pectumicornis, un. sp. &. Antenne of male bipectinated with short stiff branches. Head and thorax rufous ; abdomen pale. Forewing rufous brown slightly suffused with fuscous ; the orbicular and reniform repre- sented by a few ochreous scales; a series of dark submarginal marks forming an indistinct line. Hindwing pure white ; the costal and apical areas tinged with fuscous. Allied to X. veprecola, Swinh. Hab. Calcutta; Hambantota, Ceylon (Pole). Hup. 18mm. Type in B. M. Hublemma rubiginea, n. sp. a. Dark rufous; head and collar blackish. Forewing with slightly waved ochreous antemedial line; two black specks on discocellulars ; an ochreous postmedial line with white spot on it at _ costa, highly angled below costa, then straight and oblique; an — indistinct ochreous submarginal line angled at vein 3; an ochreous line at base of cilia; four white specks on costa towards apex. Hindwing with straight ochreous medial line and traces of dentate _ submarginal line ; a fine ochreous line at base of cilia. Hab. Bhutén (Dudgeon). Hep. 20 mm. Type in B. M. Corgatha costupicta, n. sp. 9. Fuscous; head ferruginous, with white spot on vertex. Forewing with the costa ferruginous and pink with subbasal, — antemedial, postmedial and apical white spots ; both wings with ~ marginal series of dark specks. Underside with traces of curved — dark postmedial line on each wing. 4 | Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 301 Allied to quadricostaria, Wlk., = costinotalis, Moore, which has the head and costa of forewing fuscous. Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hxp. 16 mm. Type in B. M Genus Mimorvuza, noy. Type. M. ngriceps, Hmpsn. Differs from Corgatha in the forewing having no areole ; veins 8 and 9 stalked ; 7 and 10 from cell. Hindwing with veins 3, 4 and 6, 7 from angles of cell. Mimoruza nigriceps, n. sp. @. Brownish ochreous irrorated with fuscous; head black ; abdomen with black band on basal segment. Forewing slightly suffused with fuscous ; some black specks on costa ; an obscure pale spot in end of cell ; traces of minutely dentate antemedial, medial, lee "7 I Pre f 7 ; 5 LF 7 AB Mimoruza nigriceps, 9, +. postmedial and submarginal lines ; a marginal series of black specks, Hindwing with two black specks at end of cell ; two nearly straight medial lines; some fuscous suffusion on outer area; a marginal series of black specks. Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hap. 20 mm. Type in B. M. Genus MIcRACONTIA, nov. Type. M. batisella, Hmpsn. Palpi slender, porrect and reaching beyond the frons; antennz of male ciliated ; tibie naked with the spurs long. Forewing with the apex somewhat produced ; the outer margin rounded ; vein 6 from well below upper angle of cell; 7 from the angle ; 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwing with veins 3 and 4 from angle of cell. Allied to Hublemma and Micreschus. 302 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s Micracontia batisella, n. sp. Dull olive-green with a rufous tinge ; the vertex of head and base of shaft of antennze white. Forewing with white speck on costa near base ; large medial and postmedial, pure white spots (Faq) Micracontia batisella, g, 2. — ma | edged with red, and a similar spot at apex with red streak in centre; — a large white patch at middle of inner area with red edges and round red centre. Hindwing with indistinct postmedial series of — red-edged white specks incurved below vein 2; both wings with maculate black marginal line and the cilia ferruginous, Hab. UHambantota, Ceylon (Pole). Hzp. 10 mm. Type in B. M. The smallest Macro-lepidopteron known to me and extremely like a miniature Thyatira batis. a 2 : ’ : ; PALINDIIN Ai, Genus ANODONTODES, nov. Type. A. rotunda, Hmpsn. 9. Palpi slender, porrect and reaching beyond the frons; antenne ciliated; eyes naked; thorax and abdomen smoothly ‘- scaled ; tibie hairy. Forewing with the apex rounded; the inner ~ and outer margins forming a continuous curve. Hindwing with vein 5 from above angle of cell. 4 Anodontodes rotunda, n. sp. 2. Head, thorax, and abdomen chestnut; the tegule reddish ochreous. Forewing reddish ochreous; the costa and apex suffused - a with fuscous; traces of antemedial, medial and two postmedial obliquely curved and slightly waved lines, a dark patch inside the Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 305 first below median nervure ; reniform indistinct with a dark patch beyond it ; the outer margin fuscous and chestnut with a waved Fea 3! Anodontodes rotunda, &,+. a ———E———————7=~ — — ~ STS nae ne __ blue-grey line on it. Hindwing fuscous. Underside suffused with _ fuscous with cell spots and two indistinct postmedial lines. Hab. Sikhim (Elwes). Exp. 46mm. Type in coll. Elwes. | Westermannia celisigna, n. sp. ; @. Differs from cornucopia in being grey without pink tinge. | Forewing with the comet-shaped mark extending up to the ¢osta _ and its apex terminating on vein 1 instead of inner margin ; its | colour is much browner and less red and bears an elongate ochreous _ reniform spot with traces of a grey sinuous line beyond it; the . | indistinct submarginal line minutely dentate. Hindwing and underside greyer. Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hap. 30 mm. Typein B. M. Brevipecten purpureotincta, n. sp. _ 6. Head and thorax greyish fuscous, some of the scales tipped | with grey ; palpi white in front ; abdomen fuscous brown. Fore- . _ Wing with the basal half rufous brown slightly tinged with fuscous _at base and on inner margin ; a fine oblique slightly sinuous ante- | medial line; the outer half suffused with purplish fuscous, bounded on the inner side by a black-brown triangular mark from costa to “lower angle of cell, below which is a crescentic mark with its 4 | opening towards outer margin, then a curved line to inner margin ; _ a fine sinuous postmedial line bent inwards at vein 2 and joining _ the medial markings at inner margin ; a truncate triangular black- _jbrown mark on costa before apex. Hindwing fuscous with a |rufous tinge; the cilia white in parts ; underside with the inner half hoary. Hab. Simla. Exp. 32mm. Type in B. M. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—parT 1. (JUNE.) 20 i i ah a A es a _ = 304. Mr. G. F. Hampson’s Brevipecten cosmiodes, n. sp. 9. Reddish-brown irrorated with black and with a slight purple tinge. Forewing with outwardly oblique antemedial and medial brown lines with the orbicular between them ; the reniform fuscous; fuscous suffusion on costal area from medial line to apex; a postmedial brown line highly angled at vein 5 then inwardly oblique and almost touching the medial line at inner margin ; an indistinct waved submarginal line and fine marginal line. Abdomen and hindwing fuscous ; the latter with the cilia greyish. Underside fuscous suffused with grey ; both wings with indistinct ante- and postmedial curved lines. Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon); Ceylon (Pole). Hap. 34 mm. Type in B. M. HUTELIIN A. Kiutelua stictoprocta, n. sp. g. Antenne almost simple. Dark red-brown; abdomen below — with a white spot on second segment and another on the anal flap. Forewing with the margin slightly angled and crenulate, the basal area rather darker except on costal area which is pale ; faint traces of numerous waved oblique lines ; the elongate reniform with pale edge and dark centre ; traces of the triangular mark on costa before apex. Hindwing with the base pale; the outer area fuscous brown with a pale mark at anal angle ; underside with the black disco- cellular lunule very prominent; traces of a minutely dentate postmedial line; some dark and pale marks on inner area near anal angle. Allied to H. delatriw and deleta. Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hzp. 30mm. Typein B. ‘STICTOPTERIN Ai. FRisoba flavipennis, 1. sp. 2. Head and thorax orange-yellow ; palpi fuscous; antenna brownish ; abdomen pale. Forewing with vein 7 from beyond the -areole; orange-yellow very slightly irrorated with dark scales; 4 dark speck in cell and two on discocellulars; traces of a pal medial line and curved postmedial line ; two grey patches on outer margin above and below middle irrorated and edged with brown Hindwing yellowish-white with marginal grey-speckled fuscous band, not reaching anal angle. Hab. Bhutain (Dudgeon). Hap. 38mm. ‘Type in B. M Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 305 SARROTHRIPIN AL. Plotheva stigmatophora, n. sp. 6. Differs from celtis in the forewing being without the two raised tufts of scales between the postmedial line and outer angle. Hindwing suffused with fuscous brown ; the inner area expanded into a large folded lobe containing a tuft of long hair ; underside with a large black-brown patch below median nervure from near | base to outer margin. Described as the male of celtvs, ‘* Moths of India,” Vol. Il., p. 370; the true male of celtis, of which a specimen from Ceylon is now available, only differs from the female in the thorax and forewing being much darker. Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hxp.22 mm. Typein B. M. Plotheva mgralba, n. sp. &. Fuscous black. Forewing with large white patches at middle of costa and just before apex enclosing black spots on the costa ; indistinct waved subbasal, antemedial, postmedial and sub- marginal black lines ; a marginal series of grey specks. Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hxp.26mm. Typein B. M. Barasa costalis, Dudgeon, n. sp. Forewing with vein 7 from beyond the areole ; male with no tuft of hair from vein 1. White slightly tinged with fuscous ; palpi with the 2nd joint black at sides. Forewing with short fuscous subbasal line; a fine waved antemedial line ; a spot in cell; double waved medial line ; irregularly dentate postmedial and submarginal lines ending close together near outer angle; a slight fuscous shade inside the margin ; black specks on costa at origin of lines. Hindwing pale fuscous ; underside of forewing darker fuscous. Hab. Sikhim (Moller); Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hep. 26mm. ‘Types in B. M. and coll. Dudgeon. QUADRIFIN A. | Nyctipao ophristigmaris, n. sp. g. Black-brown. Forewing with curved dark antemedial line ; the discocellular whorl with large bilobed head edged by black lines and silvery-blue scales at the head,a black patch between 306 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s the lobes and a black line from it to inner margin ; a postmedial whitish costal patch bidentate on its. lower side with a curved ochreous line from it to inner margin ; the outer area browner with traces of a sinuous series of ochreous spots. Hindwing with dark medial line ; curved ochreous postmedial line, the area beyond it browner with traces of sinuous series of ochreous spots. Under- side with the postmedial patch of forewing and the submarginal spots of both wings prominently white. Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hrp.76 mm. Typein B. M. Catephia lichenea, n. sp. 2. Head, thorax, and. abdomen pale brown on vertex, blackish at sides. Forewing verditer-green suffused with leaden-grey ; the inner area pale brown ; the orbicular small and brownish ; the re- niform indistinct with dark edges ; traces of numerous waved lines of which the most distinct is the dark dentate postmedial line and the submarginal line, which has some dark dentate marks on it ; a marginal series of black specks. Hindwing with the base white ; the outer two-thirds black ; cilia pale brown. Underside with the basal area whitish ; hindwing with white discocellular spot. Hab. Bhutén (Dudgeon). Hep.38 mm. Typein B. M. — : BasiLopEs, Guén. Basilodes chrysosticta, n. sp. 9. Violaceous-grey. Forewing with short subbasal black line ~ from costa ; sinuous antemedial and very highly excurved medial lines terminating in a pale golden-yellow patch extending from cell to inner margin, irrorated with ferruginous, and crossed by the double waved ante- and postmedial lines and the single medial line; the double waved postmedial line arising from the costa near apex below which it crosses a yellow patch and has three white spots on = its outer edge beyond which is a dark submarginal line bent in- _ wards at vein 3 and a single marginal white spot below the apex, Hindwing with a fuscous tinge, whitish on underside. Hab. Bombay. Hap. 42mm. Type in B. M. Calesia proxantha, n. sp. &. Forewing with no costal tuft ; antenne without a tuft Pe hindwing with a hyaline streak between the bases of veins 2 and3 which are bent, and vein 3 shortly stalked with 4. | = Head and collar orange ; the third joint of palpi black ; antenna | Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 307 fuscous ; legs orange with black spots at end of tibisze ; thorax and wings uniform silky mouse-colour ; abdomen scarlet. Hab. Kalewa, Upper Burma (Watson). Hap. 36 mm. Type in B. M. FOCILLIN Ai. Zethes rufipennis, n. sp. g@. Ferruginous-red ; palpi dark ; a dark tuft on Ist abdominal segment. Forewing with slightly darker subbasal band edged by waved pale and dark lines ; an irregularly dentate dark antemedial line ; the reniform large ochreous and with dark edges ; a double postmedial line highly angled on vein 4°and sending a dark streak from that point to outer margin at the angle; a grey patch below costa, and indistinct crenulate line beyond the double lines; a series of dark specks just inside the margin. Hindwing with discocellular black speck ; double dark postmedial line with indistinct irregularly crenulate line beyond it; a series of dark specks just inside the margin. Underside greyish. Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hxp.40mm. Typein B. M. DELTOIDIN As. Genus NICEVILLEA, nov. Type. N. epiplemoides, Hmpsn. 2. Palpi upturned, and smoothly scaled, the 2nd joint nearly straight except at base, and reaching above vertex of head, the 3rd long ; antennze with cilia and fine bristles ; tibiz with medial and distal tufts of long scales and a similar tuft at end of 1st tarsal joint. Forewing with the costa nearly straight ; the apex pro- duced and acute; the outer margin minutely crenulate and highly angled at vein 4; vein 8 given off from 7 and anastomosing with 9, which is given off from 10 to form the areole. Hindwing with the outer margin nearly straight and minutely crenulate from the apex to vein 3, and from thence to anal angle extremely truncate and with two excisions ; veins 3, 4, 5 from close to lower angle of cell ; 6, 7 from upper angle. Nearest. to Nagadeba, and named in honour of its dis- coverer, Mr. L. De Nicéville. : Nicévillea epiplemoides, u. sp. @. Brownish-grey irrorated with brown scales ; the tufts on the legs grey and brown. Forewing with some black specks on costa and another in cell; a fine brown line from origin of vein 2 308 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s to inner margin near base ; a postmedial oblique fine brown line ; a subapical black spot and another on inner margin near outer angle. Hindwing with speck in cell; fine oblique medial brown line ; two obscure yellowish lunulate spots with fuscous inner LF ty | Nicévillea epiplemoides, 9, 4. edge between veius 2 and 4 above a waved fuscous line from anal angle to vein 5; both wings with traces of brown marginal line. Underside with traces of curved dark medial line and submarginal specks to forewing; hindwing with a dark spot on costa towards apex. Hab. Donaut Range, Tenasserim (De Nicéville). Hip. 44mm. Type in B. M. Genus PryorHyNcHA, nov. Type. PP. argyresthis, Hmpsn. @. Palpi with the 2nd joint straight oblique and fringed with hair above, the 3rd upturned with a very large tuft on inner side ; a slight frontal tuft; antenne nearly simple; tibie hairy. Fore- wing with the costa much arched ; the outer margin excised below apex, produced to a hook at vein 4, then excised to outer angle. Hindwing with the anal angle truncate; vein 5 from lower angle of cell. Ptyorhyncha argyresthis, n. sp. 2? deep chestnut. Forewing thickly covered with fine striz ; — x I ' 4 (S| Ptyorhyncha argyresthis, 9, +. the basal two-thirds with a silvery sheen except the costal area Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 309 and a sinuous medial band, the outer edge of this area sinuous ; a patch of bright silvery suffusion on outer area above middle connected with the outer angle by a sinuous band; a marginal series of silvery stric:. Hindwing reddish-brown suffused with fuscous and with numerous fine dark striz on outer area; a marginal series of silver specks ; cilia of both wings red at tips. Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hep. 66 mm. Type in B. M. Genus HarivraLopHa, nov. Type. 4H. biparticolor, Hmpsn. Palpi oblique and clothed with hair, the 2nd joint reaching to the apex of the sharp frontal tuft, the 3rd long ; antennz ciliated ; thorax with a sharp triangular tuft above; abdomen with large conical tuft on 2nd segment followed by smaller tufts. Forewing with the apex acute and produced; the outer margin excised from apex to vein 4; vein 9 given off from 10 and anastomosing with 8 which is given off from 7 to form the areole. Hindwing with vein 5 from middle of discocellulars ; 3, 4 and 6, 7 from the angles of cell. Allied to the Harita section of Hypena. Haritalopha biparticolor, n. sp. @. Head and thorax red-brown with a purplish tinge ; abdo- men fuscous. Forewing purplish red-brown ; traces of a curved antemedial line, and dark striga on discocellulars ; a rufous post- medial line angled at vein 5 then sharply incurved, the area beyond it greyish fuscous, with a brown mark at middle of outer margin ; cilia brown. Hindwing fuscous with a pale streak with dark mark above it above anal angle. Underside grey ; an indis- tinct postmedial line incurved below vein 5 on forewing, evenly eurved on hindwing. Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hap. 46 mm. Type in B. M. Hypenagoma leucosticta, n. sp. ¢. Differs from vexataria in the palpi being longer, the 2nd joint more thickly fringed with long hair, the 3rd long, slender and upturned, abdomen banded with fuscous and white. Forewing with more prominent lines and diffused bands; two white-edged black specks on discocellulars, a prominent short white subapical streak. Hindwing with much more prominent black lines and diffused fuscous bands which have no rufous tinge ; a submarginal black and white line to both wings, Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hxp. 16 mm. Type in B. M. 310 Mr, G. F. Hampson’s GHEOMETRIDA. BOARMIIN 2. Ee a Spilopera ochrevfusca, u. sp. Forewing with vein 10 stalked with 7, 8,9; the outer margin dentate below apex as well as angled at vein 4. ¢. Brownish ochreous irrorated with fuscous. Forewing with the basal half purplish fuscous emitting an irregular broad fascia from lower angle of cell to the fuscous marginal area which ex- tends from vein 5 to inner margin leaving the apex ochreous ; an antemedial curved series of dark specks; an oblique diffused waved postmedial band not reaching the costa ; a sinuous submarginal series of dark specks. Hindwing with black cell-spot ; a diffused fuscous medial band; the marginal area fuscous. Underside with a reddish tinge ; a diffused dark postmedial line ; a submarginal series of dark specks with the area beyond them greyish. Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hzp.34mm. Type in B. M. Macaria fumrupennis, n. sp. g. Differs from fasciata in being much darker; head and antennz with hardly a trace of fulvous ; abdomen slightly tinged with fulvous towards extremity ; wings much suffused with fuscous. Forewing with some fulvous suffusion on costa expanding into a — patch beyond the angle of the postmedial line with a black patch on it ; the medial band of both wings leaden-grey instead of white. Hindwing with the patches beyond the postmedial line large and on olive-brown suffusion. Underside with large patches of fulvous suffusion at base of each wing extending along costa of forewing to apex and expanding into a large postmedial patch. Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hxp.44mm. Type inB. M. — Hyposidra polia, n. sp. Hindwing with the outer margin rounded ; forewing of female ~ with the outer margin hardly excised below apex. Grey with a brown tinge and sparsely irrorated with black scales. Forewing with an indistinct medial brown band more prominent in the male than the female and defined outwardly by a sinuous — white line angled at vein 4; a pale waved submarginal line with — some brown on its inner edge and almost obsolete in female, Un- derside with indistinct curved postmedial line to each wing. | Hab. Hambantota, Ceylon ; Aug. (Pole). Hap. $ 30, 2 40 mm. a. SS es -” ~~~ Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 311 Heteromiza leucogonia, n. sp. ¢. Antenne with very short branches. Differs from cruentaria in the abdomen having rufous dorsal marks. Forewing with the basal and inner areas thickly spotted with rufous ; a large oblique spot from costa to lower angle of cell and smaller spots below and beyond end of cell; no oblique post- medial line but the outer area very broadly rufous with irregular inner edge ; a large greyish patch on costa before apex with a black- edged silvery-white claviform mark on its lower edge and two similar specks on outer edge. Hindwing spotted with rufous ; large spots in and below end of cell; alarge patch at apex con- joined to an irregular patch at anal angle. Hab. Khasis, Hap.48 mm. Type in B. M. Boarmia thricophora, nu. sp. @. Antennz with fascicles of cilia; hind tibize not dilated ; forewing with fovea ; hindwing with a thick fringe of long hair on inner margin. Pale rufous and grey slightly irrorated with fuscous. Forewing with blackish antemedial, medial, and postmedial spots on the costa from the last of which a curved series of specks arises ; an indis- tinct dentate submarginal line with blackish patches inside it just above middle and towards inner margin. Hindwing with sinuous medial line ; whitish dentate submarginal line with blackish patches inside it above middle and towards inner margin ; both wings with marginal series of black specks. Underside ochreous with diffused fuscous on outer area of forewing except at apex and outer angle ; hindwing with a fuscous patch at apex. Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hap. 28mm. Type in B. M. Medasina reticulata, n. sp. &. White irrorated with brown ; abdomen with brown bands ; anal tuft ochreous ; wings striated with brown. Forewing with a brown patch at base of costa; two curved antemedial lines; a fascia along median nervure ; a medial line conjoined to a disco- cellular lunule and at inner margin to a postmedial brown band with a dentate white line on it which again is conjoined to a highly irregular dentate submarginal line. Hindwing with oblique antemedial line ; a discocellular lunule ; a postmedial band from cell to inner margin with a white line on it ; an ill-defined sub- marginal line ; both wings with a fine brown marginal line. (Hind _| tibiz wanting.) ——— mie Hab. Sikhim. Hzp.30mm. Type in B. M. 312 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s LARENTIIN A. Dysethia longiramus, 0. sp. ¢. Antenne bipectinated with long branches to three-fourths length. Rufous brown. Forewing slightly suffused with grey ; an indistinct diffused dark rufous antemedial line. Hindwing paler with indistinct cell-speck ; marginal area of both wings slightly darker. Underside brownish ochreous ; forewing with the ~ costa fulvous, the outer area slightly darker ; Hindeaae with black cell-speck and traces of a postmedial curved line. Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hxp.28 mm. Type in B. M. Hubolia roseicilia, u. sp. 3. Pale yellowish-grey irrorated with fuscous ; palpi and legs tinged with crimson. Forewing crossed by seven or eight nearly straight indistinct dark lines ; a submarginal series of indistinct white spots, the three below apex with crimson on their edges ; the cilia crimson. Hindwing white with the cilia crimson. Underside of forewing suffused with fuscous except the marginal area ; hind- wing with dark discocellular speck. Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hep. 34mm. Type in B. M.. Cidaria griseiviridis, n. sp. 6. Antenne bipectinated with short branches bearing fascicles 4 of cilia. Head, thorax and abdomen green and black. Forewing with numerous indistinct waved black lines ; the basal area pale — rufous and green ; medial area fuscous with a large patch of grey — suffusion on the disk beyond cell bounded by the postmedial line — which is slightly angled at vein 6 and very strongly at vein 4 then — highly crenulate to inner margin ; a black cell-speck ; outer area — green with a large rufous patch on costa beyond the postmedial _ line ; a blackish subapical patch, some rufous streaks on the veins — and blackish patches on margin. Hindwing fuscous, with traces — of cell-speck and waved lines which are more distinct on underside. _ | | Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hxp.28mm. TypeinB. M. Callabrawas trigoniplaga, n. sp. ¢. Forewing with a tuft of long hair below base of median nervure ; hindwing with vein 5 from below middle of disco- oe cellulars which are angled. Head black; thorax. and abdomen orange with paired dorsal black spots. Forewing with the basal 4 area rufous with indistinct grey lines on it and waved edge; the — Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 313 rest of the wing grey with a white medial band forked and enclosing a large triangular rufous patch from costa to lower angle of cell and a small spot on inner margin ; a lunulate white submarginal line ; the area at outer angle rufous. Hindwing white; witha dark patch at lower angle of cell ; some dark marks near middle of inner margin; a dark patch at anal angle with a waved white line on it. Hab. Nepal. Hwp.52 mm. Type in B. M. ACIDALIIN Ai. Acidalia ptyonopoda, n. sp. &-. Antenne ciliated; midtibie fringed with long pink hair especially towards extremity ; hindtibize dilated with a fold and immensely developed tuft of pink hair but with no tuft from extremity and without spurs. Pale ochreous ; head black ; the wings with black cell-specks ; two indistinct waved antemedial lines, two postmedial and one submarginal. Resembles A. holosericata, Dup. Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hxp. 20 mm. Type in B. M. Chrysocraspeda phenicozona, n. sp. @. Antennz minutely ciliated; hindtibie short and thick with tufts of short hair from extremity ; the tarsus curved and apparently unjointed with thick tufts of hair from inner side ; forewing with veins 3, 4 stalked; hindwing with the underside entirely clothed with rough hair and with the inner margin fringed with long hair. Head and thorax olive-grey, the frons and collar dark purple ; abdomen grey tinged with purple. Forewing olive-grey with some purple specks on costa ; the basal half with numerous indistinct purple waved bands and lines not reaching the costa; a broad purple marginal band sending a point inwards on vein 5, and with some grey on it at apex. Hindwing olive-grey almost entirely covered by ill-defined waved purple bands. Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hep. 20 mm. Type in B. M. GHOMETRIN A. Pseudoterpna hypoglauca, n. sp. Antennz of male almost simple ; wings with the margin crenu- late ; hindtibiz not dilated. 314. Mr, G. F. Hampson’s Olive-yellow thickly irrorated and striated with fuscous. Fore- wing with traces of waved ante- and postmedial lines with black specks on the veins, the former with an obscure rufous patch inside it on inner area, the latter bent inwards at vein 2 and with obscure rufous patches beyond it, traces of a submarginal series of specks and more prominent marginal series. Hindwing with obscure discocellular mark ; traces of a waved postmedial line with black specks at the veins and obscure rufous patches beyond it; a marginal series of black specks. Underside grey thickly irrorated with fuscous and with promineut black cell-spots. | Hab. Dalhousie (Harford). Hep. 60 mm. Type in B. M. Genus AFRENA, nov. Type. A. esmeralda, Hmpsn. Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint reaching well beyond the frons and thickly scaled, the 3rd long; frons smooth; antenne of male thickened and flattened ; abdomen without dorsal tufts ; hindtibize with two pairs of spurs. Forewing somewhat acute at apex; vein 3 from angle of cell ; 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 stalked. Hindwing with the frenulum absent ; the outer margin angled at vein 4; veins 3, 4 from lower angle of cell ; 6, 7 from upper angle. Afrena esmeralda, n. sp. ¢. Brilliant emerald-green ; palpi black and grey ; antenne 4 reyib, Afrena esmeralda, 3, +. ochreous. Forewing with the costa whitish speckled with black ; % an indistinct slightly oblique yellowish-green antemedial line; et —E ee es! an Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 315 two brown specks on discocellulars ; a straight oblique pale post- medial line with yellowish-green inner edge; a chestnut apical patch. Hindwing with a pale chestnut patch at end of cell on which the discocellulars show as a dark bracket-shaped mark; a pale postmedial straight line with yellowish-green inner edge ; cilia of both wings white at tips. Underside suffused with white. Hab. Tenasserim (De Nicéville). Hxp. 62 mm. Type in B. M. F .) Ao woe eee “Tubercle iv. below, v. in front of . spiracle ai (bri gree as “ Tubercles iv. and v. in line, except in some Nymphalide, where secondary armour is developed . RHOPALOCcERA. “The Micro.eprpoprera include the Psychide, Cosside, Pyrahide, Tortricide, Sesiide, Tineide, and Lacosomide. The Awrrocerina include the Pterophoride, Anthro- ceride, Pyromorphidxe, Megalopygide, and Hucleide. The Bompycina—the Citheroniudex, Hemileucide,+ Saturn- ude,t and Bombycide. The Nocruina—the Notodontide, Thyatiride, Geometridx, Drepanide, Agaristide, Noctu- idx, Cymbidx, Lithosvide, Pericopide, Arctude, Euchro- mudx, Lymantride, and perhaps also the Thyridudez, SpHINGINA. * “ Relationship of Pyralide and Pterophorina from the Larvee,” Ent. News, Feb., 1895. +t “Not in the sense used by Professor Smith. My classifica- tion corresponds more nearly with that of Grote’s Check List, 1882.” LE ESOL EE OORT I OCTOBRE Sn = Se the Classification of Lepidoptera. 359 Dioptide, and Lasiocampide.* The Spatncina—the Sphingide. The RxHopatocnrA—the families usually associated under this term.” It will be seen by reference to Mr. Dyar’s previous summary that this more recent pronouncement does not explain away any of the difficulties which I have pre- viously criticised; but, on the contrary, by its more definite character tends rather to accentuate them. In order to make this paper as complete as possible, and to ensure that I had not mis-stated the intentions of the authors, I submitted it to Dr. Chapman and to Mr. Hampson. Dr. Chapman offers only one remark, viz., that “The answer (or excuse) for lumping the group called Macros, is identical with that which will probably be given by the other writers quoted for lumping the TinzInA and RHOPALOCERA, viz., that so far as we have yet carried our studies, our methods do not enable us to do so with certainty” (in litt., Feb. 14, 1895). Mr. Hampson writes at considerable length. He says :— I am extremely obliged to you for allowing me to see your paper on the ‘Classification of the Lepido- ptera,’ the more so, as I am afraid a sharp bout of influ- enza will prevent my being atthe Entomological Meeting next Wednesday. I wrote the review of Professor Com- stock’s system, and added to it a summary of the progress made in the work of re-distributing the families of Lepidoptera into a natural system of classification, with the express object of showing what had been done, and of clearing the ground for, and helping to call forth, the next step in advance, a result, 1 am happy to see by your paper, has been attained. “T note that in my review I omitted to state that I left the Tineide alone, because I have not specially studied them ; not because I think they represent a single family equivalent to the others, and I am only waiting for those who have been studying them as imagines—such as Lord Walsingham and Mr. Meyrick—to give us their results. There is no published classification of the families, that I know of, based on imaginal characters, and the commonly received characters separating the Tineide and Tortricide are entirely fallacious and have to be rejected; but there are plenty of characters for a * “These I have not examined sufficiently. The JURIOGEI Usk will probably form another superfamily.” 360 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent papers on new and more natural reconstruction into families, which I hope will be done before long. As far as I am able to judge, however, the Tineide represent the ramifications of one branch of the Lepidoptera, some families gene- ralised, others highly specialised, and not a heterogeneous collection of families sprung from various parts of the Lepidopterous tree as the old family Bompyces did. ‘« The same remark applies to the Ruoratocera. [I left them alone because I had not studied them; but here I am doubtful if we have not four different stocks: the Hesperidx arising from the Castniidx ; the Hrycinide and the Lycenidxe from near the Callidulide ; the Papilion- idx, as also the Piertde and Nymphalide from the Zygeeno-Cossid stock; but these suggestions are not based on any very careful examination. “The Lastocampide, Endromide, and Arbelidx are out of place in my artificial key, because in such a key it is always practically impossible to get quite a natural order, and I have not yet found a character common to them, and not found in other families, which would place them together in their natural position at the bottom of the Osrectz. The Lasiocampide and Hndromdez I believe to have developed from the Limacodide, the Arbelidx from the Cosside. “There is a point in your paper that I entirely dis- agree with, the larva is not an embryo, being subject to the struggle for existence and to modification in relation to environment, and arguments based on superficial larval characters, such as Mr. Dyar’s setiferous tubercles, are in no sense on a par with arguments from embryology ; and if the results he had obtained had been entirely negative, it would have shown that the character he ex- amined was faulty and would not have invalidated the results obtained from the neuration of the imago which is not changed by external circumstances, except to some degree when the shape of the wing is much modified. “Dr. Chapman’s pupal characters are not so liable to this objection, especially the mode of dehiscence, the pupa itself being more of the nature of an embryo, and the methods of emerging from the pupa are less lable to the action of natural selection; but I believe these characters of his Incompiurm, as well as the emergence of the pupe from the cocoon, primarily to have relation a the Classification of Lepidoptera. 361 to a boring life during the larval stage, in reeds, wood, or roots, and I should much like to see an examination of the many scattered species in the higher families that have returned to boring during the larval stage, such as Virachola perse and isocrates in the Lycxnide. “ That we shall soon have a good natural classification of the Lepidoptera, which will be confirmed by characters based on all the stages, is hardly open to doubt, seeing how many good workers there are in the field and the progress already made, and I will do my best to forward it, both on my own account and to help others; and to this end am asking for pupz from my various corres- pondents in India, and have just received one parcel from Mysore and hear of another on its way from Bhutan, each with the pupz of a certain number of species. Should you care to read this letter at the Entomological Meeting with your paper, you are quite at liberty to do so.” This letter leaves but little to say. It confirms my supposition as to Mr. Hampson’s treatment of the Tineide and Ehopalocera, which is the most important point so far as this paper is concerned. With regard to the remarks on the larva I quite agree with Mr. Hamp- son that they are subject to “the struggle for existence,” but so, indeed, are even the molecules of animal tissues if the recently developed theory of intra-selection be correct, and it is certain that they are also subject to “modification in relation to environment,’ but I dis- agree with him that setiferous tubercles are “ superficial larval characters’’ in the sense assumed. LHvery larva inside or outside of the eggshell possesses them, and even in its most restricted sense the structures are embryological, and it is in the very fact that they are subject to modification that we find them of service for the purpose of classification, and that we are enabled to separate specialised from generalised forms. The varied stages of development of the setiferous tubercles some- times reached in allied genera in the egg is of the highest significance, as is also their comparative develop- ment in the various stages of larve in allied genera, as in Ornithoptera and Papilio, in Agha and Citherona ; whilst Packard states that the tubercles of the species of Saturnia (carpini, pyr) are on the same plane with the embryo, just before exclusion, of the more highly 362 Mr. J. W. Tutt on Classification of Lepidoptera. specialised forms of the group Attaciney;” and again, “whilst the late embryos of the Attacimx are perhaps paralleled by the fully-grown larva of Saturnia, the fully-grown larva of the most, or one of the most, generalised Attacinx, Platysamia, is on the same plane of specialisation as the larva of Callosamia in its third stage.”* It seems to me that Mr. Hampson and I mean alike, the difference is purely a matter of words, whether we choose to call the larva an embryo or not. My state- ments in the early part of the paper appear to be in no way antagonistic to those in Mr. Hampson’s letter. ‘To explain why I prefer to consider the larva to be embryonic in many respects, would occupy too much space here and not advance the subject under discussion. Quite recently Mr. Vernon L. Kellogg has shown t+ that Micropteryx and Hepialus have, in addition to the ordinary scales on the wings, a covering of very fine hairs differing radically from the scales in size, arrange- ment and mode of attachment to the membrane—a Trichopterygid character. These hairs have not yet been discovered in any Frenatu. ‘The paper deals also with, and illustrates, types of thoracic structure confirming Comstock’s classification. * Packard, ‘‘ Studies on the Transformation of Moths of the Family Saturniide,” Proc. of the Amer, Acad. of Arts and Sciences, 1893. + “The Classification of the Lepidoptera,” American Naturalist, Vol. xxix., pp. 248-57 ; Plate xvii. (6 863> ) XIII. A Monograph of British Braconide. Part VI. By the Rev. THomas A. Marsnatt, M.A., F.E.S., Member of the Société Entomologique de France. [Read February 20th, 1895. ] Prats VII. XXIV. ALYSIIDES. (Continued from Ent. Tr., 1894, p. 534.) xi, ADELURA, Horster. Forst., Verh. Pr. Rheinl., 1862, p. 267. MaxILuARyY palpi 5-, labial 4-joimted. Antenne long, slender, multiarticulate ; 4th joint not, or scarcely, longer than the 3rd. Mesothoracic sutures incomplete ; a dorsal fovea before the scutellum ; furrow of the mesopleure more or less distinct, either punctate or smooth; metathorax rugulose, without a longitudinal carina. First cubital areolet separated from the Ist discoidal ; 2nd complete ; 1st intercubital nervure shorter than the 2nd abscissa ; stigma elongate, attenuated at both ends, or linear ; recurrent and anal nervures not exactly interstitial ; pobrachial areolet of the hindwings at least half as long as the preebrachial ; prebrachial transverse nervure obsolete. Abdomen depressed, widened behind in the 9, linearin the g ; 1st segment rugulose, narrow, linear, with median spiracular tubercles; 2nd and fol- lowing segments smooth. ‘Terebra concealed, or very short. Forster invented this genus for the reception of Alysia florimela, Hal., referring the other cognate species to his genera Dapsilarthra and Grammospila, which he separated widely both from Adelwra and from each other. Jam acquainted with a new species which can- not be placed in any of those genera, and for which another new genus becomes necessary, if the Férsterian system be accepted. This being objectionable, I have reassembled the scattered species under the heading Adelura, which now represents the primitive Section XII. of Haliday’s Alysia, Brachycentri. These species are all closely related, and form a natural group distinguished by their short terebra, and a habit of body resembling that of Dacnusa; one species indeed is only separable from Dacnusa on account of its three cubital areolets.. TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1895.—part 1. (sEPrT.) 364 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of There is, however, one dismemberment of the Brachy- centr, which seems permissible, that of Alysia perdita, Hal.; that author himself, on second thoughts, referred it to a separate section, now the genus Anisocyrta, Forster. TABLE OF SPECIES. (2) 1. Stigma oval, lanceolate, broad in the middle, attenuated towards the extremity, emit- ting the radial nervure just before the middle ... oe Fan Se ef .. 1. florimela, Hal. (1) 2. Stigma linear, scarcely, or notat all, broader in the middle, attenuated towards the extremity, emitting the radial nervure not far from the base. (6) 38. Stigma not reaching beyond the middle of the radial areolet; 2nd cubital areolet narrowed on the outer side. (5) 4. Abdomen after the Ist segment reddish or testaceous, the posterior segments cinc- tured more or less distinctly with dark bands ... ies fed a the a (4) 5. eee black; segment 2 pitchy at the Asee 41. oY ss oe ost os (3) 6. Stigma as long as 2 of the radial areolet, or longer, and in that case confounded with the metacarp ; 2nd cubital areolet hardly, or not at all, narrowed on the outer side. (8) 7. Second abscissa of the radial nervure not longer than the 1st intercubital nervure ; 2nd cubital areolet very short, not longer than broad; radial areolet somewhat lan- ceolate, not reaching the tip of the wing. 4. Dictynna, Marsh. (7) 8. Second abscissa longer than the 1st inter- cubital nervure ; 2nd cubital areolet longer than broad; radial areolet cultriform, almost reaching the tip of the wing. "9 9. Length, 12 line; antenne $2 50-jomted ... 5. apw, Curtis. (9) 10. Length, 1 line; antennze @ 35-jointed ... 6. Sylvia, Hal. 2. rufiventris, Nees, 3. Isabella, Hal. 1. Adelwra florimela, Hal. Alysia florimela, Hal., Ent. Mag., v., 239, 9, pl. xvil., fig. 20 (wing). Adelura florimela, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Kur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. i1., p. 420. 9. Black, shining. Head much wider than the thorax ; -man- dibles red; palpi pale. Antenne slender, twice as long as the body, 48-50-jointed, the two basal joints red, the 4th alittle longer than the 3rd (which is not the case in the other species). Furrow of the mesopleure rugose ; mesothoracic sutures hardly inchoate ; a short linear impression before the scutellum ; metathorax finely rugulose. Wings hyaline; squamula red; nervure and stigma British Braconide. 365 blackish, the latter shorter than in the other species, oval, lanceolate, widest in the middle, attenuated towards the extremity, emitting the radial nervure just before the middle; radial areolet cultri- form, not reaching the tip of the wing; 2nd cubital areolet not narrowed towards the outer end; 3rd abscissa almost straight ; 1st intercubital nervure shorter than the 2nd abscissa ; pobrachial areolet of the hindwings hardly longer than half the przbrachial. Legs red; tips of hind tibie, and their tarsi, obscure. First abdominal segment linear, twice as long as its apical breadth, finely striolate; tubercles prominent. Terebra_ subexserted. Male unknown. Length, 2 ; wings, 4 lines. Not common ; I took a single specimen in Yorkshire ; the original type was captured by Walker in the London district. 2. Adelura rufiventris, Nees. Bassus- rufiventris, “Nees, Berl. Mag., vi., 1814, paraike S). Alysia rufiventiis, Nees, Mon., i., 253, 2; Kawall, Stett. Zeit., xvi., 1855, p. 231, ¢. Alysia flaviventris, Hal., Hnt. Mag., v., 240, ¢. Adelwra rufiventris, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’ Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. u., p. 421. 2. Black, shining ; abdominal segments after the 1st either dark red or flavo-testaceous, the posterior segments cinctured more or less distinctly with dark bands. Oral parts and palpi red. Antenne very slender, one-half longer than the body, 27-30-jointed, blackish with the two basal joints red or testaceous ; 3rd joint a little longer than the 4th. Dorsal fovea of the meso- thorax minute ; metathorax punctulate. Wings hyaline ; squamula yellowish ; nervures and stigma testaceous, the latter linear, scarcely reaching the middle of the radial areolet, emitting the radial nervure before one-fourth of its length ; radial areolet cultriform, reaching the tip of the wing ; 2nd cubital areolet elongate, scarcely narrowed towards the outer end. Legs red or yellowish; claws obscure. Abdomen oval; Ist segment ol)conic, deplanate, black, punctulate ; the following segments smooth. Terebra very short. @. According to Kawall differs in having the face, mandibles, palpi, and scutellum obscurely luteous ; abdomen pitchy-red ; legs pale luteous. Length, +; wings, 2% lines. Very rare in England, but taken once by Walker; Gravenhorst found it near Gottingen, and Kawall briefly mentions the male among the insects of Kurland. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1895.—partT iI. (seeT.) 24 366 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of 3. Adelura isabella, Hal. Alysia isabella, Hal., Bot. Mag., v., 240, 2. Adelura isabella, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Eur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. ii., p. 422, 3 ¢. 9. Black ; 2nd abdominal segment pitchy at the base ; man- dibles red. Antennz twice as long as the body, fuscous with the two basal joints red, 40-41-jointed ; 3rd joint rather longer than the 4th. Dorsal fovea of the mesothorax shallow, circular. Wings hyaline ; squamula, nervures, and stigma testaceous, the last linear, not quite reaching the middle of the radial areolet, afterwards confounded with the metacarp, emitting the radial nervure before one-third of its length; 2nd cubital areolet elongate, narrow, contracted towards the outer end; 2nd abscissa more than twice as long as the Ist intercubital nervure; 3rd abscissa curved. Legs flavo-testaceous; tips of the hind tibie dusky. Abdomen short, suboval, widened behind. Terebra subexserted. ¢ Similar; abdomen linear. Length, 14; wings, 33 lines, Not common. I possess both sexes; the ¢ (unknown to Haliday) is from Devonshire; the ¢ type was taken by Walker in the London district. The species con- stitutes Iérster’s genus Grammospila. 4, Adelura dictynna, Marsh. Adelura dictynna, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’ Kur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. 11., p. 423, 69. 9. Black, shining; abdomen piceous; mandibles reddish. Antenne filiform, slender, almost twice as long as the body, dull testaceous towards the base, 36-jointed, joints 3 and 4 of equal length. TFovea of the mesonotum linear. Wings hyaline, very iridescent ; squamula flavo-testaceous ; nervures and stigma fusco-testaceous, the latter linear, and so narrow as hardly to be distinguished from the metacarp, emitting the radial nervure before one-third of its length; 2nd abscissa not longer than the 1st intercubital nervure ; 3rd: abscissa sinuated before the ex- tremity, as in Dacnusa ; 2nd intercubital nervure decolorous but visible ; 2nd cubital areolet very short, not longer than broad, and not larger than the Ist; radial areolet somewhat lanceolate, not reaching the tip of the wing; recurrent and anal nervures both interstitial ; pobrachial areolet of the hindwing longer than half the British Braconide. 367 prebrachial. Legs testaceous; hind tibiz and tarsi slightly dusky. Abdomen widened behind, as in florimela (sp. 1). Terebra concealed. ¢ Similar; antenne broken, but still retaining 40 joints; dorsal fovea circular; wings slightly infumated, iri- descent ; nervures and stigma fuscous, the latter somewhat thicker and more determinate than in the 9. Length, 12; wings, 4 lines. This species was discovered by Dr. Capron, who gave me a pair, and others, doubtless, exist in his now inac- cessible collection. It is distinguished by the small size of the 2nd cubital areolet, not larger than the Ist; the 2nd intercubital nervure being colourless, gives the wing, at first sight, the appearance of having only two cubital areolets, as in Dacnusa, to which genus the present insect makes in other respects a near approach. 5. Adelwra apt, Curtis. Alysia api, Curtis, B. E., pl. cxli.; Hal., Ent. Mag., v., 239, ¢, pl. xvu., fig. 21 (wing). Adelura apii, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Ale., Bracon., vol. ii., p. 424, ¢¢. 9. Black, shining ; abdomen sometimes more or less piceous or subrufescent. Face thickly punctulate; mandibles red; palpi pale. Antenne very slender, twice as long as the body, 50-jointed, the two basal joints red ; joints 3 and 4 of equal length. Fovea of the mesonotum subcircular ; furrow of the mesopleure indis- tinct, smooth ; metathorax punctate. Wings hyaline with a dusky tinge, very iridescent ; squamula testaceous ; nervures and stigma blackish, the latter very long and attenuated, scarcely distinct from the metacarp, reaching beyond the middle of the radial areolet, emitting the radial nervure before one-fourth of its length ; radial areolet cultriform, reaching the tip of the wing ; 3rd abscissa straight; 2nd cubital areolet elongate, not narrowed towards the outer end ; pobrachial areolet of the hindwing one- third shorter than the prebrachial, which also is unusually short, Legs rufo-testaceous ; hind tarsi and tips of hind tibie more or lessdusky. Abdomen as in jflorimela (sp. 1); posterior segments sometimes black, like the Ist. Terebra very short. ¢ Similar; abdomen narrower, with parallel sides, length, 11; wings, 32-44 lines. 368 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of Parasite of Acidia heraclei, L., a fly the larva of which | lives on the celery (Apiwm graveolens). Adelura apii has been noticed in England, Ireland, and Holland, and is probably the commonest species of the genus. 6. Adelura sylvia, Hal. Alysia sylvia, Hal., Hym. Brit., 11., 25, ¢. Adelura sylvia, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Eur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. 11., p. 424, ¢. 9. Similar to the preceding, but much smaller. Black; mandibles red ; palpi pale. Antennz twice as long as the body, black, pale red at the base, 35-jointed, all the joints longer than in apii; 3rd: very little longer than the 4th. Wings hyaline ; radicle whitish ; squamula, nervures, and stigma pale brown; 2nd cubital areolet somewhat longer than that of api; radial areolet more distant from the tip of the wing. The other characters are those of apit. g unknown. Length, 1 line. Uncommon; found only by Haliday, in woods in the north of Ireland. xiv. AnisocyrTa, Forster. Forst., Verh. Pr. Rheinl., 1862, p. 268. Third joint of the antenne longer than the 4th. Furrow of the mesopleure effaced. Stigma linear, very narrow, reaching beyond the middle of the radial areolet, emitting the radial nervure from its extreme base ; Ist abscissa so obliquely placed as to be almost ina line with the 2nd, not forming any distinct angle ; 2nd abscissa twice as long as the Ist intercubital nervure ; 2nd cubital areolet elongate, not narrowed towards the outer end ; radial areolet cultriform, reaching the tip of the wing ; recurrent nervure almost evected ; anal nervure not interstitial. Terebra elongate. 1. Anisocyrta perdita, Hal. Alysia perdita, al., Ent. Mag., v., 241, ¢; v., 519, ?, pl. xvu., fig. 22 (wing). Anisocyrta perdita, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Eur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. i1., p. 425, d¢. é. Black, shining; mandibles and palpi red. Antennz nearly one-half longer than the body, 36-jointed ; 1st joint red, blackish beneath, 2nd entirely red, 3rd very long. Wings slightly a British Braconide. 369 infumated ; squamula red; nervures and stigma blackish ; pobra- chial areolet of the hindwing extending to the middle of the preebrachial ; prebrachial transverse nervure distinct. Legs red ; hind tarsi and tips of hind tibie faintly tinged with dusky. @. First abdominal segment widened at the end. Terebra a little longer than the abdomen. Length, 2 ; wings, 4 lines. Not known since the time of Haliday and Walker, the former of whom discovered this insect in the He- brides, the latter in Finmark. xv. Prosarua, Morster. Forst., Verh. Pr. Rheinl., 1862, p. 266. Fourth joint of the antenne not longer than the 3rd. Stigma elongate, cuneiform ; 2nd cubital areolet complete; Ist inter- cubital nervure shorter than the 2nd abscissa ; 1st cubital areolet separated from the 1st discoidal ; recurrent nervure evected ; anal nervure nearly interstitial ; pobrachial areolet of the hindwing reaching to the middle of the prebrachial. Abdomen of the 9 compressed. ‘l'erebra exserted, curved. This genus, like the preceding, is unknown to me; it comprehends Haliday’s 13th Section, Macrocarpr, which, according to that author, presents the same characters as the 15th, Acarpi, gen. Aspilota, Forst., except as to the wings. ‘The character given by Forster for his genus Prosapha, is taken from the d only, to the exclusion of the ¢. MHaliday makes two species, but thinks it highly probable that the second is only the female of the first, notwithstanding the difference of their wings. (2) 1. Stigma very large, occupying more space than the 2nd cubital sreolet, and cutting off the lst abscissa of the radial nervure 1. speculum, Hal. @. (1) 2. Stigma much longer and more slender, con- founded towards its apex with the metacarp, and leaving exposed a portion of the 2nd abscissa ... as awe : un 2. Venusia, Hals ?. 1. Prosapha speculum, Hal. Alysia speculum, Hal., Ent. Mag.,v., 241, ¢ ; pl. xvii., fig. 19 (wing). aie Prosapha speculum, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. u1., p. 427, 3. @. Black, shining ; lst abdominal segment red ; mandibles red. Antenne as long as the body, 16-18-jointed, the two basal joints 370 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of red, Mesothoracie sutures effaced ; furrow of the mesopleurz punctulate; metathorax rugulose. Wings hyaline; squamula ferruginous; nervures and stigma black, the latter very stout at the base, acuminate at the apex, emitting the radial nervure before the middle; 2nd cubital areolet elongate, much narrowed towards the outer end; radial areolet not reaching the tip of the wing, sublanceolate ; 2nd discoidal areolet very narrow. Legs red ; femora and tibiz sometimes dark at the apex. Abdomen narrow, somewhat depressed ; Ist segment rufous, 2nd rufescent at the base, all the following dark piceous. Length, 2 ; wings, 13 lines. Found by Haliday in North Ireland, and once by Walker in the London district ; very rare. 2. Prosapha venusta, Hal. Alysia venusta, Hal., Ent. Mag., v., 242, ¢. Prosapha venusta, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. i., p. 427, ¢. @. Piceous black ; 1st abdominal segment red ; mandibles red. Antenne shorter than the body, 14-17-jointed, the two basal joints red ; apical joints oval. Thorax as in the preceding. Wings hyaline ; squamula brownish ; nervures and stigma pale brown ; 2nd cubital areolet not so much narrowed towards the outer end ; radial areolet cultriform, reaching the tip of the wing. Legs red. Abdomen strongly compressed, asin the genus Aspilota; 1st seg- ment sublinear, rugulose, elevated ; 2nd the longest ; abdomen, viewed sideways, subtriangular. Terebra exserted, short. Length, 3-1; wings, 13-2 lines. Taken more than once in England, but very rare. xvi. Mesocrina, Horster. Forst., Verh. Pr. Rheinl., 1862, p. 266. Male unknowr. Third joint of the antenne longer than the 4th. Mesothoracic sutures inchoate, effaced posteriorly ; an oblong fovea before the scutellum. Stigma oval, lanceolate, distinct, emitting the radial nervure from the middle, or just beyond it ; 1st cubital areolet separated from the 1st discoidal ; 2nd complete; 1st intercubital nervure a little shorter than the 2nd abscissa. Abdomen strongly compressed. Terebra exserted, short. British Bracomde. 371 To this genus, hitherto unnoticed, belong two unde- scribed female specimens, specifically distinct, in my collection. ‘They are not in the best possible condition, but their descriptions will, I hope, prove intelligible. ‘The form of the stigma and the neuration in general for- bid me to refer them to the genus Aspilota, with which they have many characters in common. (2) 1. Abdomen black .. Ll. pugnatria, Marsh. (1) 2. Abdomen, after the Ist segment, dull rufo- testaceous, the segments indistinctly margined with fuscous ... Sh .. 2 vendatrix, Marsh. 1. Mesocrina pugnatria, Marsh. M. pugnatric, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Kur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. ii., p. 428, °. 2. Black, shining. Antennze stout, not quite so long as the body, 28-jointed, the two basal joints testaceous, 3rd joint almost twice as long as the 4th. Mesonotum smooth, very shining; a rather large fovea, oval and rugulose, before the scutellum ; meta- thorax rugose. Wings hyaline with a cinereous tinge ; squamula testaceous ; nervures and stigma brown, the latter emitting the radial nervure a little beyond the middle ; radial areolet short, cultriform, not quite reaching the tip of the wing ; 3rd abscissa straight; recurrent nervure interstitial ; anal nervure springing from the lower half of the extremity of the 2nd discoidal areolet ; pobrachial areolet of the hindwing half as long as the preebrachial. Legs short, stout, especially the femora towards the extremity, testaceous with the apex of the tarsi dusky. Abdomen a little longer than the head and thorax, strongly compressed, linear as viewed from above, oblong-oval as seen sideways, acuminate at the apex; Ist segment linear, almost three times longer than broad, striolate, with medium tubercles ; 2nd not wider than the Ist, with two basal fovese (gastroceli); 3rd and following progressively more and more compressed, so as to end acutely at the apex ; belly testaceous at the base. ‘T'erebra very short, deflected, the valves stout. Length, 12; wings, 3} lines. I captured this insect at Cornworthy, in Devonshire. 2. Mesocrina venatriz, Marsh. M. venatrix, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. ii., p. 428, 9. ¢. Head and thorax black, very shining. Antenne slender, somewhat longer than the body, 35-jointed, testaceous, gradually 372 Rev. ‘I’. A. Marshall’s Monograph of darkened towards the extremity, all the joints longer than in the preceding species, 3rd one-fourth longer than the following joint. Fovea of the mesonotum linear, impunctate ; metathorax shining, hardly marked with a few scattered rugosities. Wings hyaline; squa- mula pale testaceous ; nervures and stigma pale brown, the latter more elongate than in pugnatriz, as also is the radial areolet, which more nearly approaches the tip of the wing. Legs whitish-yellow, the tips of the tarsi dusky ; femora and tibiz not remarkably short or stout. Abdomen as in the preceding. 'Terebra very short, falcate, ascending, the valves slender. Length, 14; wings, nearly 4 lines. Taken at Nunton, near Salisbury. Xvli. ORTHOSTIGMA, Ratzeburg. Ratz., Ichn. d. Forst., 1, 58; u., 71 (1844). Fourth joint of the antenne shorter than the 3rd. Mesotho- racic sutures effaced ; dorsal fovea punctiform ; metathorax almost smooth; furrow of the mesopleure punctate. Stigma thicker than the metacarp, linear, elongate, reaching to the middle of the radial areolet, emitting the radial nervure near its base; Ist cubital areolet complete, as large as the 1st discoidal ; 2nd com- plete, elongate, slightly contracted towards the outer end; 2nd abscissa twice as long as the 1st intercubital nervure ; recurrent nervure short, incomplete, somewhat evected: cubital and anal nervures decolorous, the latter springing from the middle of the extremity of the 2nd discoidal areolet ; pobrachial areolet of the hindwing longer than half the prebrachial. Abdomen of the 9, viewed from above, oval-lanceolate, compressed beneath; that of the ¢ oblong, depressed. 'Terebra exserted, falcate. This genus, of which only one species is known, closely resembles the following: the wings present the only tangible difference, yet among small specimens some are to be found with the stigma considerably attenuated, reducing the distinctive character to almost nothing. Forster has remarked of the genus Orthostigma, Ratz., that though “‘obviously belonging to the group of Alysia, it cannot be satisfactorily identified from the scanty notices given by Ratzeburg, nor yet from the figure in the Ichn. d. Forstinsecten, Bd.1., pl. vu., fig. 13.7? I ven- ture to contest this assertion, having no doubt that Orthostigma is identical with Forster’s own genus Ischno- carpa, which is just as imperfectly characterised as that British Braconide. oe of Ratzeburg. In choosing between the two authors, neither of whom gives an adequate account of the genus, I have preferred the Orthostigma of Ratzeburg, which has priority of time in its favour. 1. Orthostigma punula, Nees. Alysia pumila, Nees, Mon.,1., 251; Hal., Ent. Mag., 7, 1, Be, Aphidius flavipes, Watz., Ichn. d. Forst., 1., 52, pl. vir., apogee Orthostiqma flavipes, Ratz., lib. cit., u., 71. O. pumila, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et V@Ale., Bracon., vol. u, p. 431, ¢ ¢. @. Pitchy black, shining, often with the 1st abdominal segment reddish ; mandibles and palpi testaceous. Antenne moderately stout, as long as the body or rather longer, 17—24-jointed, with two or three of the basal joints testaceous. Metathorax shining, with only a few minute rugosities or (in five examples) entirely smooth ; described by Nees as punctulate, by Haliday as rugulose, inaccurately in both cases. Wings hyaline with a slightly obscure tinge, iridescent ; squamula testaceous ; nervures and stigma brownish or reddish, the latter more attenuated than in the ¢, but varying considerably in thickness. Legs rufo- or flavo-testaceous. First abdominal segment twice as long as its apical width, very little narrowed towards the base, striolate, black, or more or less reddish ; the following segments compressed beneath, blackish or piceous. Terebra as long as the two apical segments. 6 Similar; antenne longer than the body, 23—24-jointed ; stigma stouter, blackish, sometimes almost as broad as the 2nd cubital areolet; legs darker red. Length, 1-14; wings, 24-6 lines. Var. Stigma much attenuated, blackish; legs obscure, tibiee and base of the tarsi paler. Similar to Aspzlota maculipes, Hal. Length, hardly 1 line. Haliday. This appears to be O. brunnipes, Ratz., Ichn. d. Forst., ii1., 70, parasite of Cecidomya, and reared in abundance by Brischke. Common. Obtained in August in 1840 in multitudes, by Ratzeburg, from larvae of Phora rujipes, Meigen. These diptera issued in swarms from a decayed mass con- sisting of the dead bodies of various caterpillars and pup; at the same time appeared great numbers of their parasites. O74 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of xvii. Asprtota, Forster. Forst., Verh. Pr. Rhein].,-1862, p. 268. Maxillary palpi 6-, labial 4-jointed. Antennze of the 9? stout, moniliform, short, with many joints, longer in the ¢; 3rd joint longer than the 4th. Mesothoracic sutures hardly commenced ; fovea of the mesonotum minute or obsolete ; furrow of the meso- pleure punctate or crenulate. First cubital areolet small, often confounded with the 2nd, and imperfectly separated from the 1st discoidal owing to the paleness of the transverse nervures; the two intercubital nervures always weaker than the rest, the 1st of them shorter than the 2nd abscissa; stigma almost or altogether obsolete, confounded with the metacarp ; often the metacarp, throughout the length of the radial areolet, is a little stouter than the costa, but seldom offers a slight enlargement at the base to indicate the place of the stigma. Abdomen of the ¢ depressed, more or less spatulate or linear; that of the 9 strongly com- pressed ; viewed in profile, oval or subtriangular ; 1st segment linear, hardly smaller at the base, rugulose, elevated ; 2nd and 3rd taken together very long; the rest compressed, forming a carini- form edge above; apical segments curved downwards; belly carinate, emitting from its lower posterior angle the terebra, which is falcate, ascending, appearing of various lengths according to its position. This genus comprises the lowest forms of the Alysiids ; they exhibit a general degradation of structure which distinguishes them at once from all the preceding. ‘They are of smaller size, cften very minute; the head is differ- ently shaped, less flattened anteriorly, while the part behind the ocelliis more extended; the face is convex, smooth, and obliquely placed, the clypeus broader than in the other Alysiids, convex, somewhat semicircular, truncated anteriorly ; mandibles small; thorax short ; metathorax sloping from its base, without any regular sculpture. The limits of the stigma (where it can be traced at all) are indeterminate; the radial areolet cultri- form, almost always reaching the tip of the wing; re- current nervure evected ; Ist cubital areolet smaller than the Ist discoidal; 2nd intercubital nervure always decolorous ; cubital nervure disappearing towards the tip of the wing; anal nervure springing from the middle of the extremity of the 2nd discoidal areolet, and often effaced. British Braconide. 370 Nearly a dozen species have been indicated or de- scribed: their inconstant characters render precise defi- nition extremely difficult, and tabulation almost impossible. Although I suspect that more than one species are some- times included under the same name, the insufficiency of my collection, containing only 60-70 specimens, pre- vents me from acquiring certainty on many points. Accident has brought to light some facts relative to one species, nervosa, Hal., from which it appears that the varieties mentioned by that author belong almost cer- tainly to several distinct species. The fuscicorms, Hal., requires to be elucidated in a similar way, for the capture and examination of isolated examples, of unknown origin, lead to very uncertain results. Aspilota, Forst., represents the Acarpr of Haliday (Alysia, Sect. XV.), with which I am now induced to incorporate the Tanychory (Sect. XVI.), including two so-called species which are in reality identical. Forster invented a new genus, Synaldis, for the T'anychorv; it is founded upon a single artificial character, which of all others is the least reliable, viz., the deficiency of colour- ing matter in the intercubital nervures, whereby the cubital areolets appear to be confounded. In examining the species of Aspilota it is easily perceived that most of them are liable to this accidental peculiarity, which dis- tinguishes individuals, but is valueless for other divisional purposes. It appears probable that Forster had never seen an example of his genus Synaldis, or he would not have transferred it, as he has done in his Synopsis, to the tribe Dacnuside. In Synaldis the tricellular arrange- ment of the wing-veins is manifest, though imperfectly exhibited ; in the Dacnuside the angles of the radial nervure are rounded off, and there is not the slightest trace of any preparation for the development of three cubital areolets. In Haliday’s opinion the two species of Tanychori (Synaldis), concolor and distracta, should be regarded as one, and this will readily be admitted by any one who tries to distinguish them; but I have been obliged to go further, and to conclude that they are nothing more than casually divergent examples of an Aspulota. 376 Rev. ‘I’. A. Marshall’s Monograph of TABLE OF SPECIES. (2) 1. Abdomen red after the Ist segment, which is black; 2nd and following segments cinctured with an obscure band in the g; apical segments of the ¢ obscure.. .. L. ruficornis, Nees. (1) 2. Abdomen black or blackish; 1st segment sometimes red, and the 2nd rufescent at the extreme base, in one species, curta, the whole body is testaceous, except the head and the apex of the abdomen. (6) 38. Third cubital areolet four times as long as the 2nd. (5) 4, Antennz entirely testaceous, 23-jointed in the $ (¢ unknown); wings ciliate, with long hairs Ly 2. fulvicornis, Hal. (4) 5, Antennze blackish, with the two basal joints rufescent, 16-17-jointed, ¢ 9; ines not conspicuously ciliate . ... 9 convpressa, Hal. (8) 6. Third cubital areolet, scarcely twice as long, rarely almost three times as long, as the 2nd. (8) 7. Wings whitish or lacteous; cubital nervure ‘ suddenly effaced at the ‘end of the 2nd cubital areolet... .. 4 concinna, Hal. (7) 8. Wings subhyaline ; cubital nervure advancing further than the end of the 2nd cubital areolet. (20) 9. First cubital areolet more or less sensibly separated from the 2nd. (11) 10. Terebraas long as the abdomen, or almost as long asthe body; ¢ doubtful ... .. 5.jaculans, Hal. ) 11. Terebra much shorter than the body. ) 12. Radial areolet not quite reaching the tip of the wing .. 6. maculipes, Hal. 13. Radial Rreolgh reaching the tip of the wing. 14, Length, 1# lines; antennze 27-30-jointed ; spiracles. of the metathorax visible, margined 2c ye o4 Si .. 7. precipua, Marsh. (14) 15. Much smaller, or very minute; antenne 13-15-26-jointed ; spiracles indistinct, not margined. (17) 16. Abdomen more or less reddish at the base, usually the Ist segment and base of the 2nd reddish ... .. 8. fuscicornis, Hal. (16) 17. Abdomen entirely blackish, except i in some uncertain varieties. (19) 18. Antenne of the 2 18-19-jointed (except in varieties) ; 22-24-jointed in the ¢@... .. 9. nervosa, Hal. "a 19. Antenne of the ? 15-jointed; ¢ unknown 10. insidiatriz, Marsh. (9) 20. First cubital areolet confounded with the 2nd. (22) 21. Body testaceous red, with the head and apical segments of the abdomen obscure ; _ radial areolet remote from the tip of the Wing... a bos ite ox ... 11. cwrta, Marsh. (21) 22. Body black or blackish; 1st abdominal seg- ment sometimes rufescent ; radial areolet reaching the tip of the wing... ae ... 12. distracta, Nees. The above table must be regarded as merely tentative, owing to the absence of several males, and the difficulty of discriminating even the females. The breeding of both British Braconide. OV sexes from dipterous larvee seems the only possible mode of acquiring certainty, and this is not likely to be attempted. Of the twelve species indicated, only six declare themselves with tolerable distinctness, viz., ruficorns, fulvicornis, compressa, concinna, precvpua, nervosa: the rest, with their apparent varieties, are liable, in different degrees, to be suspected. 1. Aspilota ruficornis, Nees. Alysia ruficornis, Nees, Mon., 1, 248; Hal., Ent. Mag., ve, 244056 2. Asp. ruficorms, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. u., p. 434, 6°. @. Deep black, shining; abdomen after the Ist segment, rufous ; 2nd and following segments cinctured more or less dis- tinctly with a fuscous band. Head dilated behind the eyes; vertex broad ; clypeus brown ; mandibles tridentate, broad, rufous; palpi rufescent. Antenne shorter than the body, submoniliform, rather stout, 21—24-jointed, black, with the 6 or 7 basal joints testaceous. Mesothoracic sutures effaced ; no discal fovea on the mesonotum ; metathorax rugulose, reticulate. Wings hyaline, with a brownish tinge; squamula testaceous ; nervures slender, fusco- testaceous; 2nd abscissa four times as long as the Ist; anal nervure effaced before the extremity. Legs rufo-testaceous. Abdomen subpetiolate, much less compressed than in the rest of the species, pyriform ; 1st segment one-half longer than broad, narrowed towards the base, finely rugulose, blackish, with the extreme base rufous; belly testaceous. ‘T’erebra very short. G usually smaller ; antenne longer than the body, 21—24-jointed ; nervulation more distinct ; abdomen oblong, depressed ; 1st seg- ment almost linear, three times as long as its width ; the following segments vary in colour, being sometimes rufous or testaceous with the apical segments black, or almost wholly black with a patch or tinge of rufescence on the disk. Length, 13-1; wings, 34 lines. Var. g. Length, 2 lines ; antenne 19-jointed. Common in woods, frequenting fungi. Observed by Nees in Franconia and the Sudetsch-Gebirge; I have taken a great number in England. 378 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of 2. Aspilota fulvicornis, Hal. Alysia fulvicornis, Hal., Ent. Mag., v., 244, ?. Asp. fulvicornis, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. u., p. 435, ¢. ¢. Antenne wholly rufo-testaceous, 23-jointed ; wings ciliate with long hairs. Piceous-black; mandibles rufous. Antennez stout, as long as the body, submoniliform, pubescent ; 3rd joint elongate. Metathorax punctate-rugose. Wings rather narrow, dingy hyaline ; squamula rufous; the exterior areolets elongate. Legs rufous. Abdomen piceous-brown, with the base of the 2nd segment somewhat paler. Terebre very short. ¢ unknown. Length, 14 ; wings, 3 lines. Taken in the north of Ireland, once only, by Haliday. , 3. Aspilota compressa, Hal. Alysia compressa, Hal., Ent. Mag., v., 244, 3 ¢. Asp. compressa, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Kur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. i1., p. 435, 3 ?. @. Antenne blackish with the two basal joints rufescent, 16-17-jointed ; wings not conspicuously ciliate. Blackish-brown ; oral parts rufous. Head deplanate, produced in front below the antenne ; face obliquely placed, almost horizontal. Antenne hardly longer than the head and thorax. Thorax compressed, only half as wide as the head; no dorsal fovea on the meso- notum. Wings narrow, somewhat dingy hyaline; squamula rufous; exterior areolets elongate. Legs rufous. Abdomen blackish-brown, with the Ist segment rufescent. Terebra very short. ¢. Antenne about as long as the body, 16-17-jointed ; tibiz sometimes fuscescent at the apex. Length, 2-1; wings, 14-2 lines. Uncommon; taken formerly by Walker in England. It forms the genus Dipiesta, Forster. 4, Aspilota concinna, Hal. Alysia concinna, Hal., Ent. Mag., v., 245, 3 9. Asp. concinna, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. 11., p. 436, 5 ?. 9. Wings albescent or lacteous; cubital nervure abruptly effaced at the end of the 2nd cubital areolet. Deep black, shining. Head much dilated behind the eyes; mandibles British Braconide. 379 dull rufous. Antenne stout, black, shorter than the body, 17-18-jointed. Mesothoracic sutures effaced ; dorsal fovea repre- sented by a short impressed line before the scutellum ; metathorax finely rugulose. Wings with brown nervures and squamule ; a slight inflation of the costa denotes the base of the stigma; Ist cubital areolet imperfectly separated from the 2nd, and from the 1st discoidal; intercubital nervures, anal nervure, and exterior portion of the cubital, decoiorous, the rest of the nervulation very distinct. Legs rufo-testaceous, with the cox, and sometimes the femora as well as the apical half of the tibie, fuscescent, or blackish. First abdominal segment shghtly narrowed towards the base, very finely striolate, elevated. Terebra short, exserted. g. Antenne longer than the body, 24-jointed ; wings more dis- tinctly white, with blackish nervures; legs blackish, with the tips of the trochanters and base of the tibis rufescent. Length, 11; wings, 22 lines. Rare in England and Ireland; I have two specimens found in Wiltshire and Cornwall. 1 probably forms the genus Coloboma, Forster. 5. Aspilota jaculans, Hal. Alysia jaculans, Hal., Hnt. Mag., v., 246, °. Asp. jaculans, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. 1., p. 437, ¢ @. @. Terebra as long as the abdomen, or almost as long as the body. Black, shining ; abdomen piceous, with the Ist segment rufescent. Mandibles and palpi rufescent. Antenne longer than the body, moniliform, rather slender, blackish with the scape rufous, 18—23-jointed. Mesothoracic sutures effaced ; an oblong dorsal fovea before the scutellum ; metathorax rugulose. Nervures fusco-testaceous ; squamula testaceous; radial areolet very elongate; 2nd abscissa almost in the same straight line as the 3rd, hardly forming an angle at the point of junction; 2nd cubital areolet not narrowed towards the outer end. Legsrufous. First abdominal segment sublinear, striolate, rufous, as also is the extreme base of the 2nd. ¢. Antenne one-half longer than the body, 24-jointed ; hind tibiz fuscous towards the tips; Ist abdominal segment narrower, dull reddish. Otherwise like the ¢, especially in the nervulation ; yet I have no proof that the sexes are rightly paired. Length, 3; wings, 2 lines. Taken rarely in North Ireland by Haliday; by me in 380 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of Wales, Wiltshire, and Devonshire, -six specimens, of which one is a ¢, distinguished by the length of the terebra. 6. Aspilota maculipes, Hal. Alysia maculipes, Hal., Ent. Mag., v., 246, ¢. Asp. maculipes, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. ii., p. 438, ?. @. Radial areolet not quite reaching the tip of the wing. Similar to A. fuscicornis (sp. 8). Deep black. Antenne short, stout, 15-18-jointed. Fovea of the mesonotum punctiform. Wings hyaline ; squamula brownish ; nervures distinct, blackish. Legs obscure, with the apex of the trochanters and base of the tibie and tarsi pale. Terebra exserted, shorter than the abdo- men. Length, hardly 1; wings, 2 lines. Not known to me: the diagnosis is from Haliday, who appends the following note. Some specimens of this insect, with the metacarp rather stouter and black, do not differ much from concinna (sp. 4); others agree more nearly with Orthostiqgma pumila, Nees (var. already described). But many species of Section XV. (Aspilota) are dubious, and may possibly prove to be mere varieties. Found in England by Walker, and less commonly i in Treland by Haliday. 7. Asptlota precipua, Marsh. Aspilota precipua, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et dAle., Bracon., vol. 11., p. 439, ¢ 9. @. Largest of the genus, almost 2 lines long ; antennz 27-29- jointed ; spiracles of the metathorax conspicuous, margined. Black, shining; 2nd abdominal segment sometimes obscurely rufescent at the base; mandibles and palpi rufous. Antennz longer than the body, submoniliform, black, with the scape or the two basal joints rufous. Mesothoracic sutures effaced; dorsal fovea sulciform ; metathorax rugose at the sides, having two oval smooth spaces in the middle, divided more or less distinctly by a rugose band. Wings hyaline ; squamula and nervures fuscous ; 2nd abscissa twice as long as the 1st ; 2nd cubital areolet short, not narrowed towards the outer end; 1st intercubital nervure much British Braconde. 381 attenuated, sometimes effaced; 1st cubital areolet imperfectly separated from the Ist discoidal ; 3rd abscissa straight ; pobrachial areolet of the hindwings rather longer than half the prebrachial. Legs rufous ; tips of the hind tibz often obscure. First abdominal segment twice as long as its apical width, irregularly striolate. Terebra as long as the vertical truncature of the abdomen at its extremity. @ Similar; antennz 30-jointed. Length, 17; wings, A lines. Var. @. Antenne somewhat shorter, as long as the body, only 25-jointed, the two basal joints rufous, and the flagellum obscurely rufescent, blackish towards the extremity. Differs from fulvicornis (sp. 2) in that the 3rd cubital areolet is not four times as long as the 2nd. This probably constitutes the genus Dvznotrema, Forster, characterised as having the “ Luftlocher des Metathorax mittelgross, deutlich.” It is too common an insect to have escaped the notice of Haliday, and seems to be included among the varieties of sp. 56 (Ent. Mag., v., 245) without a name, but afterwards called nervosa (sp. 9, wfra). This latter differs constantly in being much smaller, with stouter antenne, shorter than the body, and having fewer articulations, etc. I have seen hundreds of the reai nervosa, bred ail together, and am therefore somewhat familiar with its appearance. A. precipua is generally distributed, but less abundant than Nervosa. 8. Aspilota fuscicornis, Hal. Alysia fuscicornis, Hal., Hnt. Mag., v., 246, ¢. Asp. fuscicorms, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Eur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. 11., p. 440, ¢ ?. @. Black or piceous-brown, shining; mandibles rufous. Antenne 15-19-jointed (according to Haliday also 13-jointed), fuscous with the 3 basal joints rufous, hardly shorter than the body. Dorsal fovea of the mesonotum punctiform, often obsolete; metathorax very finely rugulose. Wings much longer than the abdomen, hyaline; squamula testaceous; nervures very pale brownish ; Ist cubital areolet separated from the 2nd, and from the Ist discoidal ; 2nd cubital areolet elongate, narrow, slightly con- tracted towards the outer end; radial areolet longer than half the wing. Legs testaceous. First abdominal segment almost linear, TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—parr i. (sEpt.) 25 382 Rev. 'T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of or very little enlarged posteriorly, minutely striolate, rufous, rufescent, or nearly black; 2nd rufescent at the base. Terebra exserted, much shorter than the abdomen. ¢ Similar; antenne 17-jointed in my specimen. Length, 2 ; wings, 12 lines. Var. Rufo-castaneous, with the head and tip of the abdomen blackish. Haliday. At present I refer to fuscicornis, all specimens of minute size having the base of the abdomen rufous, and few joints in the antenns. Nevertheless, doubtful in- dividuals occur, and the species is far from being well chests Common in England, Ireland, and Scot- and, 9. Aspilota nervosa, Hal. Alysia (sp. 56,) Hal., Ent. Mag., v., 245 (partum), d Alysia nervosa Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., 25. Asp. nervosa, Marsh.) Species des Hym. d’Hur, et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. ii. . p- 441,-3 2. @. Black, shining ; mandibles rufous ; palpi obscure ; clypeus very short, black, separated from the face by a deep furrow ; face prominent, convex, smooth. Antenne shorter than the body, stout, slightly thickened in the middle, 18-19-jointed. Meso- thoracic sutures effaced; dorsal fovea punctiform ; metathorax dull, punctate-rugulose, sometimes with two small shining ares close to the base. Wings hyaline; squamula pale brownish; nervures distinct, fuscous, arranged as in the preceding species ; 1st cubital areolet always separated from the 2nd, and from the 1st discoidal. Legs rufous ; hind coxe sometimes partially obscure, as well as the femora and tibize of the same pair. Abdomen and terebra as in fuscicornis, Similar ;antennz wholly black, longer than the body, 22-24-jointed ; legs rufescent with the base of the hind coxee chscure, femora more or less fuscous, often with a fuscous streak above ; tibise and tarsi fuscous at the apex. Length, 1-1} ; wings, 25-34 lines. The limits of size given by Haliday sufficiently indicate that his description includes more than one species. But as some definite type must be selected, if a descrip- tion is to have any meaning, I have chosen that which I believe to be the commonest. The specimens. which furnished the above description were all homogeneous, : British Braconide. 383 forming part of a great number reared under circum- stances favourable to observation. They were parasites of an extremely abundant fly, Homalomyra canicularis, L. Mr. Bignell, a year or two ago, kept ina glass case a nest of Vespa vulgaris, L., full of dead wasps in various stages of growth. From their decaying bodies issued day after day some hundreds of the Homalomyia, accom- panied by a proportionate multitude of the parasites. These latter, being so numerous, might have been expected to exhibit at least some of the varieties con- jecturally assigned to nervosa, but I was unable to find -any deviation from the form here adopted. ‘his seems to justify the assumption that slight differences in the antenne, wings, etc., denote specific distinction, and ought not to be vaguely attributed to individual varia- tion. ‘The following are divergent forms which I have taken at different times, and which I am no longer able to regard as varieties of nervosa, though much more evidence would be required in order to establish them as good species :—= 1. ¢ Length, ? line. Antenne slender, moniliform, as long as the bedy; I7-joimted ; nervures pale testaceous ; Ist cubital areolet imper- fectly defined; legs testaceous. A second example has the Ist cubital areolet plainly confounded with the 2nd, the femora and tips of the tibize fuscescent. 2. @ Length, 1 line. Antenne very stout, moniliform, as long as the body, 18-jointed; nervures pale; lst cubital areolet closed; 2nd abdominal segment rufous at the base. 3. @ Length, 2 line. Antenne slender, moniliform, longer than the body, 18-jointed ; otherwise like No. 2. 4. © Length, line. Antenne asin No. 3, but 19-jointed ; nervures very pale; lst cubital areolet incomplete ; radial areolet very long; 1st abdominal segment rufescent. ( 5B. @ Length,1lline. Like No. 4, but with 22-jomted antennz. 6. ¢ Length, 4 line. Antenne slender, filiform, longer than the body, 19-jointed ; wings with a dusky tint, nervures distinct, fuscescent ; 1st cubital areolet closed ; 2nd elongate, very narrow. 7. @ Length, lline. Antenne slender, monilitorm, longer than the body, 20-jointed; nervures pale; Ist eubital areolet closed; 2nd moderately long. me 8. Y Length, 1 line. Antenne rather stout, moniliform, longer than the body, 21-jointed, testaceous at the base ; nervures pale ; 1st cubital areolet confounded with the 2nd; abdomen rufo-castaneous with the 1st segment clear rufous, smooth and shining. 9. 9 Length, 14 line. Antenne slender, longer than the body, 23- jointed, the scape rufous; a punctiform fovea on the mesonotum ; nervures pale; ist cubital areolet confounded with the 2nd and imperfectly separated from the 1st discoidal; Ist segment rufous, blackish at the apex; 2nd rufous at the base. 10. @ like nervosa, but the antenne of the @ are slender, longer than the body and 24-jointed ; those of the ¢ relatively longer, 25- jointed ; femora somotimes streaked with black above. 384, Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of 10. Aspilota insidiatrix, Marsh. Asp. insidiatria, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. ii., p. 444, ¢. ?. Short, stout, black, shining ; abdomen piceous-brown ; mandi- bles rufous; palpi obscure. Antenne scarcely as long as the body, in- crassated towards the apex, 15-jointed, the 2nd joint rufous. Mesothoracic sutures effaced ; dorsal fovea shallow, oblong ; meta- _ thorax dull, coriaceous. Wings hyaline ; squamula and nervures fusco-testaceous ; 1st intercubital nervure decolorous ; 1st cubital areolet imperfectly separated from the 1st discoidal ; 2nd short ; 2nd abscissa only twice as long as the 1st intercubital nervure ; radial areolet reaching the tip of the wing. Legs dull testaceous, femora and tibize brownish towards the extremity. Abdomen only slightly compressed, pyriform ; 1st segment very short, much widened behind, shining, hardly striolate. Terebra short, ex- serted. ¢ unknown. Length, 2 ; wings, 13 lines. This comes nearest to maculipes (sp. 6), but differs in having the radial areolet extended to the tip of the wing. I have taken only a single example. 11. Aspilota cwrta, Marsh. Asp. cwrta, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. i., p. 444, @. @. Minute, short, stout, shining, rufous, with the head and terminal segments of the abdomen fuscous. Head very large. Antenne as long as the body, dull rufous, 15-jointed. Mesonotum without a dorsal fovea ; metathorax very short, coriaceous. Ner- vures and squamula testaceous ; radial areolet remote from the tip of the wing ; lst cubital areolet confounded with the 2nd, and with the ist discoidal. Legs stout, rufous. First abdominal segment short, stout, dull, coriaceous, not widened posteriorly. Terebra short, exserted. @ unknown. Length, 4; wings, hardly 1 line. This resembles Alysia castanea, Nees (Mon.,1i., 250), as well as Haliday’s variety of fuscicorms (sp. 8), which is not described ; he says nothing of the radial areolet, which terminates at an appreciable distance from the tip of the wing ; the colour is of secondary importance, as it may be due simply to immaturity ; the insect differs from the true fuscicornts in many small particulars. I have taken only one specimen, British Braconide. a) OO Gt 12. Aspilota distracta, Nees.’ Alysia distracta, Nees, Mon., i., 255; Hal., Hnt. Mag., Wi, 247, 32. Bassus concolor, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., vi., 213. Alysia concolor, Nees, Mon., i., 254; Hal., Ent. Macg., Weak S Ss Asp. distracta, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. i., p. 445, d?. @. Black or piceous ; sometimes with the 1st abdominal seg- ment rufous; smooth, shining, mandibles and palpi rufescent. Antenne shorter than the body, 13-18-jointed. Fovea of the mesonotum punctiform or obsolete; furrow of the mesopleure crenulate, or indicated by a row of punctures; metathorax more or less rugulose, smooth on the sides. Wings hyaline ; squamula and nervures brownish testaceous; 1st cubital areolet confounded with the 2nd, and with the ist discoidal ; 3rd abscissa straight, or with a scarcely perceptible curve ; radial areolet reaching the tip of the wing. legs either rufous, or fuscous with the tips of the trochan- ters and base of the tibize rufous. Abdomen strongly compressed ; 1st segment almost linear, hardly striolate. Terebra shorter than the abdomen. ¢ Similar; antennze much longer than the body, 21-23-jointed. Length, 2-13; wings, 13-22 lines. Var. &. Antenne 23-jointed ; nervures fuscous, distinct ; 2nd cubital areolet much contracted towards the outer end ; 1st cubital areolet separated from the Ist discoidal; 1st abscissa very oblique, forming part of the same curve as the 2nd, with hardly any dis- tinct angle; the 2nd angle of the radial nervure isalso very obtuse Length, 2 line. Probably a different species. I possess 1 2, 5 ds answering the descriptions of Nees and Haliday: only one ¢ attains the larger size given above; the others are smaller, like those described by Nees. I cannot find any difference between distracta and concolor, except the colour of the legs. Haliday gives with distracta a var. 8 having the colours of cwrta (sp. 11), and not unlikely to be the same; yet the difference of the wings is a serious objection, see Haliday’s plate (Hnt. Mag., v., pl. xvu., fig. 26), in which the radial areolet of one of these insects reaches the tip of the wing. I suspect the present species of being merely factitious; if we had more knowledge, it would 386 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of probably resolve itself into one or more of those above described, some of which are themselves uncertain. Alysia brevicorms, Nees (Mon., i, 249), belongs to Aspilota, but cannot now be identified; the characters assigned to it are merely generic. XXV. DACNUSIDES. Setting aside a few aberrant genera, these insects differ very little from the Alysiides, of which they are the inferior forms, possessing only two cubital areolets. This character, however, is obvious and admits of precise definition. In many of the preceding tribe the cubital areolets appear confounded, but this is through the absence of colouring matter in the dividing nervures, which may always be traced, at least ideally. In Dacnusa and its affinities this is not the case: the radial nervure shows only two abscissas, 2.¢., after passing the first abscissa, 1t 1s directed in an unbroken curve to the tip of the wing, forming no second angle. The radial areolet is lanceolate, seldom cultriform (Lvposcia), and mostly too short to reach the tip of the wing; stigma variable, oval more or less lanceolate, linear and at- tenuated in different degrees, or lastly obsolete, being confounded with the metacarp (Gyrocampa) ; 1st cubital areolet separated from the Ist discoidal, except in Dacnusa aphanta; cubital and anal nervures more or less effaced towards the extremity. Abdomen usually subsessile, rarely as broad at the base as the metathorax (Polemon); often compressed in the ? (Chenon, Ceelinius, Polemon); 1st segment rugulose or striolate, the rest generally smooth, but sometimes with a little rugosity on the 2nd segment; rarely with more of the segments rugulose (Ginone, Polemon). Terebra very short or concealed; rarely as long as half the abdomen. There are no apterous females, if the Chxenon apterus, Curtis, be rightly considered as asynonym of Chasmodon (Alysitdes, Gen. 1., ante). At the same time it must be observed that, in default of wings, Chasmodon might with equal propriety be referred to the present tribe. The Dacnusides have naturally the same habits as the Alysiuides, being parasites of Diptera; observations have shown that even the minute flies whose larve live in the British Braconide. 387 parenchyma of leaves, are not exempt from their attacks. | | TABLE OF GENERA. (2) 1. Postscutellum armed with a dentiform spine; three first abdominal segments very broad, rugose, forming a carapace like that of Sigalphus, beneath which the following seg- ments are wholly or in great part retracted ; general form robust... .. 1 CHNONE. (1) 2. Postscutellum unarmed ; abdominal segments normally disposed, smooth, except the first, or sometimes the two first. (4) 3. First abdominal segment broader than long; 2nd suture in form of a finely impressed curved line; body robust, as in Hinone se. ii, HPIMICTA. (3) 4, First abdominal segment longer than broad ; 2nd suture straight, nearly or quite effaced ; form of Alysia, not remarkably robust. (14) 5. Body neither linear nor very elongate; abdo- men oblong-oval or suborbicular, not or searcely longer than the head and thorax. (7) 6. Stigma elongate, linear, consisting of an empty membranous sack, having a drop or spot of colouring matter only at the base, otherwise decolorous; radial areolet ample, subcultri- form, almost reaching the tip of the wing ... iii. LIPoscra. (6) 7. Stigma of various form, filled up with colour- ing matter, sometimes obsolete and con- founded with the metacarp; radial areolet ~ much smaller, lanceolate, remote from the tip of the wing. (9) 8. Second abscissa of the radial nervure describ- ing an irregular curve, usually sinuated or concave on the under side, and always some- what straightened towards the tip, whereby the radial areolet becomes more or less acuminate . iv. DAcNuUSA. (8) 9. Second abscissa describing a regular parabolic are, neither sinuated beneath, nor straight- ened towards the tip. (11) 10. Eyes naked ; thorax TINOOtH stigma very long, linear, attenuated v. GYROCAMPA. (10) 11. Eyes hairy; thorax punctulate ; stigma less elongate, or sometimes short, oval-lanceolate. (13) 12. Stigma less elongate than in Gyrocanupa, emitting the radial nervure before the middle ; labial palpi 3-jointed ... % vi. CHOREBUS. (12) 13. Stigma short, oval-lanceolate, ‘emitting the radial nervure from its middle ; labial palpi 4 jomted - ~., an oe st ... Vil. CHANUSA. (5) 14. Body linear, elong onte ; abdomen longer than the head and thorax, (16) 15. Second abscissa describing a regular curve, not sinuated. viii, C@LINIUS. (15) 16. Second abscissa sensibly ‘sinuated before the extremity. (18) 17. Nes subsessile, lst segment much nar- rower than the metathorax ; abdomen of the @ strongly compressed, like the blade of an oar, from the base of the 3rd segment ix, CHENON. (17) 18. Abdomen sessile, lst segment almost as broad as the metathorax ; abdomen of the % feebly compressed, at the apex only .. a x. POLEMON. 388 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of The two first genera are distinct and natural, although Epimicta contains only a single species; the eight following are more artificial, but as they seem likely to facilitate the determination of species, I have allowed them to remain. ‘They may be distributed into three natural groups; 1. Dacnusa (G. ul., iv.); 2. Gyrocampa (G. v., vi., vil.) ; and 8. Colinius (G. vill, ix., x.). Gyrocampa, Chorebus, and Chenusa are very ciosely allied both in form and habits ; Chenon and Celinius are in all essen- tial particulars the same, and may be optionally regarded as synonyms, which indeed they originally were. Forster has much increased the number of generic names by commencing the dismemberment of the great genus Dacnusa, but he has left untouched the majority of the species. i, Ginonz, Haliday. Hal., Hym. Brit., 1, 3 (1839). Head broad, transverse ; front very short ; eyes naked; clypeus somewhat semicircular, or obtusely triangular ; mandibles quad- ridentate, the 2nd tooth the longest, the 4th the smallest ; maxil- lary palpi 6-, labial 4-jointed. Postscutellum armed with a denti- form spine. Stigma oval-lanceolate, more or less short, emitting the radial nervure from the middle, or from just before the middle ; radial areolet lanceolate, remote from the tip of the wing ; recurrent nervure slightly rejected. Abdomen subsessile, oval, as broad as the thorax, entirely or in great part covered with longitu- dinal striz ; segments 2-3 indiscrete, forming with the Ist a sort of carapace which conceals all the following segments, or these if visible are extremely short; belly concave; terebra concealed. The length of the antenne is the readiest means of distinguishing the sexes. Nees von Hsenbeck was acquainted with two species, which he formed into a section of Sigalphus; their resemblance to that genus is very striking, but the structure of the mandibles shows them to belong to the Exodontes. Forster changed the name @none to Sym- phya, but without stating his reasons for so doing; (mone occurs as a specific name in Lepidoptera, but I cannot find any instance of a genus so called. Dahlbom, in his Monograph of Chelonus (Sv. Ak. Handl., 1833, p. 159), described a species pullatus, having only two British Braconidez. 389 cubital areolets, and which therefore seems, at first sight, to belong to the present genus, but the figure of the wing given by the same author shows that this can hardly be correct, and the insect remains to be redis- covered by the Swedish entomologists. The habits of the species of Cinone are unknown; I have generally obtained them by beating trees, especially oaks and willows. TABLE OF SPECIES. (2) 1. Abdominal carapace smooth after the 2nd seg- ment; posterior segments exserted, very short 1. hians, Nees. (1) 2. Abdominal carapace wholly striolate; pos- terior segments retracted. (4) 3. Antennze 27-29-jointed; scutellum coarsely rugose, dull; stigma short, emitting the radial nervure from its middle ae .. 2. mandibularis, Nees. (3) 4. Antenne 36-38-jointed ; scutellum punctate, rather shining; stigma longer, emitting the radial nervure before the middle «0. ringens, Hal. 1. Gnone hians, Nees. Sigalphus hians, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1816, p. 253 ; Mion, ie 23, 3 2. Gi, hoans, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., 4; Marsh., Species des Hym.d’Hur.et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. 1., p. 452, d ¢. 2. Black, thinly covered with pale pubescence. Head smooth, shining ; face punctulate, somewhat dull, pubescent; mandibles dark brown ; clypeus nearly black; palpi testaceous. Antenne setiform, scarcely as long as the body, 34-35-jointed. Mesonotum punctulate, trisulcate longitudinally, the furrows punctate, the median anteriorly effaced, the two lateral converging towards an angle before the scutellum ; scutellum punctulate; postscutellum armed with an acute spine; metathorax rugose, reticulate, indis- tinctly channeled in the middle, with two tubercles on each side at the extremity ; mesopleurz smooth, with a broad rugose furrow ; mesosternum punctulate. Wings hyaline; squamulz testaceous; nervures and stigma blackish ; nervures of the hindwings testa- ceous, effaced towards the extremity. Legs testaceous, tarsi, and tips of hind tibiz, fuscous ; hind coxe sometimes blackish at the base. Abdomen narrowed at the base, oboval, spatulate, slightly convex above; 1st segment widened behind, and with a bifurcate carina at the base ; 2nd finely striolate ; 3rd and following smooth ; the 2nd suture, which limits the striolate portion of the abdomen, generally effaced or nearly so; posterior segments exserted, but very short. 4 Similar; antennz rather longer than the body, 390 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of — 34-35-jointed ; abdomen narrower, subconical towards the apex ; posterior segments more conspicuously exserted. Length, 13-2 ; wings, 33-4 lines. Not uncommon; it has been taken in Germany, Holland, Russia, England, and Ireland. Haliday cap- tured his specimens in osier-beds, and mine were found in similar situations. 2. Cinone mandibularis, Nees. Sigalphus mandibularis, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1816, p,. 204; Mon.,1,,, 274, 9o-.. | Gi. mandibularis, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., 4, 2 ; Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. ii., p. 453, ¢¢. @. Deep black, thinly covered with pale pubescence. Head smooth; vertex and cheeks pubescent ; front and face rugulose, the latter more finely, and covered with pubescence ; mandibles and clypeus black; palpi fusco-testaceous. Antenne widely separated at the base, shorter than the body, submoniliform, hardly attenuated at the apex, 27-29-jointed, black, with the 2nd joint testaceous. Mesonotum punctate-rugose, smoother at the sides, trisulcate, all the furrows united posteriorly ; scutellum and metathorax rugose, reticulate ; spine of the postscutellum blunt, compressed ; metathorax not carinate in the middle; mesopleure and sternum rugose ; beneath the wings on each side is a smooth space. Wings infumated; squamulze brownish ; stigma and nervures blackish ; the former oval-lanceolate, shorter than in the following Species, emitting the radial nervure from the middle. Fore legs testaceous; the middle pair dull testaceous with the femora black above and the apex of the tarsi blackish ; hind legs blackish, tro- chanters wholly or in part, together with the base of the tibiz, reddish ; all the cox black; sometimes the legs are entirely testa- ceous. Abdomen occasionally brown, oboval, slightly convex, rather deeply striate and beset with whitish hairs on the first three segments, which conceal all the following ; 1st segment short, ascending ; 2nd suture effaced. 4 Similar ; antenne longer than the body, 29-jointed. Length, 14-12 ; wings, 3-43 lines. Taken in Germany, England, and Ireland. My speci- mens were beaten out of oak trees. Briton Bracco a ont 3. CGinone ringens, Hal. Gi. rungens, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., 4, ¢ ; Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. u., p. 454, $2. Resembles hians, from which it may be distinguished in few words. Palpi obscure. Antenne ¢ ¢, 36-38-jointed. Mesono- tum more coarsely punctured, the medial furrow dilated anteriorly instead of being effaced; spine of the postscutellum shorter and stouter ; scutellum punctate, somewhat shining. Wings infumated ; squamule brownish; stigma and nervures blackish ; the former is longer than in the two other species, emitting the radial nervure before the middle ; nervures of the hindwings blackish. Legs dull rufous ; coxe, base of trochanters, tarsi, and tips of hind tibiz, blackish. The striz on the carapace are fine like those of hians, and continued to the extremity like those of mandibularis; 4th and following segments concealed. Length, 2; wings, 34-4 lines. Rare in Ireland, according to Haliday ; in England it is commoner than the other species, and I have fre- quently found it on willows. ul. Hpemmicta, Morster. Forst., Verh. Pr. Rheinl., 1862, p. 274. Body robust, convex, in great part smooth. Head and its appendages as in Ginone. Mesothoracic furrows deeply impressed, complete, crenulate ; an impressed line starting from the anterior margin, between the two furrows, becomes dilated before the scutellum into an oval crenate fovea; postscutellum unarmed ; furrow of the mesopleurz broad, punctate-rugose, like the rest of the pleurz ; mesosternum smooth ; metathorax very short, rugose. Stigma linear-lanceolate, emitting the radial nervure just before the middle ; radia! areolet lanceolate, acuminate, not reaching the tip of the wing ; radial nervure almost insensibly sinuated near the extremity. Abdomen oval, convex, as wide as the thorax and a little longer, showing 7 segments above in the <@, 6in the 9, the 2nd and 3rd united by coalescence, not reaching the middle of the abdomen ; Ist very short, transverse, ascending, rugose ; 2nd minutely striolate, often almost smooth; 2nd suture scarcely visible ; 3rd and following segments smooth; 4th a little longer than the 3rd ; 5th as long as the 4th ; 6th somewhat shorter and diminishing in breadth ; 7th hardly exserted in the ¢, concealed in the @. 'Terebra concealed. 392 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of This genus, hitherto undescribed as such, was originally joined to Ginone by Curtis ; it differs, however, widely in the conformation of the abdomen. Haliday placed it at the head of his genus Dacnusa, but in a separate section; although most of the technical details in Hpimicta and Dacnusa are similar, yet the important characters of the abdomen, together with the very different facies caused by the stout form and robustness of the body, sufficiently distinguish the former genus. In Forster’s table it is stated that the second abdominal segment is marked with a transverse furrow; this is derived from Haliday, who often speaks of segments 2-3 (soldered together in the Braconide) as the second segment; the expression is not quite correct, as in the present instance, where the transverse furrow in question is nothing else than the second suture. There is only one known species, which cannot be confounded with any other of the Dacnuside. 1. Epimicta marginalis, Hal. Dacnusa marginalis, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., 6, 3 ?. Hi. marginalis, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. ii., p. 456, $ ?. @. Black, with the apex of the abdomen rufous or testaceous, the posterior segments narrowly bordered with the same colour. Vertex very short; face indistinctly carinate, punctulate ; clypeus, mandibles, and palpi testaceous. Antenne a little longer than the body, submoniliform, brownish or reddish testaceous, 37-38- jointed. Wings slightly infumated; squamule, stigma, and nervures brownish, sometimes very pale; recurrent nervure hardly rejected. Legs testaceous; base of the hind coxe, tarsi of the same pair, and tips of the other tarsi, fuscous. Abdomen beset with whitish hairs ; segments 3-5 margined with testaceous ; 6th testaceous with an obscure dorsal patch ; belly concave, testa- ceous. Valves of the terebra incrassated, concealed. ¢ Similar ; 6th segment without an obscure patch ; 7th exserted, testaceous. Length, 2 ; wings, 4 lines, Rare in England, and not yet noticed in any other country. I have taken three specimens, in Leicester- shire, Wiltshire, and Cornwall. British Bracomde. 393 in, Liposcia, Morster. Forst., Verh. Pr. Rheinl., 1862, p. 276. Form and characters of Dacnusa, except as to the wings. Head transverse ; maxillary palpi 6-, labial 4-jointed. Mesothoracic furrows complete, but faintly traced, with an additional medial channel ; metathorax short, pubescent. Wings narrow from the base as far as the stigma, enlarged and rounded posteriorly ; basal areolets very short; radial ample, cultriform, reaching the tip of the wing ; 2nd abscissa not exactly straight ; stigma linear-lanceo- late, as long as two-thirds of the radial areolet, confounded at the extremity with the metacarp ; it resembles an elongate bladder, pale and empty, except a small oval mass of colouring matter collected at the base ; recurrent nervure rejected ; radial and anal nervures faintly traced ; nervures of the hindwings nearly effaced. I possess only the ¢, which has the abdomen oval, somewhat depressed, broader than the thorax; Ist segment narrow, linear, twice as long as its width, with distinct spiracular tubercles. The singularity of the stigma is not accidental, as one would be inclined to suppose ; Forster states that all his specimens, of both sexes, were similar in this respect. 1. Lnposcia discolor (Forst.), Marsh. LL, discolor, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. u., p. 497, ¢. $ Black : abdomen piceous after the 1st segment ; 2nd segment rather lighter than the following. Head smooth, shining; man- dibles quadridentate with very small equal teeth, testaceous ; palpi testaceous. Antenne slender, much longer than the body, blackish with the scape piceous, filiform, composed of 28 cylindrical joints ; 1st joint elongate, the terminal joint longer than broad. Middle lobe of the mesonotum very shining, the two lateral somewhat dull; scutellum, metathorax, and 1st abdominal segment beset with whitish hairs; metathorax dull, coriaceous, without a medial carina. Wings hyaline ; squamulz testaceous ; radial, intercubital, and cubital nervures pale, indistinct ; anal nervure effaced ; ner- vures of the basal portion of the wing brown, together with the coloured spot of the stigma, the empty part of which is pale yellowish. Legs testaceous ; tarsi fuscous at the apex. First abdominal segment striolate, the rest smooth and glabrous ; 2nd suture almost effaced ; segments 2-3 together shorter than all the following ; 4th as long as the 3rd, the rest progressively decreasing in length to the extremity. Length, 1 ; wings, 2; lines. I captured a single specimen last year in Cornwall. 394 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of iv. Dacnusa, Haliday. Hal., Hym. Brit., 1., 5 (1839). Body short or moderately elongate ; general form like that of the Alysiids, especially of the genus Adelura. Head transverse, rarely as long as it is broad (D. gilvipes) ; mandibles quadridentate ; maxillary palpi 6-, labial 4-jointed. Antenne generally setaceous, multiarticulate, as long as the body or longer, often more than twice as long ; short and pauciarticulate in the 9 of D. ampliator. Mesothoracic furrows usually incomplete, or hardly inchoate ; between them is a medial channel more or less distinct and of variable length, ending in a fovea before the scutellum; meta- thorax short, rugulose, often imperfectly carinate at the base. Stigma elongate, linear, of variable thickness, emitting the radial nervure before the middle; 1st abscissa distinct, but exceptionally cut off by the stigma in D. adducta ; radial areolet semi-oval, lanceolate, acuminate ; radial nervure forming an irregular curve, sinuated near the middle, and straightened towards the extremity, the sinuation is sometimes barely visible (D. semirugosa, etc.), the straightening is constantly present ; recurrent nervure in most cases rejected, 7.e., pointing to the lower angle of the 1st cubital areolet ; but in D. abdita, and two or three more species it is interstitial, 7.e., pointing to the lower interior angle of the 2nd. Abdomen subsessile, rarely subpetiolate, oblong-oval or suborhbi- culate, sometimes spatulate, not or hardly longer than the head and thorax ; all the segments smooth except the 1st, and rarely the 2nd (D. semirugosa, etc.) ; 1st segment longer than broad ; seg- ments 2-3 united by coalition, and longer than all the following taken together. 'Terebra short, almost concealed, rarely somewhat exserted (D. areolaris), or even as long as 4 or 2 of the abdomen (D. clandestina and stramineipes). This genus is numerous in species, but they have been so neglected by hymenopterists that any attempt to give an account of them must necessarily be unsatisfactory. The earliest notice of them was published by Nees von Hsenbeck in the “Berliner Magazin’? for 1814: he described three or four species under the generic name of Bassus. These he afterwards, in his Monograph (1834), transferred to the genus Alysia, as a 5th section, with additions, raising the number to 12, not all of which can now be recognized. The only other publication of value on the subject of these insects is Haliday’s tract dated 1839, under the title “ Hymenoptera Britannica: Alysia, | ) | | \ British Braconde. 395 Fasciculus alter,’ which is now difficult to procure. It contains 21 species belonging to our Fauna, and must form the groundwork of any future treatises on the subject. Haliday’s labours were succeeded by a blank period of fifty-five years, during which only five scattered notices of Dacnusa appeared, these occur in the works of Ratzeburg, Goureau, and Vollenhoven, but four of them are insufficient for specific determinations. My own observations, however desultory and imperfect, have succeeded in increasing the number of known species to about 40, several of which are not indigenous ; it would not be difficult, with more time, greatly to augment this number. My captures on the continent have been very few, and boxes of Braconidz received from correspondents hardly ever contain a Dacnusa, or if any occur, they are usually unset, and their examina- tion and description consequently impracticable, except in a few cases. It is merely a waste of time to collect specimens of this sort without displaying the wings, etc.—they are too small and too stubborn to be relaxed, and can only be rejected as useless. Forster’s Synopsis contains 14 so-called genera, cutting off as many species of Dacnusa, and the same process might have been applied to the rest, so as totally to disintegrate the genus. I have not adopted these divisions, which only multiply difficulties, for it is easier to identify an insect directly by its specific diagnosis than to trace it through an artificial genus resting on the same characters, and often only obscurely indi- cated. Following out the plan of these papers, I have endeavoured to tabulate the species, but the task is so difficult as to border upon the impossible. The following attempt therefore will not, perhaps, stand much criticism, yet it may give some slight assistance in the investigation of many species. TABLE OF SPECIES. (2) 1. First cubital areolet contiguous to the stigma which cuts off the lst abscissa oe .. J. adducta, Hal. (1) 2. First cubital areolet separated from the stigma by the 1st abscissa. (52) 3. Recurrent nervure pointing to the lower angle of the 1st cubital areolet. (11) 4. Second abdominal segment rugulose or acicu- late, sometimes only at the extreme base (talaris) ; exceptionally smooth in a variety of that species. 396 (5) (7) (10) (4) 11. (15) 12. (14) 13 (18) 14. (12) 15. (19) 16. (18) 17. (17) 18. (16) 19, (23) 20. (22) 21, (21) 22, (20) 28. (25) 24. 6 (8) 7. 8 9 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of . Abdomen rufous with the 1st segment black- ish and the 2nd piceous; radial areolet almost reaching the tip of the wing . . Abdomen entirely black ; radial areolet remote from the tip of the wing. Radial nervure slightly sinuated before the extremity . Radial nervure forming a regular parabolic curve, not sinuated. , Metathorax carinated; antennze about 36- jointed ; 2nd discoidal areolet imperfectly closed on the outer side ; length, 2 lines ... . Metathorax not carinated ; antennse 28- jointed ; 2nd_ discoidal ' areolet completely closed ; length, 1} lines Second abdominal segment entirely ‘smooth, like all the following. Legs black, with only the knees, the tarsi, and the fore tibisze more or less testaceous or brownish. ; Antenne longer than the body, 25-jointed in the 2, 3l-jomted in the ¢ ; stigma elongate, ‘vather stout, acuminate at the outer end, black like the nervures; radial areolet longer than the prebrachial ; ; radial nervure very faintly sinuated Antennee of the Y not longer than the head and thorax, 15-17-jointed, those of the ¢ almost as long as the body, 21-jointed ; stigma short, stout, obtuse at both ends, testaceous or ‘pale brown like the nervures ; radial areolet not longer than the preebra- chial ; radial nervure sinuated Legs entirely testaceous, or at most the hind femora partly black, ‘and the 4 anterior sometimes streaked with black. Large species, about 25 lines long; antennee 36-49-jointed. Abdomen spatulate, 1st segment linear, about 3 times as long as the hind coxe ; antennz 44-49-jointed ; the largest species. an Abdomen oblong, Ist segment linear, about twice as long as the hind coxe; antennz 36-jointed. Er Smaller species ; antennee of the 2 usually 21- 35-jointed, but 40-jointed in lateralis and 42-jointed in cincta; those of the ¢ 21-37- jointed, but 40-jointed in senilis, and 43- jointed in lateralis. Stigma thicker than the length of the lst abscissa. Stigma dark ferruginous, more than 4 times as long as broad ; recurrent nervure hardly rejected ; 2nd discoidal areolet oblong Stigma blackish, scarcely 3 times as long as broad; recurrent nervure sensibly rejected ; Ind discoidal areolet short, quadrate - Stigma not so thick as the length of the Ist abscissa. Metathorax and Ist abdominal beenient covered with dense pubescence, concealing the sculpture of the surface ; hind femora blackish, or wie with blackish on the upper edge , 2. i: LO: JL2; phenicura, Hal. . talaris, Hal. senirugosa, Hal. . striatula, Hal. . tristis, Nees. anypliator, Nees. petiolata, Nees. egregia, Marsh. temula, Hal. 11. macrospila, Hal. senilis, Nees. —_—— (32) 33 (37) 36 (36) 387. (35) 388. (40) 39. (39) 40. (42) 41. (41) 42. (44) 43, (43) 44. (80) 465. (47) 46. (46) 47. (49) 48. (48) 49. (51) 50. (50) 51. British Braconide. 397 5. The pubescence not so dense as to conceal the surface, or this latter almost bare ; hind femora entirely pale, or at most with a taint streak on the upper edge. . Length about 3 line; the smallest species ... 13. misella, Marsh. . Length much more than 3 line. . Radial areolet shorter than the prebrachial 14. albipes, Hal. . Radial areolet equalling or exceeding the (45) 80. (34) 31. (83) 32. preebrachial in length. Furrow of the mesopleurs rugose or punctate. Antenne 37-43-jointed. Antenne one-half longer than the body; radial nervure distinctly sinuated; Ist abdominal segment 3 times as long as broad 15. lateralis, Hal. . Antenne very little longer than the body; radial nervure hardly sinuated ; 1st abdomi- nal segment twice as long as proad ... 16. cincta, Hall. . Antenne 25-33-jointed. . Abdomen short, as broad as the thorax, de- pressed in the g , convex in the @ , and not compressed. posteriorly (but the ? of lepida is unknown). . Legs elongate, whitish-yellow, as well as the squamule ; wings ample, obtusely subtrun- cate at the extremity .. 17. lepida, Marsh. Legs not unusually long, dingy testaccous, ‘as well as the squamulee ; wings not remark- ably broad and long, regularly rounded at the extremity ... .. 18. ovalis, Marsh. Abdomen linear, not so ‘broad as the thorax, compressed posteriorly i in the?. Squamule black so3 .. 19. leptogaster, Hal. Squamule rufescent or flavescent. Abdomen testaceous with the Ist segment lackey =... a oa es cn ... 20. postica, Hal. Abdomen black with the 2nd segment testa- ceous. Head subcubic, as broad as long, not dilated behind the eyes; stigma and nervures pale yellowish : . 21. diremta, Hal. Head transverse, ‘dilated behind the eyes ; stigma and nervures dark brown ... 22. gracilis, Nees. Farrow of the mesopleurze smooth or obso- ete. First cubital areolet confounded with the 1st discoidal ... ne a ... 28. aphanta, Marsh. First cubital areolet discrete. Radial areolet approximating the tip of the wing; stigma very elongate, linear, atten- uated 24. straminerpes, Hal. Radial areolet remote from the tip. of the wing; stigma linear, attenuated, but less elongated.’ Stigma elongate, emitting the radial nervure not far from its base, which is the slender- est part; abdomen blackish or piceous; terebra short, exserted . 25. areolaris, Nees. Stigma somewhat shorter ,emitting the radial nervure atless than one-fourth of its len gth, and dilated at the anastomosis; abdomen blackish, the segments cinctured with pale testaceous; terebra as nen as half the abdomen S00 ese . 26. clandestina, Hal. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895. ——PART Ill. (SEPT.) 26 398 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of Brit. Bracomde. (3) 52. Recurrent nervure pointing to the lower in- terior angle of the 2nd cubital areolet. (54) 53. Stigma as long as the prebrachial areolet ; radial nervure inflexed in the middle, almost forming an obtuse angle, and indi- cating the 2nd and 3rd abscissas, of which the 3rd is straight, and ends on the meta- carp in an acute angle, remote from the tip of the wing 27. aqwilegiz, Marsh. (53) 54. Stigma much longer than the prebrachial areolet ; radial nervure slightly sinuated in the middle, but not showing the structure of sp. 2 a 55. Furrow of the mesopleure obsolete ... ... 28, abdita, Hal. 55) 56. Furrow of the mesopleure visible, crenulate 29. gilvipes, Hal. (To be continued.) EXPLANATION OF Pirate VII. ALYSIID. Fic, 1. Wing of Adelura florimela, Hal. 2. Adelura dictynna, Marsh. 3. Wing of Adelura apii, Curtis. 4. ,, 4, Anisocyrta perdita, Hal. » » Lrosapha speculum, Hal., @. Lae ee i venusta, Hal., ?. , Mesocrina venatriz, Marsh. » 9» Orthostigma pumila, Nees. MD » » Aspilota nervosa, Hal. DACNUSIDZ. 10. Ginone hians, Hal., . 11. Wing of Liposcia discolor, Forst. 12. Dacnusa adducta, Hal., ?. ES —EOOEEe—eEeeeeeeeerrere | f : (399) XIV. Further Notes on the Secretion of Potassiwm Hydroxide by Dicranura vinula (imago), and similar Phenomena in other Lepidoptera. By Oswatp H. Latter, M.A., Assistant Master at Charterhouse, formerly Tutor of Keble College. [Read March 20th, 1895.] Pirates VIII. and IX. In my previous communication on this subject (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, Part IV., pp. 287-292) a few points were left in doubt. Some of these I have been able to clear up, and at the same time I have proved that an alkaline fluid is produced from the mouth by images of other species at the time of their emergence from the cocoon. By the kind aid of my former colleague, the late Rev. 8. D. Titmas, I have been able to make a quantitative analysis of the secretion produced by D. vinula. I will deal with this species first and then proceed to the others, which I have not been able to investigate so fully. Ga.) The cocoon of D. vinula. I am disposed to think that the difficulty experienced by the moth in escaping from the cocoon has been rather over-estimated. If a cocoon is examined from the innerside, while held towards the light, it will at once be seen that the walls are not of uniform thickness, but that thinner patches occur here and there. I examined over a hundred cocoons in this way, and invariably found one of these thinner areas at the anterior end opposite the head of the pupa. Such an arrangement obviously must lessen the labour of the imago at emergence. (ui.) The removal of the pupal “ shield” by the imago. In my former paper I was unable to speak definitely of the manner in which the imago frees its head from TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895,—PART Il, (SEPT.) 4.00 Mr. O. H. Latter on the secretion of the shield. My friend, Mr. Archer Vassall, informed me, shortly after the publication of that paper, that he had observed the imago remove the shield by means of its’ front pair of legs. I have now myself repeatedly seen that this is the normal process. Almost as soon as the imago is free of the cocoon it halts for an instant, and raises its front pair of legs over its head, crossing the two tarsi dorsally to the shield; it then makes a rapid forward and downward stroke with the two legs simultaneously, and pulls the shield away, leaving it on the ground. (iu1.) Mode of attacking the cocoon. In collecting the secretion for quantitative analysis, I was enabled to observe more fully the exact behaviour of the emerging imago. The pupz were enclosed in glass tubes (to be more particularly described below) and were thus easily watched. The first violent struggles of the imago liberate its anterior regions from the pupa case, this latter is then thrust back a little until its posterior extremity rests against some solid resisting surface, which would in nature be formed by the posterior end of the cocoon. A series of peristaltic contractions then sweep over the abdomen of the imago from behind forwards, urging the head forward against the anterior end of the chamber until the pressure becomes considerable. Between each peristaltic move- ment the body slips backward a little by the partial telescoping of the abdominal segments. These move- ments constitute the strokes made by the labral prongs against the cocoon wall, and, at the same time, the muscular contractions compress the contents of the body and expel drops of potassium hydroxide from the mouth. If, after the imago has emerged, the action be imitated by gentle pressure between the fingers, more of the fluid can generally be driven out. (iv.) Quantitative analysis of the potassium hydrowide solution. The investigation of the strength of the solution proved difficult, and was attended by many failures. The following is the method which I found most satisfactory. Potassium Hydroxide by Dicranura vinula. 401 A large number of pups, due to emerge in about a fortnight’s time, were placed in a corresponding number of glass tubes. The head of each pupa was placed so as to be in gentle contact with the closed end of the tube, while the remainder of the pupa was loosely wrapt in cotton wool to prevent violent movement, and also to absorb any excrement that might trickle downwards. Behind the pupa was placed a firm plug of cotton wool, in order to give it a solid object against which to thru st the discarded pupa case. The tubes were arranged in rows on a board, which _was slightly tilted, in order that the potassium hydroxide might flow down into the angle of the tube below the pupa head. By careful watching, as the time of emergence drew near, I was able to collect a measurable quantity of the fluid from the tubes, and by instantly removing the moths and placing a pipette to their mouths a further quantity was obtained. Many tubes had to be rejected in consequence of fouling by excrement, in order that the fluid analysed might be absolutely pure. As the liquid was obtained it was placed in a small tube, pre- viously carefully washed and dried, this was stoppered and kept in a corked bottle containing a Jittle water, in order to prevent concentration by evaporation. These precautions were necessary, as the period of emergence spread out over more than four weeks. The amounts obtained were dealt with in two lots, one lot amounted to 0°6 c.c., the other to 0-4 c.c. I did not count how many moths had contributed, for I was never able to obtain all the secretion of any one individual, and the computation would therefore be worthless. The results of analysis (vide foot-note*) gave in the one instance 1:47 grammes, and in the other 1:40 grammes of potassium hydroxide in every 100 c.c. of the secreted liquid. “The method adopted was as follows :—The volume of secreted liquid was ascertained by scratching a mark on the tube at the surface of the liquid, and subsequently filling the tube up to the mark with water from a Geissler’s burette, graduated to 4th c.c., and provided with an Erdmann’s float. The secretion was carefully washed out into a small beaker with distilled water, and the whole then faintly coloured with methyl-orange to serve as 402 Mr. O. H. Latter on the secretion of (v.) The origin of the potassium secretion. It will be best to trace the developmental changes which occur in the alimentary canal from the first days of pupal life up to the emergence of the imago, though the reverse order of proceeding was followed in the actual investigations, which extended over two summers. The digestive tract of a freshly formed pupa consists (Fig. 1) of a moderately long narrow cesophagus, followed by a long sacculated chylific stomach (mesenteron) with sacculated walls and of considerable width; this is succeeded by a straight narrow rectum, which is about half the length of the cesophagus. At the point of junction of the cesophagus and mesenteron there lies a delicate indicator. The burette was then filled with sulphuric acid of half-standard strength, i.e., 24:5 grammes of H, SO, to’ 1000 c.c. of water; the dilute acid was then added drop by drop until the rosy-pink colour was just distinguishable. In the first experiment 0°6 c.c. of secretion was used: it required 0°32 c.c. of the dilute acid to produce the neutral condition (the second decimal place was estimated by the eye aided witha lens). Then the actual weight, x, of acid may be calculated thus— 1000 c.c. :'0'32 ‘c.c. 3: 245 or eee *. « = ‘0078 gramme. and taking the combining weights of the elements concerned as follows, viz., Hydrogen 1, Oxygen 16, Potassium 39, Sulphur 32 since 2 (K HO) neutralise H, SO, 2 (39 + 1 + 16). 0. eee ee eee 2 BZ 4 64 112 Bie Me Beh 1 SE 98 i.¢., 98 grammes of sulphuric acid neutralise 112 grammes of potas- sium hydroxide, hence the weight, y, of potassium hydroxide present in the secretion can be found from the foliowing state- ment— 98 22 OGIB nt) 2112 37). .. y = ‘0089 gramme *, 0:0089 gramme of KHO were present in 0°6 c.c. 0 secreted fluid *, in 100 c.c. of secreted fluid there would be 1.47 grammes of KHO. In the second experiment 0°4 c.c. of secretion was taken and dealt with in precisely the same way. It required 0:2 c.c. of the dilute acid to produce the neutral condition in this case. Arguing as before, this gives 0°0056 gramme of KHO present in 0°4 c.c. of secretion, which, expressed in percentages, is 1°40 grammes of potassium hydroxide in every 100 c.c. of secreted liquid. Potassium Hydroxide by Dicranura vinula. 403 dorsaily a minute diverticulum (a7), apparently springing from the anterior dorsal extremity of the mesenteron, but resembling rather the cesophagus in the character of its walls. The chief changes which take place concern this diverticulum, and the relative lengths of the three main sections of the canal. The latter may be dismissed in a few words—the cesophagus remains of the same length, the mesenteron becomes very much shorter and slightly narrower, while the rectum becomes correspondingly longer, until in the freshly- hatched imago it is rather longer than the two other sections combined, Figs. 2 and 3. There take place in the hinder region of the rectum other changes which I have not followed out in detail, the most remarkable of which is the existence, at the time of emergence, of a wide short tube (Fig. 3, d) opening into the body cavity at one end and into the posterior third of the rectum at the other; this tube is full of a brownish-red thick fluid (nitrogenous excretion ?), and appears to serve asan exit for the fluids so abundantly discharged per anuwm immediately after emergence. After four days of imaginal life the tube had shortened to a mere stump (Fig. 3a, d), and six days later it could not be recognized. The mesenteric diverticulum gradually increases in size (a 7, Figs. 2 and 3), and comes to lie in sucha position that the only communication between the mesenteron and cesophagus is through its somewhat pointed ventral end. lHventually it assumes a pear- shaped appearance, with the broader end directed dor- sally (Fig. 34, a 1). At the time when the imago is ready to emerge this diverticulum contains a clear liquid with strongly alkaline reaction to red litmus paper; by gentle pressure the liquid may be driven along the cesophagus and caused to exude from the mouth in drops. Now the contents of the larval mesenteron are intensely alkaline (as indeed is the case in every insect that I have examined), and it is probable that the digestive ferments need an alkaline medium for their action. Throughout pupal life the contents of the mesenteron continue strongly alkaline, though they undergo other alterations, viz., after fourteen days they are granular and blood-red in colour, and, as develop- 404, Mr. O. H. Latter on the secretion of ment progresses, they become less granular and more transparent, while the colour changes to a greenish- black. The pigment, however, seems to cling to the walls, leaving the central portions of the fluid almost colourless. It appears to me that we have here a fairly complete explanation of the somewhat astonishing behaviour of the imago in discharging an alkaline fluid. The digestive fluids of the larva are alkaline, their work ceases with the end of larval life, the walls of the mesenteron retain their power, and the alkaline liquid produced is retained and perhaps strengthened by concentration while being stored in the dwindled mesenteron itself and in the special receptacle constituted by the dorsal diverti- culum. I have not been able to analyse the alkaline liquid in the larval mesenteron in consequence of lack of material, so that the proof of the identity of the two fluids is not complete, though the balance of probability is in favour of their being one and the same. There can be little doubt that the secretion is expelled along the wesophagus by means of the pressure which is brought to bear upon the mesenteron and its diverticulum, by the violent muscular contractions of the bodywall at the time when the imago splits open and struggles out of the pupa case. (vi.) Alkaline secretions discharged by other species. I have proved, by the employment of artificial cocoons of red litmus paper, that the following species effect a softening of their hard cocoons by discharge of alkaline liquid from the mouth:—Dicranura bifida (abundant), D. furcula (abundant), Bombyx callune (abundant), B. lanestris (slight), Saturnia carpi (abundant), Inmacodes testudo (slight), and Halas prasinana (moderate quantity). I have not been able to procure sufficient material for analysis from any of these. Pupz of the following were also experimented with, but no results obtained—Hndromis versicolor, Pygzra bucephala, Mamestra brassice, and Cucullia absynthu. As in D. vinula, so too in most of the others which produce alkaline liquid, there are also mechanical con- Potassium Hydrowide by Dicranura vinula. 405 trivances to aid in rupturing the cocoon where this is necessary. Both D. furcula and D. bifida emerge from the cocoon, wearing a “shield” similar to that formerly described in D. vinula. D, furcula. The pupal “shield” is shown in Fig. 4; it is held securely on the head of the imago by hooks fitting into grooves and sockets situated just to the median side of each eye of the imago (Fig. 4, hk). In addition to these hooks, there is also a pair of small processes projecting inwards from the inner ventral corner of the pupal eye (Vig. 4, hk’). I could not find any definite socket for the reception of these, but there is on the ventral surface of each side of the head of the imago a triangular depressed shallow area, in which this pair of hooks must lie while the “shield” is in position (Fig. 6, hk’g). After emergence the “shield” is removed by the tarsi of the front pair of legs, exactly as in D. vinula. The labral prongs present in D. vinula are here represented only by short blunt knobs (Fig. 5, 1p), and can be of no service in piercing the cocoon. I believe, however, that the maxillary palps are brought to bear upon the softened surface. These appendages are pro- vided with far fewer and shorter hairs than in D. vinula, and are relatively stouter and harder; their distal extremities are entirely devoid of hair, sharply pointed, and marked with transverse ridges like a miniature file (Fig. 6, p). The structure of these palps appears to vary as to the number of joints. In three specimens both palps were single-jomted; in one specimen the right palp bore traces of three joints, but the left was single-jointed, while in another specimen both palps were distinctly three-jointed. The length of the palps is almost the same, viz., about 0°36 mm., whether single or three-jointed, and I am thus inclined to believe that a single-jointed condition is in process of evolution from the more primitive condition of three joints. Certainly the absence of intermediate articulations would render the palp a more rigid and efficient boring tool. 406 Mr. O. H. Latter on the secretion of D. bifida. Here the shape of the “shield”? is slightly different, inasmuch as the posterior lateral edges of the pupal eyes are bent inwards, so as to partly grip the corres- ponding portion of the eyes of the imago. One pair of hooks are present on the inner face of the “shield,” corresponding to the larger pair in D. furcula, and to the only pair in D. vinula. The smaller pair present in D. furcula here finds its homologue in a stout piece of chitin, which forms a low ridge merely. From the tips of the hooks long transparent chitinous threads pass upwards. The hooks fit into grooves and sockets in the head of the imago, as in the other species. This “shield ” has also attached to it the chitinous lining of the mouth and cesophagus, which appear as trans- parent membranes. Traces of these organs can also be made out in the two other related species. The “shield” measures 2°2 mm. dorso-ventrally by 3°2 mm. trans- versely. The head of the imago bears a pair of grooves (Fig. 7, hkg), leading into sockets for the reception of the hooks, but the labral prongs are hardly represented at all, a pair of minute lumps being the only vestige to be recognized. The remains of the mandibles (Fig. 7, mn) are rather prominent at the junction of the gene with the inner border of the eye. The palps (Fig. 7, p), in the only two specimens I was able to examine, are moderately clothed with hair, except at the apex, which resembles that of D. furcula. Hach palp consists of two well-marked joints, with indications of a possible third (Fig. 7, p). I would suggest that these are the organs by means of which the moth breaks open the cocoon. Saturnia carpint. The red litmus paper artificial cocoons for this species were made into a loosely coiled paper cone, the apex of which was left open and directed towards the light ; the head of the pupa lay near the apex. I was greatly astonished to find an abundant alkaline secretion dis- charged prior to exit from the cocoon. Doubtless, the fluid softens the converging silk fibres at the neck Potassium Hydroxide by Dicranura vinula. 407 of the flask-shaped cocoon, and thus the labour imposed upon the moth is lessened. Judging only by the size of blue stain produced, the amount discharged is little less than that produced by D. vinula. The head of the moth and of the pupa present no modifications corre- lated with the possession of a hard cocoon. Bombyx callune, B. lanestris, and Limacodes testudo. These three species form a group by themselves, inasmuch as their cocoons have many points in common, and all three have similar appliances for escaping. The cocoons are all tough, more or less cylindrical with rounded ends, one of which is raised as a lid at the time of emergence. The boring organ is of a totally different kind to that existing in the Dicranurans, and is not formed either by labral prongs or modified maxillary palps, nor does the anterior portion of the pupa form a “shield” to the head and eyes of the imago. On the contrary, by carefully denuding the head by brushing and blowing, it may be seen that the head is far more turned down, so as to bring the mouth parts into a more backward position, while the median frontal portion of the head between the eyes is pro- duced forward into a prominent and sharply-pointed umbo or boss (Fig. 9, 6) of great strength, and capable of being used as a powerful awl in opening the lid of the cocoon. There are slight differences in the details observable in the three species named. J. callunzx and B. lanestris have the boss developed to a less degree and less sharply-pointed on the head of the pupa also (Vig. 8), while in JL. testwdo the converse holds good, the boss being far sharper and stronger in the pupa than in the imago (Figs. 10-12). Indeed, the pupal boss is the only hard structure on the otherwise fragile and delicate pupa case of this species. I am inclined to think that the lid of the cocoon is broken open before the imago of L. testudo has got free from the pupa case. I was unable to make any direct observations on this point, since the larva does not pupate till many weeks after the formation of the cocoon, the whole winter and early spring, in fact, being passed in the larval condi- tion; and, further, the species is, In my experience, 408 Mr. O. H. Latter on the secretion of very intolerant of the unnatural conditions attending captivity. Mr. Edmonds of Windsor informs me that they can only be safely removed from their own cocoons just before pupating, otherwise the larvae endeavour to construct a fresh cocoon, and so exhaust themselves. He also tells me that in casting the last larval skin it presses very hard on the sides of the cocoon and accomplishes the moult with remarkable rapidity. I, as is not improbable, strong pressure is applied to the sides of the cocoon when the pupal skin is about to be cast off, it can be readily seen that advantage would result in the pupa being so armed with a pointed boss that the exertion of bursting the pupa case should at the same time drive the boss into the line of junction between the lid and body of the cocoon. If this is so, then, probably, the very slight alkaline effusion is of no avail in softening the walls. Halias prasinana. Iam indebted to the Rev. G. Chilton for pupz by means of which I ascertained that this species dis- charges an alkaline liquid when escaping from the cocoon. The amount produced is not great, but very decided and more copious than that discharged by B. lanestris or L. testudo. I could discover no definite organ adapted for opening the cocoon, unless such be represented by a pair of short sharp projections from the anterior ventral margin of the rim of the eyes (Fig. 14, s). It should be mentioned, however, that no part of the cocoon is removed by the emerging imago. The anterior portion of the cocoon is formed by the ~ drawing together of the two sides and the inter- weaving of their component fibres, so that the imago has merely to burst this suture and thrust the softened walls. apart right and left, the walls returning into position immediately after. The mouth appendages are undoubtedly inadequate for the work—the antlice are very long and flexible, lacking the necessary rigidity ; the palps are soft and terminate in remarkable sucker- like discs (Fig. 18, p), they are curved upwards so as to present their ventral surfaces to the front, the dorsal surfaces being correspondingly concave; the former Potassium Hydroxide by Dicranura vinula. 409 surface is clad with long hairs (Figs. 13 and 14), the latter with ordinary scales, while the sides offer a very beautiful series, passing ventral-wards, showing the gradual modification of the ordinary scale into the long hairs (Figs. 15, i-iv.). Situated just dorsal and slightly external to the insertion of the antliz, and beneath the lateral edges of the labrum, is a pair of small appendages, consisting of a single joint only, and clad at their free extremities with a dense tuft of hairs (Fig. 13, mn) ; three fine fibres (muscular or tendinous) pass to each of these, two are inserted near the outer margin of, and one near the inner margin of the junction with the head. I could not detect any movable articulation, though the presence of these fibres would lead one to expect it. These appendages appear to me to be, without doubt, the mandibles. If this prove correct, it may throw light upon the systematic position of H. presinana. I am aware that, in many particulars, these notes lack completeness ; I thought it best, however, to bring them together without further delay, in the hope that, by drawing attention to the secretion of alkaline liquids, others with more leisure for investigation than falls to my lot may be induced to take up and further extend the inquiries thus begun. 410 Mr, O, H. Latter on the secretion of SumMMARY. i. Imagines of D. vinula, furcula, bifida, B. callune, lanestris, S. carpini, L. testudo, and H. prasinana secrete from the mouth an alkaline fluid on emerging from the pupa. ii. The Dicranuran species wear a ‘‘shield” derived from the pupa case as they emerge, and remove it subsequently by their legs. iii. The strength of the solution in D. vinula is about 1°4 grammes of potassium hydroxide in every 100 c.c. of liquid. iv. The mesenteron of D. vinula developes an anterior dorsal diverticulum for storage of the alkali during pupal life. < . The palps of D. furcula and bifida are the boring tools used to open the cocoon. vi. In B. callune, lanestris, and L. testudo, the front of tke head either of the pupa or imago is produced into a sharp boss for perforating the cocoon. vii. Small articulated (?) mandibles with muscle slips are present at the corners of the labrum of £4. prasinana. | q ; ; ' Fic. Fic. Ere? Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. IG: Fic. Fig. Potassiwmm Hydroxide by Dicranwra vinula. 411 EXPLANATION OF Prares VIII. and IX. PuaTeE VIII. 1.—Dorsal view of alimentary canal of pupa of D. vinula the day after pupation : @, csophagus; a 7, alkaline receptacle ; mes, mesenteron ; 7, rectum. 2.—Alimentary canal of pupa one month after pupa- tion: @, oesophagus; a r, alkaline receptacle; mes, mesenteron ; 7, rectum. 2a.—Side view of anterior part of same, enlarged: eo, cesophagus ; a 7, alkaline receptacle ; mes, mesenteron ; 7, rectum. 3d.—Alimentary canal of freshly emerged imago: d, tube leading from body cavity to rectum; «@, cesophagus ; ar, alkaline receptacle ; mes, mesenteron; 7, rectum. 3A.—Side view from another specimen, four days after emergence: d, tube leading from body cavity to rectum ; w, cesophagus ; a r, alkaline receptacle ; mes, mesenteron ; 7, rectum. 4.—Internal surface of “ shield” of D. furcula: @ p, portion of pupal esophagus ; hk, hooks for securing “ shield ” to head of imago; hk’, small pair of hooks. 5.—Dorsal view of anterior part of head of imago of D. furcula: a, antlia; p, maxillary palp; hkg, groove for hooks (hk, in Fig. 4); Up, labral prongs as mere stumps. 6.—Ventral view of same: hk'g, depressed area in which small hooks of shield are lodged. 7.—Dorsal view of anterior part of head of imago of D. bifida: a, antlia; p, maxillary palp; mn, mandible remnant ; hkg, groove for hooks. 8.—Dorsal view of head of pupa of B. calluna. A12 Fic. Fic. Eig: Fic. Fic. EG: EG: Mr. Latter on the secretion of Potassium Hydroxide. Prats IX, 9.—Dorsal view of part of head of imago of B. callune: b, pointed boss. Actual size 3°47 mm. by 2°17 mm. The corresponding portions of pupa and imago of B. lanestris are in all essentials similar to those of B. callune, differing only in being smaller. 10.—Same view of head of pupa of L. testudo: b, pointed boss, 0°21 mm. long, 0°40 mm. broad at base, 11.—Front view of head of pupa of LZ. testudo: b, pointed boss. 12.—Dorsal view of head of imago of L. testudo: b, blunt boss, 0°16 mm. long, 0°40 mm. broad at base. 13.—Dorsal view of anterior part of head of H. presinana : a, antlia ; mf, muscle (?) fibres ; p, maxillary palp ; mn, mandible. 14.—Ventral view of same; a, antlia; p, maxillary palp ; s, spike formed by rim of eye. 15.—Series of scales from palp, showing transition from ordinary form to hair-like form: i, from mid-dorsal surface of palp ; 11 and iii, from edge and side respec- tively ; iv, from ventral surface. ; : ( 413 ) XV. Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism of Rhopalocera wn Natal. By Czci W. Barker. Communicated by Grorcze Francis Hampson, B.A., F.E.S. [Read April 3rd, 1895.] Some species of butterflies are on the wing throughout the year, whilst others appear at one season only. The seasonal variations of the double or many-brooded species are often of a very marked character, modifying the facies so considerably as to lead to much confusion in the determination of species and varieties. ‘The Pierinz exhibit this seasonal variation most markedly, but it is also observable among the double-brooded species of both the Nymphalide and Lycznide. The following rules generally hold good as character- istic of the changes and modifications which occur, and which serve to distinguish the dry season form from its - summer or wet season representative :— Ist. Smaller size and a disposition to greater acute- ness in the apices of the forewings. 2nd. The dark markings of the upperside of wings become contracted or even obsolete. The markings of underside (especially of the apices of forewings and the whole of the hindwings) become suffused or merged in a generally duller and darker ground-colour. Those butterflies having spots or ocelli or both, show a disposition to contraction or obliteration of those spots. As regards those species having recognized varietal forms, the correctness or otherwise of the above rules is easily verified by simply first determining whether the variety in question be a dry season form or not of the species. Should it prove to be so, it is then easy to apply the principles as given above to it. But practical field observation, during a course of years, has convinced me that many of the so- called species are simply seasonal varieties of one and TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—part tit. (smpr.) 27 414, Mr, Cecil W. Barker’s the same butterfly. It is in these doubtful cases that I hope to show how the tendencies of dry season forms to modify, according to certain fixed rules, may assist in the determination of these as either true species or varieties. The reason for these seasonal modifications it is more difficult to understand. That in some cases the duller tints of the underside of the wings, adopted by the dry season forms, may serve for protection, is a very generally accepted opinion, and is perhaps borne out by the fact that the Danae and Acree, protected species, either do not modify according to the season, or, where there is some such modification, it is not in favour of duller tints. Thus in Acrea petra, 3, the summer form is dark brown, whilst the dry season form is invariably red like the ¢. Therefore, whether this change or modification of facies of dry season forms is due to protective mimicry, or whether it is the mere sympathy of organisms with their surroundings, it is beyond my knowledge or scope to determine. Subfamily Satyrinaz. — Mycalesis perspicua in the dry season form exhibits very marked contraction of some of the ocelli of the underside and the obliteration of others. Mycalesis safitza follows the same rule, and also shows local modification of a similar kind, probably due to the drier and less luxuriant character of the country in which these modifications occur—per exemplum, the variety M. evenus (Hopff.) is alone found in the Knysna, which is the southern and western limit of this butterfly in the Cape Colony (Trimen, ‘‘South African Butterflies’’). Subfamily Nympnatinz.—Atella phalantha is on the wing both in summer and winter, and shows seasonal modifications. Thus all the fuscous markings and spots of the upperside are contracted in the dry season examples, and they also exhibit a disposition to suffusion of the markings and spots of the underside and a duller ground-colour. Junonia clelea in its dry season coat adopts a duller and darker underside. Precis cloantha exhibits attenuation of the upperside fuscous markings and a darker underside. P. elgiva exhibits the same tendency. Crenis boisduvali modifies, but in a lesser degree. C. natalensis ditto. Hypanis ilithyia, Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism. Ald both in the typical form and its so-called variety archaloia (which, I believe, is a true species), each show in their winter forms a marked change of facies. The pale orange- ochreous of the underside of the hindwings and apices of forewings, together with their spots and markings, are all suffused by a ferruginous ground-colour which, in the hindwings, encloses three macular oblique whitish bands. Intermediate or transitional forms of either species are not uncommon, about the chauge of the seasons, in which the suffusion of the spots and markings peculiar to the full winter form is only partially effected. Hamanuwmida dedalus affords another very striking example of attenuation of the whitish spots, and the adoption of a darker unspotted underside in the dry season forms of the species. To illustrate the regularity of this seasonal change of facies (which, however, in H. dexdalus occurs later than that of some of the butterflies, both in the spring and autumn of the year respectively), I have appended the following dates of capture from my notebook :— ‘Dec. 19th, 1889, one 6, Meleagris form. | Pe Om WSS 9,5) 2, March 30th, 1890, ,, 6, 3) bp) Pe) 3) From the 9th to the 19th of March, 1891, I observed and captured a large series of this butterfly in the Ussatu Valley and neighbourhood of Swaziland. All these without exception were the summer or Meleagris form. On my return to Malvern— April 7th, 1891, one ¢, typical form. Pe ord esol. 3 2 3? 3) My notes also mention the abundance of this butterfly during this month (April), whereas hitherto, as far as my experience and the far larger experience of Colonel Bowker goes, it had always proved a very rare visitor to these parts. From this time up till now, Dec., 1894, the butterfly has continued prevalent throughout the year. Further dates of capture represent only a few out of the many observed. 416 Mr. Cecil W. Barker’s Dec. 12th, 1891, 3 typical. Jan. 4th, 1892, ¢ typical. Jan. 8th, 1892, ¢, typical. Aug. 12th, 1892, 6, dry season. Aug. 22nd, 1892, ¢, dry season. Sept. 17th, 1892, 6, dry season. Sept. 9th, 1892, ¢, dry season. November, 1892, H. dxdalus, dry season form still plentiful. January, 1898, wet season form of H. dedalus fairly plentiful. June and July, 1893, observed H. dxdalus dry season form fairly prevalent at Black Umvelosi River, Zululand. On return to Malvern— Aug. 29th, 1893, one ¢, dry season. Oct. 23rd, 1893, one ¢, dry season. Nov. 14th, 1893, one ¢, dry season. Charaxes ethalion, as well as some others of the Natal Nymphalidx, modify seasonally, but sufficient examples of this family have been brought forward to illustrate the tendency of seasonal transition, according to the principles given above. Such of the Lyceenide that appear at both seasons of the year show considerable differentiation in their summer and winter forms. Thus the winter examples of Lycena lucida are smaller and have the spots of the underside more or less contracted or obliterated. Some species, vide Lycena cissus and Lycena barkert, are modified by the spots and markings of the underside showing so faintly as to be scarcely distinguishable from the ground-colour. It is, however, among the genera Terias, Pieris, and Teracolus, of the subfamily Pierine, that seasonal differentiation is most conspicuous and has caused the oreatest errors and confusion in the definition of species. The number of species recognized by Mr. Trimen, F.R.S., etc., for the Extra-Tropical limit of South Africa, of the genus Terias is seven. Careful observations of their habits during a course of seasons, and bearing in mind the tendency of seasonal forms to adopt certain fixed rules of differentiation, would dispose me to reduce this number from 7 to 4, Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism. 417 ivaz,, (1) Tozce— 1 brigntta, (2) 1. butlers = 1. xthiopica, (3) 7. floricola, (4) T. regularis = T. desjardinsii. The intimate relationship of T. zoe to T. brigitta has been remarked upon by Colonel Bowker, F.Z.8., etc., as far back as the year 1863, and in the April of that year he records the capturein Brit. Kaffraria of a d T. z0e im cop. with a $ T. brigitta. During the changes of the season such instances of the copulation of the two forms are not infrequent, and I have noticed that generally the d or ? of the pair is of a slightly modified or transitional form of either T. zde or T. brigitta. On the coast districts of Natal the true 17’. ze is only on the wing during the summer or wet season, and T. brigitta during the late autumn and winter only. Numerous transitional or modified T. ze to T. brigitta forms keep up the sequence between them during the change of the seasons. The seasonal modification of 7. ze to T. brigitta is quite according to the rules upon which I lay so much stress, 1.¢., the attenuation of the black markings or borders of the upperside, and the adoption of a darker tint to the underside. T. butlert is a rare form on the Natal coast, and T’. ethiopica by no means common. All my examples of 7. butlers have been caught during the summer months, and my T’. xthiopica in the autumn or winter. The following are some dates of capture of T. butlers and 7. xthiopica for the year 1889-90. T’. butlers. T. xthiopica. Feb. 12th, 1889. May 13th, 1889. Dec. 9th, _,, June 4th, ,, pr.incdp. Dec. 10th, ,, April 24th, 1890. Feb. 1st, 1890. May 30th, ,, March 31st, ,, July Ist, Me Judging by their general facies and the fact of their following one another seasonally, and that they comply ‘with the same principles of modification, as cited in ‘previous cases, I am strongly of the opinion that T. ethiopica is only the dry season variety of I. butlers. Identically the same conditions point to the probability of 7’. desjardinsit being the dry season form of T. regu- 418 Mr. Cecil W. Barker’s laris, and with the additional force, that bemg a common butterfly I have had greater opportunities of watching it throughout the year. ‘Transitional forms from 1. regularis to T. desjardinsu are also common. Pieris saba has its recognized variety (Flavida, Grandi- dier), which, to the best of my knowledge, is also seasonal ; it being a rare winter form. The ¢ of this variety, which is not described in “South African Butterflies,” Trimen, is on the upperside similar to the summer form, except in its smaller size, acuter apices of forewings, and absence of the black nervular spots of the hindmargins of the hindwings. The underside is tinted, of a similar colour to that of P. saba, 6. I have three recorded captures of the 6 Flavida as follows —May 25th, 1890, July 27th, 1890, and Aug. 25th, 1890, also one ?, May 8th, 1890. Pieris pigea is a purely summer or wet season form, being replaced by P. alba in the winter or dry season. Transitional forms occur between the seasons, which exhibit a gradual approximation to P. alba, by the at- tenuation of the nervular black spots of the hindmargins of the upperwings and in the ¢, also of the discal spot of the forewings. P. alba, 4, on the upperside is devoid of all the nervular black spots of hindmargins of wings, common to P. pigea, and on the underside has the apices of the forewings and the whole of the hindwings tinted. P. alba, 2, has two distinct forms ; one which exhibits the same tint of underside as the ¢, and the other exhibits a rich orange-ochreous underside to hindwings and apices of forewings. Hverything points to the pro- bability of P. alba being the dry season form of P. prgea. For similar reasons I believe P. chara to be the winter, or, at least, seasonal form of P. sumana, though I have, unfortunately, kept no notes of dates of capture of this butterfly to refresh my memory. However, I have certainly caught P. charina in the driest months of the year, and my captures of the typical P. simana, I am equally certain, have all been during the summer months, say from December to February. Intermediate forms, if such they be, with more or less slight irroration of the underside, I have met with both during these months, and more frequently during the autumn. These approxi- mate dates, 1am aware, do not agree with some referring en RR ET TE EL Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism. 419 to the capture of these species in the Cape Colony, but local conditions and difference of climate may give very different results in districts widely separated. ‘Thus in Natal, for instance, certain species of butterflies are on the wing along the coast belt long before the appearance of their congeners in tbe upper districts. Instances also occur of certain butterflies being double- brooded in one locality, whereas in another (with pre- sumably less favourable conditions of existence), the same species only appears once a year. | According to the rules which I have adopted, the smaller size and ferruginous tinting of the underside of Pieris gallenga (H. G. Smith), would point to its bemg a winter form of Preris spilleri. 1 caught P. gallenga plentifully in the Umvelosi Valley, Zululand, during July and August, 1889, but on the Natal coast P. spilleri itself is a late autumn and early winter butterfly, as these dates of capture for the year 1890 will show :-— April 9th, one 6 andtwo @s. June lst, one 6, and June 8th, one 2. These dates point, as I have already said, to its being an autumn or early winter butterfly ; but, on the other hand, last season, in the last week of February, I caught one of the large light variety ¢ of P. spilleri at the Kark- loof, and Mr. Hutchinson, at the same time and place, two more ¢s of this variety. Strange to say, I do not remember observing any of the typical P. spilleri 6 or 2 on the wing at the same time. It is quite possible that in the warm valleys of the Umvelosi there may be a regular summer and autumn brood of P. spilleri, and that P. gallenga succeeds it in the late winter. It is also probable that the two forms of P. spillerit and P. gallenga succeed one another similarly in Natal; but it is a rare fly in this part of the world, and has not, therefore, been much observed, except at the season when it is most in evidence. Pieris gidica to Pieris abyssinica affords me one of the best illustrations of seasonal differentiation, for if circum- stantial evidence be worth anything, one should have no doubts as to the relationship of the two butterflies. Both P. gidica and P. abyssinica are common butterflies along the Natal coast, and I have given them much attention, 420 Mr. Cecil W. Barker’s Mr. Trimen, in his ‘ South African Butterflies,” is disposed to regard P. abyssinica -as a local variety of P. gidica, were it not for the rarity of the former. Rarity certainly does not apply to it, in this" locality, for in the winter season it 1s nearly as plentiful as P. gidica is during the summer months. P. gidica is on the wing through- out the summer, and is succeeded with seasonal regularity by P. abyssinica in the winter, intermediate forms being fairly numerous during the change of the seasons. These intermediate forms show all the fuscous markings of the underside of P. gidica, in more or less suffused brown instead of black, but having the light yellow ground- colour only slightly affected by a duller tint. The upper part of the discoidal cell, which remains as a conspicuous whitish streak in P. abyssinica, is also unaffected in the intermediate forms, except that the black streak bounding the lower parts of the cell of P. gidica has changed also to brownish, and has become somewhat broadened and suffused. In the typical abyssinica the whole ground- colour has changed to brown, leaving only a whitish streak (still more contracted than in the intermediate form by the widening of the brown line of lower side of discoidal cell) from base through discoidal cell. The nervules and other markings peculiar to P. gidica are all shown ina darker shade of brown to that of the ground. I have also witnessed several cases of copulation of P. yidica with P. abyssinica, or with the intermediate forms. This, of course, only occurs about the change of the seasons, when, generally, old worn $s of the one kind are taken possession of by the early hatched és of the other. Pieris severina also modifies seasonally, and is other- wise variable. The winter form has the nervules of the underside hindwings strongly defined in black, and has a dull greyish ground-colour to same. The black borders of the upperside are narrower than in the summer form, and in some 6 examples the white spots of the hind- marginal border of hindwings are hardly enclosed. The late spring and early summer form retain the black clouded nervules of the underside, but the ground-colour between is light yellow instead of grey. A third form, which I have generally noticed as occurring in mid- summer, has very broad borders to upperside, often in the almost obliterating the hindmarginal spots of the 4 ; ) Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism. 421 hindwings, and the underside of the hindwings is almost, or quite, without nervular black clouding, and shows a clear ground of bright yellow. The variety boguensis is not, I believe, peculiar to any season of the year. Out of these seasonal variations some Lepidopterists have coined the usual number of spurious species, P. agrip- pina, etc. The seasonal and local variations of Herpxnia eriphia have afforded our authorities sufficient grounds for the prevailing infatuation of species-mongering. Thus the winter form of H. ervphia has been transformed into melanarge (Butler),* though the only distinctions that can be claimed for it are a slightly more ochreous colour, with attenuation of dark markings on the upperside, and a reddish suffusion about the apices of forewings and hindwings of underside. These are, in fact, the usual modifications which I am trying to demonstrate as pecu- liar to dry season forms. I caught a large series of the variety melanarge in Zululand during the month of July, 1893, and have received specimens of the type caught in Werner County for me during the summer time. Teracolus eris is another excellent illustration of the same rules of seasonal differentiation. The variety A (“South African Butterflies,’ Trimen) differs from the typical form in the slightly less heavily-marked upperside, and in the reddish tinting of the underside. I caught numerous specimens of the variety A in Zululand in July, 1893, and a single ¢ of the same variety up the Pungwe River, Mozambique Province, in September, 1894. Teracolus tone is a rare insect in this locality, the variety A of Trimen being the only form of it I have met with. Mr. A. Millar has caught examples at Sydenham, near Durban, in the autumn and early winter, the ds of which exhibit considerable contraction of the black mark- ings of the upperside, and absence of the nervular hind- marginal spots of hindwings.t I also caught two simi- larly marked ds up the Pungwe River in September, 1894. These specimens approximate very closely to * Mr. Barker has, however, examined HH. melanarge since writing the above, and admits that it is a distinct race from the 8. African form, both forms of which stand in the British Museum under the name of H. eriphia.—G. F. H. + The underside of hindwings is lightly freckled with grey irrorations, 422 Mr. Cecil W. Barker’s Teracolus phlegyas, which is, I believe, exclusively a winter form. Teracolus speciosus affords examples of every gradation from the typical form down to T’. jobina, which is, I believe, undoubtedly the winter form of it. 1’. ;obumais alone met with in the winter or dry season, though forms inter- mediate between it and 7’. speciosus are prevalent in the late autumn or between the seasons. T. regina typical is evidently the winter form of this butterfly, and the variety A of Trimen (since meta- morphosed into T. anaw, H. G. Smith) is the summer form of it. My personal knowledge of this butterfly is limited to the capture of a small ¢ in the Umvelosi Valley, Zululand, in July, 1893, and of a ? up the Pungwe River in September, 1894. Both these are of the dry season or typical form. I have also examples of the variety A = T. anaz, and of the typical form from Mashonaland sent to me on different occasions. I have every reason to believe that Yeracolus wallen- grenit is the dry season form of T.annz. T. annzx is plentiful about Sydenham, near Durban, and Mr. A. Millar has collected long series of this butterfly through- out the year. His examples graduate from the heavily- marked typical 7. anne to the intermediate form variety A of Trimen, and thence to the true TY. wallengrenia. Teracolus wallengreni he has alone taken in the winter months, and then sparingly. In Zululand, in the valleys of the Black and the White Umvelosi Rivers, I have captured J’. wallengrenw numerously on two different occasions, 7.¢.,in August of 1889, and in July, 1893. Teracolus anne is alone caught in the summer months, though the variety A occurs somewhat rarely in the autumn. The same reasoning points to 7’. topha being merely the seasonal variety of 7’. auxo. In Natal and Zulu- land T. au«o only occurs in the summer, and 7’. topha in the winter, though intermediate forms are occasion~ ally met with about the change of the seasons. In July, 1889, I took 7’. topha numerously at different points all along the road from the Umgani River to the Tugela River, and going over the same ground, in December, 1890, I took T. auwo just as numerously at the same places. Again, in my next trip, about the end of June, 1893, T’. topha was alone in evidence, and as numerous Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism. 423 as ever. Mr. Mansel Weale’s testimony of the occur- rence of 7’. topha at King William’s Town, throughout the summer (from January to May, 1876), and of this | species being replaced the following summer (from end of 1876 to end of April, 1877) by T. auzo is, in the light of my experience in Natal, difficult to account for. It however appears that 1. auwo is at its furthest limits westwards in Brit. Kaffraria, and that it only occasionally puts in an appearance, being almost exclusively replaced by the allied form 1. topha. It has already been men- tioned in this paper that as regards Mycalesus safitaza, the variety evenus (Hopff.), which represents our winter form of this fly, alone is met with at the Knysna. The Knysna represents the furthest limits westwards of M. safitza = M. evenus, as Brit. Kaffraria represents the western limit of T. auwo = T. topha, and in each the winter forms of the respective species are alone prevalent. But 7’. auaxo is reported to have occurred near King William’s Town in 1877 in abundance. It is difficult to account for this occasional appearance of the Natal summer form 7’. auzo in Brit. Kaffraria, but cases do occur frequently (presumably in seasons favourable to such reversion), of forms peculiar to certain localities, showing marked differentiation towards allied forms of other localities. Per exemplum, Papilio brasidas, a common fly in Natal, shows, in some seasons, a marked disposition to approximate to its allied form Papilio leonidas, and on the 7th of December, 1894, I captured a 2 P.leonidas, which in the size and greenish colouring of the spots, could not be separated from the most pronounced type of Tropical Africa. Papilio morania shows the same inclination, in certain seasons, towards its allied form P. corinneus. P. moramia and P. brasidas are the local semi-tropical modifications of P. corinneus and P. leomdas re- spectively, and under favourable conditions of seasons there is a constant inclination to reversion towards the facies of their Tropical representatives. Similar causes may have produced analogous results as regards the occasional reversion in Brit. Kaffraria of 7. topha to the T. auzo form, of the more humid semi-tropical eastern districts. Mr. Mansel Weale bred the larve and pups of both | T. aueo and T. topha, and found them identical in ———— ; : 4,24, Mr. Cecil W. Barker’s appearance and habits, evidence which alone ought to be sufficient to substantiate their identity as one species. Teracolus evenina.—I have had little personal expe- rience of the habits of this fly, but judging by the description alone of variety A, Trimen (7. deidamoides, Aurivillius), with its reduced development of the black markings of the upperside and tinted irrorated underside, I should have little hesitation in concluding it to be the dry season form of the type. My only two captures of T. evenma, var. A, are one 3d at Johannesberg, in November, 1887, and one ¢ up the Pungwe River, in September, 1894. Teracolus achine, T. gavisa, and T. antevippe, I have the strongest grounds for believing to be specifically identical. TJ. gavisa is probably a local form of TJ. achine, and takes the place of the former in the more luxuriant semi-tropical localities of the south-eastern coast belt. . achine is itself rarely met with upon the Natal coast, and many forms, intermediate between T. achine and T. gavisa, are also fairly prevalent in the spring and summer. JI. gavisa, during the summer months, is one of our commonest flies upon the Natal coast, and continues with transitional forms, approxi- mating it to 7. antevippe, till the autumn or change of the seasons. It is then succeeded in the winter or dry season months by the typical 7’. antevippe. IT retain in my collection eleven specimens under the heading T. gavisa, and twelve under that of T. antevippe, to illustrate the gradations of the one form to the other and some of the variations, seasonal and local, of T. antevippe itself. As the summer advances into autumn, examples of T'. gavisa exhibit contraction of the width of the black bordering of the apices of the forewings, and of the : other fuscous markings of the upperside, especially as regards the width of the longitudinal bands of fore and hindwings. Qn the underside the black neuration does not extend so far towards the base, and inclination is -shown to slight freckling about the apices of the fore and over the disc (especially near base) of the hind- wings, but still leaving the whitish ground unaffected by a darker tint. Later on in the season the apices of the forewings au disc of hindwings on the underside become tinted, and Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism. 425 the striolations and freckling more defined. In some examples the nervules near the hindmargins are still clouded with blackish. On the upperside the longi- tudinal black bars of the ¢s have nearly, or quite, disappeared, leaving only some fuscous clouding about base, and the 2s show a much contracted width of these bands and of the other fuscous markings. From this stage it becomes difficult to tell where T. gavisa ends and T. antevippe begins. Still later on in the season, August and September particularly, the 6 examples of 7. antevippe are generally smaller, with a disposition to greater acuteness of the apices of the forewings; the apical bordering is narrower on the outside and almost obsolescent on the inside. The nervular spots of the hindmargins, hindwings have become mere faint streaks, and on the underside the apices of the forewings are freckled throughout and show no pale orange suffusion along the inner portion. The hindwings also are more densely freckled. The ¢s of this form generally show a brighter orange or yellow apical patch. The ds and ¢sof this late winter form approximate very closely to the corresponding sexes of T. sumplex. ‘The number of species recognized by some of our authorities, which these above-described seasonal variations have given rise to, is legion—too numerous to comment upon individually in this paper. During the change of the seasons I have often come across intermediate forms in cop. with either T. gavisa or T. antevippe, or with slight modifications of the one or the other. To describe the transitions of T. omphale to T. theogene would be a mere repetition of the above, for they ex- hibit, with seasonal regularity, every gradation of the one form into the other, and are also equally common flies on the Natal coast. To give dates of capture of the different transitional examples of these common butterflies would also be superfluous, as so many, yearly, come under my observation. There can be but little doubt that 7. antigone is the winter form of 7. phlegetona. Both forms are somewhat local, but wherever 7. antigone is found in the winter, there you may be equally sure of finding 17’. phlegetonia in the summer. Intermediate forms, connecting the two so-called species, are not uncommon. I caught 426 Mr. Cecil W. Barker’s T. phlegetoma plentifully at the Lower Tugela in Decem- ber, 1890, and on the same hillside in August, 1889, and again, in July, 1893, I found it replaced by 7. antigone. The extraordinary variations in the ¢s of 7. antigone have also given great scope to the prevailing furor for species-manufacturing. These variations of the 9s appear to be quite arbitrary, depending on neither season nor locality exclusively, for I have caught many different forms at one and the same place, and at the same time. The gs, strange to say, hardly show any variation beyond the seasonal modifications connecting them with 7. phlegetonia. The winter form of 7. vesta, var. A of Trimen (Z. argillaceus of Butler), is yet another excellent illustra- tion of the tendency of seasonal forms to modify accord- ing to well-defined rules. There is the usual attenuation of the markings of the upperside and the suffusion with reddish of the apical area of the forewings and the whole of the hindwings of the underside. The following dates are illustrative of the seasonal character of this differentiation :— August, 1889, I caught numerous specimens of var. A., T. vesta, at the Lower Tugela. At the same place in December (early) I caught many of the typical form, and a few intermediate between typical and var. A. Again, in July, 1893, I caught and observed at the same place var. A only. I could supplement these dates by other instances in other times or places, but as all the cases which have come under my observation bear out the contention that variety A is the winter form of 7. vesta, it 1s unnecessary to do so. Hronia cleodora also has a well-defined late season form. It differs from the typical, or wet season form, in its smaller size, much narrower black borders to the wings on the upperside, and on the underside the adoption of a darker, more ochreous colour on the disc of the hindwings, and of the orange mark near apex of the forewings. EHronia buquetit also modifies seasonally, the winter form being devoid of the blackish apical bordering of forewings, this being replaced by a faint narrow brown- ish edging, in some examples hardly observable. The irroration of the underside of the hindwings is also more Notes on Seasonal Dim orphism. | 42,9 defined upon a generally duller greenish ground. Hronia leda is no exception to the same rules for winter forms. The dry season brood show a narrower border to apices of forewings, and are generally smaller in size than the summer brood. The orange of the underside is deeper in colour, and the flecking of the hindwings denser. I have noticed no marked seasonal differentiation among the Papilionmx. P. demoleus, which appears more or less throughout the year, shows generally rather smaller during the dry season months, but I know of no other variation. This brings me to the end of my theme, as I have not sufficient data to do justice to such seasonal changes as may occur amongst the obscure family of the Hesperidx. My only ambition has been to lead Lepidopterists to turn more of their attention to the very marked seasonal differentiation which nearly all butterflies exhibit that fly throughout the year. The collective testimony of a large number of Natal butterflies differentiating season- ally, on certain well-defined principles, ought to bear due weight in the determining of doubtful species. ‘This identification of species can best be aided by paying the utmost attention to dates of capture, with due regard to the character and climate of the couutry the butterfly may come from. As regards the Prerine, any butterflies showing a strongly-tinted underside, with or without freckling, I should feel inclined to attribute to a dry season, or modi- fied form of some wet season congener yet to be identified. There may, doubtless, be exceptions to this ruling, especially as regards butterflies living in dry, arid countries, where the conditions of existence are no more favourable to perfect development than the winters of more luxuriant countries. In conclusion, I can only add that the present system of adding species to species, on the mere ground of some slight modification of the markings of the upper or under- side, and sometimes on the strength of one or two examples, is most misleading. Hven as regards such slight structural differences as the lesser or greater com- parative length of the radial nervules, one to the other, due weight should be given to the tendency of dry season forms to adopt acuter forewings, which must manifestly affect the relative proportions of these nervules. 428 Mr. Cecil W. Barker on Seasonal Dimorphism. There are three important examples of seasonal varia- tion in the family Nymphalide, which, since writing my notes, I find I have inadvertently omitted to mention. The first of these, Melanitis leda, belongs to the subfamily Satyrinz, and the other two, Precis tugela and Salamis anacardii, to the subfamily Nymphaline, Hach of these three species show, in their late season (late summer and autumn) forms, a very marked prolongation of the apices of the forewing, both outwardly and downwards. This projection, in the early season broods, is in each case much modified or blunted, and is not produced downwards. They are also smaller, and show contracted but better- defined markings to both upper and undersides. It is curious that these three species, generically distinct, and, in the case of M. leda, belonging to a different subfamily, but possessing in common this marked prolongation of the apices of the forewings, acs all modify seasonally on similar lines. | XVI. On a Probable Haplanation of an Unverified Observation relative to the Family Fulgoride. By Witttam Lucas Distant, F.E.S. [Read May ist, 1895. ] In the early years of the last century Madame Maria Sibilla Merian, in her large folio work, “‘ Metamorphosis Insectorum Surinamensium,” described in a very lucid and definite manner an observation she had made on the luminous properties of the large Surinam Lantern-fly, which has been generally known in entomological science as Fulgora laternaria.* The Indians had brought her several of these insects, which by daylight exhibited no extraordinary appearance, and which she had enclosed in a box until she should have an opportunity of drawing them. In the middle of the night the confined insects made such a noise as to awake her, and on opening the box, to her great astonishment the inside seemed to be in a blaze, which caused her in fright to drop the same, when she was no less surprised to see each of the escaped insects apparently on fire. She added that the light emitted from one of these insects was sufficiently bright to enable her to read a newspaper. All we know of Madame Merian proves her to bea disinterested and truthful observer, and yet scarcely any other entomological record has been so consistently controverted by such an amount of negative evidence contributed by excellent authorities. Inhabitants of Cayenne have denied that the insect possesses luminous properties,t as did also M. Richard, who reared the species.{ Count Hoffmansegg, on the authority of his ** T here use this well-known name, but the species does not really belong to the genus Fulgora, as I have shown, with a synopsis of the described species, in my contribution on Homoptera to Godman and Salvin’s “ Biologia Centrali Americana,’ a publication to which I cannot now refer while writing in the Transvaal. + “ Dictionnaire d’Histoire Naturelle.” £ “Encyclopédie,” art. ‘ Fulgora.” TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—ParTiv. (DEC.) 28 IS-XIV-1E98 « 430 Mr. W. L. Distant on collector, Sieber, who passed some years in Brazil and took many specimens, also became a hostile witness.* Lacordaire never saw a luminous individual of this species either in Brazil or Cayenne,t nor had the Prince von Nieuwied ;{ whilst Dr. Hancock published a paper in which he considered the recorded luminosity as entirely fabulous.$ Since then the observations of all entomologists in the East have shown that the so-called Lantern-flies of that region are universally non-luminous, and, as I have for years particularly studied and col- lected the group, I have made many enquiries on the point of collectors abroad, and always eliciting the same negative testimony. On the other hand, Madame Merian’s statement has been supported by M. Wesmael, on the authority of a friend who had seen the insect alive,|| and this induced the Marquis Spinola to contend for the luminous character of the cephalic protuberance in the whole group.4 Now the reconciling of these conflicting testimonies has long been to me a complete enigma, for I stipulate for the truth of Madame Merian being admitted, whilst my study of the family has con- stantly drawn my attention to the question. Lacor- daire proposed that the explanation might be found in the fact of only one of the sexes being luminous. But this proposition does not help us. The question is, What did Madame Merian really see? If a man whom I knew to be sane and truthful tells me he has seen the great sea-serpent, I neither believe in that animal nor doubt his veracity. I merely ask the same question. What did he see to induce him to form that conclusion ? I think the key, at least, to such an explanation may be found in.an excellent paper quite recently published by Peter Schmidt, of the Zoological Laboratory of the “ Der Gesellschaft Naturf. Fr. zu Berlin Mag.,” i., p. 153. “Introd. 4 ?Ent.,” ii, p. 143. | “ Reise nach Bras.” tom. ii., p. 111. “Proc. Zool. Soc., 1834.” | “Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr.,” App., 1837. ‘@ Ipid., viii:, p. 163; For these references, I am now, away from my library, entirely dependent on those two entomological epoch:making publications, Kirby and Spence’s ‘Introduction,’ and Westwood’s “ Modern Classification.” —W. L. D. Ore + x Observation relative to the Family Fulgoride, 431 Imperial University at St. Petersburg, “ On the Lumino- sity of Midges (Chironomide) ”* of which an excellent translation has been published by our Dipterological associate, Mr. E. E. Austen.t The first observation on the luminosity of Midges _(Chironomus) appears to have been made by Pallas, who ascribed the same to a species of gnat (Culex pypriens, L.)t. This observation slept till it was con- firmed in 1874 by W. D. Alenizyn, and published in a communication addressed to the “ Naturalists’ Society of St. Petersburg.’ Subsequently Brischke, Ssorokin, and Tarnani reported the same phenomena, and this was again seen by Schmidt while staying at Lake Issykkul in 1892. This luminous species did not, as was at first imagined, prove to be undescribed, but was merely—according to Schiner—a variety of Chironomus plumosus, L., whilst certain smaller specimens appeared to belong to Chi- ronomus tendens, 'b., thus demonstrating that, as these well-known species were not .always, or to say the least, usually luminous, the luminosity observed must be of an occasional or aberrant character. Herr Schmidt proceeds in a deductive manner to seek the explanation of this luminosity; and he, firstly, separates two known causes, viz. :— a. Animals which are luminous by being provided with special luminous organs. B. Animals which are luminous by means of luminous micro-organisms living upon or in them. In the second category may be instanced the micro- organisms occurring as veritable parasites injurious to their host, such as the discovery by A. Guard of the luminosity of Talitrus,a genus of Crustacea, belonging to the order Amphipoda. On examining a foot belonging to one of these luminous crustaceans under the micro- scope, it was found swarming with micro-organisms * “ Zoologische Jahrbiicher—Abtheilung fiir Systematik, Geo- sraphie und Biologie der Thiere, Bd. vili., Heft. 1 (Jena, 1894), pp. 58-66. t “Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,” ser. 6, vol. xv., p. 133. { It is unnecessary to give, or rather to repeat, references which have been given by Schmidt, reproduced by lana and republished in the “ Ann.and Mag. Nat. Hist.”—W. L 432 Mr. W. L. Distant on the Family Fulgoride. (Micrococcus phosphoreus?); and that these possessed the luminous properties was proved by infecting non- luminous crustaceans with such organisms, when the infected specimens of Talitrus became also luminous. Arguing from these premises, Herr Schmidt concludes from the spasmodic manner in which luminosity appears in these Midges; from the non-localisation of the light and its appearance even on dead specimens; from the weak and sickly condition of a Midge which has become luminous; from the non-discovery of any luminous organs, and by the males and females being both able to acquire the same character, that the analogy with Talitrus is complete, and that both animals owe their luminous qualities to an infection by luminous micro- organisms. We may now return to the observation of Madame Merian on her captured Lantern-flies, supported by a similar sight witnessed by the friend of M. Wesmael ; when a like explanation of luminous properties by the aid of micro-organisms is at least very suggestive. ‘hese would account for the rarity of the phenomenon, as with the Midges and the Yalitrus, and though we have no positive evidence to support such a conclusion, it at least suggests a known cause for the reconcilement of Madame Merian’s observation with absolute truth; nay, more, opens a door for fresh investigation in one of the many unworked paths of entomology. That the Fulgoride are liable to the visits of parasites, was proved before the Society some years ago by Prof. Westwood, who described a Lepidopteral pupa found in the abdominal waxy-secretion of a species of Hastern Fulgora. SSS. ( 433 ) XVII. A Preliminary List of the Butterflies of Hong- Kony; based on Observations and Captures made during the Winter and Spring Months of 1892 and 1893. By James J. Watker, R.N., F.L.S. [Read May 1st, 1895.] AutHoueH Hong-Kong has been a British Colony for more than half-a-century, its occupation by Hngland dating from the year 1841, 1t is not a little remarkable that, while a most admirable Flora of the island was published twenty years later,* scarcely anything appears , to be known respecting its insect fauna, of which no general collection, so far as I am aware, has heen as yet brought together. The butterflies especially, though sufficiently numerous in species and attractive to the collector, seem to have been almost entirely overlooked by those naturalists to whom we owe our present know- ledge of the fauna of south-eastern China. No doubt many collections of these insects have been made by military officers stationed at Hong-Kong, as weil as by other Kuropean residents; but of these very few, if any, have been made available for scientific treatment by finding their way into the leading museums and collec- tions at home. Mr. H. J. Elwes, in his important paper, “ The Butter- flies of Amurland, North China, and Japan” (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, pp. 856 et seq.), has summed up the state of our knowledge of the Rhopalocera of South China at that time. ‘‘ Our knowledge of the butterflies is infinitesimal. It is extraordinary that out of the great number of Englishmen who for nearly a century have resided at various ports on the coast of China, not one has ever studied Lepidoptera scientifically, and no traveller has ever collected more than a few specimens in any one place, so far as Iam aware. Nearly as much was known * Bentham’s ‘‘ Flora Hongkongensis.” London : 1861. Supple- ment by Dr. Hance, 1872. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PART Iv. (DEC.) A434 Mr. J. J. Walker on by Donovan, ninety years ago, of the insects of South China, as we know now; and there is perhaps hardly another place in the world of equal interest and with — half the facilities for travel, which has been so much neglected by naturalists.” Since the above was written, fourteen years ago, the only contribution to our knowledge of the subject, so far as the present writer knows, is a list of 116 species of Rhopalocera, with brief notes on their distribution and habits, compiled by himself and Mr. 8. B. J. Skertchly, F.G.S. This list was published as an appendix to a little work by Mr. Skertchly on the geology and natural history of Hong-Kong (‘‘ Our Island.” Hong-Kong: Kelly and Walsh, 1893). Owing to our want of books of reference and other means of identifying the species, this list, which was merely a provisional one intended chiefly for local use, contains several serious errors. The present paper, which has been undertaken at the suggestion of Mr. Elwes, will, I hope, form a useful basis for a more complete knowledge of the Lepidopterous insects of this interesting island. My experience of collecting in Hong-Kong dates from the middle of December, 1891, when I arrived here from North-west Australia and the Moluccas in H.M. surveying ship, “ Penguin.” We left on April 4th of the following year for the survey of the Macclesfield Bank in the China Sea, and after a brief visit to Hong-Kong early in May, proceeded to the Chusan Islands. On the 12th Decem- ber, 1892, the “ Penguin” again arrived at Hong-Kong, and I remained here until I left for England in H.MS. “Tyne,” on May 20th, 1893. This is perhaps a fitting © place to acknowledge the cordial assistance and eu- couragement in my natural history pursuits extended to me throughout the entire commission of H.M.S. ‘ Pen- ouin,”’ by my commanding officer, Captain W. U. Moore, R.N., F.R.G.S. Through his kindness I was enabled to utilize to the greatest advantage, such spare time as the duties of the chief engineer of a surveying ship left me to devote to those of a volunteer naturalist, on the many remote and little-known shores visited during the ‘ Pen- guin’s ” voyage. The island of Hong-Kong les just within the Tropic of Cancer (the position of the capital, Victoria, beg in lat. 22° 9’ N. and long. 114° 10’ B.), and is one of the a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 435 largest of a group of small rocky islands off the mouth of the Si-Kiang, the great river on which Canton stands. It is about 10 miles in extreme length, with a width varying from two to five miles, and embraces an area of a little less than thirty square miles. Generally it may be described as a mass of rugged hills of moderate elevation, separated from each other by deep ravines, and sloping steeply down to a much indented and usually rocky coast-line. Granite, and diorite or greenstone, form the basement rocks of the island, overlaid by more recent but still very ancient beds of quartz-porphyry and other old volcanic rocks, the whole greatly worn down by sub-aerial denudation. ‘The granite is of fairly good quality as a building-stone, but where it is exposed, it is weathered, sometimes to the depth of many feet, by the action of tropical rain and heat, into a soft friable mass, which, while at first sight it appears to retain all the structure and properties of the original rock, may yet be readily dug into with a spade. Such beds of decayed granite are to be seen to great advantage on the west side of the Wong-nei-chong, or ‘‘ Happy Valley”; and they often contain huge masses of the parent rock, of harder texture than the rest, which have resisted the weathering action, and look deceptively like erratic boulders. Generally speaking, the soil is of a harsh and unkindly nature, and, except in a few places, it is of but little use searching for ground-frequenting Coleoptera ; very few insects being found under stones in the cooler months, with the exception of huge wingless cockroaches of three or four species. Although the island of Hong-Kong has now a popula- tion of upwards of 200,000 inhabitants, it is nearly all concentrated in the city of Victoria, which extends for ‘some three miles along the north shore, and about half- a-mile up the slope of the hilis, on the summits of which are many fine villa residences and hotels. A few Chinese villages are scattered round the coast, but with these exceptions, the island is almost entirely wild and un- cultivated. Some rice used to be grown in the Wong- nei-chong valley, but its cultivation was prohibited as unhealthy, and there are now only a few market-gardens near the city, which derives most of its supplies of fruit and vegetables from Canton. The hills, which attain an elevation of 1,500 to 1,700 feet (Victoria Peak, 436 Mr. J.J. Walker on immediately behind the city, being 1,804 feet high), are generally rather bare in aspect, with a clothing of long grass and brushwood towards the summits, and a larger growth of bushes and small trees in the ravines, every one of which has its stream of beautifully clear and pure water. Some parts of the island, especially on the northern slope, appear to be fairly well wooded, as many thousands of trees, chiefly a kind of fir (Pinus sinensis), have been planted on the hillsides. Along the roads near the city are many fine trees of a species of fig (Ficus retusa) allied to the Indian banyan. ‘The coco-nut palm maintains a precarious existence, and its fruit does not appear to reach maturity, but most of the tropical and sub-tropical fruits succeed very well. The native flora of Hong-Kong is a very rich aud peculiar one, no fewer than 1,072 species of flowering plants and ferns being enumerated by Bentham and Hance in the “ Flora Hongkongensis,”’ and of these the large number of 173 were known only from the island at the time of publication. In character it is distinctly tropical, notwithstanding the fact that palms are decidedly rare, and represented by only two or three rather in- conspicuous species. Some of the endemic plants are very handsome and remarkable, notably the Gordoma anomala, which expands its large and fragrant white Magnolia-like flowers in every ravine in January and February; and especially the Rhodoleia championt, the pride of the island flora. ‘This ig a small tree of the Hamamelidex, or witch-hazel order, with oval leathery evergreen leaves, which in February bears a profusion of large bell-shaped blossoms of the richest crimson colour. Only two or three specimens of this beautiful tree have as yet been met with in a wild state, but there are some very fine examples in the public gardens and elsewhere. Of naturalized species, the ‘‘ sensitive plant ”’ (Mimosa pudica)a native of Tropical America, grows abundantly in dry waste places; and another shrub from the same region (Lantana camera), which has now firmly established itself in nearly every tropical country, and whose showy red and yellow blossoms are the greatest attraction to butterflies of all flowers which I know, has taken possession of large spaces near the city, and con- tinues to spread year by year. Hong-Kong has a distinctly tropical climate, and the a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 437 wet and dry seasons, due to the south-west and north- east monsoons, are here well marked. With an average temperature of about 73° for the whole year, the heat from May to October is very oppressive, though the thermometer rarely rises above 90°; and three-fourths of the total rainfall of the year is precipitated between these months. I had little or no opportunity of col- lecting in any part of this season, but I am informed that butterflies are not nearly as plentiful as in the earlier months of the year. ‘This is, however, un- doubtedly the season for moths, as well as for Coleoptera, especially the Longicornes, Lamellicornes, and other leaf- and wood-feeding groups, which are but poorly represented at other times of the year. With October comes bright, pleasant, and comparatively cool weather, and a fine burst of butterfly life, and this lasts until the middle of January, gradually becoming cooler as the north-east monsoon blows fairly home. Then come six weeks or two months of dull, cheerless, gloomy _ weather, during which the sun is often obscured for four or five days at a time; there is little actual rain, but frequent drizzle and thick wet mist, and the temperature seldom rises above 6U° in the daytime, This is, of course, very poor collecting weather, but on the rare sunny days a good many butterflies may be found on the wing even at this period, and at the beginning of March a considerable number of species, including a large proportion of the Papilionidx, emerge - from the chrysalis. Some heavy showers usually occur about the end of March, and April here is not unlike what it is popularly supposed to be at home—a inonth cf mingled shower and sunshine, but of course a good deal warmer than in England. This is, I think, the most pleasant and remunerative time of the year for the Lepidopterist, as in May the heat renders collecting decidedly hard work, and I noticed a marked falling off, both in number and condition, of the butterflies on the wing during that month. This sketch of the meteorological conditions of Hong- Kong would not be complete without some mention of the abnormal weather which prevailed in the middle of January, 1893, and the disastrous effects of the frost which then occurred—a frost, I should imagine, without precedent at the sea-level within the tropics—on insect 438 Mr. J. J. Walker on © and vegetable life. After a day of steady cold rain on January 15th, the thermometer on board ship fell to 38° at 8 am. on the 16th, and before sunset it was freezing in exposed places at the level of the sea. The hill-tops were all day shrouded in mist, with a piercing north wind and driving rain which froze as it fell, encasing every leaf and twig, and coating the exposed surfaces of walls and rock-faces, with solid and beauti- fully clear ice to the depth of an inch and more. ‘This icy covering was general at elevations of 400 feet and upwards, and at Victoria Peak the telegraph wires were broken in several places, being unable to support the weight of the icicles which formed upon them, and were sometimes more than a foot in length. On the night of the 17th-18th, water again froze at sea-level, and the lowest air temperature at an elevation of 1500 feet was 25°. ‘The cold wave appeared to have spent its force on the 19th, and by the 21st the temperature was once more normal. On the 22nd I find these remarks in my journal—* Fine, warm, and almost calm. In ‘Happy Valley,’ for one butterfly that was now on the wing, fifty might have been met with about ten days ago. Huplea superba and lorquinn, Danais genutia and similis, had all but disappeared, solitary examples of each species, in the last stage of decrepitude, being all that were met with; one Terias, one Cupha erymanthis, and one Iraota in fine condition, which If secured, were also noticed. Mycalesis perseus (var. visala) alone, was not very uncommon.” On the 24th, my friend Mr. Skertchly and I observed Vanessa canace, Melanitis ismene, Abisara echerius, Lycena betica, Zizera maha, and Pieris canidia on the wing, all apparently freshly emerged, but very scarce, only one or two of each species being noticed. For several weeks afterwards, scarcely a butterfly was to be seen even on fine days, and as late as March 1/7/th, only twenty-one species were observed on the wing as against fifty-six species at the corresponding date in 1892. (Cf. 8. B. J. Skertchly, “Nature,” Vol. 48, pp. 3, et seq.). By the middle of April, however, the butterflies were once more as numerous individually as they were at the same time in the previous year, with the exception of three or four species (notably the Huplca’s), which had not recovered their usual abundance by the time I a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 439 finally left Hong-Kong. The damage done by the frost to the native vegetation was incalculable, several species of plants being entirely killed off, and the aspect of whole districts being altered (Cf. “ Nature,” Vol. 47, pp. 939, 536). Previous to this unprecedented “ cold wave,’ the lowest temperature recorded at Hong-Kong was 45°, in February, 1885. By far the most productive locality for butterflies in the island is the Wong-nei-chong, or “ Happy Valley,” a spot which is familiar to every one who has visited Hong-Kong. This is situated within less than a mile of the city of Victoria, from the centre of which it may be reached in a quarter of an hour by “jinricksha,” the universal means of locomotion here. It is the largest piece of level ground in the island, and is an oval and (until drained) somewhat marshy plain, rather more than a mile in circumference, and including within its bounds the racecourse and the principal recreation ground of Hong-Kong. On all sides except the north, where it is open to the harbour, it is shut in by wooded hills, and on its west side are the European cemeteries, the Hnglish one in particular bemg celebrated for the beauty of the gardens attached toit. From these gardens access may be gained to a large extent of well-wooded and pro- ductive, but rather steep hillsides; and from the south end of the valley a good road extends for several miles, over a gap in the hills some 700 feet above sea-level, to Cheag-chu, or “ Stanley,” on the south shore of the island. This sunny valley is the great resort of the butterflies of Hong-Kong, and few indeed are the species which have not at some time or other been taken within its precincts. At Heong-Kong, or “Little Hong-Kong,” on the south slope of the island, is a considerable extent of apparently indigenous wood, or rather scrub-land, with many large trees, but it was a little too far from Victoria to be often visited by me, and on the few occasions on which I went there, I found no species which did not occur in the “‘ Happy Valley.” For the purposes of this paper I have included with Hong-Kong the adjoining British territory at Kowloon (Kau-lung), which is situated on the mainland opposite Victoria, at a distance of less than two miles. It is a small rocky granitic peninsula of about a square mile in extent, somewhat similar in character to Hong-Kong, 440 Mr. J. J. Walker on but more arid and of less elevation; it includes some excellent little bits of collecting: ground, the best of which, however, was unfortunately destroyed just as I was leaving for England. Of the 125 species of butterflies hereafter enumerated, 114 have been taken or personally observed by myself, the remainder having been either detected by myself in local collections (of which I have examined several at Hong-Kong), or else existing in the chief collections at home, with the Hong-Kong locality attached. ‘Three species (Amathusia phidippus, Argynnis childreni, and Papilio «wuthus) are inserted with much doubt, no specimens of these, so far as I am aware, being extant in any collection from Hong-Kong, though they are all supposed to have been seen by observers who were familiar with the insects. A few obscure Hespertide are still unnamed, and one or two of these may belong to new or undescribed species, but 1 have not ventured to describe them. The accompanying table of geographical distribution will serve to show the general relations of the Hong- Kong butterflies with those of the surrounding regions. The essentially tropical character of the entire butterfly- fauna of the island, like that of its flora, will be evident from the fact that only three species (Danais chrysippus, Vanessa cardw, and Lycena beetica), all of very exten- sive or almost world-wide distribution, are common to Hong-Kong and Europe, while only twenty-seven species, less than one-fourth of the whole number, extend to North China, Japan and the Amur region. The large percentage of species common to Hong-Kong and the Himalayas is very remarkable, but is probably in part due to the extreme richness in tropical forms of the latter region. The number of species common to Hong- Kong and the Philippine Islands, which are separated by at least 450 miles of deep sea, is even greater than those occurring in the not very distant sub-tropical regions of Central and Western China, between which and Hong-Kong are no very formidable physical barriers, though these two regions belong to two different river- systems. So far as I am aware, only three species (Huplea superba, Clerome ewmeus, and Gerydus chinen- sis) appear to be peculiar to Hong-Kong and the adjacent parts of south-east China, while the last- a Inst of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 44] mentioned is, I believe, recorded only from Hong- Kong. Of the 125 species recorded from Hong-Kong there are— Common to Hong-Kong, Central and Western China, 52 spp., or 41°6 per cent. Common to Hong-Kong and the Amur region, North China, and Japan, 27 spp., or 21°6 per cent. Common to Hong-Kong and Himalayan Region, 93 spp., or 74°4 per cent. Common to Hong-Kong and Malay Peninsula, 66 spp., or 52°8 per cent. Common to Hong-Kong and Philippine Islands, 55 spp., or 44:0 per cent. In drawing up this table of distribution I have used Leech’s “ Butterflies from China, Japan, and Corea,” for the list of those of Central and Western China; and _ Mr. Elwes’s papers, “‘ The Butterflies of Amurland, North China, and Japan” (P. Z. 8., 1881, pp. 856, et seq.), and ‘‘ The Butterflies of Sikkim ” (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1838, po. 269, et seqg.); Distant’s ‘ Rhopalocera Malayana,” and Semper’s ‘Die Schmetterlinge der Philippine Inseln,’ for the regions of which these works re- spectively treat. GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF HONG- KONG BUTTERFLIES. eels ; : es Ss a & 4 ee ° tos] Bb = oO s aa | 4 | ¢ | ee | 88 Species observed at Hong-Kong. E ss 3) & ~s | Ba Remarks. g8|#8| & | 2°|e" a CF | 4g a | Ae | | | _ Ideopsis daos. Danais (Caduga) tytea » (Lirumala)limnace ... . , (Parantica) melanoides . » (Radena) similis , (Salatura) genutra » (Léimnas) chrysippus ... Euplea (Isamia) superba ue (Terpsichrois) midamus. 19 » (Crastia) godarti alts ee le aes eae ecg StI ce Es » frauenfeld: ...! .:. 1) 0...) os lee... [Hastern Asia. 44,2 Mr. J. J. Walker on Species observed at Hong-Kong. Remarks. Central and West China. Himalayas. Malay Penin- sula. Philippine Is- lands. Mycalesis perseus eas Seo) cee lye pees og Oe 3 mineus eee cool 46 ond ie a a | Lethe europa... up otal) 4 eee | hee ad ae uae 55 Vernria eee eee Beeline bes a aA ~S Ypthima hiibneri es Pee Poe bre nlc? ae AVgGus ae eee revel smo ae ee tee J Melanitis aU, aa in ae " x Me i cS Me S Me ‘ee SG ae a aAsSWa eee eee eon eee aie . eee Discophora tullia aie bee] get poe | ec i Clerome eumeus ... joe 8 oe ee (?) Amathusia phidippus reed. ol © ial ea EHrgolis ariadne ... a i) ey Cupha erymanthis oy |e |e Atella phalanta... ¥ : | ae Cethosia biblis ... ah “e a Apatura parysatis a Be D seas Hestina assimilis Ye a Re Waves, tae : » mena, var. nigrivena SA! so eee le Junonia asterie ,.. rey O11 ee eee 54.5) MAULTLCS. ar Se eed Mere he Me » lemonias Pe £ |g hae sant MONE)! che yee : coh ce i OTUNYD vac Be aa ee a | go ee Neptis eurynome... se Elis eoee + || oie , columella ae sees) cope, |codepe eee ae Cirrhochroa satellita ... ile von | a i mithila ... pew te ee Hypolimnas bolina _... ds | Ae a eae Misippus ... ewe ee Argynnis niphe ... sae o | @ | # ts (?) ,, children nae Sad ee ad Athyma perius ... A note te | ee oie Sy METEOX Hee a 3 age | % §y 1. BULPTHE is pas BAM » » selenophoya ... PA ee eo - Euthalia phemius bad sapeoae eee Vanessa cardui ... Sie ae a fe Ps ye “ANGICE oe, fa Ve Ta BS ies sy) 1 ONACC exe ae ob de og ie en Symbrenthia hyppoclus... ile ae Re aaa Om Charaxes athamas aa te | | st bernardus... se Tel be eel re Zemeros flegyas ... ia adie EDM fy Re ML ee 2c i A bisara echerius ey see{oese | seal ese | ween Mien Tecoma Curetis acuta... oe ae ie gael Beret yoo . Gerydus chinensis se wae’ | Pex), sy aera aie Neopithecops zalmora ... 190 foe] a a ae a Lust of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 443 | 2 Ao d 6 0 : Seleal a |a@ |e | oS ort ° fas} 3 aq oO | |) Ab mB | 2 3 a) : r=) 8 (oe A ro Species observed at Hong-Kong. & S 23 re ae | & A Remarks. n cS . : eel eal ele |a- ON | aes Fe | ey Zizera sangra ... 500 Soe liees 9 maha eee oe coe] ae ae an boc Lycena argiades css spel nes OUCH) + ie, soal 8 Chilades laius ... Sn BA Nano Lampides celianus ap 50g Catachrysops strabo ... rs ni leet ezine oe Aphneus zebrinus Oh SEI AER iid i 90 ela eee? Tajuria longinus Bae ecole eee ee % Sithon jangala ... ae MIAO Pact lluucwen eters tos | Gua Deudorix (Lehera) eryx doc| eel! asa || aes lull coe |lrooe » (Rapala) orseis So5 | aaa Met acral area sa ieiger » epyarbas ne oa see |e os nf (Iraota) témoleon 5 . UCLCCTUCS Ime ele cl cetae lly sale Delias pasithoé ... Bae eel ees c es ae ee cliceos ao UG RUG are soc sells eal aeeey ia eee alles oss lik said Prioneris clemanthe ... AM a erage |. rset Re sec li a Catopsilia chryseis nee sc See catilla re soul Mase a crocale ae AAW aes Terias hecabe ... Sad BACs en ian: me | 8 5 mandarina ce ees eee tema e alue lean » lata ar ae Era lpeae seh elf He) || 3a5 Spiooe Doe uuegeua, var. Wbythea:...\-...1 .:. Pieris (Ganoris) canidia SCOR Ne sone als ose » (Huphina) nerissa salma: leeitmellh ese ease tno [ Bombay. 13 “ pallida coal) 659 | cao |} 000, | coon} coo. Wee, Ahad 2 ‘ OS VUSOGT ear ie oie Ne Picco || eared ieee Tachyris (Appias) albinag ...|_ ...-} wee | eee | ae, Igias pyrene ss. ae Soot eane nena Peay =n ean Hebomoia glaucippe ... SSbN ORs | ececeen Mee UI as Papilio aristolochie ... See a8 : Pe PUTese” as» Bae Sek Ipeoee aes ns bianor coe ese ode Ds Be sac Ae Agenor ... aa Sealey se : » protenor ae oe SUA LS Gon nee wai 3) polytes ... Ae woh erithonius ah ao | } | | 4 4 . e e Canara. 1) ” ee Cyd |... a8 ae 5 antiphates as SOS » sarpedon S00 Bae ee » eurypilus ae Syall inseitt oon | ese | coo lp Gon agamemnon ... aaiall Peace we - : » wuthus ... oe Sale LE Gesell eso.) stom |andon Leptocircus curius vee mis]. 8D oleae 8H) [iosnte 4 sea 444, Mr. J. J. Walker on o8 - Z | |8 @° Ba BE, 8 ou Species observed at Hong-Kong. | 2° J 4 5 q Bg Remarks. PE! 45 1% Ismene ataphus ... sia obel, oie | Reval |. a, Atel Hasora vitta as, Sasa} eos | canine + | Matapa aria abe sears SN. ee Notocrypta alysos da bne| vei Nees Se At ee LB WOFIS OCCIDL Waidal 1, Vipers oon kw Lace tel © Be beam ee » narooa it | 5 assamensis ae oe secs “Lewis {yee . |. ws | eis Chapra mathias... ae WP ead ets ea ea Parnara guttatus be iene wie ne Suastus gremius... us en Pegg : Telicota bambuse ee onek (Berd Seth Sh » meesoides wee; > wool cee | nes | OMG eee eee Halpe moorei (i150 ose see] see | ont | eee | cor | rl Oa Lagiades atticus ae ie? oo Ahi Sane Antigonus sura ... - 5 Erionota thrax .. a 39, tie. 22 CiZ9s): The remarks on the preceding species apply also to this, but 1t is much less common. 74, Delias pasithoé. Papilio pasithoé, Linn., Syst. Nat.,i., 2, p. 755 (1767). Rather scarce, and usually observed high up among the branches of the Ficus retusa trees planted along the roadsides. A beautiful specimen was caught on board H.M.S. “ Penguin,” in the harbour, on January 6th, 1893 ; also observed in April and May. 464, Mr. J. J. Walker on 75. Delias hierte. Delias hierte, Hibn., Zutr. Ex. Schmett., figg. 77, 78 (1818). Seen once or twice, but not caught by me, in April and May, 1893; one or two examples taken by local collectors have enabled me to identify the species. 76. Prioneris clemanthe. Pieris clemanthe, Doubl., Ann. Nat. Hist., xvii; p. 23 (1846). I have met with only one example of this butterfly, a somewhat worn ?, settling on a damp path in the “ Happy Valley ” gardens, May 10th, 1893. 77. Catopsilia chryseis. Papilio chryseis, Dru., Ill. Exot. Ent., i., t. 12, fige. 3, 4 (1773). The commonest species of its genus at Hong-Kong, and usually taken at the blossoms of the Lantana. Fresh specimens observed, February 2nd, 1892. 78. Catopsilra catilla. Papilio catilla, Cram., Pap. Exot., i., t. 55, figg. C. D. (1779). Rare ; taken by me in the gardens at “ Happy Valley,” February 2nd, 1892. 79. Catopsilia crocale. Papilio crocale, Cram., Pap. Exot., ili, t. 229, figg. D. EH. (1782). Fairly common, but not abundant, in open wooded places and gardens. Observed from December to May. 80. Terias hecabe. Papilio hecabe, Linn., Syst. Nat., i., 2, p. 768 (1767). a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 465 Very common everywhere along sunny roadsides, and probably on the wing all the year round. Winter specimens are small, and have the black borders of the wings much reduced in width; but I have never seen any approaching the next species in character, which I found to be distinguishable on the wing at a glance. 81. Terias mandarina. Terias mandarina, De ’Orza, Lep. Jap., p. 18 (1869). Much scarcer than the preceding, and usually occur- ring by single specimens, in ‘“ Happy Valley” and else- where, in February, March, and April. I found it much more common in the Chusan Islands than at Hong-Kong. Very constant in its markings. 82. Terias leta Wertas leita, Boisdy., Sp. Gén: Lép., i., p. 674 (1836). Not very common; frequents open dry places where Mimosa pudica grows freely and may be taken from February to May. 83. Terias brigitta. Papilio brigitia, Cram., Pap. Hxot., iv., t. 331, figg. B. G. (1782). Var. b. Pap. libythea, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 427 1793). A small Terias, which I took very rarely in the “Happy Valley,” I find placed under the name of 1. libythea, Fabr., in the National Collection. 84, Pieris (Ganoris) canidia. Papilio canidia, Sparrm., Amoen. Acad., vu., p. 904, note m. (1768). Pap. gliciria, Cram., Pap. Exot., 11., t. 171, figg. H. F. (eize)e Pieris claripennis, Butler, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, xix., p. 96 (forma est.) APS eoroida. paler loc. cit. (forma hyem.). 466 Mr. J. J. Walker on This is one of the commonest butterflies at Hong- Kong, and may be found everywhere in open places, flying over the blossoming rapeseed in December and January, and frequenting the mignonette in the “‘ Happy Valley” gardens; I have found the larva and pupa on the latter plant. The winter specimens are much darker and more suffused with black scales (especially beneath) than those taken from April onwards, and are the form described by Mr. Butler as Pieris sordida; the summer broods being the P. claripennis of the same author. 85. Pieris (Huphina) nerissa. Papiho nerissa, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 471, n. 128 (1775). Pap. amasene, Cram., Pap. Exot. at 44, fir, A. (1776). ? Pap. coronis, loc. cit., A. (1776). Not very common, but taken sporadically from December to May, and is very partial to the Lantana blossom. Unlike the preceding, the winter brood is the pale one, the summer specimens being very dark and richly marked. 86. Pieris (Huphina) pallida. Huphina pallida, Swinhoe, P.Z.S., 1885, p. 137. Scarce ; occasionally taken in the ‘‘ Happy Valley” gardens from February to May. These Hong-Kong insects agree well with specimens of Huphina pallida in the National Collection, recorded from Poona and Bombay. 87. Pieris (Huphina) aspasia. Papilio aspasia, Stoll, Suppl. Cram., t. 33, figg. 3, 3 C. (1790). Var. b. Pontia olga, Hisch., Kotzeb. Reise, i., p. 214, t. 9, tig, 215 a,.0. The only evidence I have of the occurrence of this pretty insect in Hong-Kong, is a specimen in the National Collection labelled as coming from thence. I found it not uncommonly in the Philippine Islands, at Samboangan and Manila, in December, 1891. a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 467 88. Tachyris (Appias) albina. Pieris albina, Boisdv., Sp. Gén. Lép., i., p. 480, n. 62 (1836). This butterfly was first observed by me on the after- noon of April 28th, 1893, under circumstances which appeared to indicate a large immigration of the species into Hong-Kong; numerous specimens, nearly all 3’s in worn condition, were seen flying about the Ficus trees in the city, just before a very heavy thunderstorm. A very few 2’s were afterwards taken. 89. Ixias pyrene. Papilio pyrene, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 241 (1764). Pap. sesia, Fabr., Gen. Ins., p. 257 (1777); Don., Ins. China, t. 31, fig. 2 (1798). Tolerably common, especially in “‘ Happy Valley,” the pale ¢ being not at all rare. Fresh examples have been met with from December to May, those taken in the winter months being small, with the black border of the hindwings almost obsolete; but it is perhaps most plentiful in March and April. The Hong-Kong speci- mens agree well with the form described by Fabricius and figured by Donovan as Papilio sesia, as well as with Specimens standing under this name in the Godman- Salvin collection. The flight of this butterfly, especi- ally in the g, 1s rapid and erratic, and it is by no means easy to catch. 90. Hebomoia glaucippe. Papilio glaucippe, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 240 (1764) ; Syst: Natali, 2, p. 762, nm. 89 (1707). Worn specimens of this fine butterfly were observed by me in December, 1891, and January, 1892, and freshly emerged examples were taken on March 5th. Its flight is exceedingly strong and wild, but it may sometimes be caught while feeding at the flowers of Hibiscus rosa-sinensis, to which it 18 very partial. On hot sunny days it is very fond of settling, with closed 468 Mr. J. J. Walker on wings, on the borders of streams, for the purpose of drinking the moisture, and is then almost completely invisible, as the colour of the underside, which is minutely irrorated with greyish-brown on a very pale fawn-coloured ground, harmonizes exactly with that of the wet sand on which the insect rests, and furnishes one of the most beautiful examples of protective coloration with which Iam acquainted. Large and darkly coloured specimens occur in the middle of summer. 91. Papilio aristolochie. Papilio aristolochix, Cram., Pap. Exot., u1., t. 128, figg. ASP ks) (oie There are specimens of this butterfly in the small local collection at the City Hall Museum, and in one or two others in Hong-Kong, but I have not taken it myself. The species occurs commonly in the Chusan Islands. 92. Papilio paris. Papilio paris, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 184 (1764). This and the following are among the most conspicuous and beautiful butterflies of Hong-Kong, and P. paris is to be found commonly from the beginning of February onwards; Hibiscus rosa-sinensis and Lantana camera being its favourite flowers. Freshly emerged specimens were seen on February 5th, 1892. 93. Papilo bianor. Papilio bianor, Cram., Pap. Exot., u., t. 103, fig. C. C1279) Perhaps somewhat more common than the preceding, and similar in‘ its haunts and habits, but rather slower and heavier in flight. Females of both species are very rare. The first fresh specimens were noticed on March 5th, 1892, and another brood, considerably larger in average size, appears in May. I took P. bianor in the Chusan Islands in July and August, 1892, but did not meet with P. paris there. a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 469 94. Papilio agenor. Papilio agenor, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 194 (1764). Pap. achates, Cram., Pap. Hixot. u., t. 182, figg. A. B. (LON _ Pap. phoenix, Distant, Rhop. Malay., p. 340, t. xxvii, b, tO. Occurs not rarely in “‘ Happy Valley” and other wooded spots; tailed examples of the 9 are rare, at all events during the season over which my stay extended, and one form of this sex approaches very closely to the insect described and figured by Distant as P. phenia. The ¢ is much more plentiful. First seen March 5th, 1892, more common in May. The butterfly is partial to shady situations, and has a strong sailing flight. 95. Papilio protenor. Papiho protenor, Cram., Pap. Hxot., i, t. 49, fige. A. B. (1779). Not very common ; frequents the flowers of Mhodo- dendron indicum and Lantana camera; at the latter shrub I took two or three beautiful examples of the 9, which appears to be much scarcer than the other sex, on my last day’s collecting at Hong-Kong, May 19th, 1893. First observed on March 5th, 1892. Its flight is rather slow and heavy. 96. Papilio helenus. Papilio helenus, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 185 (1764). A very common butterfly, of which stragglers are met with in December and January, and fresh examples were observed on February 11th, 1892. The larva is found not rarely, on the leaves of various Auwrantiacee, and closely resembles that of the following species. The flight of this butterfly is strong, undulating, and very erratic, and it is by no means easy to secure in good condition. 97. Papilio polytes. Papilio polytes, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 186 (1764). Pap. pammon, Linn., loc. cit., p. 189. This is the commonest species of Papilio at Hong- Kong, its time of appearance on the wing coinciding 4,70 Mr, J. J. Walker on with that of the preceding. The form of the ?, which resembles the ¢ in markings, is as common here as the one largely marked with white and red on the hindwings, originally described by Linneus as P. polytes. The larva is common on orange, lime, pumilo (Citrus decumana), and other trees of the orange tribe. A fine large form of this species occurs commonly at Shanghai and in the Chusan Islands. 98. Papiho erithonws. Papilio erithonius, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii., t. 232, figg. A. B. (1782). Moderately common in “ Happy Valley” and else- where, and very partial to the flowers of Lantana camera. The ground colour of most of the Hong-Kong specimens, especially of the underside, is much fuller and deeper than in those I have seen from India and elsewhere. 99. Paptlio clytia. Papilvo clytia, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 296 (1764). Pap. dissimilis, Linn., loc. cit., p. 801. Var. Pap. panope, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1., 2, p. 782, n. 196 (1767). Another fairly common species, especially in “ Happy ‘Valley ” and at Kowloon, appearing on the wing at the beginning of March; and the gaily coloured and con- spicuous larvee are often met with in May, on a species of Morinda which grows commonly along the roadsides. The pupa reminds one strongly of that of the genus Thais. P. panope, Linn., which is not very common (though perhaps often passed over as an Huploa, while P. clytia has on the wing a considerable, but less striking resemblance to one of the green Danaids), has been bred from larvee collected with those of P. clytia, and quite undistinguishable from them ; and I have seen specimens intermediate between the two forms. ‘The specific identity of P. clytia and panope thus appears to me to be placed beyond question. ee ae a Inst of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 471 100. Papilio antiphates. Papilio antiphates, Cram., Pap. Exot., 1., t. 72 (1779). Not very common, occurring chiefly in the “‘ Happy Valley,” and first observed, March 3rd, 1892. An insect of powerful and graceful flight, and which soars higher than is the habit of most of its genus. 101. Papilio sarpedon. Papilio sarpedon, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 196 (1764). This common, but very beautiful, butterfly is most partial to the flowers of Lantana camera, but from its swift flight and extreme wariness is difficult to capture. Fresh specimens were first seen on February 11th, these being very small; some of those taken in May are much larger, and approach the Japanese form P. teredon, Feld. P. sarpedon is perhaps most plentiful in April. The form in which the band of blue-green spots on the hind- wings is obsolete (first noticed by Mr. J. H. Leech from Kiukiang in Central China, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 115, pl. vii., fig. 2), occurs here very rarely. 102. Papilio eury pilus. Papilio eurypilus, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. x., p. 464 (1758) ; Clerck, Icones, i.., t. xxviii, fig. 2 (1764). Pap. telephus, Feld., Reise Nov., Lep., 1., p. 64 (1865), Dist., Rhop. Malay., p. 351, fig. 109. Tolerably common, especially in April and May, the first example having been taken on March 12th, 1892. It is not as swift on the wing as P. sarpedon and agamemnon, and, like others of the genus, it is very fond of settlng on damp sand in the heat of the day, and sucking the moisture ; it may then be very easily taken. 1038. Papilio agamemnon. Papilio agamemnon, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 202 (1764). Also common, but even more wary and rapid of flight than P. sarpedon. It is most frequently seen at the blossoms of the Lantana, and appears rather late in the season, the first specimen having been observed on March 22nd, 1892. 472 Mr. J. J. Walker on 104. Papilio xuthus. Papilio wuthus, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1,2, p. 7ol, n. 34 (1767). This conspicuous yellow-and-black “ swallow-tail,” so characteristic of the Chusan Islands and Japan, is here at the southern limit of its distribution, having been once or twice observed at “ Victoria Peak,’ but I have not myself met with it. I may here mention that on May 19th, 1893, I saw all the Hong-Kong species of Papilio, with the exception of P. aristolochiz and euthus, and took most of them at a small clump of Lantana camera at the head of the ‘‘ Happy Valley,” in little more than an hour in the forenoon. 105. Leptocircus curius. Papilio curius, Fabr., Mant. Ins., 11., p.9, n. 71 (1787). The headquarters of this lovely little butterfly in Hong-Kong is the “ Happy Valley,’ where I first met with it on February 13th, 1892, and on March 12th I took a very fine series; in 18935 it was scarce, and did not appear before April 2nd. It is hardly possible to imagine a more dainty and elegant little creature, as it feeds at the white blossoms of its favourite shrub, Buddlza asiatica, probing flower after flower of the racemes with its proboscis, with the long tails of the hindwings elevated and quivering, and vibrating its wings all the time without actually settling, like its larger relatives the Papilio’s. When alarmed, it “booms” off rapidly, with a flight resembling that of the larger Hespervide. I have never seen it hovering over running water in the manner described by Mr. H. O. Forbes (Nat. Wanderings in the Hastern Archip., p. 139), although there is a fine stream in the gardens at ‘‘ Happy Valley.” It is by no means easy to obtain Leptocircus in good condition, the long delicate tails being very liable to damage. My specimens are in all respects identical with the Fabrician type of DL. cwrius preserved in the Banksian collection at the Natural History Museum. _ OO a eS a Se ae ee a Inst of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 473 106. Ismene ataphus. Isimene ataphus, Watson, P.Z.S., 1893, p. 126. I. eedipodea, Moore (nec Swains.), ep. Ceylon, i., p. 158, pl. 64, fige. 2, 2a, 2b (1881). Not common; this fine “skipper” is usually taken flying among Lantana camera towards evening. First observed January 28th, 1892. ] 107. Hasora vitta. Hesperia vitia, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1870, p. 498. This is a scarce species, of which I have taken only one or two specimens at flowers in the ‘‘ Happy Yalley ” vardens, in April, 1893. 108. Matapa aria. Ismene aria, Moore, P.Z.8., 1865, p. 784. Not very common; chiefly taken at flowers of Lantana, March to May. 109. Notocrypta alysos. Plesionewra alysos, Moore, P.Z.S., 1865, p. 789,? = P. (Thymele) feisthamelti, Boisdv., Voy. Astrol., Lep., t. 2, fig. 7 (18382). Rare ; taken by me in the gardens at “ Happy Valley,” March 26th, 1892. 110. Baoris oceia. Pamphila oceia, Hew., Descr. Hesp., p. 31, No. 22 (1868). Not common; at flowers in the ‘ Happy Valley ”’ gardens, first taken by me on March 26th, 1892. The tuft of long silky hairs on the upper side of the hind- wing of the ¢ is very remarkable. 474 Mr. J. J. Walker on 111. Baorits narooa. Hesperia narooa, Moore, P.Z.S., 1878, p. 687; Wood-Mason & De Nic., J.A.S. Bengal, 1., 2, p- 260, n. 125 (1881). Not uncommon in ‘ Happy Valley ” and elsewhere, at flowers, March to May. 112. Baoris assamensis. Parnara assamensis, Wood-Mason & De Nic., J.A.S. Bengal, li., 2, p. 65 (1882). This large and fine skipper has been taken by me in the “‘ Happy Valley ” gardens, on one or two occasions in March, 1893. 113. Chapra mathias. Hesperia mathias, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 433 (1798). Very common; frequents flowers in dry open places from December to May, and-is probably on the wing all the year. 114, Parnara guttatus. Hudamus guttatus, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. N. China’s, p. 10 (1853). Less common than the preceding, and nearly all the Specimens which were taken occurred in the “ Happy Valley” gardens in March and April. I found it much more plentiful in the Chusan Islands in the summer of 1892. 115, Suastus gremius. Hesperia gremius, Butl., Cat. Fabr. Lep. p. 271, t. 3, eelgee | Hesp. divodasa, Moore, P.Z.S., 1865, p. 791. Not uncommon at flowers in * Happy Valley ” gardens in April and May. —_ ee a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 479 116. Teltcota bambuse. Pamphila bambuse, Moore, P.Z.8., 1878, p. 691, “Tip. BN ey, LEE a IPA Rather scarce: found at Lantana flowers at Kowloon in April, 1893, when Mr. Skertchly and I obtained most of the few specimens which were taken. 117. Telicota mesoides. Pamphila mxsoides, Butl., Trans. Linn. Soc. (2), Zool. i., p. 554 (1877). Much more common than the preceding, occurring in open sunny places during the whole of my stay at Hong- Kong. 118. Halpe moorer. Halpe moorei, Watson, P.Z.S., 1893, p. 109. Rather scarce, and chiefly met with at Lantana flowers in “ Happy Valley’ in April and May. 119. Tagiades atticus. Hesperia atticus, Fabr., Hnt. Syst., u., 1, p. 389 (1793). Not uncommon in “ Happy Valley ”’ at the end of April andin May. A very pretty and conspicuous species, flying swiftly along shady pathways, and settling on flowers and foliage, with expanded wings. 120. Antigonus sura. Achylodes sura, Moore, P.Z.S., 18609, p. 784. Abaratha sura, Dist., Rhop. Malay., p. 390, t. xxxiv., figs 16 ¢. Fairly common in April and May in the gardens at “ Happy Valley.” It flies with great rapidity, but is easily taken as it settles with fully-expanded wings on the topmost leaves and twigs of low bushes. 4.76 Mr. J. J. Walker on 121. Hrionota thraz. Hesperia thrax, Linn., Syst. Nat., i., 2, p. 794 (1767). I have not taken this fine and conspicuous species myself, though on one or two occasions I have seen it flying at dusk. Dr. W. W. Beveridge bred a fine series in 1892 from larvee found in rolled-up leaves of banana. 122. Hyarotis adrastus. Hesperia adrastus, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., t. 319, figg. ¥. G. (1780). Moderately common at flowers in ‘‘ Happy Valley ” gardens, April. 123. Udaspes folus. Papilio folus, Cram., Pap. Exot., i., t. 74, fig. 7 (1779). Although I have not myself met with this butterfly, it appears to be not uncommon at Kowloon, as well as at Hong-Kong. I have received specimens from Mr. Skertchly, taken at the former locality. 124, Asticopterus olwascens. Asticopterus olivascens, Moore, P.Z.S., 1878, p. 692 ; Wood-Mason & De Nic., J.A.S. ‘Bengal, lv., 2; p. 381, t. 18, figg. 2, 2a (1887). Cyclopides chinensis, Leech, Entom. xxii, p. 48 (1890). Steropes nubilus, Mab., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XXXV., p. ixiy: (1891). Very common in April and May; usually found flying in grassy places along the borders of streams, but also taken on flowers in gardens. 125. Asticopterus (Lambryzx) salsala. Nisoniades salsala, Moore, P.Z.S., 1865, p. 786. I found this species very locally in a grassy place in ‘Happy Valley,” at the end of prs tie: 1893. EE Ee ee a Inst of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. A477 In concluding this paper it remains for me to thank- fully acknowledge the kind assistance rendered by my friend and companion in many a pleasant collecting ramble, Mr. 8. B. J. Skertchly, F.G.8S., in placing his local collection at my disposal, and in helping to draw up the first list of Hong-Kong butterflies, published in his little work ‘‘ Our Island.” A series of insects of all orders taken by me at Hong-Kong has been deposited in the Natural History Museum, and I have to thank Messrs. Butler, Kirby, and Heron for indispensable assistance in identifying the butterflies which form the subject of these notes. TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—part iv. (dic.) 31 XVIII. Contribution towards the history of a new form of larve of Psychodide (Diptera), from Brazil. By Dr. Fritz Mutter, M.D., Hon. ¥.E.S. [Read Oct. 2nd, 1895.] Puates X. and XI. Tue perusal of Baron Osten Sacken’s “ Contributions to the Study of Liponeuride” (Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., vol. xl., 1895, p. 148), a copy of which I owe to the kindness of the author, recalled to my memory a group of minute Diptera, the larve of which abound around the waterfalls in our woods, in the neighbourhood of the larvee of Curupira (Blepharocerrdx#), and are re- markable for being provided, like the latter, with a longitudinal row of suctorial ventral discs. While the larvee of Curupira are fastened to the bare rocks, over which the stream of water falls down per- pendicularly, those of the Marwis (Marwi is a diminutive of Maru, fly, in the Tupi-language, adopted in Portu- guese) live on rocky walls, covered with a slippery carpet of alow, and kept moist by the spray of the waterfalls or by the drops of water running down from above. I discovered them in 1881 in looking for a small Helivcopsyche that occurs in similar localities, and began ‘to make a special study of them, but was prevented by ‘circumstances from continuing it. The information I had obtained about them seemed to me too fragmentary ‘for immediate publication. As I cannot, at present, expect to complete these observations, although I had hoped it at that time, I feel inclined to publish now at least some of my old drawings, and to accompany them with some remarks for the sole purpose of calling the attention of future visitors to our country to these remarkable animals. For this particular purpose I shall begin by describing my very simple method of catching them. ‘The larve are so small that they are hardly recognisable in situ, TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—ParT Iv. (DEC.) 480 Dr. Fritz Miiller’s contribution towards the and, therefore, can hardly be taken hold of singly. The flat of the hand is, therefore, passed over the slippery wall, the surface of the hand is scraped with a knife, which is then rinsed in a tumbler of fresh water; the larvee thus obtained are soon found fastened to the sides of the tumbler, the muddy water of which is then replaced by fresh. Unlike the Curupira-larve, which die very soon, those of Maruina bear confinement very well, change into pup, and the majority of the latter produce flies in a week or two. Whether the mould which appears on pupz very soon after they are dead, is the cause of the death, or its consequence, I cannot say. Three kinds of larve are easily distinguished: two of them have the appearance of woodlice (onisciform, O. 8.); their abdominal segments bear on each side straight thorns, the length of which is much less than half a breadth of the abdomen; in one of the species, Marwina pilosella (figs. 2, 3, 4) they are simple, in the other (M. spinosa) they have from four to six, seldom seven, branches. The third species, M. wrsula, which, In many respects, is very aberrant (fig. 1), bears on each of the abdominal segments three pairs of very long and very much curved bristles, of which one pair is inserted very near the lateral margin of the segment, and two pairs, close by each other, are placed on one of the three dorsal plates of the segment. The abdominal segments of the two other species likewise show three dorsal plates on each abdominal segment, and laterally these segments are very conspicuously divided into three lobes (fig. 4). A character that the three species of larve have in common is the head, which is much narrowed in front, and has on its upper side two small eyes, placed near the middle of the lateral margin; a little inside and in front are two short antennz, without any joints, and still more inside of these are two minute punctured spots (figs. 1 and 3). In Marwina pilosella and spinosa the last abdominal segment projects but little beyond the penaltimate segment, which rounds off the end of the abdomen (fig. 2); in Maruwina ursula this last segment takes the shape of an elongate, bottle-shaped projection, at the end of which the two principal branches of the trachz meet. ‘These openings are surrounded by a coronet of History of a new form of larvxe of Psychodidx. 481 delicate, short hairs, between which a globule of air of considerable size is sometimes visible (fig. 1/). The anal opening in this species lies on the ventral side a little before the openings of the air-tubes. The fig. 1 shows on each side a pair of protruding trachael branchiz. Fig. 5 shows, on a larger scale, the trachael branchiz of the larva of M. pilosella, six in number. The ventral side of the larvee of the three species is provided with eight suctorial discs, the last of which is placed on the penultimate segment (fig. 2). As to their structure I must refer to the figures (figs. 6 and 7), as it is from these only that I could describe them now. ‘The figure of the rather flat, not, as in Cuwrwpira, very convex pupa (fig. 8), requires no further explanation; I would only call attention to the wicker-basket-like covering of the claviform respiratory tubes (fig. 9). The jly strikes one at once by its singular appearance in repose. Hxamined from the ventral side, for instance, when resting on the side of the tumbler, the eyes seem to stare at one from the middle of the body, because the head is so much bent under the body, pointing back- wards ; from above the head cannot be seen at all. The wings, beset with long hair, look like two narrow stripes, directed backwards and a little outwards, and are raised considerably above the body; the peculiar twist they have is represented in fig. 13. The venation of the wings (fig. 12) resembles that of Psychoda ; they end in a point in Marwina puilosella (fig. 12a); the end is more obtuse in M. spinosa (fig. 14); I am not quite sure, however, whether this character belongs to the species, or is merely sexual. The antennz are represented as 16-jointed in all my old drawings; the third and the following joints show verticils of hairs near the base. The palpi are 4- jointed, the two last joints are beset with elongated scales, about 0,02-0,05 long. 482 Myre: Rac Fic. Fie. Pic, Fic. Fic. Fig. Fic. Fig. Fic. Fic. (Da te® Fic. i gree Fic. Fic. Fic. Fic. Dr. Fritz Miiller on larve of Psychodide. EXPLANATION OF Piatres X. and XI. PLatTYe XxX: 1.—Maruina ursula, full-grown larva, from above (45: 1); 1, air- bulb. 2.—M. pilosella, full-grown larva, from below (15 : 1). 3.—Anterior end of the same, from above (45: 1). 4,— Left side of the fifth abdominal segment of the same, from above (180: 1). 5.—Posterior end of the same, with extended tracheal branchiz (90 : 1). 6,—Sixth and (7) Seventh suctorial discs of Maruina spinosa (130°). PLATE XI. 8.—Maruina pilosella, pupa (25 : 1). 9.—Its breathing-tubes, from different sides (180 : 1). 10.—Breathing-tube of the pupa of Jf, spinosa (90: 1). | 11.—WM. pilosella ¢,in repose, dorsal and ventral view (15 : 1). 12,_-Wing and (12a) tip of wing of the same (90 : 1). 13.—Wing of the same, in repose, dorsal view (25 : 1). 14.—Tip of the wing of M. spinosa 2 (90: 1). 15.—Poiser of the same (90: 1). 16.—Head of the same from above (90: 1); f, antenne; t, palpus. 17.—Tip of the abdomen of the ¢ of the same species (90 : 1). 18.—Last tarsal joint of the intermediate foot of M. pilo- sella (360 : 1). 19.—Tip of the abdomen of the ¢ of the same species (180 : 1). 20.— ” ” » ofthe g ” ” » (180: 1). Gnt83e-.) XIX. Remarks on the homologies and differences between the first stages of Pericoma, Hal., and those of the new Brazilian species. By Baron C. R. Osrun Sacken, Ph.D., Hon. F.E.S. [Read Oct. 2nd, 1895. ] Tae introductory paragraph of Dr. Miiller’s paper sufficiently explains its scope, which is to call attention to a group of very remarkable aquatic larve of Psy- chodidx, discovered by him in 1881 in the environs of his residence in Southern Brazil, but of which he was unable, at that time, to make a more thorough inves- - tigation. He has already made a short allusion to these larvee in the ‘ Zool. Anzeiger,” 1881, p. 499 (compare also Bertkau’s Entomol. Bericht, 1881, p. 145), and has called attention to their remarkable structural analogies with the larve of Blepharoceride, which occur in the same running waters. Since then, in the “ Hntomo- logische Nachrichten,’ Berlin, 1888, p. 273, Dr. F. Miller has published a short article, accompanied by three figures, on the mode of breathing of two species of the same larvee. What Dr. Muller offers us at present is a set of drawings of the early stages of the said Psychodidae, prepared in 1881, but never published. ‘hey are accompanied by an explanatory notice. The study of these insects is of extraordinary interest as a most remarkable instance of the power of adaptation among aquatic larve; but in order fully to bring out this interest, they should be compared with some ordinary type of Psychodid larva. ‘I'he present volume of the Transactions affords us the best occasion for such a comparison, as it contains the only scientifically satis- factory description of such a larva in Prof. L. C. Miall’s and Norman Walker’s paper: ‘‘ The Life-history of Pericoma canescens.” I shall therefore attempt such a comparison. The principal of Dr. Miiller’s figures (Tab. x., fig. 1) ‘represents, much magnified, a dorsal view of the larva of _ TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—Part iv. (DEC.) 484 Baron Osten Sacken on the differences between a species to which the author has given the provisional name of Maruina ursula. When we compare it with Prof. Miall’s figure (Tab. 11., fig. 1) of the larva of P. canescens, and read the description (pp. 142-144) the resemblance between the two larva becomes apparent. About P. canescens we read: ‘‘'The head is rather small and completely exserted. On its upper surface the tri- angular clypeus, pointed behind, occupies a central position; it is flanked by the two epicranial plates. .. . On the sides of the head, behind the antennz, are the eye-spots, which are oval, convex, pigmented.” These passages concerning P. canescens are equally applicable both to the head of Dr. Miiller’s larva (Tab. x., fig. 1), as to the detail-head of fig. 3 (of Maruina pilosella). On the anterior dorsal part of the thorax we perceive, in Miall’s Tab. i., fig. 1 (P. canescens) as well as in Dr. Miiller’s Tab. x., fig 1 (M. ursula), contiguous triangular chitinous plates, with a narrow interval between them; the structural analogy is evident, although the differences are easily perceptible. The other thoracic segments of the larva of P. canescens are described and figured as consisting each of two annuli, separated by transverse constrictions, each annulus bearing a narrow, transversely set dorsal shield. Two such transverse shields are visible on the thorax of the South American larva (fig. 1, M. ursula) behind the above-mentioned triangular plates. The abdominal seg- ments (P. canescens) are subdivided into three annuli (except the first, which has only two), and each of these annuli bears a transverse chitinous shield, like those of the thorax (Tab. iv., fig. 4). The abdominal segments of the three South American larve are described very nearly in the same terms by Dr. Miller: ‘The three species show three dorsal shields on each of the dorsal segments of the abdomen, and, laterally, these segments are very distinctly divided into three lobes”? (compare Tab. x., fig. 4, the fifth abdominal segment of WM. prlosella from above). The skin of the larva of P. canescens is described (p. 142) as: ‘‘ Covered with chitinous tubercles, for the most part very minute. These appear under the microscope like nails, imbedded in the tlexible skin. They take various shapes,” etc. Vhe dotted surface of the skin of the larva of M. ursula (fig. 1) may represent a similar structure, although it is jirst stages of Pericoma and the Brazilian species. 485 not mentioned in Dr. Miiller’s letterpress. The larva of P. canescens has, on the sides, “long and stiff hairs, all pointing backwards, like those which project from the dorsal shields” and probably intended to ‘save the larva from being swept away by a sudden rush of water.” Similar setz and hairs on the sides and at the ends of the chitinous transverse plates are visible in the larva of M. ursula, but they are much longer than those of canescens, some of them being as long as the whole breadth of the larva. In this respect, the two other larvee (M. pilosella and spinosa) come nearer to P. canescens in the shortness of their appendages: “ their abdominal segments,” says Dr. Miller, “are beset on the sides with straight spines”? (Dornen), the length of which is far less than half the breadth of the abdomen ; in one of the species M. pilosella (figs. 2, 3, 4) these spines are simple, in the other (IM. spinosa) they bear from four to siz and even seven branches. The dorsal view of the two larve (at least in the figures) shows a difference in the structure of the breathing organs. PP. canescens shows, on the prothorax, a pair of projecting cylindrical tubes, which are the anterior spiracles. In M. wrsula such tubes are not visible. The anal breathing apparatus in the Maruina- larves is represented by the two types of structure, which have already been mentioned above as described and figured in the “ Entom. Nachrichten.” One of the larve (M. prlosella) can breathe either directly, through a pair of anal spiracles, or, when under water, by means of three pairs of branchial appendages (tracheal gills), compare Tab. x., fig. 2; and also in the Ent. Nachr., 1888, the figures A and 6. The other larva (I. ursula, Tab. x., fig. 1 L; and Ent. Nachr., 1888, fie. C) has two tracheal trunks inside a tukular elon- gation of the Jast abdominal segment, with a circular fringe of hairs around its opening, that enables the larva to hold a bubble of air when 16 is under water. Short branchial appendages, apparently only a pair on each side, and not three as in M. pilosella, protrude a little above the opening of the spiracle tube. The apparatus in P. canescens is somewhat different, consisting, at the end of the body, of two pairs of anal processes, ‘‘chitinous rods, bearing a fringe of fine filaments, which project from the sides and tip’’ (Tab. 486 Baron Osten Sacken on the differences between iii., fig. 1, and iv., figs. 5-7), the outspread fringes of the four processes, when under water, “form a cup, filled with air, and from this air can be taken into the spiracle.”’ All these appliances are adapted for enabling the larva to breathe the gaseous air through spiracles, or to get it under water, either by means of an artificial cup, which holds a bubble, or else by means of branchial appendages. It is well known now that such a com- bination of breathing appliances in the same species is of rather common occurrence among aquatic larve of Diptera. We have, hitherto, examined the dorsal side of the four larvee and discovered resemblances which evidently depend upon similar conditions of life in running waters. The ventral side of the larvee of Marwina, as well as their pupa-state show considerable, and, as to their usefulness, as yet unexplained differences from the larva and pupa of P. canescens. The ventral side of the Marwina-larve is described thus (compare above, Dr. Muller’s letterpress) : ‘‘ The three species are provided with a longitudinal row of six suctorial discs, the last of which occupies the penultimate ventral segment (Tab. x., fig. 2). Concerning the structure of these discs, I can only refer to the figures (6 and 7), as, ab present, I have no other descriptive data at hand.” There is nothing like these suctorial discs in the larva of P. canescens (Tab. iu., fig. 2). The ventral side is described as follows: ‘“‘The ventral surface is. more uniformly covered with tubercles and sete. A pair of small and distinct plates, which appear to be more solid than the neighbouring integument, defend the middle annulus of most of the abdominal segments on the ventral side, lying within the shield.” (Maiall, p. 143 at top.) Much greater is the difference between the pupa of P. canescens and that of the South American Marwne. The former is very much like most of the pupz of the Nematocera, especially the Tipulide (Tab. iii, fig. 3) ; it has a flexible abdomen, the segments of which are provided with circles of hooks, and some larger spines, for locomotion. The pupa of M. pilosella (Tab. xi., fig. 8) is shield-like, flat, adherent, and, apparently, unfit for jirst stages of Pericoma and the Brazilian species. 487 locomotion. It has some resemblance to the Blepha- rocerid larva of Curupira, figured by Dr. Miller in the Archivios, etc., Rio Jan. iv., Tab. viu., figs. 2, 3; but, besides other evident differences, it is flat, and not roof- like like the other. Dr. Miller describes as follows the mode of life of the Curupwra and Maruina-larve (compare above) : “ While the Curuprra-larvee are fastened to bare rocks, from which the water falls down perpendicularly, the Marwina- larvee live on rocky walls, which, constantly moistened by drops of water running down upon them, or by the spray of the waterfalls, become covered with a thin, slippery, growth of algw.’? The prime necessity of such larvee and pupz must be therefore that of clinging to their place, and this necessity may perhaps explain the development of suctorial discs in both classes of larvee (Blepharoceridx and Marwna), as weil as the shape of the pupe, fitted for adhesion, and therefore flattened, at least on one side. ‘These habits appear quite different from those of the larve of P. canescens, as described in detail by Prof. Miall (pp. 144-146). Im case of a heavy rain, for instance, which deepens the water and increases the force of the current, the larva has several alternatives. “Tt can cling to the weeds and remain submerged for hours. It can leave the water altogether and creep upon the wet herbage,” etc. ‘* When the time of pupation is at hand the larva quits the water ; it either burrows into the bank, or climbs upon a stone which rises well above the water, and there pupates.”” Such motions, generally in a horizontal direction are quicker, and require a different mechanism than a slow, creeping motion along a slippery perpendicular surface. I should not be surprised that, by using the method of catching Maruwina-larve recommended by Dr. Miiller, similar larvae should be discovered in Kurope. Aquatic larvee are often cosmopolitan. oe ‘ a A » a r ~ ’ si a “* ‘ ay: F ii | 1 r ’ ’ - 4 rs ( 489 ) XX. Supplementary Notes on Dr. Fritz Miiller’s paper on a new form of larve of Psychodidee (Diptera), from Brazil. By the Rev. Aurrep HE. Harton, M.A., FLELS. [Read Oct. 2nd, 1895. ] Wits regard to Dr. Fritz Miiller’s memoir on Maruina, any remarks on my part must be limited to the affinities of the imago; because illness and consequent absence from England have hitherto prevented my forming even the slightest acquaintance with the earlier stages of Psychodidez. And now in respect of the imago of Maruina, supposing that the author’s illustrations of the flies seem open to criticism, all that one can do, without having seen specimens and in the absence of verbal description of the genus and species, is to point out where in his figures possible errors or defects may be reasonably apprehended, and indicate causes likely to have led to their being made if they really were made. The absence of descriptions alluded to, arose through Dr. Miiller having been unable to complete his study of the flies. Details of imagines of Marwina are delineated in the second plate (pl. xi.) accompanying the memoir. Figs. 11 to 13 and 18 to 20 concern M. pilosella; figs. 14 to i7, M. spinosa. On a general survey of them, one would gather from fig. 12 that the flies belong to the Subfamily Psychodine (Etn., Ent. Mo. Mag. for Sept. 1895), because the radio-cubital nerve-trunk meets the subcosta at an acute angle close to the base of the wing: figs. 11 and 20 would be referred toa species of Psychoda allied closely to Ps. phalenoides, L., the former re- presenting the attitude of the living* fly at rest; and the latter figure genitalia of a pattern very characteristic of such Psychode: while fig. 16 points suspiciously to the possibility of a species of the miscellaneous genus Pericoma having furnished some details for the illustra- tion of Maruina. Attention would also be arrested by -* A touch of shading would adjust the pose of the an- tenne.—A, E. E. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1895.—PART IV. (DEC.) 490 Rey. A. H. Eaton’s supplementary notes on fig. 19: first, on account of the sex assigned to it in the explanation of the plate, and afterwards in con- nection with the suspicion of plurality of type suggested by fig. 16. Fig. 19 is attributed to the ¢, and fig. 20 to the ¢ of M. pilosella. The latter is an excellent representation of the apex of the abdomen of a male Psychoda, viewed rather obliquely from the side, the artist omitting hairs and (doubtless because they did not show to advantage in that posture) the superior genital appen- dages. Fig. 19, however, has no resemblance to the female genitalia of any Psychodidx hitherto described: therefore, if everything be correct, the insect is most remarkable. But if it be allowable to assume the possibility of error in the explanation of the figure, one is led to enquire whether the mistake concerns the artist’s record of the species, or only that of the sex of the original specimen. ‘The wrong sex might easily have been entered by a slip of the pen on the original drawing at the time of its execution; or it might have been introduced into the explanation of the figure at a later date, through an oversight or lapse of memory. From the nature of the figure, it seems likely that one of these things happened, and that the figure concerus male genitalia, viewed from above: and if it can be | reconciled with the corresponding view of these parts in a Psychoda, there is no ground for supposing that the error in the artist’s record extended to the species of the specimen. One might even éntertain the supposition that figs. 19 and 20 were different views of the same ~ specimen, designed by the artist to be supplementary to ‘each other. In favour of this hypothesis, one may point to the lower portion of the figure, which resembles, in outline and in the contour of its lowest border, the forceps-basis or subgenital plate of a male Psychoda— the artist omitting sundry hairs and the ill-focussed inferior genital appendages (which are sufficiently displayed in the other figure), but showing the places of their articulation’ with the basis. And then in the upper portion of the figure, one may trace considerable re- semblance to a pair of superior genital appendages inflexed obliquely downwards towards a sheathed penis— the appendages comparable to those of Ps. sewpunctata, Curt. (figured Ent. Mo. Mag., 2nd ser,, vol. v., pl. iv., anew form of larve of Psychodide. A91 Ps. 4), but more robust. Yet it igs difficult, under the hypothesis advanced, to explain everything in the interior parts of the figure—what that is, for example, into which the apical joints of the supposed superior appendages are clenched. If they overlaid imstead of underlying the lines that cross them in the figure, — things would be more intelligible ; and, therefore, it is quite possible that the perspective of these details in the original drawing was at fault. A figure of such intricacy as fig. 19 can rarely be elaborated symmetri- cally directly from the specimen, with true regard to effect, owing to the parts being not all in one plane, and owing to the consequent optical distortion produced by the necessary shifting of focus during the progress of the work; and when obliged to have recourse to duplicated tracings for the composition of a figure, or to combined tracings of detached details, the most skilful professional artists often experience great difficulty in bringing all the parts into their proper bearings, and are liable to fail in achieving this without advice from a specialist in the same class of subjects. _. The attitude of the living fly in repose (fig. 11) and Dr. Miller’s remarks about it, quite bears out the supposition that M. pilosella may be a Psychoda: species related to Ps. phalxnoides adopt the same attitude, or almost exactly the same, during life—the antenne divergent slightly forwards from the prone head, and the wings almost vertically deflexed alongside of the legs. In death, or whtn they ‘sham dead,” the antennz in these species are thrown back beside the legs below the deflexed wings. But some of the other species (e.g., Ps. humeralis) assume this posture only when dead or shamming death: during life they have the gait of a Pericoma, carrying the wings sub-horizontally divergent from the fold of deflection. In specimens that have died with the wings deflexed (occasionally some die with them erect), it is often difficult to get rid of the twist in the wing and force it to lie out flat enough for the tracing of neuration to be accomplished with exactitude. Dr. Miiller, judging from fig. 12, seems to have encountered this difficulty: the wing-membrane is represented as cockled up in parts, and the nervures partly out of focus. If the figure be compared with the figures of wings of Ps . albipennis 492 Rev. A. H. Haton’s supplementary notes on (Ent. Mo. Mag., 2nd ser., vol. v., pl. iv., figs. Ps. 3, 2), great disparity is noticeable in the relative breadth and acuteness of the wings; and although fig. 12 may be rather too narrow (through insufficient expansion) and the others rather too broad (having been photo-litho- graphed from tracings pasted and rolled out upon card-board, which spread under pressure of the roller), one must not expect, when all this is allowed for, that the original of fig. 12 had exactly the same shape as the wing of the Huropean Psychoda. Perhaps it conforms to the wing of the North American Ps. nigra, Banks, described in “ The Canadian Entomologist,” xxvi., 331 (1894). A wave in the membrane seems to have brought the free termination of the radial sector nearer to the cubitus (in fig. 12) than it would have been otherwise (compare the upper fig. Ps. 3, cited above); for there is no instance recorded of the sector being annexed to the cubitus in Psychodide. And with regard to the pobrachial nervure, it may be well to quote what is said by Baron Osten Sacken, in litt., respecting the original pencil drawing of fig. 12: ‘‘The branch of the pobrachial fork was represented as stunted, but a vestige of a prolongation was nevertheless visible, the pencil drawing of which Dr. Miiller had apparently rubbed out. .. . This vestige, . . I think, was a mistake.’ It was, therefore, eliminated, in proving, from the lithograph; but in the unrevised ‘‘ proof,’ the vestige is prolonged from the abrupt end of the branch, inwards to the main nervure. For anything questionable thereabouts, and for the semblance of the merging of the pobrachial and postical nervures into a common trunk, the wave and concomitant fold in the membrane may fairly be held responsible. ‘The region of the basal cells and radio-cubital stem needs further exploration; but so far as one can judge, the neuration would be brought by correction of tig. 12 into essential conformity with that of a Psychoda. The head of Marwina spinosa (fig. 16), judging from the antennze, resembles that of species ranked in the first and second sections of Pericoma: the haunts of the fly, mentioned by Dr. Miiller, are in favour of the species belonging to the latter section. It might be well to note the arrangement of the hairs on the scape of the antenna, when the original locality is searched for the a EL EE: NO anew form of larve of Psychodide. 493 species, because (if the figure is exact) they might afford a clue to its position in the section. Referring once more to fig. 19, in connection with the suspicion attachable to it of being possibly derived from a species of Pericoma (to which allusion was made above in the preliminary survey of the plate): the absence of a forceps-basis seems quite conclusive against such a suspicion. For this hypothesis would require the homologies ascribed to the parts in the earlier portion of this note to be transposed, so that what was there taken to be ventral would become dorsal, and vice versa. The first explanation seems much the most probable. So far then as one can judge from the figures, Marwina pilosella is likely to bea species of Psychoda allied to, but perhaps subgenerically distinct from, Ps. phale- noides ; and M. spinosa a species of the second section of Pericoma, or less probably of the first section. These two so-called genera comprise a considerable number of subgenerical types recognisable by differences in the imago ; and it would not be surprising were it found that these types are distinguishable also by differential characters in the larvee or pupe. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—paRT Iv. (DEC.) 32 XXI. New Species of North American Tortricide. By The Right Honble. Lorp WatsineHam, M.A., GAD SEER, etc. [Read Oct. 2nd, 1895.1] td, 13 Decent. 1oeqs [F ae Pirate XII. i ] THE following species are for the most part described from collections made by the late H. K. Morrison in Arizona and N. Carolina, and Mr. W. G. Smith at Loveland in Colorado; 18 ont of 26 are figured. I am by no means convinced that these few descriptions exhaust the number of the undescribed species received from them, but especially in the genus Pexdisca the local varieties have so strong a tendency to overlap according to the latitude in which they are taken that we meet in an accentuated form the ever-recurring difficulty of deciding what is a distinct species and what may be _ regarded as a mere variation from some already described northern or southern type. I liave for this reason selected those only which are obviously distinct in their characters, and which at least in the absence of any long series of connecting links cannot possibly be confounded with their Californian or other allies. Had I been less strictly bound by this rule I could certainly have made known several additional variations in colour and markings which might well have claimed specific distinction, but which for the moment I have preferred to regard as strongly marked varieties of species already known to science. I am indebted to my friend, Dr: Fernald, for his advice and assistance in more than one instance, but even his high authority and sanction have not given me the courage to include in the present list all those species which he regarded as undescribed. The paper has been somewhat expanded since the plate was put in hand, a further collection made by TRANS, ENT, SOC. LOND, 1895,—PART Iv. (DEC.) oa 496 Lord Walsingham on Mr. Smith in the same locality having been received through the kindness of the Honble. Walter Rothschild. I regret that itis impossible to add illustrations to the plate, which leaves several types to be figured at some future time. A few corrections have been made in the nomenclature of the genera, as in the case of Hysterosia for Idiographis, Zeiraphera for Steganoptycha, and Hucelis for Grapholitha, the reasons for which will be found fully set forth where these names occur. I am painfully aware that these few corrections touch the fringe only of a subject uncongenial to my taste, but if any consistent method is to be introduced into the system of nomen- clature finally adopted for general use by students of this and allied groups of Lepidoptera, it is a subject that must be boldly faced and placed once for all upon a sound basis. I have here endeavoured merely to indicate the lines upon which such an attempt can safely be made. TORTRICIDA. TORTRICINA. Priarynota, Clem. Platynota nigrocervina, sp. n. Antenne, 6, cinereous. Palpi cinereous, speckled with fuscous. Head and Thorax cinereous, with some fuscous shading. Fore- wings, 6 ,fawn-ochreous, with a broad broken band of blue-black scales (some in raised tufts) extending from before the middle of the costal to beyond the middle of the dorsal margin; a similar band, but somewhat more mixed with the fawn ground-colour, begins beyond the costal margin and joins the first band about the lower angle of the cell; one or two transverse fawn-coloured streaks cross the apical portion of the wing to the anal angle, and above it and between these, as well as among the broken spaces in the dark bands, some lines of shining steel scales illuminate the paler ground-colour ; cilia pale fawn, a slender reduplicated darker line along their base. Ezp. al., ¢ 20 mm. Hindwings reddish fawn ; cilia grey, with a darker dividing shade near their base. Abdomen fawn ochreons. Legs fawn whitish. . 2 In the larger female the black bands are reduced to incon- new species of North American Tortricidx, 497 spicuous fawn-brown shades containing a few tufts of raised scales in which black is very sparsely represented. Lup. al., 2 23 mm. Type. &¢. Mus. Wism. (Paratypes, Tring Mus.) Hab. Colorado—ULarima Co., 5000 feet, July-August, 1891 (Smith). Alhed to Platynota flavedana, Clem. Platynota metallicana, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 1.) Antenne biciliate (2) ; ochreous, clothed at the base with ferru- ginous scales. Palpi very long ; reddish ferruginous. Head ferrnu- ginous. Thorax ferruginous, mixed with ochreous. Forewings thickly covered with patches of rich ferruginous and ochreous raised scales, the interspaces between them shining metallic whitish ochreous; a rich shining lilac streak occupies the outer half of the discal cell and is diffused outward and downward toward the anal angle ; there is also a lilac reflection about the patches of raised scales which form an irregular oblique fasciaform band from before the middle of the costa to the anal angle ; a second shining lilac band leaves the costal margin at its outer fourth and curving slightly outwards is attenuated to the anal angle, this is narrowly margined by slightly raised lines of rich ferruginous and ochreous scales, two whitish ochreous metallic lines lying beyond it, the first adjacent to it, the second along the apical margin ; cilia shining golden. Exp. al., ¢ 16 mm, 9 19 mm. Hindwings rich tawny ferruginous ; cilia golden, with a ferruginous dividing line near their base. Undersides uniformly rich reddish orange with golden cilia. Abdomen ferruginous, mixed with ochreous at the sides. Legs ochreous, externally tinged with ferruginous. Type. df Mus. Wlsm. Hab. Florida. Three males and one female, the latter unfortunately much broken, but somewhat larger than the male, received from the late Mr. Morrison. It is difficult to describe in words the rich colour, combina- tions and metallic effects which distinguish this very beautiful and remarkable species, it can scarcely be regarded as closely allied to any other of the genus. 498 Lord Walsingham on PHALONIANA. PHALONIADA, Meyr. = CONCHYLIN, Fern. Hystzrosia, Stph. ’ Hysterosia, Stph. List Br. An. B.M. X. Lp. 85 (1852) ; Wlsm. Ent. Mo. Mag. XXXI., 42 (1895) ; = ldio- graphis, Ld. Wien. Ent. Mts. III., 242, 246 (1859) ; Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X., 23 (1882). Hysterosia aureoalbida, sp. n. Antenne, ¢, white above, greyish beneath. Palpi and Head white. Thorax very pale golden yellow. Forewings, g, shining silvery white, with a very pale golden yellow suffusion which is divided into oblique transverse bands beyond the middle; three or more coppery-red spots, one beneath the fold at one-third from the base, consisting of only a few scattered scales above the dorsal margin, near the outer end of the fold partially connected by a line of scales with a more conspicuous spot at the upper angle of the cell, a smaller spot lying half-way between this and the apex ; these spots are all ill-defined (in some specimens consisting merely of groups of coppery-red scales, and in some almost entirely disappearing) ; cilia white, with a slight golden tinge. Lap. al., g 17mm. Hindwings whitish, tinged with lilac-grey ; cilia shining white. Abdomen greyish. The @ is very different in colour from the g, the general effect is pale fawn-ochreous, the shining whitish ground show- ing only between the scattered patches of this colour and in transverse oblique bands across the apical portion of the wing. zp.al., 9 16mm. The palpi, which are very sharp in the ¢, are somewhat shorter and more obtuse in the 9, and together with the head, thorax, and antennex, are pale fawn- ochreous. The hindwings are also a little darker. Type. S?. Mus. Wlsm. Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5-10,000 ft. July, 1891 (Smith), Allied to Hysterosia egrana, Wlism. Paatonta, Hb. (Meyr). = (oncHYLIS, Tr. (Fern.) Phaloma felix, sp. n.: (Pl. XIL., fig. 235 Antennae hiciliate in the male (1); pale cinereous. Palpi whitish internally, reddish fawn externally, Head creamy white. Thorax whitish, the tegule shaded with reddish fawn. Forewings new species of North American Tortricide. 499 elongate, slightly widened outwardly, costal margin straight, apical margin oblique, apex rounded ; creamy white, with some shining white scales and rosy fawn-brown markings; the costal margin shaded with rosy fawn to beyond the middle, more widely at the base, this colour is diverted from the middle of the costal margin obliquely backward, but almost obliterated on the cell forming an indistinct fasciaform band which terminates in an oblique quad- rate ferruginous spot, resting widely on the dorsal margin, reaching to the fold and narrowly margined with black on both sides, a small black spot lying beyond it at the commencement of the dorsal cilia ; a fawn-brown shade, leaving the costal margin at its outer fourth, curves outwards and reverts parallel to the apical margin in the direction of the anal angle, and contains a patch and line of black scales below its middle ; this is preceded and followed by sinuous broken bands of silvery white, the outer one ending in a fork before the apex ; apical margin narrowly fawn-brown with some ferruginous scales ; cilia mottled throughout with pale rosy fawn and blue-grey scales, which at the apex are darker than towards the anal angle. Underside leaden grey, the costal margin narrowly rosy fawn, with white and grey. speckling towards the apex.- Hzp. al. 20mm. Hindwings pale grey; cilia whitish grey. Underside paler than in the forewings, with darker reticulations on the outer half. Abdomen fawn-grey. Legs greyish, the tarsi banded with fawn-brown. / Type. 32. Mus. Wism. Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000-10,000 ft., July 1891 (several specimens—Smith). This species is allied to the Huropean Conchylis hilarana, H.-S. ParaEocuroa, Stph. Phtheochroa macrocarpana, sp.u. (Pl. XII., fig. 3.) Antenne cinereous. Pulpi projecting three times the length of the head beyond it ; creamy white. Head creamy white. Thorax grey, mottled with whitish. J orewings shining white, with grey bands ; a broad grey basal patch, containing a few black scales at its outer edge, and some white about the base of the fold and on the dorsal margin, spreads obliquely outwards from the costa to the fold, thence reverting at an angle to the dorsal margin ; an irregular central fascia of the same colour is indented before and behind at the upper edge of the cell and is less well defined on its 500 Lord Walsingham on inner side near the dorsal margin than elsewhere, its edges being, for the most part, speckled with black and brown scales, of which there is also a large patch across its middle; beyond it, from the outer fourth, a cuneiform band divided by white on the costa, descends nearly to the anal angle ending in a point before reaching it, its somewhat sinuous edges defined by black and brown lines ; the space about the apex, as well as between the markings described, is very faintly mottled with pale grey; cilia yellowish white. Exp.al.,17 mm. Hindwings shining pale grey, delicately mottled throughout with darker grey ; cilia shining greyish white. Abdomen shining greyish. Legs whitish, with a slight ochreous tinge. Type. %.. Mus. Wlsm. Hab. California—Alameda Co., bred from seeds of Cupressus macrocarpa, 24th January, 1886. (Received from Dr. C. V. Riley, No. 46, 1886.) OLETHREUTIN 4 (OLETHREUTZ, Hb.) Wism.emend. = GRAPHOLITHIN, Fern. = EPIBLEMID, Meyr. PEntTHINA, Tr. Penthina melanosticta, sp. n. Antenne greyish fuscous. Palpi black, with some white scales beneath. Head whitish, mixed with fuscous and ferruginous scales. Thorax black, the ends of the tegule white. Forewings white, with numerous black and blue-grey blotches mixed with some ferruginous scales, especially about the apex and apical margin ; these blotches are distributed in an ill-defined basal patch extending to one-fourth (partially connected by greyish mottling with a broad central fascia, interrupted on vein 2), and also about the apex and more sparingly before and above the anal angle; there are three costal spots beyond the central fascia, a blue-grey spot beyond the end of the cell, and a short band of the same colour nearly parallel with the upper half of the apical margin ; cilia dark greyish fuscous with a black line along their base and some white speckling at their outer extremities. Under- side greyish fuscous, the outer half of the costal margin cream- white with three fuscous spots, Hap. al., 24 mm. Hindwings brownish; cilia somewhat paler, with a dark dividing line near their base. Underside dirty whitish, the margins shaded with fuscous. new species of North American Tortricide. 501 A bdomen blackish (possibly somewhat discoloured by grease), with a white transverse band behind the thorax. Legs whitish, with greyish fuscous tarsal bands. Type 9. Mus. Wl1sm. Hab. Colorado—Larima Co., 10,000 ft., July, 1891 (Smith). Penthina duplex, sp.n. (PI. XII., fig. 4.) Antenne cinereous. Palpi whitish; apical joint very short, grey. Head and Thorax whitish, the latter shaded with grey and having a slight tuft at the back mixed with brownish ochreous scales. Forewings with the costal margin evenly arched, apical margin slightly oblique ; creamy white, with grey basal patch and central fascia, both studded with dark umber-brown scales; the basal patch is wider on the dorsal than on the costal margin, obtusely angulated outward on the fold ; the central fascia, narrow on the costa, is dilated outwards beneath it, again contracted on the cell, and thence again dilated more widely to the dorsal margin ; the more conspicuous patches of dark scales upon it are one on the cell, one at the lower edge of the fold, and one on the dorsal margin at its outer extremity near the anal angle; on the outer half of the costal margin are three greyish fuscous spots with minute specks of the same colour lying between them ; the whole wing- surface beyond the fascia is overstrewn with delicate brownish ochreous scaling in the form of oblique transverse streaklets, not clearly defined, but giving a slight ochreous hue to the white eround-colour ; some similar scaling may be seen on parts of the central fascia, and conspicuously in a semicircular spot at the extreme apex ; a series of small greyish fuscous spots lies around the apical margin sending some dark scales through the white cilia, near the base of which is a dark, dividing line. Eup. al., 27 mm. Hindwings umber brown ; cilia shining whitish, with a dark dividing line. Abdomen brownish grey, the anal tuft in- clining to ochreous, Legs pale cinereous. Type. 3. Mus. Wlsm. Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000-10,000 ft., July, 1891 (Smith). A very large species not nearly allied to any other North American form known to me. 502 Lord Walsingham on (Group Sericorts, T'r.) Penthina major, sp. n. Antenne greyish fuscous, spotted above with white. Palpi pale fawn, the apical joint fuscous. Head and Thorax fawu-grey. Forewings fawn-brown, speckled with pale ochreous, with two pale ochreous transverse fasciz margined on both sides by shining silvery bands; the apex is mottled with pale ochreous preceded by an angulated silvery band; the first fascia is at one-third from the base, its inner margin slightly concave, its outer margin slightly buiging outwards on the cell; the second fascia leaving the costal margin beyond the middle runs obliquely to the anal angle, the silvery bands which bound it being deflected inwards to the dorsal margin from about the lower angle of the cell, a few fawn-brown spots along the costal margin encroach upon the upper edge of the pale fasciz ; cilia white, with some grey shading at their base, especially around the apex. Ezp.al.,23 mm. Hindwings fawn- grey, with whitish cilia. Abdomen greyish fuscous, anal tuft ochreous, Legs white. Type. &. Mus. Wlsm. Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000-10,000 ft., 1891 (Smith). Allied to S. constellatana, Z., but the silvery markings confined to the margins of the fasciz, not scattered between them; it is also a larger and more distinctly marked species. Papisca, Tr. Pedisca hyponomeutana, sp. un. (Pl. XII., fig. 12.) Antenne, ¢g, biciliate (3), rather stout; white. Palpi moderately clothed, projecting slightly beyond the head ; apical joint short, drooping ; white. Mead thickly clothed above and in front; creamy white. Thorax shining white, with two lateral black spots posteriorly ; tegule with a few black scales across their middle. Forewings with the costal margin straight, apical margin slightly oblique, anal angle rounded ; shining white sprinkled with distinct black angular spots to the number of about fifty: of these one only, at about one-sixth of the wing-length, is actually contiguous to the costal margin, others beyond, approach it very closely, but there is no apparent regularity in the arrangement of the spots, which are for the most part transversely elongate, a somewhat regular series of about ten extending from the base immediately below the fold ; a second series of about six below it, new species of North American Tortricide. 503 along the dorsal margin ;. there is an elongate spot in the base of the cilia immediately below the apex, and a larger and more conspicuous one scarcely below the middle of the apical margin, the latter plainly visible on the underside; cilia white, tipped at the apex with greyish fuscous. Ezp. al., 26 mm. Hindwings white, with a slight smoky brown shade, especially on their outer half ; cilia shining white. Abdomen white. Legs white, with a slight brownish tinge. Type. &. Mus. Wlsm. Hab. Colorado—Loveland. A single specimen of this very distinct species received from Mr. W. G. Smith TO) ANS SH : eoiscd Tagono, sp. mn. (Pl. Xi, fic. 9.) Antenne very slightly pubescent rather than ciliate; white, slenderly annulated with mouse-grey. Palpi white, tinged with mouse-grey at the outer sides; densely clothed to the apex. Head creamy white. Thorax white, slightly grey shaded. Forewings pale mouse-grey, with shining white blotches; the extreme base narrowly shining white, as also the extreme edge of the dorsal margin near the base ; a pair of large irregular shining white spots on the basal third, obliquely placed, the first on the middle of the wing reaching to the lower edge of the costal fold, the second beyond and below it touching the dorsal margin; a very oblique shining white band from below the costa, before the middle, crosses the wing obliquely, and is bent back at its outer extremity to the middle of the dorsal margin ; from near its outer angle a curved shining white streak bends outwards, reverting to the anal angle and throwing out a branch to the apical margin below the apex ; above this curved streak, on the outer half of the wing, is a quadrate subcostal shining white patch, branching obliquely outward to the costal cilia, a short shining white apical streak beyond it; cilia white, with a mouse-grey shade running through them at the apex, and below the middle of the apical margin. Underside smoky grey, with three white costal spots towards the apex. LHzxp.al.,23 mm. Hindwings pale fawn-grey ; cilia white, with a grey shade along their base. Abdomen fawn- grey. Legs greyish white. Type. $2. Mus. Wlsm. Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000 and 10,000 ft., July, 1891; several specimens (Smith): Allied to Peedisca bolanderana, Wlsm. 504 Lord Waisingham on Pedisca argenteana,sp.n. (Pl. XII., fig. 13.) Antenne biciliate in the @ (scarcely 3); pale fawn. Palpi whitish, tinged with pale fawn-colour. Head and Thoraz pale fawn, the latter with silvery white longitudinal streaks on either side of the middle. Forewings pale fawn-ochreous, with shining silvery white streaks longitudinally ; one commencing near the base of the costal margin follows it to two-thirds of the wing- length, thence obliquely depressed towards the middle of the apical margin (without however reaching it), whence it is broken by lines of scattered brown scales into three longitudinal striz, the lower one curving back to the lower extremity of the cell and there nearly meeting a conspicuous shining white streak which comes straight from the base along the cell; above the outer half of this latter hes a shorter parallel shining white streak ; half-way between the fold and the dorsal margin is another shining white streak coming from the base and reaching to the commencement of the dorsal cilia; the extreme dorsal margin below it, and the outer half of the fold above it being also streaked with shining white, margined at its outer extremity by brown scales; on the costal margin before the apex is a semicircular shining white streak enclosing an ovate spot of the ochreous ground-colour; along the apical margin is a narrow shining white band, separated from the shining white cilia by aslender brown line. Eyp.al.,19 mm. Hindwings pale fawn- grey ; cilia greyish white. Abdomen fawn-grey. Legs whitish. Type. &. Mus. Wlsm. Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000-10,000 feet, July, 1891; eight specimens (Smith). I find the markings of this species somewhat variable and frequently almost obliterated on the outer half of the wing. The description is taken from a very distinctly marked specimen. Pedisea serpentana,sp.n. (Pl. XII, fig. 10.) Antenne white, annulated with pale mouse-grey. . Palpi pro- jecting fully the length of the head beyond it, the long hairs of the second outreaching the short apical joint; white, slightly shaded at the sides. Head white. Thorax creamy white. Fore- wings mouse-grey, speckled with whitish about the outer end of the cell, inclining to fawn ochreous around the edges of the shining white bands which traverse the wing-surface ; the first of these new species of North American Tortricide. 505 commences at the base below the costa, dilated outwards and bent downwards at one-third, terminating in an acute point about the middle of the wing, at its base it is diffused downwards across the fold, almost blending with a sinuous band of the same colour, commencing near the middle of the dorsal margin, thence looped outwards and upwards, reverting nearly to the anal angle and deflected towards the apex parallel with the apical margin ; on the outer half of the costal margin are two short shining white festooned bands, the first deflected obliquely outward, the second equidistant between it and the apex; the apex, apical margin, and cilia are white, thickly speckled with grey scales, Underside with three or four pale costal spots beyond the middle. Erp, al, 20 mm. Hindwings pale fawn-grey; cilia whitish. Abdomen and Legs creamy whitish. Type. &. Mus. Wism. Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000-10,000 feet, July, 1891 ; four specimens (Smith). One specimen received from Morrison many years ago, also from Colorado. Closely allied to Pedisca morrisoni, W|sm. Pexdisca adamantana, Gn. Argyroptera adamantana, Gn. Ind. Meth., 65 (1845) i, Hdaurch. Lp. Hur. Cat. Meth., 66, No. 157 (1851)? Conchylis adamantana, Wlgrn. Buh, Svensk. Vet. Ak., ie 13.No: 93 (1875) *° Ent. Tdsk., IX., 196 (1888) ; Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. — LXUT., 187-8, Pid. 5 (1894). Type. Mus. Oberthiir. Hab. Lapland (?)."** North America.’ This appears to be a convenient opportunity for noticing a remarkable and very distinct species originally described by Guenée, who supposed that it had been collected in Lapland. M. Ragonot has recently re- described it from a North American specimen in his own collection which I have had the opportunity of examining. The precise locality is still unknown. It is undoubtedly a Pexdisca with normal neuration and a distinct brown costal fold, and therefore, inadvertently placed by Ragonot in the genus Conchylis, although vein 2 of the forewings may be said to come from the commencement of the outer third of the cell. Its position would appear 506 Lord Walsingham on to be near Pedisca crambitana, Wlsm., and it is an equally beautiful and remarkable form. We may hope that at some future time the number of known specimens (at present only three) may be increased. [ Pedisca (2) norvichiana, Hb. Tortriz norvichiana, Hb. Samml. Kur. Schm., VII., Pl. XL., 252 (1814); Hugnosta norwichiana, Hb., Verz. bek. Schm., 394, No. 38832 (1826); Argyroptera norvichiana, Gn. Ind. Meth., 65 (1845) ; Hupecillia norwichiana, H.-S. Schm. Hur. IV., 179 (1849); Argyroptera norvichiana, Hdurch. Lp. Hur. Cat., Meth., 66, No. 158 (1851). Hab.? I should like to call attention to norvichiana, Hb., the species which precedes adamantana, Gn., in the Index Methodicus, in regard to which Herrich Schiffer remarks, “ vielleicht exotisch.” Nothing appears to be known about this insect, nor is it mentioned in Staudinger and Wocke’s Catalogue. A study of the figure leaves a strong impression upon my mind that it is a Pedisca allied to adamantana, nor should I be surprised to receive both species from some sub-arctic ‘region. | | Pedisca smithiana, sp. n. Antenne white. Head, Palpi, and Thorax white. Forewings shining white (in some specimens with a slight yellowish tinge), some faint smoky grey lines and streaks in the 9 are almost entirely obliterated in the ¢ specimen; these appear along the fold and around the margins of the cell, some also descending obliquely from the costal margin before the apex, whence also arise one or two silvery marks, extending downwards towards the ocelloid patch, which is margined before and behind with silvery white, preceded at its lower angle by a minute group of black scales, and contains two black dots; cilia white, profusely and minutely speckled with black. wp. al., 16 mm. Hindwings very pale whitish grey ; cilia white. Abdomen very pale greyish. Legs white. Type. 3 ¢.. Mus. Wl1sm. Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000 ft., July, 1891 (Smith). 3 Nearly allied to P. pergandeana, Fernald MS., but new species of North American Tortricide. 507 somewhat smaller and more shining in appearance, the ground-colour being more unmistakably white. Pezdisca biplagata, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 7.) Antenne hbiciliate (less than 3); very pale fawn, the basal joint, straw ochreous. Palpi projecting more than the length of the head beyond it; pale straw-ochreous, shaded along the sides with fawn-brown. Head and Thorax straw ochreous. Forewings rather wide, the costal margin very slightly arched, apical margin convex ; pale straw ochreous with two small patches of fawn-brown scales, the first above the middle of the dorsal mar- gin, pointing obliquely outwards, reaching to the lower edge of the cell ; the second at the end of the cell, tending obliquely outwards, from near the costal in the direction of the apical margin above the anal angle ; these patches are faintly outlined by shining white scales, extending towards the anal angle, but scarcely distin- guishable from the pale ground-colour of the wing, in which there is a certain admixture of the same; cilia pale straw ochreous, tending to whitish on their outer half. Hap. al., 24mm. Hind- wings pale reddish brown; cilia shining white. Abdomen whitish ochreous. Legs whitish. Dype. 3. Mus, Wism. Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 10,000 ft., July, 1891 ; two specimens (Smith). Pzdisca fuscosparsa, sp.n. (Pl. XII, fig. 8.) Antenne biciliate (more than 3); pale cinereous. Palpi pro: jecting the length of the head beyond it; whitish ochreous. iTead brownish ochreous. Yhorax whitish ochreous, the tegule spotted with greyish fuscous scales. Horewings moderately straight, not much widened outwardly ; whitish ochreous, streaked and sprinkled with brownish fuscous scales, with a slight fawn-brown suffusion along the middle; the brownish fuscous scaling is more noticeable about the middle of the wing-surface where, in the type, it assumes the form of an ill-defined narrow band enclosing the outer portion of the cell and resting on the fold at either extremity ; immediately below the costal margin are a number of small irregular brownish fuscous spots, and a line of these runs parallel to the apical margin at a short distance from it, preceding a few similar spots at the apex and along the margin itself ; below the fold are also a few small brownish fuscous spots and the paler fawn-brown suffusion is also here somewhat noticeable ; cilia whitish ochreous touched with fuscous at the edges. The fore- wings are pale margined on the underside, the pale costal band 508 Lord Walsingham on distinctly dilated before the apex. zp. al., 28mm. Hindwings tawny brown ; cilia whitish, a brown dividing line near their base. Abdomen whitish cinereous, analtuft whitish ochreous. Legs whitish. Type. &. Mus. Wlsm. ' Hab. Colorado—Loveland, [5,000-10,000 ft., July, 1891; two specimens (Smith). In the second specimen, although both are in equally good condition, the markings are almost obliterated, neither the subcostal spots, the subapical line, nor the discal lines being at all clearly defined but consisting merely of a general distribution of brownish fuscous scales indicating their pattern and position which so far as 1b goes 1s the same as in the type. A series received (from the same locality) since this description was written, exhibits considerable variation in the markings, some varieties approaching closely the narrower-winged Pedisca mediostriata, in these the median shade and transverse streaking become obsolete, the darker markings assuming the form of radiating streaks between the veins beyond and above the cell. In some specimens no markings whatever are apparent, the ground-colour becoming pale cream ochreous with merely some scattered fuscous scales dusted over the surface. Pedisca mediostriata, sp.n. (Pl. XIT., fig. 11.) Antenne biciliate (more than 4); whitish. Palpi projecting more than the length of the head beyond it; fawn-grey, white on their inner sides. Head and Thorax fawn-grey, the ends of the tegule paler. Forewings fawn-grey sprinkled with elongate blackish scales, the costal margin from near the base white, a broad median white streak from the base to the end of the cell is furcate at its apex, a second narrower white streak running parallel with it below the fold ; from the end of the cell about six diffused ill- defined streaks radiate in the direction of the apex and apical margin, interspersed with blackish scales; cilia white. zp. al., 22mm. Hindwings dark tawny brown ; cilia white with a distinct brown line running through them near their base. On the under- side the wings are all distinctly pale margined, the pale costal band of the forewings being of equal width throughout. Abdomen creamy whitish. Legs whitish. Type. &. Mus. Wlsm. Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000 ft., July, 1891; five specimens (Smith). new species of North American Tortricide. 909 Pedisca invicta, sp. un. Antenne biciliate (1) in the male; greyish ochreous. Palpz fawn greyish at the sides, whitish above and beneath; the apical joint almost entirely concealed in closely appressed scales. Head fawn-brown. Thorax whitish, with a pale pink suffusion. J ore- wings white, mottled with pale leaden grey, except on a broad quadrangular medio-dorsal patch, the grey mottling is more con- centrated around the margins of this patch and before the upper half of the apical margin than on the other parts of the wing ; the quadrangular white dorsal patch has its inner edge almost straight, a narrow pale fawn-brown line studded with groups of black scales separating it from the grey mottled space which precedes it, its outer edge is somewhat angulated, reducing its width above the fold, here also it is bounded by a slender fawn-brown line and a series of black dots; the slight fawn-brown shade beyond it precedes a curved line of black dots indicating the inner margin of an obsolete ocelloid patch, and beyond this, parallel with the middle of the apical margin, are three or four small black lunules with some pale fawn-brown scaling which is repeated in an oval spot at the extreme apex ; ciliarosy white, a grey line at their base around the apex, and three grey spots about the middle of the margin. Hep. al., ¢ 30 mm.; 9 33:5 mm. Hindwings greyish fuscous ; cilia white, with a dividing shade near their base. Abdomen greyish. Legs white. Type. 32. Mus. Wism. (Paratypes, Tring Mus.) Hab. Colorado—bLarima Co., 5,000 ft., July, 1891 (Smith). The description is taken from an extremely fine and well-marked specimen, but two varieties occur which are at least worth mentioning: in both, the lines of black dots are obliterated and the grey mottling is much less dis- tinguishable, in one the whole wing is suffused with rosy pink as in fine specimens of the Huropean Pedisca incar-. natana, Hb., in the other there is but the faintest indication of the darker markings, the white ground- colour prevailing throughout. Pedisca (?) carolinana, sp.n. (PI. XIL., fig. 5.) Antenne finely ciliate; greyish fuscous. Palpi (broken). Head purplish fuscous, mixed with grey brown scales. Thorax purplish fuscous, posteriorly tufted with ferruginous and grey TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PaRtT Iv. (DEC.) 33 510 Lord Walsingham on scales. Forewings of approximately even width throughout, the costa slightly arched, the apical margin slightly sinuous not oblique, the anal angle rounded ; greyish white, with leaden grey spots and blotches ; a basal patch occupying nearly one-third of the wing, its outer edge serrate throughout, is composed of an equal admixture of black, leaden grey, brownish grey, ferruginous and whitish scales distributed in patches, more or less blending with each other ; the same colours are found in a series of scattered patches following the costal margin and distributed across the wing beyond the middle and towards the apex, the black prevailing in a broken quadrate patch resting on the dorsal margin before the anal angle . and in a semicircular subapical spot, with some smaller spots below _it, parallel to the margin, which is blotched with ferruginous, bounded inwardly by a sinuate white line, the white ground-colour appearing also in a series of about seven geminated costal streaks, commencing at the outer edge of the basal patch, and ending before - the apex ; the cilia are for the most part brownish grey broken and mottled with white. Lp. al., 25 mm. Hindwings brown; cilia greyish white, with a brown dividing line. Abdomen brownish. Hind legs whitish cinereous, the tibiz thickly clothed with long scales, the tarsal joints banded with grey. Type. ¢. Mus. Wlsm. Hab. North Carolina (Morrison). A conspicuous and very distinct species of the group allied to scudderiana, Clem., but surpassing that species in size and distinguished from its allies by the uniformly dark hindwings and rich mottling of the forewings. Pedisca dilatana, sp.n. (Pl. XII, fig. 14.) Antenne very pale fawn colour. Palpi projecting more than tw'ce the length of the head beyond it; fawn-white, thickly dusted with fawn-brown on the outer sides. Head fawn-white, sparsely sprinkled with brownish scales. Thorax fawn-white, sprinkled with fawn-brown. Jorewings somewhat narrow at the base, widened outwardly, the apex acute, the oblique apical margin slightly impressed beneath it, costal margin slightly rounded ; very pale (almost whitish) fawn with a pale fawn-brown basal patch, occupying fully one-third of the wing-length, narrower on the dorsal than on the costal margin, its outer edge very oblique and angulated below the costa; a rounded dorsal patch of the same colour before the anal angle and a sinuous streak of varying width commencing on the cell and ending at the apex, the ground-colour new species of North American Tortricide. oll being at its palest immediately around the outer margins of these markings ; a few darker almost fuscous scales are sprinkled about the costal fold and apical streak and along the base of the cilia, which are fawn-brown tipped and sprinkled with white. zp. al., 26mm. Hindwings pale fawn-brown; cilia somewhat lighter, with a slight dividing shade near their base and some faint whitish speckling. On the underside the hindwings are more decidedly lighter than the forewings. Abdomen and Hindlegs pale fawn. Type. 3d. Mus. Wlsm. Hab. Arizona (Morrison). This species differs from Pxdisca dorsisignatana, Clem., in its wider forewings, in the more outward position of the dorsal blotch and in the obliquely margined basal patch, although in general appearance it somewhat recalls a large specimen of that species. I should like to add here that I cannot agree with Dr. Fernald in regarding Pedisca yradwatana as a variety of dorsisignatana, the hindwings are more reddish-brown and the dorsal patch is much squarer and more upright than in that species of which I have a very long series presenting almost every possible grade of variation from the pale buff-coloured Californian Specimens to the dark greyish fuscous varieties from ~ N. Carolina. Pedisca castaneana, sp.n. (PI. XII., fig. 6.) Antenne pale cinereous, distinctly banded above with fuscous. Palpi (broken). Head chestnut brown; face white. Thorax chestnut brown, whitish posteriorly. Forewings shining white and bright chestnut brown in about equal proportions, the former occupying the central portion of the wing, the latter forming a strong basal patch with convex outer edge, broader on the dorsal than on the costal margin, a median costal blotch dilated and diffused outward and downward and overspreading the white ground-colour, with a slight chestnut tinge, to the anal angle, also forming two small costal spots beyond it, and covering the whole apical portion of the wing, except a reduplicated white costal streak before the apex; the bright chestnut apical patch throws out a strong projection on its inner edge above the middle; cilia rosy grey, with some blackish scales along their base below the middle of the apical margin. Hap. al..15 mm. Hindwings shining pale grey, 512 Lord Walsingham on with a slight pinkish tinge; cilia pale yellowish grey, with a faintly indicated dividing line. Abdomen shining pale grey, anal tuft ochreous. Legs pale ochreous. Type. 3. Mus. W)Jsm. Hab. Colorado—Loveland, July, 1891 (Smith). This species has the form and appearance of a Stega- noptycha allied to wmcarnatana, Hw., but is at once distinguished by its straighter neuration and the distinct costal fold in the ¢. Semasia, Stph. Semasia bucephaloides, Wism. (Pl. XII., fig. 17.) Semasia bucephaloides, W1sm. Ins. Life, III., 465 (1891). Type. ¢. Mus. Wl1sm. Hab. California—Little Shasta (Siskiyou Co.) Sep- tember, 1871. I take the opportunity ,of figuring this species, which was captured by myself in 1871, sitting on flowers of Mentzelra levicaulis. Semasia octopunctana, sp. n. Antenne cream-colour. Palpi cream-white. Head cream-white, slightly shaded with pale fawn at the sides. Thorax cream- coloured. Forewings cream-colour, with a reddish brown suffusion, except along the costal third of the wing; two bright oblique reddish brown transverse bands, the first at one-third from the base, nearer to the base on the costal than on the dorsal margin, where it blends on its inner side with the paler reddish brown suffusion which precedes it ; the second arising on the middle of the costal margin, reaches the dorsal margin before the anal angle, sending outwards from its middle an angulated band which ends at the apex, a slender broken silvery line separating its upper edge from the elongate cream-coloured costal patch which fills the space above it ; the ocelloid patch above the anal angle, bounded at each extremity by a silvery line, is cream-coloured, containing eight jet black spots in two parallel rows of four each ; cilia hoary greyish. Exp. al., 16 mm. Hindwings grey, with slightly paler cilia. Abdomen grey. Type. dS. Mus. Wlsm. . Hab. Colorado—Larima Co., 5,000 ft., May, 1891 (Smith). Allied to Semasia ochreicostana, W1sm. new species of North American Tortricide. 5138 Semasia ochrocephala, sp. nu. Anienne greyish, the basal joint pale ochreous. Palp: whitish ochreous, with a brown spot on the outer side of the second joint. Head whitish ochreous. Thorax whitish ochreous, streaked with fawn-brown. Forewings whitish ochreous, much suffused with fawn-brown from the base to the ocelloid patch as high as the upper edge of the cell ; some narrow oblique fawn-brown streak- lets along the costal margin alternate with wider ones ; an oblique patch of the same colour at about the middle of the margin con- nected with the dark suffusion below it, on this suffused portion are patches of greyish fuscous tending obliquely outwards from the basal third of the dorsal margin and reverting to it, beyond the middle ; the ocelloid patch is pale yellowish ochreous margined by shining silvery bands and containing two black streaks; cilia whitish ochreous, with a slight shade along their base near the apex. Hzp.al., 18 mm. Hindwings brownish grey, with whitish cilia, shaded at their base. Abdomen greyish fuscous, anal tuft whitish ochreous. Legs whitish. Type. &. Mus, Wlsm. Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000 ft. July, 1891 (Smith). Several specimens of this species which appears to be allied to S. corculana, Z. Semasia obliterana, sp.n. (Pl. XII., fig. 15.) Antenne white, faintly annulated. Palpi, Head, and Thorax milk white. Forewings milk white ; an elongate grey spot below the fold at one-fourth, and a patch of grey scales at the outer end of the cell, occasionally preceded by longitudinal grey streaks, beyond this some lines of grey scales extend outwards to the apical margin below the apex, terminating in an oblique streak of ferru- ginous and black scaling connected with a grey shade in the cilia and enclosing a small ochreous patch, above which the apex and apical cilia are pure white, as is the whole costal fourth of the wing, with the exception of a series of grey dots along the extreme margin and two short streaks before the apex ; the ocelloid patch is shining white containing transverse lines of ferruginous and black scales sometimes only faintly indicated ; opposite to this the apical margin and cilia are thickly speckled with grey, the spaces above and below being white, with the exception of two smaller grey patches at the anal angle. LHzp. al., 31 mm. Hindwings brownish grey ; cilia white, with a faint shade along their base. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs white. 514. Lord Walsingham on Type. &. Mus. Wlsm. Hab. Arizona (Morrison, 1883), Colorado—Larima Co., 5,000 ft., June, July, and August, 1891 (Smith). In some specimens there is more sprinkling of grey scales over the white ground-colour than in others, tending always to assume the form of diffused longitu- dinal streaks, the ochreous subapical patch is sometimes diffused downwards giving a slight ochreous shade beneath it. ; Since writing the above description from the Arizona specimens I have seen others from Colorado (collected by Smith) which have a slight ochreous hue over the forewings ‘and a ferruginous brown dash near the base, below and parallel to the fold, the dark marginal dots are more distinctly expressed as is also the darkening of the cilia. Allied to Semasia elongana, Wlsm., but lacking the _ dorsal streak and the white dividing line in the cilia of the forewings, it is also lighter in colour. Semasia transversa, sp.u. (PI. XII., fig. 16.) Antenne cinereous, Palpi triangular, projecting more than twice the length of the head beyond it, the apical joint completely . concealed in long projecting scales ; pale cinereous, whitish above. Head creamy-white. Thorax pale olive-brown. Forewings pale olive-brownish, with white transverse fascia and outer patches (I take the darker shade as the ground-colour for convenience of description, but it would perhaps be equally correct to describe the wing as white, with olive-brown basal patch and central fascia) ; the white fascia commences before the middle of the costal margin, is contracted at the upper edge of the cell, and dilated below the cell to the dorsal margin, bulging on its outer edge along the fold ; beyond the middle of the costa is an outwardly oblique white patch, sometimes divided at its upper end by a small olivaceous line or spot, this is contiguous at its outer edgé to a waved white band, enclosing a triangular spot of the dark ground-colour on the costal margin, and extending nearly to the apex, on its lower por- tion is an olivaceous shade ; beneath these two marks and some- times touching tne extremity of the first one—the rounded ocelloid patch, internally olivaceous, contains sometimes a few black scales, but no black transverse streaks ; the margins of these three mark- — ings are narrowly shining white, and between and around them are ~ some dark umber-brown scales, a patch of the same lying on the new species of North American Tortricide. 515 fold before the central fascia ; cilia white at the base, with lines of olivaceous scales throughout from apex to anal angle. rp. al.,¢ 26mm.; 2? 23mm. Hindwings brown-grey, cilia whitish, with a grey shade and basal line. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs pale cinereous. Type. &2. Mus. Wism. Hab. Colorado—Loveland, July and September, 1891 (Smith). A series of this species shows it to be extremely variable in the intensity, and sometimes in the precise form of the markings, some specimens having three instead of two triangular costal spots before the apex. It is nearly allied to Senasia tarandana, Mschl., but that species, which is from Labrador (Mschl.) and Oregon (Fern.), differs in its much less clearly defined markings, and in the absence of a clearly indicated patch, this can be traced only in a dark spot on the fold corresponding to the patch of umber-brown scales before the central fascia, described in the present species, but which in tarandana appears completely isolated instead of being connected by the dark ground-colour with the dorsal margin; nevertheless, it is possible (although Dr. Fernald informs me that he regards this species as new) transversa may prove to be the southern form of the insect described by Moschler. ZEIRAPHERA, ‘I'r. Type. Tortrix corticana, Hb. (=communana, Crt.) Zemapnera, Ur. Schm. Wur., VIl., 2381-2 (1829); Crt. Guide (1 edn.), 168-9 (1831): (2 edn.) 197 Cea o bee mt.) MVe~Pi 71) (18388). Stph. hist Br. An. BM., X., Lp. 43 (1852). = * Steganoptycha, Wilk., Stgr. and Wk. Cat.; Fern. (nec Stph.) As i have already pointed out in the “ Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine,” Vol. XXXI., p. 43 (1895), Stephens, Ill. Lp. Br. Ins. Haust., 1V., 105 (1834), characterises his genus Steganoptycha [originally published, Cat. Br. Ins., I1., 176-7 (1829) | in the following words: “The males of this genus, at least in the typical species, are well characterized by the peculiar process of hairs, which, during repose, lies concealed beneath the ‘reflected base of the anterior wings.’ Westwood specified the type in 516 Lord Walsingham on 1840 (Syn. Gen. Br. Ins. 107), as wmisella, Cl. (=beberana, F., Westw.). Those authors who have subsequently followed Wilkinson [Br. Tortr., 127-8 (1859) | in restricting the genus to species not possessing the costal fold, have succeeded in eliminating from it all the species originally included by Stephens, whether typical or otherwise. For the form which I have here to describe Zeiraphera is the oldest name and its type corticana, Hb., agrees with it in structure, but those who desire to follow Mr. Meyrick in including weberiana, Schiff., in the genus to which this species belongs would be justified in using the name Hnarmonia, Hb., of which weeberiana is the type. ZLevraphera medioplagata, sp.n. (Pl. XII., fig. 18.) Antenne (broken). Palpi greyish white, apical joint touched with fuscous. Head and Thorax greyish. Forewings whitish, with some silvery waved lines around the darker margins ; these consist of a dark reddish fuscous blotch, touching the costal margin beyond the middle and extending obliquely downwards to the outer and lower margins of the cell, where it is considerably dilated, and is nearly joined by a broad ferruginous streak from the apex, a branch of which also narrowly follows the apical margin ; a grey shade extends from the base along the costal portion of the wing, reaching to, and slightly blending with the median blotch ; a few small greyish spots along the costa before the apex and a faint ochreous tinge over the pale ground-colour on the apical portion of the wing; cilia whitish, with a strong fuscous dividing line which extends round the apex but does not reach the anal angle. Exp. al., 145 mm. Hindwings pale greyish, with paler cilia, in which is a grey dividing shade. Abdomen pale greyish. Type. &. Mus. Wlsm. Hab. Colorado—Lee’s Cabin, Micawber Mine (Custer Co.), August 7th, 18389. A single specimen received from Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell. Kuceis, Hb. Tyez. Pyralis aurana, I. (= mediana, Hb.) Eucelis, Hb., Verz. bek. Schm., 394 (1826); + Hn- celis, Stph., Il. Br. Ent. Haust., 1V., 105 (1834) ; + Eucelia, H-S. Schm. EHur., 1V., 131, 177 (1848); Hucelis, Stph. List. Br. An. B. M. X., Lp., 60 (1852); T Hucelia, Lah. Fn. Suisse. fad new species of North American Tortricadx, 517 Tortr., 36 (1858); Hucelis, Wilk., Br. Tortr., 199-200 (1859); Stn. Man., II., 242 (1859). = Trycheris, Gn., Ind. Meth., 56 (1845). = §Grapholitha, Tr. (Grapholita, Tr., 1829, emend. 1830), Hein., Fern. This genus, created by Hiibner to include one species only, awrana, F., may fairly be taken to cover a much larger field. . awrana is placed by recent authors in the genus Grapholitha, Tr., as restricted by Heinemann (Schm. Deutsch. Tortr., 177), but this very familiar name was preoccupied by Hiibner [Verz. bek. Schm., 242-3 (ante 1826), type rizolitha, Schiff., Hb., teste Stph.] for a section of the Noctwide, and requires a substitute. Treitschke ignored, or possibly never saw Hiibner’s work. The type of his genus Grapholitha (Grapholita, Tr., 1829, emend. 1830), following Curtis’ restriction of 1831, became fixed as dorsana, F., by Lederer, in 1859, when he eliminated from Treitschke’s section B the species included in the new genus Phthoroblastis, Ld., and referred petiverella and its congeners to Dichrorampha. Duponchel [ Hist. Nat. Lp. Fr., 1X., 22, 263-5 (1834) ] cited mnisella, Cl. (= fetrana, Dp.) as the type of Grapholitha, but this species was not originally included by Treitschke and could not therefore have been his type ; he overlooked also Curtis’ restriction of the genus to Treitschke’s section B, adopting the name for section A, in which he was followed by Stephens, Wilkinson, and Stainton. Grapholitha has been used in Staudinger and Wocke’s Catalogue in a still wider sense to include subgenera which possess the costal fold. In any case another name must be adopted for this genus on account of its pre- occupation, and also because all or nearly all the species included in it had previously received other generic names. Without attempting clearly to define the range of the genus Grapholitha, ‘Tr. (Hein.), which may yet be capable of subdivision under other of the older names, I have here substituted for it the Hubnerian name Hucelis. The family name Grapholithine, Fern., must certainly Gaaplolilt. dl \ 2 share a similar fate, but taking arcuella, L., as perhaps. more clearly typical of the majority of genera included in the Trichophoride (as representing the group of Tortricide which possesses hair on the upper edge of 018 Lord Walsingham on American Tortricide. the median vein near the base), I would suggest the adoption of Olethreutine corrected from Olethreutz, Hb. (Tentamen), the family in which he placed his genus Olethreutes, which dating from 1806, I believe to be the oldest family name adopted for any species now classed with the Grapholithine, its type being Olethreutes arcuella. Anticipating criticism on the ground of inconsistency, I may add that the manner in which Treitschke ignored Hubner’s earlier work will render revision of his generic names absolutely necessary whenever the whole subject of the classification of the Tortricidz and Tineide comes to be dealt with, but with respectful regard for con- servative prejudices on both sides of the Atlantic, we may leave Semasiu, Psdisca, and Penthina, as used in this paper on respite to come up for judgment when called upon. I have almost abandoned the hope that my friend Dr. Fernald will carry out his old in- tention of dealing with this subject in a comprehensive — manner, Hucelis larimana, sp. n. Antenne hoary greyish. Pulpi recurved, somewhat slender, the apical joint very small ; hoary greyish. Head hoary grey. Thorax greyish fuscous, with some hoary speckling, the ends of the tegule whitish. Forewings greyish fuscous, with minute hoary white speckling ; a series of oblique hoary streaks along the costal margin, those before the middle being geminated, four or five beyond the middle single and whiter than the others ; the third streak from the apex sends out a grey line to the cilia below the _ apex, interrupting a distinct black line which runs along their base ; a reduplicated oblique white patch rests on the middle of the dorsal margin and is somewhat diffused along it towards the base ; some white and steel grey mottling around the ocelloid patch which contains three black partially interrupted lines ; cilia. shining bronzy grey, with a black line along their base. zp. al., 14.5mm. Hindwings grey brown, with whitish cilia, a brown line running through them near their base. Abdomen greyish fuscous. Legs white, tarsi faintly banded above. Type. &. Mus. Wism. Hab. Colorado—Loveiand, 5,000 ft., June, 1890-91 (Smith). picasa! EXeLaNaTion oF Prats XII... [See Explunation facing Pirate XII. ] XXIT. Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism wn certain African Butterflies. By Artuur G. Burter, Ph.D., F.L.S., ete. [Read Oct, 16th, 1895. ] Mr. Cxcit W. Barxer’s most interesting and instructive paper upon this subject is before me, and I only regret that the impossibility of risking the effect of night air prevented my being present at the meeting in April, when it was read, because I note, in the Proceedings of the Society, that the question was asked by Prof. Meldola whether Mr. Barker’s observations had been supported by breeding experiments. Although this had not been done, our cabinets afford such a mass of evidence in support of his suggestions, that the case may be almost considered as good as proved. As an example of what is here affirmed I may take one example ; that of Teracolus vesta :— The form 1’. argillaceus differs from the typical form chiefly in the rosy-ochreous instead of lemon-yellow colouring of the undersurface of the hindwings and apical area of forewings. If sucha difference occurred in one type only of the same group, it might fairly be con- sidered to have a specific value; but when we tind that it recurs throughout the group, whether in Asia or Africa, the evidence in favour of its being illustrative of seasonal dimorphism becomes almost conclusive ; so much so, that most Lepidopterists will certainly accept it, as having the authority of proof, The following forms of this group of Teracolus in the Museum series will, in this event, have to be united :— ASIATIC SPECIES. Summer form Winter form 1, Unnamed. Teracolus protractus, Butl. 2. Teracolus vestalis, Butl. Teracolus intermissus, Butl. 3, Teracolus puellaris, Butl. Teracolus ochreipennis, Butl. TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PaRT IV. (DEC.) 520 | Dr. A. G. Butler on AFRICAN SPECIES. Summer form. Winter form. 4. Teracolus vesta, Reiche. Teracolus argillaceus, Butl. 5. Teracolus aurigineus,Butl. Teracolus venustus, Butl. 6. Teracolus chrysonome, Klug. Teracolus helvolus, Butl. 7. Teracolus gaudens, Butl. Teracolus arenicoleus, Butl, Seasonal dimorphism in butterflies is certainly much commoner than is generally supposed, and when thoroughly understood, will tend to explain away the difficulties arising from a study of intermediate grades between apparently distinct types, which will then be seen to be merely dry and wet-season forms of one and the same species. As an example, I may mention that in the genus Acrea Dr. Staudinger, some years since, described a species under the name of A. pudorina, and he observed— “ Hewitson regards this specimen as a doubtful variety of his Acrita, a beautiful example of which I also possess from Zanzibar. But Acrita has four to five large black spots on the forewings, and notably a broad black apex to the same, wherefore Pudorima can never belong to it.” In 1894 Mr. Trimen figured a variety, observing that “‘ Both sexes show a good deal of variation as regards the width of the apical fuscous border in the forewings, and in the numbers (seven or eight) and relative sizes of the rounded discal spots in the hindwings,” etc., and in the same year I mentioned (P.Z.8., pp. 566-7) :—“ There is not the slightest question that this (A. pudorina) is a local representative of A. acrita, from which it only differs in the absence of the broad apical black patch on the primaries ; in well-marked examples all the spots (on the absence of which Dr. Staudinger relies) are well defined ; one specimen even shows an additional spot on the subcostal area, nearer to apex.” In 1895, however, I was forced to modify my opinion as regards the local value of the difference, by the arrival of a collection from Fwambo, B. C. Africa, in which we received an intermediate example “half-way between typical A. acrita and A. pudorina” (See P.Z.S., 1895, p- 261), which led me to adopt a different view respecting the meaning of this apical patch. . Among the species of the group to which A. acrita belongs, the apical black patch occurs no less than five Seasonal Dimorphism in certain African Butterflies. times, and is, in each case, regarded as the principal character for distinguishing two otherwise similar species. Comparing the under surfaces, one sees either no difference whatever, or only such as has a _ purely individual value; whilst, occasionally, individuals come to hand in which the apical black patch of the upper surface varies between the two extreme types, clearly proving it to be valueless as a specific character ; A. acrita indeed is only one of those intermediate grades itself, for the black apex is still more largely developed in A. cheribula. These differences in Acrzxa I believe to be seasonal ; the examples with the black apical patch being the wet- season forms. Supposing this to be a correct explanation of this curious and certainly inconstant difference, the species will stand as follows :— Dry-season form. Wet-season form. 1. Acrea anacreon, Trimen. *Acrea bomba, H. G. Smith. 2. Acrxa guillemer, Oberth. Acrea pervphanes, Oberth. 3. Acrxa doubledayt, Guér. — Acreea dircea, Westw. 4, Acrxa stenobea, Wallgr. (Beh ae) Death of the President of the Entomological Society of france. The Secretary read a copy of the following letter of con- dolence which he had written, by the direction of the Council, to the Entomological Society of France on the death of their President, Mons. EK. L. Ragonot :— ENroMOLoGICcAL SOCIETY, LoNnDRES, le 9 Novembre, 1895. Monsieur Et Honoré Cotticur,—C’est avec la plus profonde _douleur que le Conseil de la Société Entomologique de Londres a appris la triste perte que vient de subir la science par la mort de M. E. L. Ragonot, Villustre Président de la Société Entomologique de France, et depuis 1887, un des Membres les plus honorés de notre Société. Par les instructions de mon Conseil, je viens vous assurer que la Société Entomologique de Londres deplore la mort de votre Président, et la considére comme une perte irréparable, non seulement pour la France, mais pour le monde entier. Veuillez agréer, Monsieur et honoré collégue, l’assurance de ma plus haute consideration et de ma parfaite estime. 7 H. Goss, Secretaire de la Société E’ntomologique de Londres. A Monsieur le Secrétaire de la Société Entomologique de France. The Secretary then read the following letter in reply from the Entomological Society of France :— Sociité Enromonociqur DE FRANCE, Paris, le 20 Novembre, 1895. Monsizeur et Honorfi Cottiaur,—J’ai lu a la derniére séance de la Société Hntomologique de France la lettre par laquelle vous témoignez la part prise par la Société Ento- mologique de Londres a la perte de notre regretté Président, M. Ragonot. La Société Entomologique de France a été vivement touchée de cette marque de sympathie, et me charge de vous transmettre, ainsi qu’aux membres du Conseil de la Société PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. v., 1896. E (| xii) | Entomologique de Londres, l’expression de ga gratitude pour cet acte de bonne confraternité. Veuillez agréez, Monsieur et honoré collégue, l’assurance de mes sentiments profondément devoués. J. DE GALLE, Secrétaire adjoint de la Société Entomologique de France, A Monsieur le Secrétaire de la Société Entomologique de Londres. Exhibitions, ete, Mr. R. Adkin exhibited a specimen of Mesogona acetosella, taken at Arlington, Sussex, in October, 1895. It was stated that this was the first recorded capture of this species in Britain. . Mr. G. T. Porritt exhibited an example of Halesus guttati- pennis, taken at Lye, Worcestershire, in November, 1889. It was believed to be the third British example. Mr. Porritt also exhibited a series of Mania typica, showing a curious malformation in all the specimens. He stated that about one-third of a large brood had emerged in exactly the same form, having the wings only half developed, but with the markings clearly defined. Mr. Tutt and Mr. McLachlan referred respectively to similar malformations in Agrotis tritict and Hadena chenopodit. Mr. Goss read a communication from Mr. Sidney Crompton, of Salamanca, Tenerife, announcing the capture there by Mr. Hammerton of two specimens of Diadema misippus, a species of butterfly not previously recorded from Tenerife. Mr. Crompton said the specimens were in such fine coudition that they must have been introduced into Tenerife in the larval or pupal state and emerged there. Mr. Hampson, Prof. Meldola, and Mr. Osbert Salvin made some remarks on the distribution of the species. Papers, etc., read. Mr. Champion read a paper entitled, ‘On the Heteromerous Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the Grenadines.” Mr. Kenneth J. Morton communicated a paper entitled, ‘‘ New or Little Known Palearctic Perlide.”’ ( xiii) ANNUAL MEETING. January 15th, 1896. Professor RarHarL Menpona, F.R.S., F.C.S., President, in the Chair. Mr. Albert Hugh Jones, one of the Auditors, read the Treasurer’s Balance Sheet, showing a balance in the Society’s favour of £12 14s. 7d. Mr. H. Goss, one of the Secretaries, read the following Report of the Council. During the Session 1895-96, one Honorary and five Ordinary Fellows have died, viz., Professor Charles Valentine Riley, Mr. J. M. Adye, Professor Charles C. Babington, F'.R.S. (the last but one of the original members), M. Emile Louis Ragonot (President of the Entomological Society of France), Major John Nathaniel Still, and Mr. Lyddon Surrage; nine Fellows have resigned; two have been removed from the list; and twenty-one Ordinary and two Honorary Fellows have been elected. The number of Fellows elected during the year is some- what below the average, notwithstanding the successful efforts of one or two Fellows of the Society to add to its numbers. The majority of the twenty-one Ordinary Fellows elected during the year have been obtained by the exertions of one or two individuals, and the Council takes this oppor- tunity of expressing its gratification at the interest shown in adding to the Society’s list of Fellows. At the’ present time, the Society consists of 10 Honorary, 58 Life, and 324 Fellows liable for the Annual Subscription, making the total number now on the list 3887, which, after allowing for the losses by deaths, resignations, and exclusions, is an increase of 6 since the Annual Meeting of last year. (sly .) Our Transactions for the year form a volume of 552 pages, containing 22 Memoirs contributed by the following authors, viz., Colonel Swinhoe; Mr. Frederic W. Urich; Mr. Charles J. Gahan; Professor Louis C. Miall, F.R.S.; Mr. Francis Galton, F.R.S.; Mr. Martin Jacoby (2 papers); Mr. Roland Trimen, F.R.S.; Mr. George A. James Rothney; Mr. George C. Champion; Mr. George F. Hampson; Mr. James W. Tutt; the Rev. Thomas A. Marshall; Mr. Oswald H. Latter; Mr. Cecil W. Barker ; Mr. William L. Distant; Mr. James J. Walker, R.N.; Dr. Fritz Muller; Baron Osten Sacken; the Rev. Alfred E. Eaton; the Right Honourable Lord Walsingham, F.R.S.; and Dr. Arthur G. Butler. Of these 22 papers, 10 relate to Lepidoptera, or to enquiries in which they were the suggested subjects of experiment, 4 to Coleoptera, 1 to Hemiptera, 3 to Hymeno- ptera, and 4 to Diptera. . The Memoirs above referred to are illustrated by 12 plates, of which 5 are coloured. The cost of Plates VII, VIII, and IX., has been paid for out of the income derived from the ‘‘ Westwood Bequest ;’’ and the Society is indebted to Baron Osten Sacken for the cost of Plates X. and XI.; and to Lord Walsingham for that of Plate XII. The Proceedings, containing an account of the Exhibitions and Discussions at the Meetings, in addition to certain papers not published in the Transactions, and to several Notes of interest in connection with Exhibitions, extend to 46 pages. During the past year over 200 Books, Pamphlets, and Papers, have been added to the Library; and the Meetings continue to be, as they have been of recent years, far better attended than formerly. In fact, there is probably no Society in London with a similar number of Fellows on its list which has such a proportionately large attendance, the Meetings of this Society comparing very favourably in this respect with those of some kindred Societies. Compared with 1894, the amount received for current Subscriptions in the year 1895 is slightly larger, whilst the arrears paid up, and the Admission Fees, are less, The Donations have not sufficed to pay the Tea expenses. The (ily > ) sum derived from the Sales of Publications shows a con- siderable diminution, but this is always a capricious item. Three Life Compositions were received during the year, and have been invested in Consols, making the total sum so invested £508 3s., representing £518 2s. 6d. Consols. On the side of payments there is nothing that calls for special remark, excepting a gratifying reduction of the Office Expenses. The cost of production of the Transactions for 1895 (and miscellaneous printing) is about the same as in 1894, notwithstanding that in the latter year we had an extra- ordinary Donation towards General and Library expenses ; as a final result the balance of £29 2s. 7d. in hand on the ist January, 1895, dwindled to £12 14s. 7d. by the 3Jst December, making it evident that had it not been for the saving in Office Expenses there would have been a slight deficit. 11, Caanpos STREET, CavENDISH Square, W, 15th January, 1896. The Secretaries not having received any notice proposing to substitute other names than those contained in the lists prepared by the Council, the following Fellows constitute the Council for 1896 :—Walter F. H. Blandford, M.A., F.Z.S.; George C. Champion, F'.Z.8.; The Rey. Canon Fowler, M.A., F.L.8.; Herbert Goss, F.L.8.; George Francis Hamp- son, B.A.; Robert McLachlan, F.R.S.; Prof. Raphael Meldola, F.R.S.; Prof. Edward B. Poulton, M.A., F.R.S.; Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.RS.; Dr. David Sharp, M.A., F.R.S.; Roland Trimen, F.RS.; the Right Hon. Lord Walsing- ham, M.A., LL.D, F.R.S.; and Colonel John William Yerbury, B.A. The following are the Officers elected :— President, Professor Raphael Meldola; Treasurer, Mr. Robert McLachlan ; Sccre- taries, Mr. Herbert Goss and the Rev. Canon Fowler; Librarian, Mr. George C. Champion. Professor Meldola, the President, then delivered an Address, at the conclusion of which Mr, C. G. Barrett proposed a ( xlvi ) vote of thanks to Professor Meldola for his services as President during the year, and for his Address. The proposal was seconded by Professor EH. B. Poulton, and carried unanimously. A vote of thanks to the Treasurer, Secretaries, and Librarian, was moved by Mr. Roland Trimen, seconded by Mr. Osbert Salvin, and carried unanimously. Professor Meldola and Mr. McLachlan made some re- marks in acknowledgment. ( xlvu ) ENTOMOLOGIAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Balance Sheet for the Year 1895. RECEIPTS. PAYMENTS. i) s, a. 29 Bs th Balance in hand, Jan. Ist, Printing Transactions, &c. 211 8 10 Hee ee ye 298 200. | Plites&en enrol, Fl. 210 Sabseripuons for L895 —. 31) 17 0°) Rant “and — Office Ex. Arrears . D : . 1414 0 penses . ; . 169 6 4 Admission Fees : - 42 0 O | Books and Binding . 5 ey ey UL Donations ; ‘ - 8 3 O | Investmentsin Consols . 47 5 O Sale of Transactions, &c. 63 8 38 | Subscriptions in advance Interest on Investments :— carried to 1896. . 12 2 7 Consols _ £12178 Balance . . . 5 A el 97 Westwood Bequest 6 19 0 19 16 8 Life-Compositions . . 47 5 0 Subscriptions in advance 12 2 7 £548 4 1 £548 4 1 ASSETS. Subscriptions in arrear (considered good) £15 15s. Od. Investments :— : Cost of £518 3s. 6d. Consols ... £508 3s. Od. Cost of £239 18s. 4d. Birmingham Corporation 3 per cent. Stock (Westwood Bequest) £250. LIABILITIES. (Nil.) Rosert McLAcu3an, Treasurer. Examined and found correct, SAMUEL STEVENS. A. HucuH JONES. G. C. CHAMPION. CHARLES J. GAHAN. 8th January, 1896. ( pi D THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. GENTLEMEN, Having for more than twenty years been connected with the Entomological Society of London, I cannot allow this first year of my occupancy of the Presidential chair to come to a termination without recalling with feelings of satisfaction the greatly improved conditions under which the Society exists now as compared with that transitional state which existed when I first joined, or that still earlier period when the head-quarters were in small and in- convenient premises in Bedford Row. My own personal recollections do not carry me as far back as this last period, although there must be many among us who took part in those meetings. Our library, which has now reached a state of development at which we may justly feel proud, was at the time when I joined the surviving evidence of the Society’s occupancy of the Bedford Row apartments. Those who now obtain such ready access to its well-filled shelves here can hardly realize the disadvantages under which we laboured at that period. Most particularly, therefore, am I sensible of the honour which you have conferred upon me in electing me as your President at the time of our present prosperity and at a period of my own career when I feel that I can, unfortunately, no longer claim to take place among the active workers in entomology. The numerous and pressing de- mands upon my time, necessitated by other duties and by work in another field of science, have left me of late years in the position of a spectator rather than a performer. The ( xhx >} chief justification that I can offer for accepting the honour- able office to which you have appointed me is that at any rate I can lay claim to being an interested spectator, follow- ing the progress of entomological science as far as my time will admit, and only regretting that my own opportunities for active work at the subject have reached the vanishing stage. Without presuming to attempt the impossible task of reviewing the entomological literature of the past year, I cannot help noting the remarkable literary activity shown recently by the entomologists of this country. Our dis- tinguished Fellow, Prof. L. C. Miall, has given us, in his “Natural History of Aquatic Insects,’ a valuable work, all too rare of its kind in this country, dealing with the life-. histories of certain groups and embodying the results of much original observation. The British Lepidopterist appears also to have been particularly well catered for lately, since, in addition to Mr. Barrett’s great work, which is still in course of publication, we have a popular work on this subject by Mr. Furneaux, published in 1894, a book on the British Hawk-Moths, by Mr. Lucas, a ‘‘ Handbook of British Macro-Lepidoptera,’” by Mr. B. G. Rye, and, finally, Mr. Meyrick’s ‘«‘ Handbook of British Lepidoptera,” of which it is not too much to say that, from the systematic point of view, it is the most scientific work on our Lepidoptera that has appeared since the familiar ‘‘ Manual” of Stainton. Then, as especially affecting the subjects dealt with by this Society, the fifth volume of the Cambridge Natural History, treating of Peripatus by Mr. Adam Sedgwick, Myriapods by Mr. F. G. Sinclair, and Insects by our former President, Dr. Sharp, has recently been published. The authors of this volume are certainly to be congratulated on having furnished such a valuable contribution to our literature. When its successor appears, and I will venture to express the hope that this will be at no very distant period, we shall be in possession of a treatise on the natural history of insects which, from the point of view of the general reader, will compare most favourably with any similar work that has been published in the English language. Another addition rT) to entomological literature which has recently appeared is ‘*The Natural History of ‘ Hristalis tenax,’” by our Fellow, Mr. G. B. Buckton. Turning to the papers that have been given to the scientific world during the past year, through the medium of our Transactions, I should like to put upon record my recognition of the interest which attaches to Mr. Oswald Latter’s dis- covery of the secretion of potassium hydroxide by Dicanura vinula and other Lepidoptera. This is certainly one of the most remarkable observations in insect physiology that has been made of late years, and adds to the many mysteries still surrounding the chemical processes which go on in living organisms. The results will appear all the more valuable if we remember how few are the definite compounds which have as yet been isolated from the secretions of insects. In calling special attention to this paper I do not intend in the least degree to detract from the value of the numerous other com- munications which have been published in our Transactions ; it simply happens that Mr. Latter has been dealing with a subject in which I have of late taken great interest, viz., the vital synthesis of chemical compounds. Many other papers of general interest have been published during the year by our Society, and it gives me great satisfaction to be able to state that the twenty-two papers comprised in our annual volume are fairly equally divided between systematic subjects and subjects relating to insect bionomics, life-histories, and physiology. Among the papers not communicated to this Society and which have come under my notice, I may call attention to one on the Seasonal Dimorphism of Lepidoptera by Dr. Weis- mann,* who must be regarded as the first systematic in- vestigator in this field, and whose work has done so much to stimulate experimental investigation into the influence of temperature on lepidopterous pupe both in this country as well as in America and Germany. One other paper, a con- tribution to the physiology of insect pigments, appears to me of sufficient interest to merit serious consideration by ento- * Zool. Jahrb. Bd. VIII. Abdruck: Jena, Gustav Fischer, 1895. di ( ho) mologists, as it opens up most fruitful suggestions with respect to the supposed ‘‘ direct action”’ of the environment in modifying the colours of insects. It is only right to state that the author himself has not made use of his observations in this way, but I hope to have the opportunity of returning to this subject on some future occasion. The paper to which I refer is by Mr. F. Gowland Hopkins on the pigments of the Pieridx, of which an abstract appeared in the Proceedings of the Royal Society for January 14th, 1895. As far back as 1871 I mentioned at a meeting of this Society that the yellow colouring matter in the wings of Gonepterya rhamni was of an acid character, being dissolved out by alkalies and pre- cipitated by acids. A similar observation was at the same meeting announced by Mr. A, G. Butler.* The subject received no further attention till recently taken up. by Mr, Hopkins, whose results I may state are the outcome of several years’ work, and represent the sacrifice of large numbers of butterflies’ wings in order to get the necessary amount of material. In the paper referred to it is shown that there is a chemical relationship between the white and coloured pigments of Pierine butterflies and an excretory product, viz., uric acid, which acid the author has succeeded in isolating from the wings of the white species, while a derivative of this acid is present in the wings of the coloured species. Mr. Hopkins has thus for the first time established that among butterflies an excretory product is utilized for purposes of ornamentation. The artificial production of the yellow pigment by the action of water on uric acid at a high temperature is also claimed, but the evidence on this point is not yet complete. As the outcome of this interesting piece of work, we are provided with an actual chemical test for mimetic species of whites, because, however modified in external colour and pattern, the Pierids always give the uric acid derivative while the models which they resemble belong to groups which do not contain these pigments. * Proc. Ent. Soc., 1871, p. xxiv. Cette. THE SPECULATIVE METHOD IN ENTOMOLOGY. The Association of Chemistry and Biology in researches such as those to which I have drawn attention, has suggested a comparison between the methods of research in vogue in the two great departments of science of which these two subjects are respectively typical. All science necessarily begins with observation or experiment, 7.e., with ascertained facts, and it is perhaps unnecessary to assert that no mere collection of facts can constitute a science. We begin to be scientific when we compare and coordinate our facts with a view to arriving at generalisations on which to base hypotheses or to make guesses at the principles underlying the facts. Having formed the hypothesis we then proceed to test its accuracy by seeing how far it enables us to explain or to discover new facts, and if it fails to do this to our satisfaction we conclude that our guess has been a bad one and requires modification or replacing by a better one, 7.e., by one more in harmony with the facts. Itake it that the course of progress is the same in so far as these fundamental methods are con- cerned in both departments of science, the physical and the biological. It is possibly a matter of individual opinion as to how large a body of facts should be accumulated before we attempt to draw any general conclusions. There can be no doubt that the requirements of one branch of science cannot be measured by those of another branch to which it has no near relationship. But however large the number of facts, and however cautious or conservative the worker may be, it is an established doctrine taught by the whole history of science, that real progress only begins when we go to seek for facts armed with at least the suggestion of a principle if not with a complete theory based on facts already accumulated by observation or experiment. This is the whole difference between scientific observation or experiment and mere random or haphazard observation. A naturalist of the old school, William Swainson, writing in 1834,* speaks of the ‘ obser- * Preliminary Discourse on the Study of Natural Science, p. 51. Geli >) vance of Nature, without making any attempt to generalise the facts so acquired,” as ‘‘a mere amusement, fascinating indeed, and even useful, but totally disconnected with the objects of philosophic science.’”’ Now I venture to think that entomology in this country has been retarded in its develop- ment for want of a little more of this ‘‘ philosophic science ”’ ; by an unwillingness on the part of our most active workers to give rein to the imagination—by an overcautiousness which is damping to the speculative faculty. There are no doubt many present who will not agree with this view, but I claim indulgence while I state my case in its support. It will, I think, be conceded that we have passed beyond the mere fact-collecting stage. It appears to me that in ento- mology we have arrived at a state where we are suffering from a plethora of facts; if we are not in a position to explain everything connected with the development, life- histories, instincts, classification and distribution of insects as a class of animals, we are at any rate in a position, speaking paradoxically, to know what we want to know, and I do not see how we are going to advance unless a more generous use is made of hypothesis as a scientific guide. It is this point which I desire to urge and to show that there is no real danger in boldly facing what the late Dr. Romanes - aptly calls the bugbear speculation. In the first place, with respect to the physical sciences, there is abundant justification for the view which I am advocating. We have there long ceased to collect random facts; observations and experiments are suggested by hypothesis. That prince among experimental philosophers, Michael Faraday, was wont to say: ‘‘Let us encourage ourselves by a little more imagination prior to experiment.’’ The state of affairs is well summed up in one of the latest works on chemistry in which the author in introducing the fundamental principles of modern investigation says :— ‘“‘ The history of the exact sciences teaches us that we may discover new laws of Nature in two essentially different ways, one of which may be designated as the empirical, the other as the theoretical. Thus in one way by suitable observa- tions, one collects abundant material... . . and then by a ( lv ) repeated and purely empirical grouping of the data so obtained, he seeks to approach the desired goal ..... The second way, on the other hand, leads from suggested conceptions regarding the nature of certain phenomena, through pure speculation to new information, the correctness of which must be determined by a subsequent research.’”’** One other recent utterance by my colleague, Dr. W. M. Hicks, the President of Section A at the last Ipswich meeting of the British Association, will serve to give us a glimpse into the spirit of progress in pure physics: “By our imagination, experience, intuition, we form theories; we deduce the consequences of these theories on phenomena which come within the range of our senses, and reject or modify and try again. It is a slow and laborious process. The wreckage of rejected theories is appalling; but a knowledge of what actually goes on behind what we can see or feel is surely, if slowly, being attained. It is the rejected theories which have been the necessary steps towards formulating others nearer the truth.’’+ And now let us consider how far these methods, recognized as valid in the physical sciences, are applicable to the biolo- . gical sciences, of which entomology constitutes a branch. Of course, I am not claiming for our subject the position of an exact science, and to suppose that it could be advanced by purely deductive methods would be absurd. But I am endeavouring to hold the balance between a more liberal use of the speculative method, on the one hand, and the deadening influence of refusing to speculate at all, on the other hand. I am putting forward a plea for an increased use of the imagination, because I hold that the time has arrived when this may—nay, must be allowed, if our science, with its immense wealth of raw material, is to take that rank to which it is entitled among the departments of modern biology. If, as is undoubtedly the case, the speculative method has been found fruitful in other fields of natural * “Theoretical Chemistry,’ by Walter Nernst, translation by Professor Palmer, 1895, p. 2. + Address to the Mathematical and Physical Section of Bini British Association, Ipswich, 1895. Col) history, it behoves us as co-workers in the great battle for truth to re-examine our weapons—to ask ourselves seriously whether the time and energy of our most active workers is being utilized in the best way for the advancement of knowledge. : To many it may appear that the use of hypothesis as a guide to investigation is so obvious, that no special advocacy is required. All I have to say, in this case, is to express the earnest wish that the Fellows of this Society who hold such a view may be numerous—the more numerous the better. I will venture to remind you, however, that my predecessor in this chair has stated, with respect to this method of handling entomological problems :— ‘‘T feel, however, for myself, and I think that others must also feel, that however great and important is the know- ledge which we may ultimately attain, by endeavouring to discover the laws which govern the development, variation, and distribution of insects, the knowledge we have of the actual facts is in many cases quite insufficient to bring such speculations to a definite end. I also feel that the number of persons whose talents are sufficiently great to enable them to steer a straight course through the numerous difficulties, con- tradictions, and doubts which constantly surround such inquiries is very limited.”’ * Iam sure Mr. Elwes will not ascribe any personal motive to me in making use of this passage, as representing the views of what may be called the conservative school of entomo- logists. I feel only too acutely the truth of his remark that many agree with him in this opinion ; at the same time I am sanguine enough to believe that there are many who do not, and on behalf of this constituency I have felt ita duty to urge a claim for the speculative method, not as displacing the older method of collecting and recording facts altogether, but as a stimulus to more systematic investigation, rendered imperative by the general advance of biological science. For my own part, I believe that the time has gone by when every attempt at discovering natural law in the organic world by * Proc. Hnt. Soc. 1898, p. xlvi. Ci 9 the aid of entomological observations, is to be met by this prevalent cry of non possumus. If we turn to results as a measure of the value of methods, it will, I imagine, be conceded that we can show good cause in favour of theorising. I may be permitted to draw some illus- trations from the Lepidoptera, the only order to which I can lay claim to some slight special knowledge, and in which our former President is a recognized authority. In the following remarks I desire most emphatically to dissociate myself from controversial matters, because my sole aim in this address is to clear the atmosphere for the more healthy use of the specu- lative faculty by our younger and rising workers. I wish it to be understood that in speaking of any particular hypothesis, I am not now raising the question of its soundness or un- soundness-—that is, logically, a distinct issue—but I am simply adducing the hypothesis in order to illustrate the results of its introduction into modern scientific thought. I begin with the phenomena of mimicry and protective resem- blance among butterflies and moths as first explained by our late distinguished Fellow and past President, Henry Walter | Bates, in his memorable paper of 1861, which was followed by the well-known memoirs of Wallace and Trimen on the same subject. It will be remembered by all who are familiar with the history of the subject, that this was the first application of the theory of natural selection of Darwin and Wallace to explain a new set of phenomena. It was a speculation evolved by Bates, not when collec- ting in the Amazon Valley, as is generally supposed, but while looking over his specimens when he had reached London, and was pondering, at his own fireside, over the meaning of the remarkable superficial resemblances among the butterflies of different groups which he had brought home.” The Batesian theory was fruitful; it carried with it the explanation of the resemblance between insects of distinct orders and of the assimilation of insects and other animals ; * T owe this statement to Mr. Bates himself, who has often made it Oo me. Gallas.) in colour and form to the objects among which they lived ; it prompted further observation and experiment because more evidence was required as to the protected character of the insects which were copied ; it raised the whole question of the existence of such protected species in nature, and the question has been answered so far in the affirmative, although there is still a large field for further experimental observation waiting to be explored. The facts have increased enormously since 1861, the search for new instances having been stimu- lated by the explanation suggested by Bates, and the syste- matist is now no longer in danger of being deceived by _ superficial resemblances. The theory of Bates left unexplained the resemblance between species belonging to protected groups to which he had himself called attention in his original paper; an exten- sion was required and was made by our Hon. Fellow, Fritz Miller in 1879, and as a result, whether this extension be considered valid or not—a point which I am not now raising—the systematist is now more fully alive to the Superposition of external similarity upon structural resem- blance due to true blood-relationship, as-can be seen from the writings of Moore on the genus Huplwa, and of Wood- Mason and others on certain Papilonide. As another result of Fritz Miiller’s hypothesis, the question of inherited knowledge of edible and inedible species on the part of insect- eating creatures has likewise been raised, and has already led in the hands of Professor Lloyd Morgan to some inter- esting experimental conclusions. As the product of a theory we thus have a large body of real and tangible knowledge gleaned from Nature! Mere casual observation would never have revealed the widespread existence of the phenomenon if the stimulus to look out for it had not come from the theoretical side. | It is not the bare record of the comparatively few cases of mimicry that constitutes the highest value of these classical memoirs—it is the speculation, the hypothesis, the suggested cause of the phenomenon that has given vitality to what would otherwise have been a disconnected and meaningless set of facts. But the consequences of the introduction of F ( lv ) the theory of natural selection into the subject of insect colouration have not yet been exhausted. From the obser- vation that the species which are mimicked are generally gaudily coloured and take no special means to hide them- selves, it is but a step to the well-known theory of warning colours propounded by Wallace in 1867. That theory, in itself the outcome of a question raised by Darwin in connec- tion with his theory of sexual selection, stimulated the experiments of the late Jenner Weir and of A. G. Butler, the striking observations of Thomas Belt in Nicaragua, the detailed researches of Weismann into the origin and meaning of the colours of caterpillars, and the later systematic series of experiments conducted by Poulton. Yet another example I will permit myself to make use of because it is one in which I have some personal interest. In considering the subject of adaptive colouration as explained by Bates and Wallace, a difficulty occurred in the case of species which are of variable colouring; I ventured to suggest, as far back as 1878, that this kind of colouring would. be explicable by natural selection, if we supposed that this agency could . confer a power of adaptability on the individual. At that time no mechanism could be conceived of by which such individual adaptability could be acquired, excepting the direct assimilation of the colouring-matter of food-plants in the case of caterpillars or other vegetable feeders. This, of course, carried with it the implication that natural selection could work on physiological processes if they were of use, just as well as upon any external morphological character. Stimulated by this hypothesis, other cases of variable colouring were sought for and found. ‘The subject was later taken up by Professor Poulton, who, for many years, con- ducted experiments and obtained results which are now familiar to all naturalists. The original speculation, that variable colouring was the result of an individual adapta- bility due to natural selection, implies that this faculty is of bionomic value. I am not now concerned with the validity or otherwise of this assumption; that is an issue on which Opinion appears to be divided; although, I have no doubt in my own mind on the point, it is not necessary Gals) to state the case with any bias on the present occasion. Now the experiments of Poulton have shown that this colour variability is of very much more frequent occurrence than was even dreamt of in 1878, and his facts have, in the main, been substantiated by the independent observations of many other experimenters. And it turns out also that the mechanism of the process is not even the simple assimilation of colouring-matter from the food-plant, excepting in the case of green caterpillars, in which it has been shown that chlorophyll in a modified form passes into the blood. The colour variability of caterpillars and pups in response to the external stimulus exerted by coloured surfaces, as estab- lished by these experiments, has brought us face to face with a fundamental problem in insect physiology, the solution of which we are anxiously awaiting. The mere possibility of being able to state the problem in its present form—apart from any question of the adaptive value of the colouration—is a step forwards; is an incentive to further experiment, and this is the legitimate end and aim of all scientific specu- lation. Were I to attempt, however, to pass from what has already been accomplished to that which is yet awaiting investigation—to the questions which rise on all sides as pressing for solution, there would be no limit to this address. In view of the splendid opportunities afforded by insects for treatment as living organisms capable of revealing natural laws by skilled experimental research, is it not pardonable if we sometimes give way to the unphilosophic thought that the possession of chitinous exo-skeletons by these creatures, whereby they lend themselves so admirably for preservation as cabinet specimens, is an arrangement expressly designed for the retardation of entomological science? ‘The scientific workers at living insects in this country are deplorably few as compared with those who devote themselves to cabinet entomology. The one great desideratum of modern biology is an experiment station where protracted observations can be carried on year after year on living animals, each set of experiments prompted by hypothesis and with the definite object of answering some particular question in relation to Cie) variability and inheritance, the nature of the action of the environment, the effect of selection, etc., ete. This was a dream of the late Dr. Romanes; he has not lived to see it fulfilled, but if it should be realized in our time our | entomologists will, I venture to hope, not be behind with suggested lines of work. If by way of comparison we now turn to that branch of the subject in which the empirical method has hitherto almost exclusively been employed, viz., the taxonomy of this same order Lepidoptera, the results are most instructive. In view of the immense body of facts, the number of named species and the mass of published descriptive matter, I do not think I shall be wrong if I say that the best energies of the acutest workers have been concentrated on this subject from the middle of the last century down to the present time. A record of nearly a century and a half against the thirty odd years that have elapsed since the introduction of the theoreti- cal method into the biological sciences. Is there any indi- cation that all this work has brought us nearer the “ definite end ”’ to which it was and is directed—the natural classifica- tion of the Lepidoptera—to an extent commensurate with the number of workers and the time bestowed upon it? It is only quite recently that any decided advance has been made and that through the work of Hampson, Comstock, Chapman, Meyrick, and others. It cannot be said that we have been waiting all these years for materials—for a few thousand new species in one of the best “ collected’’ groups in the whole world of insects in order that this sudden rush might be made. I take the view that we have been waiting rather for method than for additions-to the lists of species; that we have hitherto too much disregarded the spirit of the specula- tive method in our taxonomic work, and that we have now happily found a band of workers who refuse to submit to the plea of inability because all the existing species of Lepidoptera have not been collected and named. After advancing these arguments in favour of a more liberal use of the ‘ scientific imagination ” in connection with entomological subjects I feel it incumbent upon me to define the position a little more fully in order to prevent misunder- : : ( \si_) standing. The conditions of speculation in the two great departments of natural science which have been under consideration are not exactly the same, and the differences in the method of treatment must not be lost sight of. If in the physical sciences there is, to use the expression of the late Prof. Stanley Jevons, ‘‘ unbounded license of theorising,” it is because we can appeal to Nature so readily by the experimental method and get our answer one way or the other, by imposing rigid conditions which are under our control. In the biological sciences this is not the case; all who are acquainted with experimental work in biology know how difficult it is, generally, to get definite answers to our questions—the conditions are vastly more complex when we come to deal with living organisms. JI remember once remarking to the late Mr. Darwin how difficult it was to get Nature to give a definite answer to a simple question, and he replied with a flash of humour: ‘‘She will tell you a direct lie if she can.” The practical result of this difference is that the speculation of an hour may take a lifetime for its verification. But I see no reason why, on these grounds, we should repress the spirit of speculation. If, as our former President says, 1t is given to few to be able to speculate with advantage—and in this I thoroughly agree with him—it is our paramount duty for the present and future welfare of our science, to give every man’s honest thought our most serious attention, and to encourage the faculty whenever and wherever we find it, as the most precious means of advancing scientific knowledge. The ‘bugbear”’ igs a very harmless animal if you look him boldly in the face, and if you treat him gently and put him into harness, he will drive the chariot of science for you ata speed that will leave the empirical method far behind in the race for the knowledge of Nature’s ways. The great service which the founders of the modern doc- trine of Evolution have rendered to science has, in my belief, been not only the particular theory of species transformation with which their names will ever be associated, but the im- portation into biology of the methods of the physical sciences. Writing to Wallace, in 1857, Darwin said: “I am a firm believer that without speculation there is no good and original (Aa observation.”* In the same letter he remarks: ‘‘ You say that you have been somewhat surprised at no notice having been taken of your paper in the Annals. [On the Law that has regulated the Introduction of New Species; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., 1855.] I cannot say that I am, for so very few naturalists care for anything beyond the mere descriptions of species.” This statement of 1857 does not hold good in 1896 ; other methods of biological research have been intro- duced—the road to biological fame is no longer through the sole channel of technical systematic work, and we owe it to the writer of that letter more than to any other worker and thinker of our time, that the horizon has been extended: on all sides. The misapprehension to which my remarks may possibly give rise, and which I am most anxious to prevent, is that in urging the claim of the theoretical method I am introducing the danger of rash and promiscuous speculating by all kinds of dabblers in the subject. There is much justification for this attitude, but an analysis of the supposed danger will, I think, serve to show that it is not a very formidable one after all. It appears to me, moreover, that the advantage of giving an impetus to observation along preconceived lines far outweighs any passing danger arising from hasty specu- lation. It is notorious in the history of modern science that no single branch has escaped the efforts of well-intentioned, but quite irresponsible outsiders, to set our various houses in order for us. On critical examination it will be found, how- ever, that none of these attempts, even when they have been lucky enough to forestall the conclusions arrived at by legiti- mate methods, have led to any practical issue in the way of observation or research. I am addressing my remarks on the present occasion to a Society composed more or less of experts ; [ am not inviting ‘“‘ the man in the street’ to favour us with his views on this, that, or the other question, but I am asking the working entomologists among us to bear in mind that their studies may be directed so as to throw light on some of the broad biological problems of the day, if they * Life and Letters, Vol. II., p. 108. (Gio lscit7 9) will, as Faraday said, encourage themselves by a little more Speculation. Judging from the part played by this method in the development of modern science, it is perhaps not going too far to say that it is better to have speculated erroneously than never to have speculated at all. Ilustra- tions might be adduced showing that erroneous theories have often done good service to science, and that for this reason they have been temporarily retained, even when recognized as inadequate to meet the growing body of new evidence. This was the case, for example, with the old ‘ fluid”’ theory of electricity. So also the ‘‘ corpuscular” theory of light enabled Newton to develop optical science to a remarkable extent, although this theory is now among what Dr. Hicks calls the ‘‘ wreckage.” Another source of danger in biological speculation to which I am also alive, is that we have the public eye upon us to an extent that is not experienced in other departments of science. Iam bound to confess that I never could quite make out why this should be the case. It is possible to speculate about the constitution of matter, the degradation of energy, the age of the solar system, and other great problems of the universe, with any degree of dogmatism without exciting public dis- cussion. But as soon as ever an effort is made to explain something in the living world, no matter how modestly, the speculator is forthwith treated as though he had thrown down a public challenge. Perhaps it is for this reason that biology is more subject to unauthorised and unscientific intrusion ; because it gives opportunity for the pure littératewr to pose as a theorist. The speculations of the physicist or chemist are, moreover, generally expressed in a symbolical language which is not understood by the public at large, and their ideas, how- ever revolutionary, thus escape newspaper and magazine notoriety. As far as my reading extends, I am inclined to believe that even in the case of the purely literary treatment of biological problems by writers who are not experts, the danger of overweighting the science with hypothesis is much exaggerated. Writers of this class are often capable of taking a wider and more philosophic grasp of a problem than a pure specialist, and ideas of lasting value have sometimes emanated fags ) remaining abroad about six years. At the age of seventeen he emigrated to America, where for three years he was engaged on a farm in Illinois. He was afterwards reporter for newspapers, including the “ Prairie Farmer,” in which appeared most of his early writings. During the Civil War he served for six months with the Illinois volunteers. In 1868, in conjunction with the late B. D. Walsh, he started the ‘‘ American Entomologist.”” A second volume appeared in 1870, and a third in 1880. In 1868, he accepted the position of State Entomologist for Missouri, and the nine Annual Reports published during his tenure of office proved the thoroughness of his work, his skill as an artist, and his originality. In 1877, he was appointed the head of a commission to inquire into the life-history of the Rocky Mountain locust, and in 1878, and from 1881 to 1894, he was Government Entomologist to the United States, with a staff of assistants. During this period he published annual reports, wrote many of the bulletins, and established the journal known as ‘“‘Insect Life,’’ which he edited to the end of Vol. VI., in 1894. In 1894 he sent in his resignation. As Hon. Curator of the Entomological Collections of the United States National Museum, he found time to commence scientific systematic work, to which he had long looked forward. For his suggestions as to reviving the French vineyards by using certain American Phyllowvera-proof stocks on which to graft, Prof. Riley received the Gold Medal of the French Government, subsequently he received the Cross of the Légion d’Honneur in connection with the Exhibition of 1889. His services in connection with the Rocky Mountain Locust, the Cotton Worm, and the Australian Icerya, are too well-known to require detailed notice; in this latter case he was the first to prove the practicability of introducing from abroad the insect enemies that help to check the ravages of an imported species in its native country. Prof. Riley joined the Entomological Society in 1871, and was elected an Hon. Fellow in 1889; he was also an Hon. Fellow of the Royal Agricultural Society, and of many of the leading Entomological Societies on the Continent. Pror. Cartes CarpaLe Basineton, M.A., F.R.S., ete., was is i born at Ludlow in 1808, and died at Cambridge, July 22nd, 1895. He was educated at St. John’s College, Cambridge, took his B.A. degree in 1830, and proceeded to M.A. in 18338, In 1861, he was appointed Professor of Botany in the University of Cambridge; he was elected a Fellow of his College in 1882. By the death of Prof. Babington, the Entomological Society of London has lost the last but one of its original members. Prof. Babington was best known as a botanist, and as the author of the “ Manual of British Botany,” which has passed through eight editions, He also wrote numerous other works on botanical subjects; but. at one time he was an active entomologist. Between 1829 — and 1844 sixteen entomological papers of more or less importance are attributed to him, but since that time he does not appear to have worked at the subject. Ex Lovis Raconor died in Paris on the 18th October last, aged fifty-two. He came to England in early life, and when first known as an entomologist was in a monetary exchange office in Liverpool. A few years later he returned to Paris and entered a bank, in which he subsequently became a partner. He devoted his attention chiefly to the Micro- Lepidoptera, especially the Phycitide, of which he published a revision of the British species in 1885. His principal work was a monograph of the known species of the family, the first half of which formed Vol. VII. of the Romanoff Mémoires, St. Petersburg, 1898. He also wrote numerous papers on Pyralida, Tortrices and Tineina. His amiable personal qualities, and his readiness to impart information, have already been referred to by Lord Walsingham at the November meeting of this Society. He took an active part in the affairs of the Société Entomologique de France, of which he was President in 1885, and again in 1895. M. Ragonot was elected a Fellow of the Entomological Society of London in 1887. James Morrimer Apyre died at Bournemouth on March 30th last, at the early age of thirty-five. He wasason of the late W. L. Adye, Esq., J.P., D.L., of Merly, Wimborne, and was an active collector of British Lepidoptera. In the autumn of 1894, when collecting in the New Forest, he caught a cold, and neglected it; this was followed by pneu- (Gcrixxi’ ) monia and pleurisy, and finally by phthisis. Mr. Adye’s collections have been left to Mr. McRae, of Bournemouth. He was elected a Fellow of the Entomological Society of London in 1891. Masor Joun Naruanten Stitt died suddenly on 23rd Sep- tember last in the forty-seventh year of his age, whilst playing golf on the links at Whitchurch, Tavistock. He was the son of John T. Still, Esq., late of Castlehill, Axminster, and Mountfield, Musbury. He entered the army as an ensign in the 25th Regiment (King’s Own Scottish Borderers) in June, 1867, and resigned in 1878, but he sub- sequently joined the 8rd Battalion (Militia) of the Royal _ Wiltshire Regiment, and retired with the rank of Major in 1886. After his retirement he devoted most of his time to exploring Dartmoor and other parts of Devon and Cornwall, and collecting Lepidoptera. He was elected a Fellow of the Entomological Society of London in 1891. - Lyppon Surracs, B.A., has also died during the past year, but [ am unable to say anything about his career. He joined our Society in 1886. Amongst the names of other naturalists and entomologists, not Fellows of this Society, who have died during the past - year the following deserve mention :— THe Rigor Hon. THomas Henry Huxuery, LL.D., M.D., E.B.S., etc., was born at Haling, May 24th, 1825, and died at Kastbourne, June 29th, 1895. His principal, if not his sole contribution to entomology, was the exhaustive memoir ‘‘On the Agamic Reproduction and Morphology of Aphis,”’ published in the Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, Vol. XXII, 1858 to 1859. This, of course, had far more than a merely entomological importance. Many ento- mologists have no doubt studied his ‘“‘ Crayfish,” 1879, with advantage. Probably no man has done more in our time to influence modern thought on the broad questions of philo- sophical biology. Pror. Carn Epwarp Apoten Gerrsticker, M.D., died on July 20th last, at Greifswald, at the age of sixty-seven. He was educated for the medical profession and took his degree, but devoted himself to zoology, and especially to entomo- ( Ixxii )j logy. For many years he was keeper of the Entomological Department of the Berlin Natural History Museum, and also a Professor of Zoology in the University of that city. About the year 1876, differences with the then Director of the Museum induced him to resign his appointments at Berlin, and he subsequently accepted the Professorship of Zoology at Greifswald, which he held until his death. Gersticker was an industrious and thorough worker in all departments of entomology. His published papers at the time of his death were very numerous. Amongst his principal works may be noticed a ‘‘ Monographie der Endomychiden” (1858); the Arthropoda in the ‘ Hand- buch der Zoologie’ (1863); and the Arthropoda in Bronn’s ‘Klassen und Ordnungen der Thier-Reichs,’’ but this latter, which was commenced in 1866, proceeded very slowly. In 1873, he published a memoir entitled, «‘ Zur Morphologie der Orthoptera-amphibiotica,”’ a term employed by him to include those pseudo-neuropterous families in which the early stages are aquatic. Wittiam Henry Tucweit died after a long illness at Lewisham, near London, on September 20th last, aged sixty- four, from spinal disease which had confined him to his room for many months. His name as an entomologist is familiar to all British Lepidopterists, and his collection of Macro- Lepidoptera was one of the finest in existence, rich in species and especially in varieties. His earlier writings are chiefly contained in the pages of the ‘ Intelligencer,”’ and subse- quently in the ‘“ Entomologist,’ and ‘‘ Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine.” He will be missed at the South London Society, of which he was at one time President. Cuaupius Rey. This industrious French entomologist, who, in conjunction with the late Etienne Mulsant, was a prolific writer on Coleoptera and Hemiptera, died last year. C. Rey joined the Entomological Society of France in 1887, and had recently been elevated to the rank of Honorary Member of that Society. He was President of the Société Frangaise d’Entomologie from the time of its foundation in 1882. He resided at Lyons, and most of his memoirs appeared in yarious publications in that city. ( Ixxiii_) JutEsS Frrpinanp F'antnou died in Paris on the 19th June, 1895, aged eighty-three. Commencing as an artizan, he, by his skill and diligence, established for himself a business and reputation as a surgical instrument maker, He amassed a large collection of European Lepidoptera, and paid some attention to economic entomology. His contributions in the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of France are very numerous. ( iexty' .) INDEX. Notrrt.—Where the name only of the Species or Genus is mentioned, the description will be found on the page referred to. The Arabic figures refer to the pages of the ‘ Transactions’ ; the Roman numerals to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings.’ The New Genera and Species, and those which have been redescribed, will be found in detail, but certain of the longer papers are arranged generi- cally under their headings. Page Page GENERAL SUBJECTS .......+. Ixxiv | HYMENOPTERA....ccccssceseeeee Lxxviii A ACHWED A tres sohowes piace lxxvy | LEPIDOPTERA tonssusen.. Ieee COMBORPTERA | csstas cas costeates Ixxv |. NEDROPTERA ‘G.ccsscueesetss: lxxxiii DEP ERA tas Moorssceusiertece wat Ixxvili | ORTHOPTERA. ...ccsccscsssee--. IXXxiii FEMMUPCRRA Lidisccdvectecsiasee | LESVIE ge GENERAL SUBJECTS. Annual Meeting, xliii. Babington, Professor, death of, xxvii. Calotermes, notes on, xix. Coleoptera, variation of size in, xxiv. Dicranwra vinula, further notes on the secretion of Potassium Hydroxide © by, xv. Discussion on the Ex-President’s Address, iv. Emydia cribrum, var. candida, notes on, xxxviii. Erebia nerine, notes on, xxx. Grapholitha, notes on the synonymy of, xxxvi. Heteronympha merope, on a colour variety of, xiii. Honey ants, notes on, xxii. Lepidoptera from Hoy, Orkneys, collection of, exhibited, xxxviii. Lepidopterous hybrids, notes on, xxxiv. Limenitis sibylla, temperature experiments on, x. Lycena xgon, etc., notes on, xxvi. Notes on lac-producing Coccidez, xxi. President’s Address, xlviii. Pseudodowia limulus, notes on, xxxiil. Ragonot, Mons. E. L., death of, xxxvii. Riley, Professor, death of, xxvii. Specific stability, on, xvii. Thyridopteryx ephemerxformis, notes on, xxv. Crlxxy)) ARACHNIDA. Atypus piceus, exhibited, xxx. COLEOPTERA. Alcidion socium, n. s., 131. Allecula luctuosa, n. s., 216. Amara alpina, from Perthshire, exhibited, xl. Amphimela ornata, n. s., 326. Anthicus, new species described :—adelaide, 253.—australis, 263.—baudi- mensis, 250.—cavifrons, 263.—discoideus, 259.—excavatus, 265.—in- flatus, 257.—monostigma, 261.—paululus, 257.—scabricollis, 258.— segregatus, 256.—stenomorphus, 264.—tasmanicus, 259.—tridentatus, 261.—unicinctus, 254.—walkeri, 262. Apellatus tasmanicus, n. s., 215. Aphthona natalensis, n. s., 320. Asbecesta melanocephala, n. s., 327.—pectoralis, n. s., 327. Asclera atkinsoni, n. s., 244.—sublineata, n. s., 245. Blepharida inornata, n. s., 322.—natalensis, n. s., 324.—partita, n. s., 323. Buphomda africana, n. s., 338. Callichroma elegans, 113.—vittatum, 112. Candezea femorata, n. s., 338.—mashuana, un. s., 338. Chetocnema longicornis, n. s., 325. Chariew cyanea, exhibited, xvi. Chromomea nigriceps, n. s., 215. Clythra maxima, nu. s., 164. : Copidita bipartita, n. s., 244.—macleayi, nu. s., 242.—torrida, n. s., 248. Crepidodera peringueyt, n. 8., 325. Crioceris (?) angusticollis, n. s., 162. Cryptocephalus, new species described :—abyssiniacus, 174.—africanus, 168.—angusto-fasciatus, 169.—atrocerulens, 179.—atromaculatus, 176. —batesi, 175.—clythroides, 175.—gabonensis, 172.—gigas, 168.— latipennis, 173.—peringueyt, 172.—quinqueplagiatus, 170.—sinuato- vittatus, 171.—thoreyt, 176. Ctenoplectron agile, n. s., 238. Cynorta (?) modesta, n. s., 339. Decarthria, 137.—D. albofasciata, n. s., 187.—stephensi, 138. Diapromorpha procera, n. s., 165. Dircea velutina, n. s., 230.—venusta, n. s., 231. Dohrnia simplex, n. s., 246. Hburia binodosa, 95.—cinnamomea, 98.—dejeant, n.s., 94.—insulana, nu. s., 93.—octomaculata, 96.—postica, 94.—pulverea, 98.—sericea, 98.— stigma, 96. Ecyrus hirtipes, n. s., 179. Hlaphidion albosignatum, 102.—excelsum, n.s., 101.—nanum, 103.—sub- fasciatum, 103.—thome, n. s., 104.—tomentosum, 100. Elateropsis femoratus, 89.—rugosa, 89. Emenadia latypennis, n. s., 274. Enosmezus cubanus, 91. _ Epectasis sinults, 126. (levi > Euryope discicollis, n. s., 179.—pictipennis, n.s., 178.—semipartita, n. s., 178. Formicomus nigripennis, n. s., 252. Galerucella congoensis, n. s., 828. Haltica cuprea, n. s., 318.—cyanicollis, n. s., 319.—semiaurata, n. s., 319. Haruspex inscriptus, n.s., 107. Heteromerous Coleoptera pallaived in Australia asia Tasmania by Mr. J. J. Walker; species belonging to the following families and genera desorbed or alluded to (G. C. Champion) :—Allecula, 216.—Anthicide, 252.—Anthious, 253.—Apellatus, 214.—Asclera, 244.—Chromomea, 215, Cistelide, 214.—Copidita, 241.—Ctenoplectron, 233.—Dircea, 230.— Dohrnia, 230.—Emenadia, 273.—Evaniocera, 273.—Formiconus, 252. —Homotrysis, 217.—Iophon, n. g., 224.—Lagria, 227.—Lagriide, 227. —Lagrioida, 237.—Lissodema, 241.—Mecynotarsus, 253.—Melandryide, 230.—Meloide, 274.—Micranthicus, n. g., 266.—Mordella, 266.— Mordellide, 266.—Mordellistena, 271.—Mystes, n. g., 285.—Nocar, 225. —Nypsius, n. g., 219.—@demeride, 241.—Orchesia, 284.—Otys, n. g., 221.—Pseudolycus, 247.—Pythide, 240.—Rhipidophoride, 273.— Scraptia, aaa Sans ide, 274.—Talayra, n. g., 282.—Tanylypa, 240.— Taxes, n. g., 226.—Techmessa, 248.—Tellias, n. g., 236. wee 248. ~ Xylophilus, 248. Homotrysis bicolor, un. s., 319.—scabrosa, n. s., 319. TIophon, n. g., 224. I. Mibiebe iia. n.'s., 225. Jamesonia, proposed to be substituted as name for Gabonia, preoccupied, 341. Lactica (?) puwnctatosulcata, u. s., 229. Lagria ceneoviolacea, n. s., 228 —australis, n. s., 229. Lagrioida australis, n. s., 238. Lema, new species described :—abyssinica, 161.—foveipennis, 161.—klugi, 159.—natalensis, 162.—nigropicta, 160. Leptostylus bidentatus, 136.—jamaicensis, n. s., 183.—parvulus, n, s., 134, —posticalis, n. s., 183.—premorsus, 1385.—smithi, n. s., 132. Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands ; specie belonging to the following genera described or alluded to (C. J. Gahan) :—Acanthoderes, 130.—Achryson, 92.—Adelus, 122.—Alcidion, 131.—Auvphionycha, 138. —Araespor, 91.—Bronviades, 111.—Cacostola, 125.—Callichroma, 112. —Caloclytus, 114.— Calocosmus, 188.—Carneades, 137.— Cerambycide, 90.—Chlorida, 92.—Compsa, 107.—Cylindera, 108.—Cyllene, 114.— Decarthria, 187.—Dendroblaptus, 82.—Derancistrus, 85.—Desmiphora, 122.—Dorcasta, 127.—Drycothea, 1389.—Eburia, 93.—Eburiola, 118.— Eburodacrys, 99.—Ecyrus, 127.—Elateropsis, 88.—Hlaphidion, 99.— Enosmeus, 91.—EHpectasis, 126.—Hupogonius, 123.—Huryscelis, 114.— Harmosternus, 87.—Haruspex, 107.—Hephialtes, 84.—Heterops, 118.— Hormathus, 108.—Hypsioma, 125.—Ischiocentra, 125.—Lagochirus, 130. —Lamiide, 120.—Leptostylus, 132.—Lepturges, 186.—Lypsimena, 128. —Mallodon,. 88.—Mallosoma, 116.—Merostenus, 109.—Methia, 122.— Monodesmus, 84.—Nanilla, 120.—Neoclytus, 115.—Neocorus, 108.— Olbius, 118.—Oneideres, 125.—Ophistomis, 110.—Oreodera, 128.— Orthomegas, 81.—Orthosoma, 83.—Oxymerus, 119.—Pantomallus, 93. —Parandra, 80.—Pentomacrus, 109.—Peribewm, 105.—Phidola, 128. SET eer | | | | | i | | ( Ixxvu ) —Philematium, 114.—Phryneta, 121.—Plectrocerum, 119.—Pecilo- derma, 118.—Prionidx, 80.—Probatius, 187.—Precha, 122.—Proster- nodes, 84.—Ptychodes, 120.—Smodicum, 90.—Solenoptera, 86.—Spala- copsis, 127.—Steirastoma, 128.—Stenodontes, 82.—Strongylaspis, 82.— Tenmotes, 121.—Tethlimmena, 111.—Tethystola, 126.—Tillomorpha, 116.—Trachyderes, 119.—Trestonia, 125.—Trichrows, 116.—Zaplous, 124. Malacosoma, new species described :—basimarginata, 330.—clypeata, 331.— discoidalis, 331.—farrmatrei, 329.—suturalis, 330. Malaxia femorata, n. s., 340. Mantura quadriplagiata, n. s., 321. Melanognatha balyi, un. s., 329. Metistete costatipennis, n. s., 221. E Micranthicus, n. g., 266. M. brachypterus, n. s., 266. Monolepta octomaculata, n. s., 337. Mordella fulvonotata, n. s., 270.—fuscipilis, n. s., 271.—graphiptera, n. s., _ 267.—parva, n. s., 270.—pygmea, n. s., 270.—W-album, n. s., 269. Mordellistena aspersa, n. s., 271.—austrina, n. s., 272.—jucunda, n. s., 272. Mystes, n. g., 285. M. planatus, n. s., 236. Nocar latus, n. s., 225. Nypsius, n. g., 219. N. aeneopiceus, n. s., 219.—foveatus, n. s., 220. Orchesia austrina, n. s., 234. Otys, n. g., 221. O. armatus, n.s., 223.—harpalinus, n. s., 222. Pentomacrus fasciatus, n. s., 109. Peribewm insulanum, n. s., 106.—insulare, 106. Platyzantha costatipennis, nu. s., 385.—discoidalis, n. s., 886.—intermedia, 0. 8., 383/.—Nigromarginata, 335. Pecilomorpha divisa, n. s., 163.—mashuana, n. s., 164. Prosternodes oberthizr1, n. s., 85. Sardoides, n. g., 832. 8S. viridicollis, n. s., 333. Scraptia australis, n. s., 239.—laticollis, n. s., 239.—punctatissima, n. 8, 240. Sebaste natalensis, n. s., 320.—trbralis, n. s., 321. Sermyla maculata, n.s., 333.—suturalis, n. s., 334. Sitarida minor, n. s., 274. Solenoptera canaliculata, var. asteria, 86.—metallescens, 86. Sphaeroderma discoidalis, n. s., 319. Talayra, n. g., 232. TT’. orchesioides, n. s., 233. Taxes, n. g., 226. T. alphitobioides, n. s., 227.—depressus, n. s., 226. Techmessa ruficollis, n. s., 248. Tellias, n. g., 236. T. fumatus, n. s., 237. Tethlimmena basalis, n. s., 111. | Tethystola mutica, n. s., 126, Titubaen rugosa, un. s., 166.—thoracica, n. s., 167. Trichrous major, n. s., 117. Xylophilus albonotatus, n. s., 251.—fluctuosus, n. s., 250.-—morulus, n. s., 250.—pectinicornis, n. s., 249. Zaplous annulatus, 124. ( Ixxvii ) DIPTERA. Curupira, larve of, alluded to, 479. Leptomorphus walkeri, pei XXX. Maruina pilosella, spinosa and ursula, larvae of, alluded to,' 480, 435: 487, 489-493, Melanostoma hyalinatwm, exhibited, xxx. Merodon equestris, exhibited, xxx. Pericoma canescens, larva of, alluded to, 483.—life history of, 141. Psychoda palaenoides, alluded to, 489. Spilomyia speciosa, exhibited, xxx. Trypeta cardwi, etc., exhibited, xx. HEMIPTERA. Cymatia coleoptrata, from Morden, Surrey, exhibited, xxiv. Fulgora laternaria, notes on, 429. Ledra awrita, exhibited, xxxiv. Tachardia cornuta, fulgens, gemmifera and pustulata, exhibited, xxi.— larree and mexicana, alluded to, xxii. HYMENOPTERA. Acropyga acutiventris, alluded to, 196. Andrena atriceps and fulva, exhibited, xxx. Anochetus sedilotit, race indicus, alluded to, 198. Braconide, Monograph of the British (Rev. F. A. Marshall); genera or species belonging to the following families and genera, described or alluded to:—Adelura, 363.—Alysiides, 363.—Anisocyrta, 368.—Aspi- lota, 374.—Dacnusa, 394.—Dacnusides, 386.—Epimicta, 391.—Liposcia, 393.—Mesocrina, 370.—CEnone, 388.—Orthostigma, 372.—Prosapha, 369. Camponotus compressus, alluded to, 196. — rufoglaucus, var. nucans, alluded to, xxiii. Cataulacus, alluded to, 200. Crematogaster rogenhoferi, alluded to, 205. Diacamma geometricum, alluded to, 198.—vagans, alluded to, 198. Dorylus oberthiirit, alluded to, 200. Lobopelta chinensis, alluded to, 199.—chinensis, var. minchinii, alluded to, 200. Meranoplus rothneyi, alluded to, 201. Monomorium salomonis, race indicum, alluded to, 202. Myrmicaria fodiens, alluded to, 201. Odontomachus haematodes, alluded to, 197. Ccophylla smaragdina, 196. Pheidole rhombinoda, alluded to, 204. Plagiolepis longipes, alluded to, 197. Polyrachis levissima, alluded to, 196. are Ponera jerdonii, alluded to, 198. Sericomynnex opacus, alluded to, 77. Simia nigra and rufo-nigra, alluded to, 206. Solenopsis geminata, var. armata, alluded to, 203. Gy lxxixy) LEPIDOPTERA. Acanthopsyche canifrons, n. 8.) 286. Acidalia ptyonopoda, n. s., 313. Acrzxa induna, n. s., 184—notes on seasonal dimorphism in certain species of, 521. Afrena, n. g., 314. Trans. Lint. Soc. Lond 1895. Pi XT | | | fey PWM Trap Chromo. North American Tortricidz. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY FOR THE YEAR 1895. PART I. WITH FOUR PLATES. (25TH ApRiL, 1895.) Pb ice + Vr. xvi OF. eine LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY SIMMONS AND BOTTEN, LIMITED, 4a, SHOE LANE, LONDON, E.C. SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET, _ CAVENDISH SQUARE, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN AND CO, PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK. [ Price: 8s. ] TRANSACTIONS of the ENTOMOLOGICALSOCIETY of LONDON — T'he Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows at 1834—1895. the following reduced prices :— First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1849) Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861) Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) The Transactions for the year 1868 9 bed 33 33 99 39 3) oP) om) “99 >) 1869 SCOTCH HS OO see b Torre +OOC CO SSe so erHeeaeee POR Coe ere ses eseeeeese See eee ene ees eseareeee COTO Oe eee reseee tee POC Hee ee eeneseseee See esse eo eseseaee+ eee CCoeeessoesssaeseeees SOC CTO SEH EHS eee eee eee Cee eee ser esesessesess eee eresesseeeseses Cee eee eseeseseesseses eee eee Oe eseeersesese Coe gerne pera eee seeese See eee reeset eeersens eee gesceeeeesesese Peeeeeer eerie eee ery COOr ee eee sreseesse tee Coosa ween ses ese ree Corer eteeeerree es se8 POO ese see ree tOessg tee eee ee ese eseesrerrett® 1895, Part I. Any single volaine from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows. First Series, vol. v., is out of print. Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately. The other ‘paliiiae may be obtained separately, also the following :— £212 0 Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malayana’ See tO erassareoeee See TOTO EEH Te: FHF OOO e ee FOR FER EES Baly’s ‘ Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. I. , Apostasicera,’ v5 Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial Hymenoptera’ 0 4 6 ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenopter a, eee i Newport’s ‘ Athalia centifolie ’ (Prize Essay) . —_—— —_—— First Series, vols. 0 0 0 CHR HEHE EH EHH EHH HOR RR ERE RE Ree Ree PUBLIC, Price £4 13 8 11 he a DWOrNHNHONOON OOS ecoocosconsooocooooeocqcoocuclUlc[“ VN ae POAwcns oc om i Ne) Or =r er) Or DARDOO FELLOWS, 0 515 0 410 0 i) o QoQ i ee jn Oncrntonnceccocorecnwne ed or WOOSHAIWOAHMOCMAOSHHAS CHORE EHH OOCHHHHOSOS _ i.—iv., and Second 16 0 6 0 1) The JoURNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is bound up with the TRANSACTIONS. THE PROPOSED General Catalogue of the Gnsects of the British Fsles, PUBLISHED BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 1. NEUROPTERA, by R. McLacutan, F.R:S. ; . HYMENOPTERA (Aculeata), by F. Surru ; 1871 11. HYMENOPTERA (Chrysididz, Ichneumonidz, - Braconide, and Evanide), by the Rev. T. A. MARSHALL, M.A., F.E.S. ; 1872 18/03. ieee -_ 1v.§ HYMENOPTERA Verbose by the Rev. T. A. MARSHALL, M. 87 , E852 v. HEMIPTERA (Heteroptera and Homoptera, Cicadaria and Phytophthires), by J. W. Dovetas and J. Scorr; 1876...... 1 £119 0 012 0 03 4 04 6 0 bse ad, §@e 0 - O02 6 0 9 0 1 +o 0 09 0 8s ~ orm ce . Ss i. i LEA RR LE NETTIE it AS RRR | SERNA 9 At i. Ja @ 4 > » o> Ae ~ crisas eee weer ke or ee ee ee eee ” => F. “a eee ey ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Founded, I833. Incorporated by Royal Charter, 1885. OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1895-96. Professor RAPHAEL Mrenpona, F.R.S., F.C.S., President. Rt. Hon. Lorp WALsINGHAM, Fae D., F.R.S. Henry Joun Ewes, J.P., F.L.S., F.Z.8. Vice-Presidents. Professor EDWARD B. Poutton, M. A. RS. Rospert McLAcHiLan, F.R.S., F.L.S., Treasurer. HERBERT Goss, F.L.S., F.G.S. \g tart The Rev. Canon Fowter, M.A., F.L.S. UAHA. GrorGE C. CHAMPION, F.Z.S., Librarian. Georeer T. BeTHUNE-BAker, F.L.S. Dr. FrepreRicK A. Dixry, M.A., M.D. _WAttEerR F, H. BuANDForRD,M.A.,F.Z.S. | CHARLES Josepd GAHAN, M.A., F.H.S Dr. Davip SHarp, M.A., M.B., F.R.S. W. R. Hatt, Resident Librarian. Fellows who have paid their Subscriptions for the current year, ure entitled *-to receive the Transactions and Proceedings for the year without further payment, and they wiil be forwarded post free. The Library is open to Fellows and their friends every day from ONE to Six o’clock p.m, (and until TEN p.m. on Meeting nights), except on Saturdays, when the Library closes at THREE o’clock. { N.B.—The new Catalogue of the Library is now ready, price | 98, to the Public, to the Fellows of the Society, 6s. NOTICE TO AUTHORS. Authors of papers which are intended to be communicated to the Soctety, are | requested to be good enough to send their names and the full titles of their papers, to the Secretaries, or one of the Secretaries, at least fourteen days prior to the date of the Meeting at which it is proposed that such papers shall be read; and such _ communications may be addressed to the Secretaries, either at the Society’s Rooms, | Il, Chandos Street, Cavendish Square, W., or at their private addresses—H. Goss, i. The Avenue, Surbiton Hill Surrey ; The Rev. Canon Fowxrr, The School House, Inncoln, ~ CONTENTS OF PART I. i % I, A list of the Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. Part III. By Colonehts CuarLes Swinsor, M.A., F.LS., F.Z.8. ... it aa II. Notes on the Fungus growing and eating habit of Sontete atoniba opacus, Mayr. By Freperic W. Uricu, F.E.S._ ... : oo IIT. On the Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. By Cn q J. GAHAN, M.A., F.E.8. —... - 2 IV. The Life-history of Pee canescens (Psychodid). By Professor ie Lovis C. Mraut, F.R.S., and Norman WALKER. With a : Bibliographical and Critical Appendix, by Baron OstEN SACKEN 141 Vv. “ais ae on pe Stability.. By Francis Gatton, D.C.L., Prone ie A i, ae BY . j—xv NOTICH. All persons exhibiting specimens at Meetings of the Society are reques ed to be good enough to hand to the Secretary, at the Meeting, a note in writing of the generic and specific names of all specimens exhibited, toget: ner with the names of the localities in which such specimens were obtained, 2 nd any remarks thereon which the exhibitors have to make. In the absence of such a note in writing the Secretary will not be responsible for any errors in connection with his report of such exhibitions, or for the entire omission : of any reference thereto in the Proceedings. . a By ORDER oF THE COUNCIL. ~* a“ 5 “3 MEETINGS OF THE , : 3 ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 11, Cuanpos Srreet, CavenpisH Squarz, W., ; x FOR THE SESSION 1895—1896. : ee Ord. Wednesday, May ... FY he ue sp Ae ig nn Re June .., “as ae “3 ira ae, | Oe ee October be = +” ee Ls 2 39 33 o8e, ee ° 16 4 “3 a November i HS bas As ae 6 a * _ December ie Jee ; &. : . 1896. | ; ‘i January (ANNUAL MEETING) ..... .. 7 ae The Chair will be taken at Eicnr o'clock in the evening precisely. — 3 * Mus, e. WAalctunu TRANSACTIONS OF THE | || ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON FOR THE YEAR 1895. PART II. WITH TWO PLATES. (Ist JuNg, 1895.) Jee fe ig) CN NT SS aN DH enn NNT LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY SIMMONS AND BOTIEN, LIMITED, 44, SHOE LANE, LONDON, F.C. SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET, | CAVENDISH SQUARE, W., | - AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN AND CO, PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK. | Price: 7s. ] TRANSACTIONS of the ENTOMOLOGICALSOCIETY of LONDON - 1834—1895. | The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows at | the following reduced prices :— ; PUBLIC. FELLOWS. First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1849) ...................... Price £413 0 £3 10 Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861) ................++ 8. DD 51 0@ Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) ........ 2.0.0... ll 0 90 410 04 The Transactions for the year 1868 .............-..2.006 1 0 0 q if - Sia: CE eae 120 e i 1 Fey, | Wie cA te ee AEs 1 8 0 2s @ 3 rs Eig Se ONT «ES, 1 5 of A, 33 1h fg Ane OER EEN oho 1-2 / de i 1873 116 0 € 3 ASA ss: Be eee ie tame - e 1875 a ee Sa oe ae : 196 eee 112 0 | Mi ‘ 1877 140 » 9 1878 1-69 015 0 os re ob eee ey Pp LMS Lad 016 6 Bs : 1 boi Sater nee we, Pes pe 019 0 014 3 >, af TBS oi acti tanee 116 09 1-47 8 ‘3 a BOD te sh cnt 110 0 le 2 6 5 i TESS: Eid ieee 17. 0*e* wg 0 8 m - 188440. teers ec ee is Oe 3 a 1888 pene Lge aha : Hes, 019 6 - x TESG «id, oi senees eee | aes: es | 019 6 os, - TSSY vec 1 4 6 019 O s J ABBE nos: erties ee 1a" i 88 y ae [889 Soe. cot dane 116 6G 1. 7-6 ‘ “ LGD) 33 ee 119 0 110 0 ig - 1891 116 0 ie oe | 5 a 1892 19 0 ie a - aan 1805) dossier aes 156 019 3 é: = F804) got Ne oem 110 6 FAY * 2 1895, Part I. 0.3 -@ 0 6 0 Bs eMeseaseees OT: Fee 05 643 Any single volute from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows. First Series, vol. v., is out of print. First Series, vols. i.—iv., and Second Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately. The other Toles may be obtained separately, also the following :— Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malayana’. THE TRANSACTIONS OF THE -ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY POR DHE YE AR 1895. PART IV. WITH THREE PLATES. (18ta DECEMBER, 1895.) | peed. /9. X1I- Ey SES a /f- ALG - G72. PXNN eS XS. LONDON: ‘ PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY SIMMONS AND BOTTEN, LIMITED, 44, SHOE LANE, LONDON, F.C. SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET. CAVENDISH SQUARE, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN AND GO. PATERNOSTER ROW, BCa; AND NEW YORK. LPrige:. os, | TRANSACTIONS of the EN TOMOLOGICALSOCIETY of LONDON — 1834—1895. The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows at the following reduced prices :— SHS PUBLIC. FELLOWS. First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1849) ..0...0..6. ccceee eee Price £413 0 £310 0 Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861) ...............-+- roe 515 0 Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869).............00.0.06 iu 0 0 410 0 The Transactions for the year 1868 .. .......00...2-0000 130 2 ir 1860 ee 120 % SO =, Someta he 18 0 25 6 m fk 1A ne ae 15 0 | i if 15700 ee eo 12 0 fe 5 1875 2: 116 0 ig ‘ 19 ay Meee roe 112 0 . 1876" Lauds ere a ae ae i 7 1876 112 0 | iM - 1877 14 0 s: is 1B on, 1 un 015 0 i is NBT On kee ace ae ee 016 6 iz i 1880 019 0 014 3 a3 < 1881 116 0 17 ‘4 a BABA. ke Seana 110 0 1 26 ci, a WSSS! Altace, ieee: ivicm 10 38 is i 1804 Meee 18 0 ees, fp i ee mee tert ses) 16 0 019 6 ‘< i O86. ae eae 5 0 019 6 ui iy 1887 14.6 019 0 a a ae eee tall 1-15.60 162 e BSG: eee Baas 116 6 1 ve a i 13004) ice ee 119 0 110 0 it 4 1891 116 0 ae i i 180054, ten ney 1 98 a « ‘ 195 ee ee 15 6 019 3 i is ead. Os ou 110 6 1 211 75 fe 1895, Partly tears 08 0 0 6 * i RIE: ars bee, oe 07 0 0 5 ” » 9 », AIT. 05 0 04 & HV oi a at 05 0 04 0 Any single sue from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows. First Series, vol. v., is out of print. First Series, vols. iimiv., and Second Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately. 3 The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :— Caroo : Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malayan ’.......0.00+16.ssseeereeevereeeee £212 0 £119 Baly’s ‘ Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. I., Apostasicera’ ... 016 O 0 12 Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial Hymenoptera’ 0 4 6 0 3 ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenopter a, Part i... oe eee 0 4 New port’ s ‘ Athalia centifolic ’ (Prize Essay) Sbaltveaer ie 0 1 0 iat The JouURNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is ome up with the TRANSACTIONS. THE PROPOSED General Catalogue of the Insects of the Pritish dilts- PUBLISHED BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. fe 8.-d.° "Ss. Opa 1. NEUROPTERA, by R. McLacuuan, F.RB.S. ; 1870 .............. 10 0-0398 . HYMENOPTERA (Aculeata), by F. Smira ; 1871 ieee 16 0 9o— in. HYMENOPTERA (Chrysidide, Ichneumonide, Braconidz, and Evanide), by the Rev. T. A. MarsHALL, M. A., F.E.S.; 187d. .cobvcndaanbenyccs oPiscwiteen de'etenipan ides seek dant toate tote ae 2 0 1 6 . HYMENOPTERA iardcan by the Rev. T. A. MARsHALL, . M.A: FEB. 1878 ie aaacotlivewant nc toep siege as uaeesaenes eee 1.0 , 0.99 vy. HEMIPTERA nites and Homoptera, Cicadaria and ‘* Phytophthires), by J. W. DovuGuas and J. Scotr; 1876...... 1 0 0 9” ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Founded, 1833. Incorporated by Royal Charter, 1885. OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1895-96. Professor RAPHAEL Metpota, F.R.S., ¥.0.8., President. Rt. Hon. Lorp WatsincHaM, ee D., F.R.S. Henry Joun Ewes, J.P., E.L. S., F.Z.S. Vice-Presidents. Professor EpwaARp B. PouLton, M. Aes ¥.R.S. ROBERT McLacatan, F.R.S., F.L.S., Treasurer. HERBERT Goss, F.L.S., F.G.S. The Rev. Canon Fownrr, M.A., F.L.S. GeEoRGE C. CHampion, F.Z.S., Librarian. Gerorce T. BeTrHUNE-Baker, F.I.S. Dr. FreperRick A. Drxry, M.A., M.D. Water F. H. BLANDFORD,M.A.,F.Z.S. CHARLES JOSEPH GAHAN, M.A., F.E.S. Dr. Davin SHarp, M.A., F.R.S. + \ Secretaries. W. R. Hatt, Resident Librarian. Fe slows who have paid their Subscriptions for the current year, are entitled to receive the Transactions and Proceedings for the year without further payment, and they will be forwarded post free. The Library is open to Fellows and their friends every day from ONE to Six o’clock p.m. (and until TEN p.m. on Meeting nights), except on Saturdays, when the Library closes at THREE o’clock. N.B.—The new Catalogue of the Library is now ready, ee 9s, to the Public, to the Fellows of the Society, 6s. NOTICE TO AULTORS, Authors of papers which are intended to be communicated to the Sociely, are - requested to be good enough to send their names and the full titles of their papers, to the Secretaries, or one of the Secretaries, at least fourteen days prior to the dat of the Meeting at which it is proposed that such papers shall be read; and such communications may be addressed to the Secretaries, either at the Society’s Rooms, 11, Chandos Street, Cavendish Square, W., or at their private addresses—H. Goss, The Avenue, Surbiton Hill, Surrey ; The Rev. Canon Fow er, The School House, Fincolu. CONTENTS OF PART IV. XVI. Ona Probable Explanation of an Unverified Observation relative to _ the Family Fulgoride. By WitutaAmM Lucas Distant, F.E.§8. ... 429 — XVII. A Preliminary List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong; based on . Observations and Captures made during the Winter and Spring Months of 1892 and 1893. By James J. WALKER, R.N.,F LS. ... 43: XVIII. Contribution towards the history of a new form of larvze of Psycho- dide (Diptera), from Brazil. By-Dr. Par a M.D., q Hon HoneSikc.: a oa . 4/0 XIX. Remarks on the hamolociowe and Titiorencen jae oe first stages of Pericoma, Hal., and those of the new Brazilian ea By Baron ae C. R. Osten SACKEN, Ph.D., Hon. F.E.S. ap - 485 XX. Supplementary Notes on Dr. Fritz Miiller’s paper on a new form of larve of Psychodide eee from Brazil. ge. the Rev. ALFRED K. Eaton, M.A., F.E.S $5) $89 XXI. New Species of North Nea Tortr bags By the Right Homble. . Lorp WatsincHAM, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., ete. ... 495 7 XXII. Notes on Seasonal Dimon in certain "APhiean Butterfiies. By ARTHUR G. BuriER, Ph.D., F.L.S., ete. Be ae 519 Proceedings Wes be ae ane oe bs Ee XXIL— XL. NOTICH. All persons exhibiting specimens at Meetings of the Society are requested to be good enough to hand to the Secretary, at the Meeting, a note in writing of the generic and specific names of all specimens exhibited, together | i | I) with the names of the localities in which such specimens were obtained, and any remarks thereon which the exhibitors have to make. In the absence of E such a note in writing the Secretary will not be responsible for any errors in i] connection with his report of such exhibitions, or for the entire omission of i} any reference thereto in the Proceedings. qt By OrpDER OF THE COUNCIL. ue THE ANNUAL MEETING ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON — CHANDOS STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W., On WEDNESDAY, the 15th JANUARY, 1896. The Chair will be taken at Eight o’clock in the evening precisely. Any Fellow wishing to pay his Annual Subscriptions | through his Bankers, can obtain the Official Form of: aa Bankers’ Order by applying to the Tree ar Of Resident Librarian. ae pRB Ee ir TRANSACTIONS ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY FOR THE YEAR 1895. PART V. (83lst JANUARY, 1896.) ‘dh EY: xi — lxxn tt] heh i Xx%Y LONDON: PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY SIMMONS AND BOTLTEN, LIMITED, 44, SHOE LANE, LONDON, F.C. SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN AND CoO. PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK. [Price 2s. 6d. ] TRANSACTIONS of the ENTOMOLOGICALSOCIETY of LONDON 1834—1895. The Pransachione can now be obtained by Fellows at 4 the following reduced prices :— 4 PUBLIC. FELLOWS, First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1849) ........... ......... Prive £413 0 £310 OU Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861) ...............0.. 8 Oe a as oe Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) ........ 0.2.2... ‘ TL De 410 0 The Transactions for the year 1868 .. ...............006 1 Oi8 bs y ABOO tee oc et pee eta 1 2° S Y 1870 Ree 15350 25 0 is £ ALOT sta Cama 1 5 of i: “ HOD ee ee 119 - _ URIS: os oc cdaduarrameevees 116 0 ¥ Be RT at Feces oe eg 1-220 oh 9 SZ gactmntes sovetmnl to 1 2 0+; ds 0 0 ze wf (S76: ee 112 0 | 2 Ve GO 7A eae Me er ERR 1 4 0 ai BA LB(S or. neadevacame baste 1 059 015 0 i Si lg TOMO Sol ie qe 120 016 6 “ ee TBR Soro ol aie epnae aes 019 0 014 3 M a TGS tse wee tesa ees 1 16-0 i tip) c. i TBB2. 72), Pees nasal nemee 110 0 te 2 te * iS TS8S. deity ev eam 1 TON va et ESSA cuties ete ge EERE ey es i TBS G8 ste gas RT ON 1, Se 019 6 i as TS8G 3.2: coaps trae eee 1 es 019 6 m5 Pa TOB7 a Vittccs eeteee ee LA 019 0 ep os LSB yts502 eran oes t toch Le af. i 1880 ee: nstabeu mt ae 116 6 Ty ae. . = ALOUD tart grr tirade 119 0 110-0 é a ABO Ys. ok beet ees 1 160 ay. oe 5 on TBOD ies, aetna es meade LO Lea 8 bs ue ASO). rhs ss Sots? ees A as poe 019 3 a 3 Tho a even pes One, Bl 110.25 2 AD 3 ps 1895, Part 1. c2...c0... Boo 0 6 0 si 5 me 93 eae oe ee OO Fe ae Se af oA om et AL ees aes 0 “S38 0 4 0 5 fr % EY yes hate 05 0 04 0 i Wisceeet es a 0 2 6 a a Any single Soltis from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows. First Series, vol. v., is out of print. First Series, vols. i.—iv., and Second Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately. The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :— Pascoe's ‘ Longicormta Mala yams... cs ctewts+njbssnels-aedigeaen £2 12, 0 & Baly’s ‘ Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. I., Apostasicera’ ... 016 0 Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial Hymenoptera’ 0 4 6 ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenopter Oy Partile s5) On meee Newport’s ‘ Athalia centifolice ’ (Prize Essay) b Sulan taae cape 0” 2e7e oooorF Caro S The JoURNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is bound up with the TRANSACTIONS. THE PROPOSED General Catalogue of the Insects of the British Hsles. PUBLISHED BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. pe eee ae. so: 1, NEUROPTERA, by RB. McLacHian, Pais: > 1870 sper 1) Ow 11. HYMENOPTERA (Aculeata), by F. Smita; 1871 ........0...-. 1736 0 9 1. HYMENOPTERA (Chrysidide, Ichneumonidae, Braconide, and Evanide), by the Rev. T. A. Marsaatt, M.A., bk. YO STY OE Ce MP RAO Dye SOM Salen een aS ERS ee: 2 0 16 iv. HYMENOPTERA (Oxyura), by the Rev. T. A. MARSHALL, M.Ay, FBS. ¢. 1878 pis dave tedoeivareta balls mon altel 7. area eee 1 0 0 9 v. HEMIPTERA (Heteroptera and Homoptera, Cicadaria and Phytovhthires), by J. W. Dovuetss and J. Scott; 1876...... 1 S oa =) ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. Founded, 1833. Incorporated by Royal Charter, I885. OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1895-96. Professor RAPHAEL Mrnpona, F.R.S., F.C.8., President. Rt. Hon. Lorp Watstneuam, LL.D., F.R.S. Henry Joun Etwes, J.P., F.L.S., F.Z.S. Vice-Presidents. Professor Hpwarp B. Pounron, M.A., F.R.S. Rospert McLAcuaian, F.R.S., F.L.S., Treasurer. HERBERT Goss, F.L.S., F.G.S. ‘ The Rev. Canon Fowtrr, M.A., F.L.S. Scoretaries GrorGE C. Cuampion, F.Z.S., Librarian. Georce T. BeTHune-Baker, F.L.S. Dr. Freperick A. Dixry, M.A., M.D. WaAtrter F. H. BuANDFoRD,M.A.,F.Z.S. | CHARLES JosepH GAHAN, M.A., F.E.S. Dr. Davip Saarp, M.A., F.R.S. W. R. Hatu, Resident Librarian. Fellows who have paid their Subscriptions for the current year, are entitled to receive the Transactions and Proceedings for the year without further payment, and they will be forwarded post free. The Library is open to Fellows and their friends every day from ONE to SIx o’clock p.m. (and until TEN p.m. on Meeting nights), except on Saturdays, when the Library closes at THREE o’clock. N.B.—The new Catalogue of the Library is now ready, price | | 9s, to the Public, to the Fellows of the Society, 6s. NOOR EO AUTHORS. Authors of papers which are intended to be communicated to the Sociely, are requested to be good enough to send their names and the full titles of their papers, to the Secretaries, or one of the Secretaries, at least fourteen days prior to the date of the Meeting at which it is proposed that such papers shall be read; and suck communications may be addressed to the Secretaries, either at the Society’s Rooms, 11, Chandos Street, Cavendish Square, W., or at their private addresses—H. Goss, The Avenue, Surbiton Hill, Surrey ; The Rev. Canon Fowter, The School House, Lincoln. ’ v ‘a * - + a? 7": de 4 a tay ian < ». ss sd Tes ; * i ee, CONTENTS OF PART N- Ne ‘ | * PAGE | ee List of Officers and Council ig Bs # 2 aa ~~ = List of Memoirs ... by: Ay a mes sya 2, Errata... ok ae ae: tas ae > SL x List of Fellows ... hee Be! md ‘ees = Additions to the ilies: Be: a . a Proceedings and Balance Sheet Bs hig te +. SELL Ihe ’ President’s Address Ls Sag ral on ..- XBEVIII,—LXXIII. Indies 2 ¢-.; ape ae ee on Bp ... LX&XIV.—LXXXIII. : el te eekly NOTICE All persons exhibiting specimens at Meetings of the Society are requested to be good enough to hand to the Secretary, at the Meeting, a note in writing of the generic and specific names of all specimens exhibited, together with the names of the localities in which such specimens were obtained, and any remarks*thereon which the exhibitors have to make. In the absence of such a note in writing the Secretary will not be responsible for any errors in connection with his report of such exhibitions, or for the entire omission of © any reference thereto in the Proceedings. By ORDER OF THE COUNCIL. MEETINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 11, Cuanpos Street, CavenpisH Square, W., FOR THE Session 1896—1897. Wednesday, February ey ey fe be: 2 5 - 4 x, whe baad fet so AD a March ... Bs fi S: rk a 4 Ad -, a ss ae fe et RIS 3 a Are ws a na Bae a Pe 1 ie May we aoe ie be cay ae 6 A Jee ate ae os aes se 3 if: October .. les ins a fe. ep: Soe - November ms sis Ba vhs Pe 4 9) 9) ‘< “ 18 December a i oe sent J 2 Bose e January (AnnuAL MesrrING) we Fe ed The Chair will be taken at E1¢ut o'clock in the evening precisely. Fellows are reminded that the Subscription for 1896 was due on the Ist January. They will save much trouble by forwarding t to the Treasurer promptly. ness “ee, ) Seana “ 8 Sets rises ate tame rnineene me y als el ‘ Sara igen Se Dera ah ra SR PLC RES OS one / , “ ie ee § Bt ; e ate te ay